Quarterlytics / Technology / Telecommunications Services / Boingo Wireless Inc

Boingo Wireless Inc

wifi · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker wifi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Boingo Wireless Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Section 1: 10-K (10-K) 

Use these links to rapidly review the document 
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
PART IV  
TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 

Table of Contents  

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark 
One)

ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-35155  

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

DELAWARE 
(State of other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)

95-4856877 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification Number)

10960 Wilshire Blvd., 23rd Floor
Los Angeles, California 90024 
(Address of principal executive offices, Zip Code)  

(310) 586-5180 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)  

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value 
(Title of each class)

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
(Name of each exchange on which registered) 

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý  

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý  

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports); and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o  

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such 
files). Yes ý    No o  

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment 
to this Form 10-K. o  

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an 
emerging growth company. See the definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth 
company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer ý  

Accelerated filer o  

Non-accelerated filer o  

Smaller reporting company o 
Emerging growth company o 

         If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o  

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý  

         The aggregate market value of the Registrant's voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the last day of the 
Registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $929,616,225 based on the last reported sale price of $22.59 per share on the NASDAQ 
Global Market on June 29, 2018, the last trading day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter.  

         As of February 22, 2019, there were 43,920,669 shares of registrant's common stock outstanding.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

         Portions of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days of the Company's year 
ended December 31, 2018 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K where indicated.  

     
Table of Contents  

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR 
THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

  Business 
  Risk Factors 
  Unresolved Staff Comments 
  Properties 
  Legal Proceedings 
  Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART I 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 

Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 

Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

  Selected Financial Data 
  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 

Disclosure 

  Controls and Procedures 
  Other Information 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
  Executive Compensation 
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters 

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART III 

PART IV 

  Exhibits 
Item 15. 
Item 16. 
  Form 10-K Summary 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
Signatures 

1 

Page 

2 
13 
34 
34 
34 
34 

34 
36 

42 
68 
69 

69 
69 
70 

71 
71 

72 
72 
72 

73 
77 
F-1 
  F-52 

 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Forward-Looking Statements  

        We have made forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, are subject to the "safe harbor" created by those sections. The forward-looking statements in this report are based on our management's 
beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by 
terms such as "anticipates," "aspires," "believes," "can," "continue," "could," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may," "plans," "projects," "seeks," 
"should," "will" or "would" or the negative of these terms and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements 
involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our actual results, performance, time frames or achievements to 
be materially different from any future results, performance, time frames or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We 
discuss many of these risks, uncertainties and other factors in this document in greater detail under the heading "Risk Factors." We believe it is 
important to communicate our expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to predict accurately or 
over which we have no control. The risks described in "Risk Factors" included in this report, as well as any other cautionary language in this report, 
provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our 
forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in "Risk Factors" 
and elsewhere in this report could harm our business. 

        Given these risks, uncertainties and other factors, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, these forward-
looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this filing. You should read this document completely and with the 
understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We hereby qualify our forward-looking statements by 
these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the 
reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in 
the future. 

        Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Boingo," "company," "we," "us" and "our" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to refer to 
Boingo Wireless, Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries. 

PART I  

Item 1.    Business  

Company Overview  

        Boingo helps the world stay connected to the people and things they love.  

        We acquire long-term wireless rights at large venues like airports transportation hubs, stadiums/arenas, military bases, multifamily properties, 
universities, convention centers, and office campuses; we build high-quality wireless networks such as distributed antenna systems ("DAS"), Wi-Fi, and 
small cells at those venues; and we monetize the wireless networks through a number of products and services.  

        Over the past 17 years, we've built a global footprint of wireless networks that we estimate reaches more than a billion consumers annually. We 
operate 58 DAS networks containing approximately 29,900 DAS nodes, and believe we are the largest operator of indoor DAS networks in the world. Our 
Wi-Fi network, which includes locations we manage and operate ourselves (our "managed and operated locations") as well as networks managed and 
operated by third-parties with whom we contract for access (our "roaming" networks), includes over 1.2 million commercial Wi-Fi hotspots in more than 
100 countries around the world.  

2 

 
Table of Contents 

        We generate revenue from our wireless networks in a number of ways, including our DAS, small cells, multifamily and wholesale Wi-Fi offerings, 
which are targeted towards businesses, and our military, retail, and advertising offerings, which are targeted towards consumers.  

        We generate wholesale revenue from telecom operators that pay us build-out fees and recurring access fees so that their cellular customers may use 
our DAS or small cell networks at locations where we manage and operate the wireless network. In 2018, DAS revenue accounted for approximately 38% 
of our revenue.  

        Military/multifamily revenue, which is driven by military personnel who purchase Wi-Fi services on military bases, and multifamily revenue, which is 
driven by property owners who purchase network installation services and recurring monthly Wi-Fi services and support, accounted for approximately 
31% of our total revenue in 2018. As of December 31, 2018, we have grown our military subscriber base to approximately 138,000, an increase of 
approximately 6.2% over the prior year. Retail revenue, which is driven by consumers who purchase a recurring monthly subscription plan or one-time Wi-
Fi access, accounted for approximately 7% of our total revenue in 2018. As of December 31, 2018, our retail subscriber base was approximately 122,000, a 
decrease of approximately 35.1% over the prior year.  

        Our wholesale customers such as telecom operators, cable companies, technology companies, and enterprise software/services companies, pay us 
usage-based Wi-Fi network access and software licensing fees to allow their customers' access to our footprint worldwide. Wholesale Wi-Fi revenue also 
includes financial institutions and other enterprise customers who provide Boingo as a value-added service for their customers. In 2018, wholesale Wi-Fi 
revenue accounted for approximately 19% of our revenue.  

        We also generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach consumers via sponsored Wi-Fi access. In 2018, advertising and other revenue 
accounted for approximately 5% of our revenue.  

        Our customer agreements for certain DAS networks include both a fixed and variable fee structure with the highest percentage of sales typically 
occurring in the fourth quarter of each year and the lowest percentage of sales occurring in the first quarter of each year. Our multifamily network 
installation services have historically been performed for the student housing market with the highest percentage of revenues typically occurring in the 
second and third quarter of each year. We expect these trends to continue. We do not expect significant seasonal impact for any of our other products.  

        We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in April 2001 under the name Project Mammoth, Inc. and changed our name to Boingo Wireless, Inc. in 
October 2001. Our principal executive offices are located in Los Angeles, California. Our website address is www.boingo.com. The information on, or that 
can be accessed through, our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Industry Overview  

        Today, consumers own multiple connected devices—smartphones, laptops, tablets, wearables, and more. In addition, mobile data growth is 
exploding, driven by the growth of wireless devices and the increase in high-bandwidth activities like video streaming, online gaming, and mobile apps. 
According to Cisco's 2018 Visual Networking Index ("CVNI"), global mobile data traffic is forecasted to grow seven-fold from 2017 to 2022, a compound 
annual growth rate of 46%. CVNI further estimates that by 2022, there will be 3.6 "connected" devices for every human on the planet. That means 
28.5 billion networked devices by 2022.  

        The mobile data explosion has fueled the growth of higher-generation network connectivity to address the demand for more bandwidth, higher 
security, and faster connectivity. Telecom operators have started trials for 5G, which will provide higher bandwidth (greater than 1 gigabit per second),  

3 

Table of Contents 

broader coverage, and ultra-low latency. Significant 5G deployments are expected by 2020 subject to certain gating factors like standards development, 
regulatory approval, and spectrum availability.  

Challenges Facing Our Industry  

        The mobile Internet is a complex and constantly evolving ecosystem comprised of dozens of manufacturers, many different operating systems, and a 
number of different wireless technologies utilizing both licensed and unlicensed spectrum. This complexity is amplified as new device models and 
operating systems are released, new categories of devices become Internet enabled, and new network technologies emerge.  

        To cope with the significant increase in mobile Internet data traffic, wireless network operators must build denser networks that are closer to the end 
consumer, explore solutions to offload network traffic from congested, licensed spectrum onto more efficient unlicensed spectrum, and invest in 
technologies that will enable the convergence of licensed and unlicensed spectrum. We expect our wireless networks to play a significant role in helping 
meet the ever-increasing data demands of connected consumers.  

Our Strategy  

        We believe we are the leading global provider of neutral-host commercial mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions and indoor DAS services. Our overall 
business strategy is simple: acquire long-term wireless rights at large venues; build high-quality wireless networks at those venues; and monetize the 
wireless networks through a number of products and services. In support of our overall business strategy, we are focused on the following objectives:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

Expand our footprint of managed and operated and aggregated networks.  We intend to continue to grow our global network of 
managed and operated DAS, Wi-Fi and small cell networks. We focus our venue acquisition strategy on locations with a common profile—
large venues with significant population density—as these venues face challenges that we are uniquely qualified to solve. We also plan to 
enter into new roaming agreements with network operators to maximize the reach of our aggregated network, which creates a more 
attractive offering for our wholesale enterprise, multifamily, military, and retail customers.  

Leverage our neutral-host business model to grow DAS, small cell, and wholesale roaming partnerships. Our neutral-host model enables 
us to effectively partner with venues because we ensure all customers receive high-quality wireless service. We successfully balance the 
interests of individual carriers with the goals of our venue partners and build flexible DAS network architectures that can support multiple 
carriers and the latest mobile services. We are also beginning to deploy small cell networks, and we believe this technology will enable us 
to expand into certain venues where a traditional DAS network is cost-prohibitive.  

Expand our carrier offload relationships.  As cellular networks become strained due to capacity, carriers are beginning to offload their 
licensed mobile traffic onto unlicensed spectrum. We are highly focused on partnering with all four Tier 1 carriers in the U.S. and other 
carriers around the world to offload their mobile traffic onto our Wi-Fi networks.  

Increase our brand awareness.  We intend to continue to seek new ways to promote our brand through our managed and operated 
hotspots. We plan to enhance our brand through low-cost co-marketing arrangements with our partners and through periodic promotional 
and sponsorship activities and by continuing to leverage the reach of social media and public relations to interact with our customers.  

4 

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Services  

        Our solution makes it easy, convenient and cost effective for consumers to access the mobile Internet.  

        DAS or Small Cell.    We offer our telecom operator partners access to our DAS or small cell networks at our managed and operated locations. We 
deploy our DAS or small cell networks within venues that require additional signal strength to improve the quality of cellular services.  

        Military/Multifamily.    We provide high-speed Wi-Fi services for residential consumers on military bases and at multifamily properties. On military 
bases, where we are the leading provider of barracks Wi-Fi services at more than 60 U.S. Army, Air Force, and Marines bases, we offer direct-to-consumer 
transactional and recurring monthly subscription plans. Our plan offerings include Basic Internet (speeds up to 10Mbps) and Blazing Internet (speeds up 
to 50Mbps). Our subscription plans require no installation or equipment and are portable from base to base, enabling a user to sign up for service 
immediately and remain a customer even if they are deployed to a new base. At multifamily properties, we primarily offer bulk subscription plans sold 
directly to the property owner. Our multifamily footprint includes 225 properties throughout the U.S.  

        Wholesale—Wi-Fi.    Our integrated hardware and software platform allows us to provide a range of enhanced services to network operators, device 
manufacturers, technology companies, enterprise software and services companies, venue operators and financial services companies.  

• 

• 

• 

• 

Carrier offload services.  We offer services to carriers to move traffic from their licensed cellular networks onto our Wi-Fi networks.  

Comes with Boingo.  We offer access to our entire network of over 1.2 million hotspot locations to financial institutions and other 
enterprise customers who then offer them as a loyalty incentive to their customers.  

Wi-Fi roaming and software services.  We offer roaming services across our entire network of over 1.2 million hotspot locations to our 
partners who can then provide mobile Internet services to their customers at these locations. Our software solution, which provides one-
click access to our global footprint of hotspots, has been rebranded for wholesale partners, in addition to being marketed under the Boingo 
brand. In combination with our back-end system infrastructure, it creates a global roaming solution for operators, carriers, other service 
providers and other businesses.  

Turn-key solutions.  We offer our venue partners the ability to implement a turn-key Wi-Fi solution through a Wi-Fi network infrastructure 
that we install, manage and operate. Our turn-key solutions include a variety of service models that are supported through a mix of 
wholesale Wi-Fi, military, retail, and advertising revenue.  

        Retail.    We enable individuals to purchase Internet access at our managed and operated hotspots and select partner locations around the world. We 
offer a selection of recurring monthly subscriptions and single-use access plans. Our most common plan is the $14.99 monthly subscription for up to four 
connected devices that provide users access to a global footprint of over 1.2 million hotspots, and the single-use plan at $7.95 per day or $4.95 per hour. 
Our single-use access plans provide unlimited access on a single device at a specific hotspot for a defined period of time, tolled from the time the user first 
logs on to the network. We intend to continue to launch other flexible plans to meet the evolving needs of our customers and venues.  

        Advertising.    Our Wi-Fi platform provides a valuable opportunity for advertisers to reach consumers with sponsored Wi-Fi access, promotional 
programs and display advertising. We provide brands and advertisers the opportunity to sponsor wireless connectivity to individuals at locations where  

5 

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

we manage and operate the Wi-Fi network and locations where we solely provide authorized access to a partner's Wi-Fi network through sponsored 
access and promotional programs. In addition, our advertising solution is easily integrated into Wi-Fi networks not directly managed by Boingo.  

Our Network  

        Over the past 17 years, we've built a global network of wireless networks that we estimate reaches more than a billion consumers annually. We 
operate 58 DAS networks containing 29,900 DAS nodes, and believe we are the largest operator of indoor DAS networks in the world. Our Wi-Fi 
network—which includes our managed and operated locations and our roaming networks—includes over 1.2 million commercial Wi-Fi hotspots in more 
than 100 countries around the world.  

        Boingo hotspot locations by region as of December 31, 2018 included:  

Region 
North America 
Latin America 
Europe, Middle East and Africa 
Asia 

Total 

  Airport 

  Café / Retail 

Convention 
Center 

61 
90 
266 
274 
691 

101,018 
5,316 
40,181 
244,981 
391,496 

172 
13 
380 
1,675 
2,240 

Hotel 

  Other(1) 

3,126 
253 
  10,648 
  40,719 
  54,746 

  131,561 
6,855 
44,482 
  598,363 
  781,261 

Total 
235,938 
12,527 
95,957 
886,012  
  1,230,434  

(1) 

Includes schools and universities, offices, hospitals and public spaces.  

        We also operate Wi-Fi networks at over 60 U.S. Army, Air Force, and Marine bases around the world and 225 multi-dwelling properties including 
student housing, condominiums, apartments, senior living, and hospitality properties throughout the U.S.  

Marketing and Business Development  

        Our marketing and business development efforts are designed to cost effectively expand our footprint of venues where we can deploy DAS, Wi-Fi 
and small cell networks, secure more carrier contracts, attract and retain new multifamily, military and retail customers, and identify business partners that 
could leverage our network to provide mobile Internet services to their customers. We focus on efficient customer acquisition through our online 
presence, social media, public relations, influencer marketing, experiential and event marketing, market research, and other promotional activities.  

        We seek to maximize customer lifetime value by managing subscriber acquisition cost, extending customer life and determining appropriate pricing. 
We use information about subscriber behavior to help us retain customers and determine premium offerings. Our segmentation is focused at the product 
level, so that we provide the right product, plan and price for our military and retail customers. Our consumer plans are available for essentially all Wi-Fi 
enabled devices and are priced on a month-to-month or per-use basis.  

        We issue regular press releases announcing important partnerships and product developments and continually update our website with information 
about our network and services. We leverage our social media accounts, website and blog to further promote Boingo's product availability and 
applicability for property owners, military personnel, travelers, digital elite and consumers on-the-go. Our executive team speaks at industry events, trade 
shows and conferences.  

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Development  

        Our development efforts are focused primarily on supporting our networks and the businesses that run across these networks. These efforts include 
developing web applications for ease of connecting to our managed and operated locations and aggregate partner networks, integrating our software 
client with our wholesale partners, continuing to adapt our technology to new operating systems and platforms, continuing to develop an advertising 
system and business and operations support system for monetizing network service, continuing to develop a platform for delivering television services to 
our military bases and optimizing our networks and backend systems for roaming and carrier offload. Our development model is based on Agile 
development practices so any deviations can be promptly corrected to improve reliability in our network or services and enhance customer satisfaction.  

Technology  

        Over the past 17 years, we have developed proprietary systems that include the Boingo software client and software development kit ("SDK"); 
authentication, authorization and tracking systems; mediation and billing systems; television management and delivery platform; free user monetization 
media and advertising platform; and a real-time operational support and software configuration and messaging infrastructure.  

Boingo Software Client and SDK  

        The Boingo software client and SDK are installed on Wi-Fi enabled devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablets to enable our customers and 
our partners' customers to access our network. The key features of the Boingo software client include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

Simple user interface.  The Boingo software client provides individuals with an uncomplicated, user-friendly interface designed to 
streamline the Wi-Fi network connection process. The software finds hotspots and monitors the availability of Wi-Fi hotspots in the 
Boingo network, presents a notification message of the hotspot identified and allows one-click user connections. In some devices, 
connection to a Boingo Wi-Fi hotspot occurs in the background, providing the user with a seamless, notification-free connectivity 
experience.  

Support for all major operating system platforms.  The Boingo software client and SDK support the Android, iOS, Mac OS and Windows 
operating systems, which represents the majority of all devices connecting to our managed and operated venues.  

Automatic updates.  The Boingo software client automatically receives identification information for new hotspot locations as they are 
added to the Boingo network, including any information needed to automatically identify and login to the network. Location information, 
allowing a user to find Boingo hotspots from the client, is also automatically updated. On all but embedded platforms, software updates are 
also automatically offered to a user when available.  

Custom branding and flexible integration alternatives.  We offer wholesale customers the ability to integrate the Boingo software client 
into their products and services as a SDK. Additionally, we offer wholesale customers the option to utilize a custom, rebranded reference 
design of the software client used in our retail customer offering.  

Authentication, Authorization and Tracking System  

        Our proprietary authentication, authorization and tracking system enables the reliable, scalable and secure initiation and termination of user Wi-Fi 
sessions on our network. This system authenticates our network users across a wide variety of hotspots and network operators, through a normalized 
authentication protocol. Through the authorization process, custom business rules ensure user access based on specific service parameters such as 
location, type of device, service plan and account  

7 

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

information. Our system also captures duration, data traffic, location, and type of device. We normalize and process this data from disparate providers for 
our use and for our wholesale partners. This system has been enhanced to include support for secure Next Generation Hotspot roaming, which leverages 
Passpoint-certified devices and network hardware to establish seamless secure connections for customers.  

Mediation and Billing System  

        Our mediation and billing system record and analyzes individual usage sessions required to bill for Wi-Fi usage. Users are charged based on 
variables such as pricing plan, device type, location, time and amount of use. Our system consolidates usage session information, determines the user 
identity and applies the appropriate aggregation and flagging to ensure proper usage processing. Our system handles exceptions automatically. 
Exceptions that cannot be solved automatically are brought to the attention of the operations staff for rectification of any discrepancies. The billing 
system provides billing based on roaming relationship, user type, device type and account type. Our military and retail customer mediation and billing are 
handled by the same infrastructure used for wholesale customer and billing, resulting in efficiencies of scale and operation.  

Television Management and Delivery Platform  

        Our television system enables us to deliver content to our military subscribers. The Boingo digital rights management ("DRM") system allows for live 
linear commercial content to be delivered securely through our encrypted network links that connect our primary data center and the military bases. The 
central content management system allows for regional content delivery and multiple programming bundle offers. To enhance the viewing experience for 
mobile and tablet devices, the Boingo delivery system uses HTTP Live Streaming distribution protocol that will accommodate playing content at different 
network speeds by dynamically reducing content size.  

Free User Monetization Media and Advertising Platform  

        The Boingo Media platform enables brand advertisers to reach a captive audience through high engagement Wi-Fi sponsorships in premium 
locations worldwide. It delivers engaging advertising experiences, and our partners can place their messaging in the right context to their target audience. 
It also allows a combination of branding with direct response in a single high-impact format. Frequent travelers can be reached in a way they appreciate—
by receiving free Wi-Fi access when they need it most.  

Software Configuration and Messaging System  

        Our software configuration system provides real-time network configuration updates for thousands of networks and many detection and login 
methodologies used by the Boingo software client to access our network. Our software configuration system automatically registers new network 
definitions and login methodologies to allow individuals to connect to our hotspot locations. All supported platforms use a single configuration, 
providing a high level of operational and test efficiency. Our messaging system enables real-time customer notification and system interaction at login, 
based on location, network, user, account type, device and usage. This approach enables us and our partners to deliver custom marketing or service 
messages.  

Operations  

        We provide significant operational support for our managed and operated wireless infrastructure and the related technical systems in our network. 
For our managed and operated networks, we design, build, monitor and maintain the network. For roaming partners, we monitor network and related  

8 

Table of Contents 

system uptime and report issues so that they can be quickly remedied. We have service level agreements with our roaming partners specifying minimum 
network uptime requirements and specified quality of service levels for different services that run across the wireless network infrastructure.  

        Our Wi-Fi deployments are based on the IEEE 802.11a, b, g, n and ac standards and operate in the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz unlicensed spectrum bands. We 
design, build, and operate DAS and small cell networks that currently provide 2G, 3G, and 4G-LTE services and expect to start deploying 5G across 
multiple licensed-frequency bands for all major telecom operators.  

Customers  

        We generate revenue primarily from our wholesale partners (including DAS customers), multifamily, military and retail customers. Our DAS customers 
are telecom operators who pay us one-time build-out fees and recurring access fees for our DAS network, enabling their cellular customers to access 
these networks. Our wholesale Wi-Fi customers pay usage-based network access fees to allow their customers access to our global Wi-Fi network and 
other wholesale Wi-Fi partners pay us to provide Wi-Fi services in their venue locations under a service provider arrangement. Our multifamily customers 
are property owners who pay us to provide Wi-Fi services including network installation services, and to provide support to their residents and 
employees at their properties. Our wholesale customer relationships are generally governed by multi-year contracts. We acquire our wholesale customers 
through our business development efforts. Our military and retail customers either purchase month-to-month subscription plans that automatically renew, 
or single-use access to our network. We acquire our military and retail customers primarily from users passing through our managed and operated 
locations, where we generally have exclusive multi-year agreements. We also generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach visitors seeking Wi-Fi 
access at our managed and operated network locations with online advertising, promotional and sponsored programs. For the years ended December 31, 
2018, 2017 and 2016, entities affiliated with Sprint Corporation accounted for 14%, 11% and 11%, respectively, of total revenue. For the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, entities affiliated with T-Mobile USA, Inc. accounted for 12% and 11%, respectively, of total revenue. For the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, entities affiliated with Verizon Communications Inc. accounted for 11% and 11%, respectively, of total revenue. For the years 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, entities affiliated with AT&T Inc. accounted for 11% and 12%, respectively, of total revenue. The loss of these groups 
and the customers could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated statements of operations.  

Key Business Metrics  

        In addition to monitoring traditional financial measures, we also monitor our operating performance using key performance indicators. Our key 
performance indicators follow:  

DAS nodes 
Subscribers—military 
Subscribers—retail 
Connects 

2016 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 
23.5 
130 
188 
  223,960 

29.9 
138 
122 
  277,744 

19.2 
107 
195 
  142,802 

        DAS nodes.    This metric represents the number of active DAS nodes as of the end of the period. A DAS node is a single communications endpoint, 
typically an antenna, which transmits or receives radio frequency signals wirelessly. This measure is an indicator of the reach of our DAS network.  

9 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

        Subscribers—military and Subscribers—retail.    These metrics represent the number of paying customers who are on a month-to-month 
subscription plan at a given period end.  

        Connects.    This metric shows how often individuals connect to our global Wi-Fi network in a given period. The connects include wholesale and 
retail customers in both customer pay locations and customer free locations where we are a paid service provider or receive sponsorship or promotion 
fees. We count each connect as a single connect regardless of how many times that individual accesses the network at a given venue during their 24-hour 
period. This measure is an indicator of paid activity throughout our network.  

Customer Support  

        We provide support services to our multifamily, military, retail, and enterprise customers 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year. 
Support is available by phone, chat, email, or social media channels like Twitter and Facebook. Our website contains a comprehensive knowledge base 
that includes answers to frequently asked questions for self-help, and we provide video support on our YouTube channel. Tier 1 support is provided by a 
third-party provider, while Tier 2 and social media support is managed by our internal customer care team.  

Competition  

        The market for mobile Internet services and solutions is fragmented and competitive. We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry 
include the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

price;  

quality of service;  

venue exclusivity;  

ease of access and use;  

bundled service offerings;  

geographic reach; and  

brand name recognition.  

        Direct and indirect competitors include telecom operators, cable companies, self-managed venue networks and smaller wireless Internet service 
providers. Some of these competitors have substantially greater resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories and greater name recognition 
than we have. They may offer bundled data services with primary service offerings that we do not generally offer such as landline and cellular telephone 
service, and cable or satellite television. Many of our competitors are also partners from whom we receive revenue when their customers access our 
network.  

        We believe that we compete favorably based on our ability to deliver end-to-end solutions, our neutral host business model, deep domain experience 
in licensed and unlicensed spectrum technology, brand recognition, geographic coverage, network reliability, quality of service, ease of use, and cost.  

Intellectual Property  

        Our ongoing success will depend in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a 
combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual restrictions.  

        We have eight issued U.S. patents, which expire between in 2022 and 2034. We have two patent applications pending in the United States and one 
patent application pending in Europe. We have two  

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

issued Japanese patents and two issued Chinese patents, each of which has a maximum term that expires in 2027.  

        Our registered trademarks in the United States and the European Union include "Boingo" and "Boingo Wi-Finder", and in the United States, "Boingo 
Broadband", "Cloudnine 9 Media", and "AWG-WIFI". We own additional registrations and have filed other trademark applications in the United States 
and other countries.  

        In addition to the foregoing protections, we control access to, and use of, our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use 
of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. Our software is protected by 
United States and international copyright laws.  

Employees  

        As of December 31, 2018, we had 463 employees, including 204 in operations, 118 in development and technology, 85 in sales and marketing and 56 in 
general and administrative. All of our employees are full-time employees except for three part-time employees. We have ten international employees who 
are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment related work stoppages and consider relations with our 
employees to be good. As of December 31, 2018, we also had arrangements with third-party call center providers that provided us with 58 full-time 
equivalent contractors for multifamily, military, retail and enterprise customer support service and similar functions.  

Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability  

        We understand that long-term value creation for shareholders is our core responsibility. We also have an important role to play for our team 
members, our customers, and the communities we serve and believe that enriching and enabling the lives of our employees and their families, supporting 
our environment, caring for our communities, and being good corporate stewards over Boingo is fundamental to our culture, and is just plain good 
business.  

Employee Well-Being  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Financial well-being.  We offer an incredible benefits package that includes equity, competitive pay, a quarterly or annual incentive plan, 
and a defined contribution savings plan with an employer match, among other health-related and other benefits.  

Retirement planning.  To help prepare our employees for retirement, our defined contribution savings plan is opt-out, so employees are 
automatically enrolled in the program when they are hired, unless they actively decline. This behavioral approach means that a significant 
majority of all of our employees are actively saving for retirement and receiving a company match that is paid each pay period.  

Financial literacy.  We conduct financial literacy trainings throughout the year. Seminars have included retirement planning, managing 
student loan debt, and first-time homebuyer education. Our equity and defined contribution savings plan partners also offer monthly 
webinars, online planning tools and one-on-one consultations.  

Matching grant program.  Our Matching Grant Program amplifies employees' cash contributions to the charitable organization of their 
choice.  

Tomorrow's workforce.  We work with community organizations to help develop the tech pipeline talent. Organizations we actively 
support include the Bixel Exchange Tech Talent Pipeline,  

11 

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Exceeding Expectations, Girls Who Code, Kid City/Urban Foundation, Los Angeles, and Path Forward.  

        We have been named one of the Best Places to Work in Los Angeles—four years running. Our high scores in corporate culture, leadership, and 
training and development reflect our commitment to create a great work environment for our employees.  

Environment  

• 

• 

Going green.  We continually strive to improve operations and minimize our impact on the environment. Business Intelligence Group 
("BIG") recently named Boingo "Green Company of the Year" in their "BIG Awards for Business."  

Certifications.  We are certified by the City of Los Angeles as a Green Business, meeting sustainability standards set by the City of Los 
Angeles and the California Green Business Network. The certification was based on a proprietary scoring system used to measure a 
company's achievements. We were selected for offering e-cycling programs, investing in sustainable business practices, and offering a 
transportation reimbursement program that rewards employees for going green.  

Diversity  

• 

A culture of inclusion and programs.  At Boingo, we believe that fostering a diverse and inclusive culture where all employees can 
succeed is important to our business. We participate in the Digital Diversity Networks' Innovation and Inclusion Awards and we are a two-
time winner. We are a founding member of LightReading's Women in Comms, a platform that empowers women to champion change and 
redress the gender imbalance in the workplace. We host Center for Excellence in Engineering and Diversity programs that help 
educationally underrepresented students achieve success in math, science and engineering. Women of Boingo is an employee club that 
celebrates diverse talents and is dedicated to empowering women to follow a fulfilling career through education, networking and mentoring 
opportunities.  

Governance  

• 

• 

• 

• 

Good governance.  We endeavor to improve corporate governance and executive compensation and practices and have recently 
implemented various changes to our corporate governance practices.  

Adopted stock ownership guidelines.  We adopted stock ownership guidelines to reinforce our belief that executives who believe in the 
future of the Company should have meaningful equity holdings in Boingo.  

Adopted majority voting standard in uncontested elections.  We have implemented a majority voting standard in uncontested elections of 
director. We have also implemented a majority voting policy for director resignations, applicable if an incumbent director nominee receives 
less than a majority of votes cast in an uncontested election.  

Declassified Board.  Commencing with the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders, director nominees are reelected for a term of one year, but 
directors elected prior to the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders will continue to serve the remainder of their terms. Therefore, at the 2020 
annual meeting of stockholders, all directors who are elected will be elected for a one-year term.  

12 

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

        Further information on our corporate governance policies and programs can be found on the Investor Relations section of our website at 
http://www.boingo.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Available Information  

        Our filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or SEC, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on 
Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K are available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our website at http://www.boingo.com 
and are accessible as soon as reasonably practicable after being electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information on, or that can be 
accessed through, our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

        Copies of this report are also available free of charge from Boingo Corporate Investor Communications, 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, 23rd Floor, Los 
Angeles, California 90024. In addition, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and written charters of the committees 
of the Board of Directors are accessible through the Corporate Governance tab in the Investor Relations section of our website and are available in print 
to any stockholder who requests a copy. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports and other information we file, and proxy statements to be filed 
with the SEC. The address of the SEC's website is http://www.sec.gov.  

Item 1A.    Risk Factors  

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together 
with all of the other information in this report on Form 10-K, including our accompanying consolidated financial statements and the related notes, 
before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results 
of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. The price of our common stock and the trading price of our Convertible Notes 
could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. 

Risks Related to Our Business  

         A significant portion of our revenue is dependent on our relationships with our venue and network partners, and if these relationships are 
impaired or terminated, or if our partners do not perform as expected, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely 
affected.  

        We depend on our relationships with venue partners, particularly key venue partners and military bases, in order to manage and operate DAS, small 
cell, and Wi-Fi networks. These relationships generate a significant portion of our revenue and allow us to generate wholesale revenues and new 
multifamily, military, and retail customers. Our agreements with our venue partners, telecom operators, and wholesale customers are for defined periods 
and of varying durations. In order to maintain our relationships with venue partners, we may need to upgrade our networks or make other changes to our 
products and services we provide such venue partners, which would, in most cases, require significantly higher initial capital expenditures than we have 
historically incurred, and if we are unsuccessful, our relationships could be impaired. If our venue partners terminate or fail to renew these agreements, our 
ability to generate and retain wholesale, multifamily, military, and retail customers would be diminished, which might result in a significant disruption of 
our business and adversely affect our operating results. Further, any delays in our ability to complete the upgrade of our networks or build-out new 
networks can adversely affect our operating results.  

        We depend on our relationships with network partners to allow users to roam across networks that we do not manage or operate. A significant 
portion of our revenue depends on maintaining these relationships with network partners. Some network partners may compete with us for retail 
customers  

13 

Table of Contents 

and may decide to terminate our partnerships and instead develop competing retail products and services. Our network partner agreements are for defined 
periods and of varying durations. If our network partners terminate these agreements, or fail to renew these agreements, our ability to retain retail 
customers could be diminished and our network reach could be reduced, which could result in a significant disruption of our business and adversely 
affect our operating results.  

         Our operating results may fluctuate unexpectedly, which makes them difficult to predict and may cause us to fail to meet the expectations of 
investors, adversely affecting our stock price.  

        We operate in a highly dynamic industry and our future quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly. Our revenue and operating results 
may vary from quarter-to-quarter due to many factors, many of which are not within our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-
to-period basis may not be meaningful. Further, it is difficult to accurately forecast our revenue, margin and operating results, and if we fail to match our 
expected results or the results expected by financial analysts, the trading price of our common stock and Convertible Notes and the price at which our 
convertible noteholders could sell the common stock received upon conversion of the Convertible Notes may be adversely affected.  

        Factors that contribute to fluctuations in our operating results from quarter-to-quarter include those described in this risk factor section including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our gain or loss of a key venue partner, military partner, or wholesale partner;  

the rate at which individuals adopt and continue to use our solutions;  

the timing and success of new technology introductions by us or our competitors;  

the number of air travel passengers;  

the growing prevalence of free Wi-Fi models and our ability to adapt and compete with free Wi-Fi;  

intellectual property disputes; and  

general economic conditions in our domestic and foreign markets.  

        Due to these and other factors, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our historical operating results should not be relied upon as accurate indicators of 
our future performance.  

         A substantial portion of our business depends on the demand for our DAS and small cell networks, which is driven primarily by demand from 
our telecom customers and demand for data, and we may be adversely affected by any slowdown in such demand. A reduction in the amount or 
change in the mix of network investment by our telecom customers may materially and adversely affect our business (including reducing demand for 
tenant additions or network services).  

        Customer demand for our DAS and small cell networks depends on the mix of network investment by our telecom customers and the demand for data 
from end users. The willingness of our customers to utilize our systems, including DAS and small cell networks, or renew or extend existing contracts on 
our systems, is affected by numerous factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

availability or capacity of our DAS and small cell networks;  

location of our DAS and small cell networks;  

financial condition of our customers, including their profitability and availability or cost of capital;  

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

willingness of our customers to maintain or increase their network investment or changes in their capital allocation strategy;  

consumers' and organizations' demand for data;  

need for integrated networks and organizations;  

availability and cost of spectrum for commercial use;  

increased use of network sharing, roaming, joint development, or resale agreements by our customers;  

mergers or consolidations by and among our customers;  

changes in, or success of, our customers' business models;  

governmental regulations and initiatives, including local or state restrictions on the proliferation of communications infrastructure;  

cost of constructing our DAS and small cell networks;  

our market competition;  

technological changes, including those (1) affecting the number or type of communications infrastructure needed to provide data to a 
given geographic area or which may otherwise serve as substitute or alternative to our communications infrastructure or (2) resulting in the 
obsolescence or decommissioning of certain existing wireless networks; and  

our ability to efficiently satisfy our customers' service requirements.  

        A slowdown in demand for our DAS and small cell networks or data generally may negatively impact our growth or otherwise have a material adverse 
effect on us. If our customers or potential customers are unable to raise adequate capital to fund their business plans, as a result of disruptions in the 
financial and credit markets or otherwise, they may reduce their spending, which could adversely affect our anticipated growth or the demand for our DAS 
and small cell networks.  

        The amount, timing, and mix of our customers' network investment is variable and can be significantly impacted by the various matters described in 
these risk factors. Changes in customer network investment typically impact the demand for our DAS and small cell networks. As a result, changes in 
customer plans such as delays in the implementation of new systems, new and emerging technologies, or plans to expand coverage or capacity may 
reduce demand for our DAS and small cell networks. Furthermore, the industries in which our customers operate (particularly those in the wireless 
industry) could experience a slowdown or slowing growth rates as a result of numerous factors, including a reduction in consumer demand (including 
demand for wireless connectivity) or general economic conditions. There can be no assurances that weakness or uncertainty in the economic environment 
will not adversely impact our customers or their industries, which may materially and adversely affect our business, including by reducing demand for 
DAS and small cell networks. Such an industry slowdown or a reduction in customer network investment may materially and adversely affect our 
business.  

         We may be unsuccessful in expanding into new venue types, which could harm the growth of our business, operating results and financial 
condition.  

        We are negotiating with existing and prospective partners to expand our managed and operated Wi-Fi network and small cell footprint in venue types 
where we historically have had only a limited presence. Expansion into these venue types, which may include shopping malls, stadiums, hospitals, retail 
stores and quick service restaurants, may require significantly higher initial capital expenditures than we have historically incurred. In contrast to Wi-Fi 
network build-outs at venues such as airports,  

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

where telecom operators typically pay the substantial expense of laying cable or fiber, we may be required to incur the initial capital expense of access 
points and related hardware and cabling at tens of thousands of quick serve restaurant locations and hundreds of shopping malls, hospitals, retail stores 
and stadium locations. Additionally, in August 2018 we closed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Elauwit Networks, LLC for our entrance 
into the multifamily venue type. We have minimal experience in servicing the multifamily venues and we may not be successful in growing and managing 
this business.  

        We may not be able to execute on our strategy or there may not be returns on these investments in the near future or at all. As a result, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.  

         Our business depends upon demand for connected services that rely on wireless network infrastructure. Our ability to adapt to the speed of 
changes and anticipate market adoption of new technologies may adversely impact our business.  

        Our future success depends upon growing demand for wireless connected services. The demand for wireless connectivity may decrease or may grow 
more slowly than expected. Any such decrease in the demand or slowing rate of growth could have a material adverse effect on our business. The 
continued demand for wireless connectivity services depends on the continued proliferation of smartphones, tablets and other wireless connection 
enabled devices. Our revenue is derived from the demand from consumers for internet connectivity, including our military and retail offerings, and from 
our telecom, venue, multifamily, and other wholesale partners attempting to provide consumers with greater connectivity. We may face challenges as we 
seek to increase the revenue generated from the usage on smartphones, tablets and other wireless connected devices.  

        A portion of our business depends on the continued integration of Wi-Fi as a standard feature in wireless connected devices. If Wi-Fi ceases to be a 
standard feature in wireless connected devices, or if the rate of integration of Wi-Fi on devices decreases or is slower than expected, the market for our 
services may be substantially diminished.  

        Competing technologies pose a risk to the continued use of Wi-Fi as a mobile wireless connectivity technology. The introduction and market 
acceptance of emerging wireless technologies such as 4G/LTE, 5G, LTE-U and Super Wi-Fi, could cause significant disruption to our Wi-Fi business, 
which may result in a loss of customers, users and revenue. If users find emerging wireless technologies to be sufficiently fast, convenient or cost 
effective, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to attract or retain users will be impaired. Additionally, one or more of our partners 
may deploy emerging wireless technologies that could reduce the partner's need to work with us and may result in significant loss of revenue and 
reduction of the Wi-Fi hotspots in our network.  

        We deliver value to our users by providing simple access to Wi-Fi hotspots, regardless of whether we manage and operate the hotspot, or the 
hotspot is operated by a partner. As a result, our business depends on our ability to anticipate and quickly adapt to changing technological standards 
and advances. If technological standards change and we fail to adapt accordingly, our business and revenue may be adversely affected. Furthermore, the 
proliferation of new mobile devices and operating platforms poses challenges for our research and development efforts. If we are unable to create simple 
solutions for a particular device or operating platform, we will be unable to effectively attract users of these devices or operating platforms and our 
business will be adversely affected.  

16 

Table of Contents 

         We may not maintain recent rates of revenue growth.  

        Although our revenue has increased substantially over the last few years, we may not be able to maintain historical rates of revenue growth. We 
believe that our continued growth will depend, among other factors, on successfully implementing our business strategies, including our ability to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

retain our existing partners and attract new partners;  

develop new sources of revenue from our users and partners;  

attract new users and keep existing subscribers actively using our services;  

react to changes in the way individuals access and use the mobile Internet;  

identify and integrate the acquisition of new businesses;  

expand into new markets;  

increase the awareness of our brand; and  

provide our users with a superior experience, including customer support and payment experiences.  

        However, we cannot guarantee that we will successfully implement any of these business strategies.  

         The U.S. government may modify, curtail or terminate one or more of our contracts.  

        We have dedicated a significant amount of resources to building out Wi-Fi networks for troops stationed on military bases pursuant to our contracts 
with the U.S. government. Military revenue comprises a substantial part of our overall revenue and the U.S. government may modify, curtail or terminate 
its contracts with us, either at its convenience or for default based on performance. Any such modification, curtailment, or termination of one or more of 
our government contracts could have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and/or financial position.  

         Negotiations with prospective or existing partners and telecom operators and network operators can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may 
cause our operating results to vary.  

        Our negotiations with prospective or existing venue partners, including large venues like airports, transportation hubs, stadiums, arenas, military 
bases, universities, convention centers, office campuses and other partners, to acquire Wi-Fi locations to operate or to acquire roaming rights on partners' 
networks, or for new partners to implement our solutions or to extend or amend current arrangements, can be lengthy, and in some cases can last over 
12 months. Because of the lengthy negotiation cycle, the time required to reach a final or amended agreement with a partner is unpredictable and may lead 
to variances in our operating results from quarter to quarter. Negotiations with prospective and existing partners also require substantial time, effort and 
resources. We may ultimately fail in our negotiations, resulting in costs to our business without any associated benefits.  

        Additionally, our negotiations with telecom operators and network operators who pay us build-out fees and recurring access fees can likewise be 
lengthy and, therefore, the time required to reach a final or amended agreement with a telecom or network operators is unpredictable and may lead to 
variances in our operating results from quarter to quarter.  

         We operate relatively new businesses in a rapidly evolving industry, so an investment in our company involves more risk than an investment in a 
more mature company in an established industry.  

        We derive nearly all of our revenue from mobile Internet services, which are new and highly dynamic businesses, which face significant challenges. 
You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties and difficulties we will encounter as an emerging company in a new  

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

and rapidly evolving market. We may not be able to address these risks, uncertainties and difficulties successfully, which could materially harm our 
business and operating results.  

         Our industry is competitive and if we do not compete successfully, we could lose market share, experience reduced revenue or suffer losses.  

        The market for commercial wireless infrastructure solutions is competitive and impacted by technological change, and we expect competition with our 
current and potential competitors to intensify in the future. In particular, some of our competitors have taken steps or may decide to more aggressively 
compete against us, particularly in the market for venue build-outs of Wi-Fi, DAS, and small cell solutions.  

        Our competitors, many of whom are also our partners, include a variety of telecom operators and network operators, including Verizon, AT&T, T-
Mobile, Sprint, Comcast, Charter, Altice and local operators. These and other competitors have developed or may develop technologies that compete 
directly with our solutions. Many of our competitors are substantially larger than we are and have substantially longer operating histories. We may not be 
able to fund or invest in certain areas of our business to the same degree as our competitors. Many have substantially greater product development and 
marketing budgets and other financial and personnel resources than we do. Some also have greater name and brand recognition and a larger base of 
subscribers or users than we have. In addition, our competitors may provide services that we generally do not, such as cellular, local exchange and long-
distance services, voicemail and digital subscriber line. Users that desire these services may choose to also obtain mobile wireless connectivity services 
from a competitor that provides these additional services rather than from us.  

        Furthermore, we rely on several of our competitors as partners in roaming agreements. The roaming agreements provide that our retail customers and 
our wholesale partners' customers may use the Wi-Fi networks of our partners. One or more of our partners may deploy competing technologies that 
could reduce the partner's need to work with us under a roaming agreement. If our partners decide to terminate our roaming agreements, our global 
network of wireless networks may be reduced, which may result in a significant disruption to our business.  

        Competition could increase our selling and marketing expenses and related customer acquisition costs. We may not have the financial resources, 
technical expertise or marketing and support capabilities to continue to compete successfully. A failure to respond to established and new competitors 
may adversely impact our business and operating results.  

         We process, store, transfer and use personally identifiable information, confidential information and other data, which subjects us to laws and 
regulations and other legal obligations, of which the actual or perceived failure to comply could adversely affect our business.  

        We process, store, transfer and use data from or about our certain of our customers, including certain personally identifiable information and 
confidential information. These activities subject, or may subject, us to various federal, state, local and international laws and regulations regarding data 
privacy, protection, and security. In addition, we are also subject to the terms of our privacy policies and other third-party obligations regarding data 
privacy, protection and security. Although we strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies and other legal obligations, the regulatory 
framework for data privacy, protection and security is complex and ambiguous, and thus our current rules and practices may not, or allegedly may not, be 
complaint. Such noncompliance or alleged noncompliance could increase our costs and require us to modify our services and products, possibly in a 
material manner, and could limit or prevent us from processing, storing, transferring or using certain customer data in our services and products.  

18 

Table of Contents 

        In addition, data privacy, protection and security laws, regulations and industry standards are constantly evolving and being adopted in various 
jurisdictions. For example, the General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR") became effective May 2018, superseding existing European Union data 
protection legislation. Additionally, the California Consumer Privacy Act ("CCPA") was passed in June 2018 and is set to be effective in 2020. The GDPR 
and CCPA both provide certain data subjects with new data privacy rights, compel new operational requirements for companies, and impose potentially 
significant penalties for noncompliance. The cost to comply with the GDPR, CCPA and other new laws, regulations and industry standards, including 
costs associated with any related governmental investigations, enforcement actions, or litigations or claims, may limit the use and adoption of our 
products and services and could have an adverse impact on our business.  

        Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other cyber-security developments may result in a compromise or 
breach of the technology we use to protect user transaction data and cyber-security attacks are becoming more sophisticated. Cyber-security risks such 
as malicious software and attempts to gain unauthorized access to data are rapidly evolving and could lead to disruptions in our network, unauthorized 
release of personally identifiable, confidential or otherwise protected information or corruption of data. Any compromises of our security could damage 
our reputation and brand and expose us to possible liability such as litigation claims or fines, which would substantially harm our business and operating 
results. We have incurred costs and may need to expend significant additional resources to appropriately protect against security breaches, implement 
processes to adequately respond to security breaches (including as may be required by applicable law, such as the GDPR), or to address problems caused 
by breaches.  

        Many countries, such as European Union member countries as a result of the 2006 E.U. Data Retention Directive, are introducing, or have already 
introduced into local law some form of traffic and user data retention requirements, which are generally applicable to providers of electronic 
communications services. Retention periods and data types vary from country to country, and the various local data protection and other authorities may 
implement traffic and user retention requirements regarding certain data in different and potentially overlapping ways. Although the constitutionality of 
the 2006 E.U. Data Retention Directive has been questioned, we may be required to comply with data retention requirements in one or more jurisdictions, 
or we may be required to comply with these requirements in the future as a result of changes or modifications to the Boingo solution or changes or 
modifications to the technological infrastructure on which the Boingo solution is based. Failure to comply with these retention requirements may result in 
the imposition of costly penalties. Compliance with these retention requirements can be difficult and costly from a legal, operational and technical 
perspective and could harm our business and operational results.  

         Various events could disrupt our networks, information systems or properties and could impair our operating activities and negatively impact 
our reputation and financial results.  

        Network and information systems technologies are critical to our operating activities, both for our internal uses and supplying services to our 
customers. Network or information system shutdowns or other service failure disruptions, such as access point failure at one of our managed and 
operated wireless infrastructure networks or a backhaul disruption, caused by events such as computer hacking, dissemination of computer viruses, 
worms and other destructive or disruptive software, "cyber-attacks," process breakdowns, denial of service attacks and other malicious activity pose 
increasing risks. Both unsuccessful and successful "cyber-attacks" on companies have continued to increase in frequency, scope and potential harm in 
recent years. While we develop and maintain systems seeking to prevent systems-related events and security breaches from occurring, the development 
and maintenance of these systems is costly and requires ongoing monitoring and updating as techniques used in such attacks become more 
sophisticated and change frequently. We, and the third parties on which we rely, may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate 
preventive measures. While from time to  

19 

Table of Contents 

time attempts have been made to access our network, these attempts have not as yet resulted in any material release of information, degradation or 
disruption to our network and information systems. We maintain cyber liability insurance; however, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover the 
financial, legal, business or reputational losses that may result from an interruption or breach of our systems.  

        Our network and information systems are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from power outages, telecommunications failures, accidents, 
natural disasters (including extreme weather arising from short-term or any long-term changes in weather patterns), terrorist attacks and similar events. 
Further, the impacts associated with extreme weather or long-term changes in weather patterns, such as increased and intensified storm activity, may 
cause increased business interruptions. Our system redundancy may be ineffective or inadequate, and our disaster recovery planning may not be 
sufficient for all eventualities.  

        Any of these events, if directed at, or experienced by, us or technologies upon which we depend, could have adverse consequences on our network, 
our customers and our business, including damage to our or our customers' equipment and data and could result in lengthy interruptions in the 
availability of the Boingo solution. Large expenditures may be necessary to repair or replace damaged property, networks or information systems or to 
protect them from similar events in the future. Moreover, the amount and scope of insurance, if any, that we maintain against losses resulting from any 
such events or security breaches may not be sufficient to cover our losses or otherwise adequately compensate us for any disruptions to our business 
that may result. Any such significant service disruption could result in damage to our reputation and credibility, customer dissatisfaction and ultimately a 
loss of customers or revenue. Any significant loss of customers or revenue, or significant increase in costs of serving those customers, could adversely 
affect our growth, financial condition and results of operations.  

         We may be unsuccessful in expanding our international operations, which could harm the growth of our business, operating results and 
financial condition.  

        Our ability to expand internationally involves various risks, including the need to invest significant resources in unfamiliar markets, and the 
possibility that there may not be returns on these investments in the near future or at all. In addition, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur 
expenses before we generate any material revenue in these new markets. Our expansion plans will require significant management attention and resources. 
We have limited experience in selling our solutions in international markets or in conforming to local cultures, standards or policies. We may not be able to 
compete successfully in these international markets. Our ability to expand will also be limited by the demand for mobile Internet in international markets. 
Different privacy, censorship and liability standards and regulations and different intellectual property laws in foreign countries may cause our business 
and operating results to suffer.  

        Any future international operations may fail to succeed due to risks inherent in foreign operations, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

different technological solutions for mobile Internet than those used in North America;  

varied, unfamiliar and unclear legal and regulatory restrictions;  

unexpected changes in international regulatory requirements and tariffs;  

legal, political, social or systemic restrictions on the ability of U.S. companies to do business in foreign countries;  

currency fluctuations;  

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act compliance and related risks;  

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

• 

• 

• 

difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable, and longer payment cycles, especially in emerging markets;  

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and  

potential adverse tax consequences.  

        Some of our business partners also have international operations and are subject to the risks described above. Even if we are able to successfully 
manage the risks of international operations, our business may be adversely affected if our business partners are not able to successfully manage these 
risks.  

        As a result of these obstacles, we may find it difficult or prohibitively expensive to expand internationally or we may be unsuccessful in our attempt 
to do so, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.  

         Acquisitions could be difficult to identify, pose integration challenges, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute 
stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.  

        We have in the past acquired and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe could 
complement or expand our business or otherwise offer growth opportunities. For example, in August 2018, we acquired substantially all of the assets of 
Elauwit Networks, LLC, a provider of high-speed Wi-Fi and technology solutions to the student and multifamily housing market. Acquisitions may disrupt 
our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing 
business.  

        In addition, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined 
business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;  

unanticipated costs, accounting charges or other liabilities associated with the acquisition;  

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;  

difficulty integrating operations, personnel and accounting and other systems of the acquired business;  

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business, 
including due to language, geographical or cultural differences;  

difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business onto our contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, 
support or services model of the acquired company;  

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;  

the potential loss of key employees;  

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and  

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.  

        In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, 
which must be assessed for impairment at least  

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this 
impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, our exposure to risks associated with various claims, 
including the use of intellectual property, may be increased as a result of acquisitions of other companies. For example, we may have a lower level of 
visibility into the development process with respect to intellectual property or the care taken to safeguard against infringement risks with respect to the 
acquired company or technology. In addition, third parties may make infringement and similar or related claims after we have acquired technology that has 
not been asserted prior to our acquisition.  

        Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. 
In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial position may suffer.  

         We rely on our credit facility to fund a significant portion of our capital expenditures and other capital needs. If we are unable to achieve 
compliance with the credit facility covenants, or interest rates increase significantly, or we are unable to renew our credit facility on favorable terms, 
or at all, our business would be negatively impacted.  

        In February 2019, we entered into a new Credit Agreement ("New Credit Agreement") and related agreements with Bank of America, N.A. acting as 
agent for lenders named therein. The New Credit Agreement replaced our November 2014 Credit Agreement with Bank of America N.A. acting as agent for 
lenders named therein, which expired in November 2018. The New Credit Agreement places restrictions on our ability to take certain actions and sets 
standards for minimum financial performance. If we fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this New Credit Agreement, then the line of credit may 
be withdrawn, and the additional funds will not be available to us to fund our capital needs.  

         The regulation of Internet communications, products and services is currently uncertain, which poses risks for our business from changes in 
laws, regulations, and interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations.  

        The current regulatory environment for Internet communications, products and services is uncertain. Many laws and regulations were adopted prior 
to the advent of the Internet and related technologies and often do not contemplate or address the specific issues associated with the Internet and related 
technologies. The scope of laws and regulations applicable to the Internet remains uncertain and is subject to statutory or interpretive change. We cannot 
be certain that we, our partners or our users are currently in compliance with regulatory or other legal requirements in the numerous countries in which our 
service is used. Our failure or the failure of our partners, users and others with whom we transact business, or to whom we license the Boingo solution, to 
comply with existing or future regulatory or other legal requirements could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. Regulators may disagree with our interpretations of existing laws or regulations or the applicability of existing laws or regulations to our 
business, and existing laws, regulations and interpretations may change in unexpected ways.  

        We believe that the Boingo solution is on the forefront of wireless infrastructure connectivity, and therefore it may face greater regulatory scrutiny 
than other communications products and services. We cannot be certain what positions regulators may take regarding our compliance with, or lack of 
compliance with, current and future legal and regulatory requirements or what positions regulators may take regarding any past or future actions we have 
taken or may take in any jurisdiction. Regulators may determine that we are not in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and impose 
penalties, or we may need to make changes to the Boingo solution, which could be costly and difficult. Any of these events would adversely affect our 
operating results and business.  

22 

Table of Contents 

         If we lose key personnel or are unable to attract and retain personnel on a cost-effective basis, our business could be harmed.  

        Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and our highly qualified team of 
engineers, many of whom have numerous years of experience and specialized expertise in our business. If we are not successful in hiring and retaining 
highly qualified engineers, we may not be able to extend or maintain our engineering and technological expertise and our future product and service 
development efforts could be adversely affected. Additionally, the process of attracting and retaining suitable replacements for any executive officers or 
any of our highly qualified engineers we lose in the future would result in transition costs and would divert the attention of other members of our senior 
management from our existing operations. Additionally, such a loss could be negatively perceived in the capital markets. If we lose members of our senior 
management, this may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic objectives and adversely affect our operating results.  

        Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled managerial, operations, business 
development and marketing personnel. We have in the past maintained a rigorous, highly selective and time-consuming hiring process. We believe that 
our approach to hiring has significantly contributed to our success to date. However, our highly selective hiring process has made it more difficult for us 
to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees, and, as we grow, our hiring process may prevent us from hiring the personnel we need in a timely 
manner. Moreover, the cost of living in the Los Angeles area, where our corporate headquarters is located, has been an impediment to attracting new 
employees in the past, and we expect that this will continue to impair our ability to attract and retain employees in the future. If we fail to attract, integrate 
and retain the necessary personnel, we may not be able to grow effectively, and our business could suffer significantly.  

         Material defects or errors in our software could harm our reputation and brand, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell the 
Boingo solution.  

        The software underlying the Boingo solution is inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when the software is first 
introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. We have from time to time found defects or errors in our software, and defects or errors 
in our existing software may be detected in the future. Any defects or errors that cause interruptions to the availability of our services could result in: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a reduction in sales or delay in market acceptance of the Boingo solution;  

sales credits or refunds to our users and wholesale partners;  

loss of existing users and difficulty in attracting new users;  

diversion of development resources;  

harm to our reputation and brand image; and  

increased insurance costs.  

        The costs incurred in correcting any material defects or errors in our software may be substantial and could harm our operating results.  

         Our business depends on strong brands, and if we do not cost effectively develop, maintain and enhance our brand, our financial condition and 
operating results could be harmed.  

        We believe that the Boingo brand is a critical part of our business and that developing and maintaining awareness of our brand is important to 
achieving widespread acceptance of the Boingo  

23 

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

solution and is an important element in attracting and retaining customers and partners. We continue to seek new ways to promote our brand through our 
managed and operated hotspots. We intend to enhance our brand through low-cost co-marketing arrangements with our partners and through periodic 
promotional and sponsorship activities and by continuing to leverage the reach of social media to interact with our customers. In order to maintain strong 
relationships with our venue and network partners, we may have to reduce the visibility of the Boingo brand or make other decisions that do not promote 
and maintain the Boingo brand, such as our custom branding alternatives that we offer to wholesale clients. If we fail to promote and maintain the Boingo 
brand, or if we incur significant expenses to promote the brand and are still unsuccessful in maintaining a strong brand, our financial condition and 
operating results could be harmed.  

        Additionally, we believe that developing this brand in a cost-effective manner is important in meeting our expected margins. Brand promotion 
activities may not result in increased revenue, and any increased revenue resulting from these promotion activities may not offset the expenses we 
incurred in building our brand. If we fail to cost effectively build and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract or retain customers or partners, and our 
financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.  

         Worldwide economic conditions, and their impact on travel and consumer spending, may adversely affect our business, operating results and 
financial condition.  

        Our business is impacted by travel and consumer spending, because users seek to access the mobile Internet while they are on-the-go, and because 
spending on Internet access is often a consumer discretionary spending decision. Factors that tend to negatively impact levels of travel include high 
unemployment, high energy prices, low business and consumer confidence, the fear of terrorist attacks, war and other macroeconomic factors. Economic 
conditions that tend to negatively impact levels of discretionary consumer spending include high unemployment, high consumer debt, reductions in net 
worth, depressed real estate markets, increased taxation, high energy prices, high interest rates, low consumer confidence and other macroeconomic 
factors. If the global economic recovery is slower than expected, or if it weakens, our military and retail customer base, new military and retail customer 
acquisition and usage-based revenue could be materially harmed, and our results of operations would be adversely affected.  

         The growth of free Wi-Fi networks may compete with our paid mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions.  

        Many venues offer free mobile Wi-Fi as an incentive or value-added benefit to their customers. Free Wi-Fi may reduce retail customer demand for our 
services and put downward pressure on the prices we charge our retail customers. In addition, telecom operators may offer free mobile Wi-Fi as part of a 
home broadband or other service contract, which also may force down the prices we charge our retail customers. If we are unable to effectively offset this 
downward pressure on our prices by being a Wi-Fi service provider or sufficiently grow our DAS and small cell business, or if we are unable to acquire 
and retain retail customers, we will have lower profit margins and our operating results and financial condition may be adversely impacted.  

         We rely on third-party customer support service providers for the majority of our customer support calls. If these service providers experience 
operational difficulties or disruptions, our business could be adversely affected.  

        We depend on third-party customer support service providers to handle most of our routine multifamily, military and retail customer support cases. 
While we maintain limited customer support operations in our Los Angeles headquarters and our Columbia office, if our relationships with our customer 
support service providers terminate unexpectedly, or if our customer service providers experience operational difficulties, we may not be able to respond 
to customer support calls in a timely manner and the quality of our customer service would be adversely affected. This could harm our reputation and 
brand image and make it difficult for us to attract and retain users. In addition, the loss of our customer support service providers would require us to 
identify and contract with alternative sources, which could prove time-consuming and expensive.  

24 

Table of Contents  

         If we are not successful in developing our mobile application for new devices and platforms, or if those solutions are not widely adopted, our 
results of operations and business could be adversely affected.  

        As new mobile devices and platforms are developed, we may encounter problems in developing products for such new mobile devices and platforms, 
and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support, and maintenance of such products. In addition, if we experience difficulties 
integrating our mobile applications into mobile devices, or if we face increased costs to distribute our mobile applications, our future growth and our 
results of operations could suffer.  

         If we fail to maintain relationships with providers of mobile operating systems or mobile application download stores, our business could be 
adversely affected.  

        We rely on the integration of our software into mobile operating systems to allow mobile devices to connect to our global network of wireless 
networks. If problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems or mobile application download stores, such as the Apple 
App Store and Google Play, or if our mobile application receives unfavorable treatment compared to the promotion and placement of competing 
applications, such as the order of our products in the mobile application download stores, we may fail to attract or retain customers or partners, and our 
business could be adversely affected.  

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property  

         Claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology could harm our business.  

        In recent years there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in many technology-based industries, including the wireless 
communications industry. While we have not been specifically targeted, companies similar to us have been subject to patent lawsuits. As we face 
increasing competition and gain an increasingly high profile, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows. We may be subject to 
third-party claims in the future. The costs of supporting these litigations and disputes are considerable, and there can be no assurance that a favorable 
outcome will be obtained. We may be required to settle these litigations and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us, given the complex technical 
issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. Claims that the Boingo solution infringes third-party intellectual property rights, 
regardless of their merit or resolution, could also divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. The terms of any settlements 
or judgments may require us to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

cease distribution and back-end operation of the Boingo solution;  

pay substantial damages for infringement;  

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing solutions;  

license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;  

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to compete with that 
competitor; or  

pay substantial damages to our partners to discontinue their use of or to replace infringing solutions sold to them with non-infringing 
solutions.  

        Any of these unfavorable outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

25 

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

         Our use of open source software could limit our ability to commercialize the Boingo solution.  

        We have incorporated open source software into the Boingo solution. Although we closely monitor our use of open source software, we are subject 
to the terms of open source licenses that have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that in the future these licenses could be 
construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize the Boingo solution. In that event, we could be 
required to seek licenses from third parties or to re-engineer our software in order to continue offering the Boingo solution, or to discontinue operations, 
any of which could materially adversely affect our business.  

         We utilize unlicensed spectrum in certain of our offerings, which is subject to intense competition, low barriers of entry and slowdowns due to 
multiple users.  

        We presently utilize unlicensed spectrum to provide our Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Unlicensed or "free" spectrum is available to multiple users and 
may suffer bandwidth limitations, interference and slowdowns if the number of users exceeds traffic capacity. The availability of unlicensed spectrum is 
not unlimited, and others do not need to obtain permits or licenses to utilize the same unlicensed spectrum that we currently, or may in the future, utilize. 
The inherent limitations of unlicensed spectrum could potentially threaten our ability to reliably deliver our services. Moreover, the prevalence of 
unlicensed spectrum creates low barriers to entry in our industry.  

         If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed, or we could be required to incur 
significant expenses to enforce our rights.  

        Our business depends on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws and 
confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We own eight patents and have applications for 
two additional patents pending in the United States. Despite our efforts, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to 
prevent the use or misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights. Our ability to police the use, 
misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property is uncertain, particularly in countries other than the United States. Further, we do not know 
whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our 
claims. Even if patents are issued, they may be contested, circumvented, or invalidated in the future. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued 
patents may not provide us with complete proprietary protection or any competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to 
develop similar or superior technologies on their own now or in the future. Protecting against the unauthorized use of our solutions, trademarks, and other 
proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual 
property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial 
costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have 
the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, if the 
protection of our proprietary rights is inadequate to prevent use or misappropriation by third parties, the value of our brand and other intangible assets 
may be diminished and competitors may be able to more effectively mimic our service and methods of operations. Any of these events would have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

26 

Table of Contents 

Risks Related to Our Convertible Notes  

         We have incurred substantial indebtedness that may decrease our business flexibility, access to capital, and/or increase our borrowing costs, 
and we may still incur substantially more debt, which may adversely affect our operations and financial results.  

        In October 2018, we issued $201.25 million aggregate principal amount of 1.00% convertible senior notes due 2023 ("Convertible Notes"). Our 
indebtedness may: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general business purposes;  

limit our ability to use our cash flow or obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other 
general business purposes;  

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make debt service payments;  

limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;  

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors; and  

increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic and industry conditions.  

        Further, the indenture governing the Convertible Notes does not restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and we and our subsidiaries may 
incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in any future debt instruments existing at the time, some of 
which may be secured indebtedness.  

        Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our substantial debt, and 
we may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle conversions of the Convertible Notes in cash or to repurchase the Convertible Notes 
upon a fundamental change, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.  

        Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness, including the amounts payable under 
the Convertible Notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond our control. Our 
business may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our indebtedness and make necessary capital 
expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt, 
or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital 
markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, 
which could result in a default on our debt obligations.  

        Further, holders of the Convertible Notes have the right to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of 
a "fundamental change" (as defined in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes (the "indenture")) before the maturity date at a repurchase price 
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon conversion 
of the Convertible Notes, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion (other than paying cash in lieu of 
delivering any fractional share), we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the Convertible Notes being converted. However, we may not 
have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of Convertible Notes surrendered therefor or 
pay cash with respect to Convertible Notes being converted.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

         The conditional conversion feature of the Convertible Notes, when triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.  

        In the event the conditional conversion feature of the Convertible Notes is triggered, holders of the Convertible Notes will be entitled to convert their 
Convertible Notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their Convertible Notes, unless we elect to 
satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we 
would be required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation in cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity.  

        In addition, even if holders of Convertible Notes do not elect to convert their Convertible Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting 
rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the Convertible Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a 
material reduction of our net working capital.  

         The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the Convertible Notes, could have a material effect on 
our reported financial results.  

        Under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options ("ASC 470-20"), an entity must separately account for 
the liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such as the Convertible Notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash 
upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer's economic interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for the Convertible Notes is 
that the equity component is required to be included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders' equity on our consolidated balance sheet at 
the issuance date and the value of the equity component would be treated as debt discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the 
Convertible Notes. As a result, we will be required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense as a result of the amortization of the 
discounted carrying value of the Convertible Notes to their face amount over the term of the Convertible Notes. We will report larger net losses (or lower 
net income) in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require interest to include both the amortization of the debt discount and the instrument's 
non-convertible coupon interest rate, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the 
trading price of the Convertible Notes.  

        In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the Convertible Notes) that may be settled entirely or partly in cash 
may be accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of such Convertible Notes are 
not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of such Convertible Notes exceeds their 
principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of 
common stock that would be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that the 
accounting standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable or otherwise elect not to use the treasury 
stock method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, then our diluted earnings per share could be adversely 
affected.  

         The capped call transactions may affect the value of the Convertible Notes and our common stock.  

        In connection with the pricing the Convertible Notes and exercise of the over-allotment option to purchase additional Convertible Notes, we entered 
into capped call transactions with a financial institution. The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce potential dilution upon conversion 
of the Convertible Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Convertible Notes, as 
the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.  

28 

Table of Contents 

        In connection with establishing its initial hedges of the capped call transactions, the financial institution or its affiliate likely purchased shares of our 
common stock and/or entered into various derivative transactions with respect to our common stock concurrently with or shortly after the pricing of the 
Convertible Notes. The financial institution or its affiliate may modify its hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect 
to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions following the pricing of 
the Convertible Notes and prior to the maturity of the Convertible Notes (and are likely to do so during any observation period related to a conversion of 
Convertible Notes). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock or the Convertible Notes.  

        The potential effect, if any, of these transactions and activities on the price of our common stock or the Convertible Notes will depend in part on 
market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time. Any of these activities could adversely affect the value of our common stock.  

         Conversion of the Convertible Notes will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders, including holders who had previously converted 
their Convertible Notes, or may otherwise depress the price of our common stock.  

        The conversion of some or all of the Convertible Notes will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver shares of 
our common stock upon conversion of any of the Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes are currently convertible and may from time to time in the 
future be convertible at the option of their holders prior to their scheduled terms under certain circumstances. Any sales in the public market of the 
common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the 
Convertible Notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the Convertible Notes could be used to satisfy short 
positions, or anticipated conversion of the Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.  

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock  

         The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors.  

        Fluctuations in market price and volume are particularly common among securities of technology companies. As a result, you may be unable to sell 
your shares of common stock at or above the price you paid. The market price of our common stock and trading price of our Convertible Notes may 
fluctuate significantly in response to the factors described in this risk factor section as well as the following factors, among others, many of which are 
beyond our control: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

general market conditions;  

domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance;  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;  

changes in or failure to meet publicly disclosed expectations as to our future financial performance;  

changes in securities analysts' estimates of our financial performance or lack of research and reports by industry analysts;  

changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies;  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products, contracts, acquisitions, or strategic partnerships;  

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

developments or disputes concerning patents or proprietary rights, including increases or decreases in litigation expenses associated with 
intellectual property lawsuits we may initiate, or in which we may be named as defendants;  

termination or potential termination of a relationship with a venue partner;  

failure to complete significant sales;  

any future sales of our common stock or other securities; and  

additions or departures of key personnel.  

         If securities or industry analysts publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could 
decline.  

        The trading market for our common stock and our Convertible Notes depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts 
publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our 
business, our stock price and the trading price of our Convertible Notes would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our 
company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or the trading price of our 
Convertible Notes or trading volume to decline. Announcements by analysts that may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock 
and the trading price of our Convertible Notes may relate to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our operating results or forecasts;  

new issuances of equity, debt or convertible debt by us;  

developments in our relationships with corporate customers;  

announcements by our customers or competitors;  

changes in regulatory policy or interpretation;  

governmental investigations;  

changes in the industries in which we operate;  

changes in the ratings of our stock by rating agencies or securities analysts;  

our acquisitions of complementary businesses; or  

our operational performance.  

         As a public company, we are subject to financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to 
satisfy and may divert resources and management attention from operating our business.  

        We are required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the SEC. We must prepare and timely file financial statements that comply with SEC 
reporting requirements. We are also subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock 
Market, or NASDAQ, which imposes significant compliance obligations upon us. We are required, among other things, to: 

• 

• 

prepare and file periodic reports, and distribute other stockholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and 
NASDAQ rules; and  

evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management's assessment thereof, in 
compliance with rules and regulations of the SEC and the  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Further, we are required to obtain an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31st each year from our independent registered public accounting firm.  

If we fail to comply with the rules of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 related to accounting controls and procedures, or, if we discover 
material weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control and accounting procedures, our financial results may be adversely effected and we may 
be subject to sanctions by regulatory authorities and our stock price and the trading price of our Convertible Notes could decline.  

        Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (the "Act") requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting and requires an attestation and report by our external auditing firm on our internal control over financial reporting. We believe our system and 
process evaluation and testing comply with the management certification and auditor attestation requirements of Section 404. We cannot be certain, 
however, that we will be able to satisfy the requirements in Section 404 in all future periods, especially as we grow our business. If we are not able to 
continue to meet the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by 
regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or the NASDAQ Stock Market. Any such action could adversely affect our financial results or investors' 
confidence in us and could cause our stock price and the trading price of our Convertible Notes to fall. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the 
requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal controls 
that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we may be required to incur significant additional financial and management resources to achieve compliance.  

         If we need additional capital in the future, it may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.  

        We may require additional capital from equity or debt financing in the future to fund our operations or respond to competitive pressures or strategic 
opportunities. We may not be able to secure timely additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of additional financing may place limits on 
our financial and operating flexibility. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities 
convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new securities 
we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or 
financing on terms satisfactory to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges and 
opportunities could be significantly limited.  

         Investors may experience dilution of their ownership interests because of the future issuance of additional shares of our capital stock.  

        We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2018, there were 
approximately 42,669,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. In addition, as of 
December 31, 2018, we had approximately 3,119,000 unvested restricted stock units, approximately 304,000 exercisable stock options, approximately 
2,979,000 shares available for grant under the 2011 Plan, and approximately 4,756,000 shares subject to conversion under the Convertible Notes.  

        In the future, we may issue additional authorized but previously unissued equity securities resulting in the dilution of the ownership interests of our 
present stockholders. We may also issue additional shares of our capital stock or other securities that are convertible into or exercisable for our capital 
stock in connection with hiring or retaining employees or for other business purposes, including future sales of our securities for capital raising purposes. 
The future issuance of any such additional shares of  

31 

Table of Contents 

capital stock may create downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock and our Convertible Notes.  

         Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law and provisions in the indenture for our Convertible Notes could 
discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.  

        We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change 
in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes 
an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may 
consider favorable. Institutional shareholder representative groups, shareholder activists and others may disagree with our corporate governance 
provisions or other practices, such as those listed below. We generally will consider recommendations of institutional shareholder representative groups, 
but we will make decisions based on what our board and management believe to be in the best long-term interests of our company and stockholders. 
These groups could make recommendations to our stockholders against our practices or our board members if they disagree with our positions. Our 
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;  

establish a classified board of directors (that is being phased out over the next year), which prevents, until the 2020 annual meeting of 
stockholders when all directors will be elected annually, the ability of a stockholder to launch a proxy contest to replace the entire board of 
directors;  

require that until the expiration of the term of any director elected to serve a three-year term, such directors may only be removed from 
office for cause and only upon a majority stockholder vote;  

provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors 
then in office;  

limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;  

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and  

require supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and 
amended and restated bylaws.  

        In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large 
stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time.  

        In addition, if a fundamental change occurs prior to the maturity date of the Convertible Notes, holders of the Convertible Notes will have the right, at 
their option, to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Convertible Notes. If a "make-whole fundamental change" (as defined in the indenture) 
occurs prior to the maturity date, we will in some cases be required to increase the conversion rate of the Convertible Notes for a holder that elects to 
convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such make-whole fundamental change. Furthermore, the indenture prohibits us from  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

engaging in certain mergers or acquisitions unless, among other things, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under the Convertible Notes.  

        These and other provisions in our charter documents, Convertible Notes, indenture and in Delaware law could deter or prevent a third party from 
acquiring us or could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirors to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are 
opposed by our then-current board of directors, including to delay or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our company. The 
existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and the trading price of the Convertible Notes and limit opportunities 
for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.  

         Our business could be negatively affected as a result of a potential proxy contest for the election of directors at our annual meeting or other 
shareholder activism.  

        In 2016, we were subjected to a proxy contest, which resulted in the negotiation of changes to the board of directors and considerable costs were 
incurred. A future proxy contest would most likely require us to incur significant legal fees and proxy solicitation expenses and require significant time and 
attention by management and our board of directors. The potential of a proxy contest or other shareholder activism could interfere with our ability to 
execute our strategic plan, give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future direction, result in the loss of potential business opportunities or make it 
more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.  

         We have incurred substantial losses in past and current years and may incur additional losses in the future.  

        As of December 31, 2018, our accumulated deficit was $129.9 million. We generated a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 and we are also 
currently investing in our future growth through expanding our network and buildouts, investing in our software, and consideration of future business 
acquisitions. As a result, we will incur higher depreciation and other operating expenses, as well as potential acquisition costs, that may negatively impact 
our ability to achieve profitability in future periods unless and until these growth efforts generate enough revenue to exceed their operating costs and 
cover our additional overhead needed to scale our business for this anticipated growth. The current global financial condition may also impact our ability 
to achieve profitability if we cannot generate sufficient revenue to offset the increased costs. In addition, costs associated with the acquisition and 
integration of any acquired companies may also negatively impact our ability to achieve profitability. For example, in August 2018 we closed the 
acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Elauwit Networks, LLC and our integration costs may negatively impact our ability to achieve profitability. 
Finally, given the competitive and evolving nature of the industry in which we operate, we may not be able to achieve or increase profitability.  

         We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on 
appreciation in the price of our common stock.  

        We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our capital stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if 
any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an 
investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in its value.  

         Changes in accounting standards and their interpretations could adversely affect our operating results.  

        U.S. GAAP are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, 
or PCAOB, the SEC, and various other bodies that  

33 

Table of Contents 

promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. These principles and related implementation guidelines and interpretations can be highly 
complex and involve subjective judgments. A change in these principles or interpretations, including the implementation of ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 
842), or accounting for the Convertible Notes could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of 
transactions completed before or after the announcement of a change. Additionally, the adoption of these standards may potentially require 
enhancements or changes in our systems and will require significant time and cost on behalf of our financial management. A discussion of these 
standards and other pending changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, are further discussed in Footnote 2 in the notes to 
our consolidated financial statements.  

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments  

        None.  

Item 2.    Properties  

        As of December 31, 2018, we leased approximately 53,000 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Los Angeles, California. As of 
December 31, 2018, we also leased an approximately 27,000 additional square feet in aggregate office space in San Francisco, California; Oak Brook, 
Illinois; Charleston, South Carolina; Columbia, South Carolina; Lake Success, New York; New York, New York; McKinney, Texas; Detroit, Michigan; Sao 
Paolo, Brazil; and Dubai, United Arab Emirates. We believe that our office facilities will be adequate for the foreseeable future.  

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings  

        From time to time, we may be involved in or subject to claims, suits, investigations and proceedings arising out of the normal course of business. We 
are not currently a party to any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows.  

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures  

        Not applicable.  

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

PART II  

Market Information  

        Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "WIFI."  

Registered Stockholders  

        As of February 22, 2019, there were 22 stockholders of record of our common stock. Stockholders of record do not include a substantially greater 
number of "street name" holders or beneficial holders of our common stock whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial 
institutions.  

Dividends  

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and currently do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable 
future. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock, if permissible, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend  

34 

 
Table of Contents 

upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and other factors that our 
board of directors may deem relevant.  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Sale of Registered Securities  

        We did not sell any equity securities not registered under the Securities Act during the year ended December 31, 2018.  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

        On April 1, 2013, the Company approved a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $10,000,000 of the Company's common stock in the open 
market, exclusive of any commissions, markups or expenses. The stock repurchased will be retired and will resume the status of authorized but unissued 
shares of common stock. The Company did not repurchase any of our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. As of 
December 31, 2018, the remaining approved amount for repurchases was approximately $5,180,000.  

Equity Compensation Plan Information  

        On March 12, 2018, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-8 to register 1,844,781 shares representing additional shares authorized as of 
January 1, 2018 under the Evergreen Provision of the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. The Evergreen Provision of the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan terminated 
after January 1, 2018.  

Performance Measurement Comparison  

        The following performance graph shows the total stockholder return of an investment of $100 in cash made on December 31, 2013 in each of (i) our 
common stock, (ii) a broad equity market index, the securities comprising the Nasdaq Composite Index, and (iii) issuers with similar market capitalizations, 
the securities comprising the Russell 2000 index.  

        The performance graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2013 in our common stock and in each index, and that all dividends were 
reinvested. No dividends have been declared nor paid on our common stock. The comparisons in the graph below are required by the SEC and are not 
intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.  

35 

Table of Contents  

COMPARISON OF 60 MONTHS CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* 
Among Boingo Wireless, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index and The Russell 2000 Index**  

NASDAQ Composite Index 
Russell 2000 Index 
Boingo 

12/31/13 

12/31/14 

12/31/15 

12/31/16 

12/31/17 

12/31/18 

  $
  $
  $

100.00  $
100.00  $
100.00  $

113.40  $
103.53  $
119.66  $

119.89  $
97.62  $
103.28  $

128.89  $
116.63  $
190.17  $

165.29  $
131.96  $
351.01  $

158.87 
115.89 
320.90 

* 

The material in this section is not "soliciting material" and is not deemed "filed" with the SEC. It is not to be incorporated by 
reference into any filing of Boingo Wireless, Inc. made under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, whether 
made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing, except to the extent 
we specifically incorporate this section by reference.  

**  We chose the Russell 2000 index because it is comprised of issuers with similar market capitalizations. We do not believe that we 

can reasonably identify a peer group of issuers or an industry or line-of-business index.  

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

        The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 and our accompanying consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this report.  

        The consolidated statements of operations data set forth below for years 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of the end 
of years 2018 and 2017 are derived from, and qualified by reference to, the audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. The 
consolidated statements of operations data for years 2015 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of the end of years 2016, 2015 and 2014 
are derived from the audited financial statements previously filed with the SEC on Form 10-K. The results of businesses acquired in a business 
combination are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition.  

        On August 1, 2018, we acquired the assets of Elauwit Networks, LLC ("Elauwit") for $29.5 million, which included cash paid at closing, holdback 
consideration, and the fair value of additional contingent consideration that would be due and payable subject to certain conditions and the successful 
achievement of annual revenue targets during the 2018, 2019, and 2020 fiscal years. Elauwit provides data and video services to multi-unit dwelling 
properties including student housing,  

36 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

condominiums, apartments, senior living, and hospitality industries throughout the U.S. In addition, Elauwit builds and maintains the network that 
supports these services for property owners and managers and provides support for residents and employees. For further information on our Elauwit 
acquisition, refer to Footnote 3 in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.  

        Prior to August 4, 2015, we had a 70% ownership of Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC. On August 4, 2015, we purchased the remaining 30% 
ownership interest from the non-controlling interest owners for $1.15 million. We accounted for this transaction as an acquisition of the remaining interest 
of an entity that had already been majority-owned by the Company. The purchase resulted in a reduction to additional paid-in capital of $1.15 million, 
representing excess purchase price over the carrying amount of the non-controlling interests. Prior to this purchase, we had a controlling interest in this 
subsidiary, and therefore, this subsidiary had been and will continue to be consolidated with the Company's operations.  

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers, which replaced the accounting standards for revenue recognition under FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605, Revenue 
Recognition, with a single comprehensive five-step model, eliminating industry-specific accounting rules. The core principle is to recognize revenue upon 
the transfer of control of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received. The FASB amended several 
aspects of the guidance after the issuance of ASU 2014-09, and the new revenue recognition accounting standard, as amended, was codified within ASC 
606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method applied to those 
contracts which were not completed as of January 1, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606, while 
prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with ASC 605.  

        Adoption of ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method required us to record a cumulative effect adjustment, net of tax, to accumulated deficit 
and non-controlling interests of $3,257,000 and $69,000, respectively, on January 1, 2018. In addition, adoption of the standard resulted in the following 
changes to the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2018:  

Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current 

assets 
Other assets 
Deferred revenue, current 
Deferred revenue, net of current 

portion 

January 1, 2018 
(Per ASC 605) 

Adjustment for 
Adoption 
(in thousands) 

January 1, 2018 
(Per ASC 606) 

  $

  $
  $
  $

  $

26,148  $

(1,069) $

25,079 

6,369  $
10,082  $
61,708  $

170  $
(2,179) $
14,176  $

6,539 
7,903 
75,884 

149,168  $

(20,580) $

128,588 

37 

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

        The below table summarizes the changes to our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 as a result of the adoption of ASC 606:  

December 31, 2018 
(Per ASC 605) 

Adjustment for 
Adoption 
(in thousands) 

December 31, 2018 
(Per ASC 606) 

  $

43,410  $

(644) $

Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaid expenses and other 

current assets 

Other assets 
Deferred revenue, current 
Deferred revenue, net of current 

  $
  $
  $

portion 

Non-controlling interests 

7,603  $
12,224  $
82,731  $

212  $
(2,288) $
(2,348) $

  $
  $

147,785  $
408  $

(10,580) $
1,803  $

42,766 

7,815 
9,936 
80,383 

137,205 
2,211 

        The below table summarizes the changes to our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the 
adoption of ASC 606 with income taxes calculated excluding the tax effect on the equity component of the Convertible Notes:  

Revenue 
Income tax benefit 
Non-controlling interests 

  $
  $
  $

Year Ended 
December 31, 2018 
(Per ASC 605) 

Adjustment for 
Adoption 
(in thousands) 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2018 
(Per ASC 606) 

244,307  $
(4,785) $
(245) $

6,514  $
(368) $
1,734  $

250,821 
(5,153)
1,489 

        The changes to the consolidated balance sheets as of January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018 and the consolidated statement of operations for the 
year ended December 31, 2018 were primarily due to the following factors: (i) reclassification of unbilled receivables (contract assets) to a contra-liability 
account under ASC 606; and (ii) recognition of revenue related to our single performance obligation for our DAS contracts monthly over the contract term 
once the customer has the ability to access the DAS network and we commence maintenance on the DAS network under ASC 606 as compared to 
recognition of build-out fees for our DAS contracts monthly over the term of the estimated customer relationship period once the build-out is complete 
and minimum monthly access fees for our DAS contracts monthly over the term of the telecom operator agreement under ASC 605. The changes to the 
consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2018 are reflected as non-cash changes within cash provided by operating activities in our consolidated 
statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

        We early adopted FASB ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment 
Accounting, as of January 1, 2016. As a result of this adoption, we recorded $6,933,000 and $589,000 of net deferred tax assets related to our federal and 
state net operating losses for excess windfall tax benefits, respectively, as of January 1, 2016. We established a full valuation allowance against those 
deferred tax assets as of January 1, 2016 based on the determination that it was more likely than not that those deferred tax assets would not be realized. 
We also elected to change our accounting policy to account for forfeitures when they occur on a modified retrospective basis. The change in our 
accounting policy resulted in a $94,000 increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2016.  

        We early adopted FASB ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, on a retrospective basis as of December 31, 2015. As a result, 
we reclassified $787,000 from current deferred  

38 

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

tax assets to noncurrent deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2014 as the deferred tax assets and liabilities were related to the same tax-paying 
jurisdictions.  

Consolidated Statements of Operations 

Data: 
Revenue 
Costs and operating expenses: 

Network access 
Network operations 
Development and technology 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total costs and operating expenses 

Loss from operations 
Interest and other expense, net 
Loss before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net income (loss) 
Net income attributable to non-

controlling interests 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017(2) 
2016(2) 
2015(2) 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

2014(2) 

  $

250,821  $

204,369  $

159,344  $

139,626  $

119,297 

113,572 
52,215 
31,372 
22,647 
30,302 
3,710 
253,818 
(2,997)
(1,887)
(4,884)
(5,153)
269 

90,702 
47,615 
26,754 
20,933 
35,568 
3,498 
225,070 
(20,701)
(153)
(20,854)
(2,078)
(18,776)

69,112 
42,307 
22,126 
18,729 
29,719 
3,448 
185,441 
(26,097)
(459)
(26,556)
427 
(26,983)

62,988 
33,537 
19,147 
19,653 
22,356 
3,576 
161,257 
(21,631)
(66)
(21,697)
481 
(22,178)

59,411 
25,475 
14,879 
16,382 
17,460 
3,716  
137,323  
(18,026)
(41) 
(18,067)
700  
(18,767)

1,489 

590 

348 

114 

754  

Net loss attributable to common 

stockholders 

  $

(1,220) $

(19,366) $

(27,331) $

(22,292) $

(19,521) 

Net loss per share attributable to 

common stockholders: 
Basic 
Diluted 

Other Financial Data: 
Operating cash flows 
Investing cash flows 
Financing cash flows 
Adjusted EBITDA(1) 

  $
  $

  $

(0.03) $
(0.03) $

(0.49) $
(0.49) $

(0.72) $
(0.72) $

(0.60) $
(0.60) $

(0.55)
(0.55)

93,321  $

(133,354)
162,825 
91,818 

97,728  $
(74,458)
(16,054)
68,916 

115,205  $
(107,331)
(3,121)
40,798 

98,575  $

(101,502)
8,843 
29,636 

21,207 
(39,199)
(480)
20,300 

39 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Marketable securities 
Working capital 
Total assets 
Deferred revenue, net of current portion 
Long-term debt 
Long-term portion of capital leases and 

notes payable 

Total liabilities 
Total stockholders' equity 

2018 

2017 

As of December 31, 
2016 
(in thousands) 

2015 

2014 

  $

149,412  $
— 
28,802 
602,900 
137,205 
151,670 

26,685  $
— 
(63,146)
384,309 
149,168 
— 

19,485  $
— 
(31,388)
380,981 
152,719 
15,875 

14,718  $
— 
(31,802)
341,012 
106,825 
16,750 

4,911 
472,778 
130,122 

6,747 
285,279 
99,030 

4,612 
282,435 
98,546 

2,336 
228,977 
112,035 

8,849 
1,614 
(14,489)
218,615 
27,267 
2,625 

581 
91,185 
127,430 

(1)  We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss attributable to common stockholders plus depreciation and amortization of property and 
equipment, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, income tax (benefit) expense, interest and other 
expense, net, non-controlling interests, and excludes charges or gains that are non-recurring, infrequent, or unusual.  

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating 
performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across 
periods. We believe that: 

• 

• 

Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our 
past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with other 
companies, many of which use similar non-generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP") 
financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and  

it is useful to exclude (i) non-cash charges, such as depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, amortization 
of intangible assets and stock-based compensation, from Adjusted EBITDA because the amount of such expenses in any 
specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations, and these expenses 
can vary significantly between periods as a result of full amortization of previously acquired tangible and intangible assets 
or the timing of new stock-based awards and (ii) settlement expense related to a claim from one of our venue partners and 
charges related to our contested proxy election for the 2016 annual meeting of stockholders because they represent non-
recurring charges and are not indicative of the underlying performance of our business operations.  

We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP measures as part of our overall assessment of our 
performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and quarterly forecasts, to 
evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our 
financial performance.  

We do not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA as our only measure of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA 
should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. 
There are limitations to using non-GAAP financial measures, including that other companies may calculate these measures 
differently than we do.  

We compensate for the inherent limitations associated with using Adjusted EBITDA through disclosure of these 
limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP  

40 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net loss attributable to common 
stockholders.  

        The following provides a reconciliation of net loss attributable to common stockholders to Adjusted EBITDA:  

Net loss attributable to common 

stockholders 

Depreciation and amortization of property 

and equipment 

Stock-based compensation expense 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Interest and other expense, net 
Non-controlling interests 
Contested proxy election expense 
Settlement expense 
Adjusted EBITDA 

2018 

2017(2) 

2015(2) 

2014(2) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016(2) 
(in thousands) 

  $

(1,220) $

(19,366) $

(27,331) $

(22,292) $

(19,521)

78,837 
12,268 
3,710 
(5,153)
1,887 
1,489 
— 
— 
91,818  $

69,097 
14,215 
3,498 
(2,078)
153 
590 
— 
2,807 
68,916  $

49,202 
12,805 
3,448 
427 
459 
348 
1,440 
— 
40,798  $

38,293 
9,398 
3,576 
481 
66 
114 
— 
— 
29,636  $

27,446 
7,164 
3,716 
700 
41 
754 
— 
—  
20,300  

  $

(2) 

As noted above, prior period amounts have not been adjusted upon adoption of ASC 606 under the modified retrospective 
method.  

41 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with "Selected Consolidated 
Financial Data" and our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this filing. This discussion 
contains forward-looking statements, based on current expectations and related to our plans, estimates, beliefs and anticipated future financial 
performance. These statements involve risks and uncertainties and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-
looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors," "Forward-Looking Statements" and elsewhere in this 
filing. 

Overview  

        We believe we are the leading global provider of neutral-host commercial mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions and indoor DAS services in the world. Our 
software applications and solutions enable individuals to access our extensive global Wi-Fi networks that cover over 1.2 million hotspots. We operate 58 
DAS networks containing approximately 29,900 nodes. Our offerings provide compelling cost and performance advantages to our customers and partners.  

        We grew revenue from $204.4 million in 2017 to $250.8 million in 2018, an increase of 22.7%. We grew revenue from $159.3 million in 2016 to 
$204.4 million in 2017, an increase of 28.3%. We generated a net loss attributable to common stockholders of $1.2 million in 2018 compared to $19.4 million 
in 2017. Adjusted EBITDA increased from $68.9 million in 2017 to $91.8 million in 2018, an increase of 33.2%. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a 
reconciliation of net loss attributable to common stockholders to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Financial Data" in Part II, Item 6.  

        The proliferation of smartphones, tablets, laptops, wearables, and other Wi-Fi enabled devices—in conjunction with the increased consumption of 
high-bandwidth activities like video, online gaming, streaming, cloud-based applications and mobile apps—has created a demand for high-speed, high-
bandwidth Internet access in public places both large and small. These data intensive activities are driving a global surge in mobile Internet data traffic 
that is expected to increase seven-fold between 2017 and 2022, according to Cisco's 2018 Visual Networking Index. We believe these trends present us 
with opportunities to generate significant growth in revenue and profitability.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and 
rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements. Such 
estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although we believe these estimates 
are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. On a regular basis, we evaluate our assumptions, judgments and estimates. We also 
discuss our critical accounting policies and estimates with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.  

        We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, goodwill, measuring recoverability of long-lived assets, stock-
based compensation and income taxes have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we believe the accounting 
policies discussed below are paramount to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas 
involving our management's judgments, assumptions and estimates.  

42 

Table of Contents 

Revenue Recognition  

        We generate revenue from several sources including: (i) DAS customers that are telecom operators under long-term contracts for access to our DAS 
at our managed and operated locations, (ii) military and retail customers under subscription plans for month-to-month network access that automatically 
renew, and military and retail single-use access from sales of hourly, daily or other single-use access plans, (iii) arrangements with property owners for 
multifamily properties that provide for network installation and monthly Wi-Fi services and support to the residents and employees, (iv) arrangements 
with wholesale Wi-Fi customers that provide software licensing, network access, and/or professional services fees, and (v) display advertisements and 
sponsorships on our walled garden sign-in pages. Software licensed by our wholesale platform services customers can only be used during the term of 
the service arrangements and has no utility to them upon termination of the service arrangement.  

Post-ASC 606 Adoption  

        Revenues are recognized when a contract with a customer exists and control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an 
amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services and the identified performance obligation has 
been satisfied. Contracts entered into at or near the same time with the same customer are combined and accounted for as a single contract if the contracts 
have a single commercial objective, the amount of consideration is dependent on the price or performance of the other contract, or the services promised 
in the contracts are a single performance obligation. Contract amendments are routine in the performance of our DAS, wholesale Wi-Fi, and advertising 
contracts. Contracts are often amended to account for changes in contract specifications or requirements to expand network access services. In most 
instances, our DAS and wholesale Wi-Fi contract amendments are for additional goods or services that are distinct, and the contract price increases by an 
amount that reflects the standalone selling price of the additional goods or services; therefore, such contract amendments are accounted for as separate 
contracts. Contract amendments for our advertising contracts are also generally for additional goods or services that are distinct; however, the contract 
price does not increase by an amount that reflects the standalone selling price of the additional goods or services. Advertising contract amendments are 
therefore generally accounted for as contract modifications under the prospective method. Contract amendments to transaction prices with no change in 
remaining services are accounted for as contract modifications under the cumulative catch-up method.  

        A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in ASC 606. A 
contract's transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and is recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is 
satisfied, which typically occurs when the services are rendered. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance 
obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. Our contracts with customers may include multiple 
performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We 
generally determine standalone selling prices based on the prices charged to customers. Judgment may be used to determine the standalone selling prices 
for items that are not sold separately, including services provided at no additional charge. Most of our performance obligations are satisfied over time as 
services are provided. We generally recognize revenue on a gross basis as we are primarily responsible for fulfilling the promises to provide the specified 
goods or services, we are responsible for paying all costs related to the goods or services before they have been transferred to the customer, and we have 
discretion in establishing prices for the specified goods or services. Revenue is presented net of any sales and value added taxes.  

        Payment terms vary on a contract-by-contract basis, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days for non-
recurring payments, the first day of the monthly or quarterly billing cycle for recurring payments for DAS and wholesale Wi-Fi contracts, and the first day 
of the  

43 

Table of Contents 

month prior to the month that services are provided for multifamily contracts. We apply a practical expedient for purposes of determining whether a 
significant financing component may exist for our contracts if, at contract inception, we expect that the period between when we transfer the promised 
good or service to the customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less. In instances where the customer pays for a 
good or service one year or more in advance of the period when we transfer the promised good or service to the customer, we have determined our 
contracts generally do not include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of our invoicing terms is not to receive financing from our 
customers or to provide customers with financing but rather to maximize our profitability on the customer contract. Specifically, inclusion of non-
refundable upfront fees in our long-term customer contracts increases the likelihood that the customer will be committed through the end of the 
contractual term and ensures recoverability of the capital outlay that we incur in expectation of the customer fulfilling its contractual obligations. We may 
also provide service credits to our customers if we fail to meet contractual monthly system uptime requirements and we account for the variable 
consideration related to these service credits using the most likely amount method.  

        For contracts that include variable consideration, we estimate the amount of consideration at contract inception under the expected value method or 
the most likely amount method and include the amount of variable consideration that is not considered to be constrained. Significant judgment is used in 
constraining estimates of variable consideration. We update our estimates at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available.  

        Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. We record unbilled receivables (contract assets) when revenue is 
recognized prior to invoicing, deferred revenue (contract liabilities) when revenue is recognized after invoicing, and receivables when we have an 
unconditional right to consideration to invoice and receive payment in the future. We present our DAS, multifamily, and wholesale Wi-Fi contracts in our 
consolidated balance sheet as either a contract asset or a contract liability with any unconditional rights to consideration presented separately as a 
receivable. Our other customer contracts generally do not have any significant contract asset or contract liability balances. Generally, a significant portion 
of the billing for our DAS contracts occurs prior to revenue recognition, resulting in our DAS contracts being presented as contract liabilities. In contrast, 
our wholesale Wi-Fi contracts that contain recurring fees with annual escalations are generally presented as contract assets as revenue is recognized prior 
to invoicing. Our multifamily contracts can be presented as either contract liabilities or contract assets primarily as a result of timing of invoicing for the 
network installations.  

        We recognize an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if we expect the benefit of those costs to be longer than one 
year. We have determined that certain sales incentive programs meet the requirements to be capitalized. Total capitalized costs to obtain a contract were 
immaterial during the year ended December 31, 2018 and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and non-current other assets on our 
consolidated balance sheets. We apply a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the 
amortization period would have been one year or less, the most significant of which relates to sales commissions related to obtaining our advertising 
customer contracts. Contract costs are evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310, Receivables.  

DAS  

        We enter into long-term contracts with telecom operators at our managed and operated locations. The initial term of our contracts with telecom 
operators generally range from five to twenty years and the agreements generally contain renewal options. Some of our contracts provide termination for 
convenience clauses that may or may not include substantive termination penalties. We apply judgment in determining the contract term, the period 
during which we have present and enforceable rights and  

44 

Table of Contents 

obligations. Our DAS customer contracts generally contain a single performance obligation—provide non-exclusive access to our DAS or small cell 
networks to provide telecom operators' customers with access to the licensed wireless spectrum, together with providing telecom operators with 
construction, installation, optimization/engineering, maintenance services and agreed-upon storage space for the telecom operators' transmission 
equipment, each related to providing such licensed wireless spectrum to the telecom operators. The performance obligation is considered a series of 
distinct services as the performance obligation is satisfied over time and the same time-based input method would be used to measure our progress 
toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to transfer each distinct service in the series to the customer. Our contract fee structure 
generally includes a non-refundable upfront fee and we evaluated whether customer options to renew services give rise to a material right that should be 
accounted for as a separate performance obligation because of those non-refundable upfront fees. We believe that a material right generally does not exist 
for our DAS customer contracts that contain renewal options because the telecom operators' decision to renew is highly dependent upon our ability to 
maintain our exclusivity as the DAS service provider at the venue location and our limited operating history with venue and customer renewals. The 
telecom operators will make the decision to incur the capital improvement costs at the venue location irrespective of our remaining exclusivity period with 
the venue as the telecom operators expect that the assets will continue to be serviced regardless of whether we will remain such exclusive DAS service 
provider. Our contracts also provide our DAS customers with the option to purchase additional future services such as upgrades or enhancements. This 
option is not considered to provide the customer with a material right that should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation since the cost of 
the additional future services depends entirely on the market rate of such services at the time such services are requested and we are not automatically 
obligated to stand ready to deliver these additional goods or services as the customer may reject our proposal. Periodically, we install and sell DAS 
networks to customers where we do not have service contracts or remaining obligations beyond the installation of those networks and we recognize 
build-out fees for such projects as revenue when the installation work is completed, and the network has been accepted by the customer.  

        Our contract fee structure may include varying components of an upfront build-out fee and recurring access, maintenance, and other fees. The 
upfront build-out fee is generally structured as a firm-fixed price or cost-plus arrangement and becomes payable as certain contract and/or construction 
milestones are achieved. Our DAS and small cell networks are neutral-host networks that can accommodate multiple telecom operators. Some of our DAS 
customer contracts provide for credits that may be issued to existing telecom operators for additional telecom operators subsequently joining the DAS 
network. The credits are generally based upon a fixed dollar amount per additional telecom operator, a fixed percentage amount of the original build-out 
fee paid by the telecom operator per additional telecom operator, or a proportionate share based upon the split among the relevant number of telecom 
operators for the actual costs incurred by all telecom operators to construct the DAS network. In most cases, there is significant uncertainty on whether 
additional telecom operator contracts will be executed at inception of the contract with the existing telecom operator. We believe that the upfront build-out 
fee is fixed consideration once the build-out is complete and any subsequent credits that may be issued would be accounted for in a manner similar to a 
contract modification under the prospective method because (i) the execution of customer contracts with additional telecom carriers is at our sole election 
and (ii) we would not execute agreements with additional telecom carriers if it would not increase our revenues and gross profits at the venue level. 
Further, the credits issued to the existing telecom operator changes the transaction price on a go-forward basis, which corresponds with the decline in 
service levels for the existing telecom operator once the neutral-host DAS network can be accessed by the additional telecom operator. The recurring 
access, maintenance, and other fees generally escalate on an annual basis. The recurring fees are variable consideration until the contract term and annual 
escalation dates are fixed. We estimate the variable consideration for our recurring fees using the most likely amount method based on the expected 
commencement date for the services.  

45 

Table of Contents 

We evaluate our estimates of variable consideration each period and record a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period in which changes occur for 
the amount allocated to satisfied performance obligations.  

        We generally recognize revenue related to our single performance obligation for our DAS customer contract monthly over the contract term once the 
customer has the ability to access the DAS network and we commence maintenance on the DAS network.  

Military and Retail  

        Military and retail customers must review and agree to abide by our standard "Customer Agreement (With Acceptable Use Policy) and End User 
License Agreement" before they are able to sign-up for our subscription or single-use Wi-Fi network access services. Our military and retail customer 
contracts generally contain a single performance obligation—provide non-exclusive access to Wi-Fi services, together with performance of standard 
maintenance, customer support, and the Wi-Finder app to facilitate seamless connection to the Company's Wi-Fi network. The performance obligation is 
considered a series of distinct services as the performance obligation is satisfied over time and the same time-based input method would be used to 
measure our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to transfer each distinct service in the series to the customer. Our 
contracts also provide our military and retail subscription customers with the option to renew the agreement when the subscription term is over. We do 
not consider this option to provide the customer with a material right that should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation because the 
customer would not receive a discount if it decided to renew and the option to renew is cancellable within 5 days' notice prior to the end of the then 
current term by either party.  

        The contract transaction price is determined based on the subscription or single-use plan selected by the customer. Our military and retail service 
plans are for fixed price services as described on our website. From time to time, we offer promotional discounts that result in an immediate reduction in 
the price paid by the customer. Subscription fees from military and retail customers are paid monthly in advance. We provide refunds for our military and 
retail services on a case-by-case basis. Refunds and credit card chargeback amounts are not significant and are recorded as contra-revenue in the period 
the refunds are made, or chargebacks are received.  

        Subscription fee revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Revenue generated from military and retail single-use access is 
recognized when access is provided, and the performance obligation is satisfied.  

Multifamily  

        We enter into long-term contracts with property owners. The initial term of our contracts with property owners generally range from three to five 
years and the contracts may contain renewal options. Some of our contracts provide termination for convenience clauses that may or may not include 
substantive termination penalties. We apply judgment in determining the contract term, which is the period during which we have present and enforceable 
rights and obligations. Our customer contracts generally contain two performance obligations: (i) install the network required to provide Wi-Fi services; 
and (ii) provide Wi-Fi services and technical support to the residents and employees. Our contracts may also provide our property owners with the option 
to renew the agreement. We do not consider this option to provide the property owner with a material right that should be accounted for as a separate 
performance obligation because the property owner would not receive a discount if it decided to renew and the option to renew is generally cancellable by 
either party subject to the notice of non-renewal requirements specified in the contract. Our contracts may also provide our customers with the option to 
purchase additional future services. We do not consider this option to provide the customer with a material right that should be accounted for as a 
separate performance obligation since  

46 

Table of Contents 

the cost of the additional future services are generally at market rates for such services and we are not automatically obligated to stand ready to deliver 
these additional goods or services because the customer may reject our proposal.  

        Our contract fee structure includes a network installation fee and recurring Wi-Fi service and support fees. The network installation fee is generally 
structured as a firm-fixed price arrangement and becomes payable as certain contract and/or installation milestones are achieved. We generally estimate 
variable consideration for unpriced change orders using the most likely amount method based on the expected price for those services. If network 
installations are not completed by specified dates, we may be subject to network installation penalties. We estimate the variable consideration for our 
network installation fees using the most likely amount method based on the amount of network installation penalties we expect to incur. Title to the 
network generally transfers to the property owner once installation is completed and the network has been accepted. We generally recognize revenue 
related to our network installation performance obligation using a cost-to-cost method over the network installation period. We may provide latent defect 
warranties for materials and installation labor services related to our network installation services. Our warranty obligations are generally not accounted 
for as separate performance obligations as warranties cannot be separately purchased and warranties do not provide a service in addition to the 
assurance that the network will function as expected.  

        The recurring fees commence once the network is launched with recurring fees generally based upon a fixed or variable occupancy rate. The recurring 
Wi-Fi service fees may be adjusted prospectively for changes in circuit and/or video content costs, and Wi-Fi support fees may escalate on an annual 
basis. We estimate the variable consideration for our recurring fees using the expected value method with the exception of the variable consideration 
related to actual occupancy rates, which we record when we have the contractual right to bill. We evaluate our estimates of variable consideration each 
period and record a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period in which changes occur for the amount allocated to satisfied performance obligations. 
We recognize revenue related to the recurring fees on a monthly basis over the contract term as the Wi-Fi services and support is rendered, and the 
performance obligation is satisfied.  

Wholesale Wi-Fi  

        We enter into long-term contracts with enterprise customers such as telecom operators, cable companies, technology companies, and enterprise 
software/services companies, that pay us usage-based Wi-Fi network access and software licensing fees to allow their customers' access to our footprint 
worldwide. We also enter into long-term contracts with financial institutions and other enterprise customers who provide access to our Wi-Fi footprint as 
a value-added service for their customers. The initial term of our contracts with wholesale Wi-Fi customers generally range from one to three years and the 
agreements generally contain renewal options. Some of our contracts provide termination for convenience clauses that may or may not include 
substantive termination penalties. We apply judgment in determining the contract term, the period during which we have present and enforceable rights 
and obligations. Our wholesale Wi-Fi customer contracts generally contain a single performance obligation—provide non-exclusive rights to access our 
Wi-Fi networks to provide wholesale Wi-Fi customers' end customers with access to the high-speed broadband network that may be bundled together 
with integration services, support services, and/or performance of standard maintenance. The performance obligation is considered a series of distinct 
services as the performance obligation is satisfied over time and the same time-based input method or usage-based output method would be used to 
measure our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to transfer each distinct service in the series to the customer. Our 
contracts may also provide our enterprise customers with the option to renew the agreement. This option is not considered to provide the customer with a 
material right that should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation because the customer would not receive a discount if it decided to renew 
and the option to renew is  

47 

Table of Contents 

generally cancellable by either party subject to the notice of non-renewal requirements specified in the contract. Our contracts may also provide our 
wholesale Wi-Fi customers with the option to purchase additional future services. We do not consider this option to provide the customer with a material 
right that should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation since the cost of the additional future services are generally at market rates for 
such services and we are not automatically obligated to stand ready to deliver these additional goods or services because the customer may reject our 
proposal. Periodically, we install and sell Wi-Fi networks to customers where we do not have service contracts or remaining obligations beyond the 
installation of those networks and we recognize build-out fees for such projects as revenue when the installation work is completed, and the network has 
been accepted by the customer.  

        Our contract fee structure may include varying components of a minimum fee and usage-based fees. Minimum fees represent fixed price consideration 
while usage-based fees represent variable consideration. With respect to variable consideration, our commitment to our wholesale Wi-Fi customers 
consists of providing continuous access to the network. It is therefore a single performance obligation to stand ready to perform and we allocate the 
variable fees charged for usage when we have the contractual right to bill. The variable component of revenue is recognized based on the actual usage 
during the period.  

        Wholesale Wi-Fi revenue is recognized as it is earned over the relevant contract term with variable consideration recognized when we have the 
contractual right to bill.  

Advertising  

        We generally enter into short-term cancellable insertion orders with our advertising customers for advertising campaigns that are served at our 
managed and operated locations and other locations where we solely provide authorized access to a partner's Wi-Fi network through sponsored and 
promotional programs. Our sponsorship advertising arrangements are generally priced under a cost per engagement structure, which is a set price per 
click or engagement, or a cost per install structure for third party application downloads. Our display advertising arrangements are priced based on cost 
per thousand impressions. Insertion orders may also include bonus items. Our advertising customer contracts may contain multiple performance 
obligations with each distinct service. These distinct services may include an advertisement video or banner impressions in the contract bundled with the 
requirement to provide network, space on the website, and integration of customer advertisement onto the website, and each is generally considered to be 
its own performance obligation. The performance obligations are considered a series of distinct services as the performance obligations are satisfied over 
time and the same action-based output method would be used to measure our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to 
transfer each distinct service in the series to the customer.  

        The contract transaction price is comprised of variable consideration based on the stated rates applied against the number of units delivered 
inclusive of the bonus units subject to the maximums provided for in the insertion order. It is customary for us to provide additional units over and above 
the amounts contractually required; however, there are a number of factors that can also negatively impact our ability to deliver the units required by the 
customer such as service outages at the venue resulting from power or circuit failures and customer cancellation of the remaining undelivered units under 
the insertion order due to campaign performance or budgetary constraints. Typically, the advertising campaign periods are short in duration. We therefore 
use the contractual rates per the insertion orders and actual units delivered to determine the transaction price each period end. The transaction price is 
allocated to each performance obligation based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation.  

        Advertising revenue is recognized ratably over the service period based on actual units delivered subject to the maximums provided for in the 
insertion order.  

48 

Table of Contents 

Pre-ASC 606 Adoption  

        We recognize revenue when an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, fees are fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain 
related to the earned fees and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Revenue is presented net of any sales and value added taxes.  

        Revenue generated from access to our DAS networks consists of build-out fees and recurring access fees under certain long-term contracts with 
telecom operators. Build-out fees paid upfront are generally deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the estimated customer relationship period, 
once the build-out is complete. Periodically, we install and sell Wi-Fi and DAS networks to customers where we do not have service contracts or 
remaining obligations beyond the installation of those networks and we recognize build-out fees for such projects as revenue when the installation work 
is completed, and the network has been accepted by the customer. Minimum monthly access fees for usage of the DAS networks are non-cancellable and 
generally escalate on an annual basis. These minimum monthly access fees are recognized ratably over the term of the telecom operator agreement. The 
initial term of our contracts with telecom operators generally range from five to twenty years and the agreements generally contain renewal clauses. 
Revenue from DAS network access fees in excess of the monthly minimums is recognized when earned.  

        Subscription fees from military and retail customers are paid monthly in advance and revenue is deferred for the portions of monthly recurring 
subscription fees collected in advance. We provide refunds for our military and retail services on a case-by-case basis. These amounts are not significant 
and are recorded as contra-revenue in the period the refunds are made. Subscription fee revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. 
Revenue generated from military and retail single-use access is recognized when access is provided.  

        Services provided to wholesale Wi-Fi partners generally contain several elements including: (i) a term license to use our software to access our Wi-Fi 
network, (ii) access fees for Wi-Fi network usage, and/or (iii) professional services for software integration and customization and to maintain the Wi-Fi 
service. The term license, monthly minimum network access fees and professional services are billed monthly based upon predetermined fixed rates. Once 
the term license for integration and customization are delivered, the fees from the arrangement are recognized ratably over the remaining term of the 
service arrangement. The initial term of the license agreements is generally between one to three years and the agreements generally contain renewal 
clauses. Revenue for Wi-Fi network access fees in excess of the monthly minimum amounts is recognized when earned. All elements within existing 
service arrangements are generally delivered and earned concurrently throughout the term of the respective service arrangement.  

        In instances where the minimum monthly Wi-Fi and DAS network access fees escalate over the term of the wholesale service arrangement, an 
unbilled receivable is recognized when performance is within our control and when we have reasonable assurance that the unbilled receivable balance will 
be collected.  

        We adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, on a prospective 
basis on January 1, 2011. For multiple-deliverable arrangements entered into prior to January 1, 2011 that are accounted for under ASC 605-25, Revenue 
Recognition—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, we defer recognition of revenue for the full arrangement and recognize all revenue ratably 
over the term of the estimated customer relationship period for DAS arrangements and the wholesale service period for Wi-Fi platform service 
arrangements, as we do not have evidence of fair value for the undelivered elements in the arrangement. For multiple-deliverable arrangements entered 
into or materially modified after January 1, 2011 that are accounted for under ASC 605-25, we evaluate whether separate units of accounting exist and then 
allocate the arrangement consideration to all units of accounting based on the relative selling price method using estimated selling prices if vendor 
specific objective evidence and third-party evidence is not available. We  

49 

Table of Contents 

recognize the revenue associated with the separate units of accounting upon completion of such services or ratably over the term of the estimated 
customer relationship period for DAS arrangements and the wholesale service period for Wi-Fi platform service arrangements.  

        Advertising revenue is generated from advertisements on our managed and operated or partner networks. In determining whether an arrangement 
exists, we ensure that a binding arrangement is in place, such as a standard insertion order or a fully executed customer-specific agreement. Obligations 
pursuant to our advertising revenue arrangements typically include a minimum number of units or the satisfaction of certain performance criteria. 
Advertising and other revenue is recognized when the services are performed.  

Goodwill  

        Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is tested annually for 
impairment, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that fair value of the reporting unit has been reduced to less than its 
carrying value. We perform our impairment test annually as of December 31st. Entities have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine 
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to 
perform the goodwill impairment test described in ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. If, after assessing qualitative factors, an entity determines 
it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the impairment test is unnecessary. The 
impairment loss, if any, is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill.  

        At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we tested our goodwill for impairment using a market-based approach and no impairment was identified as the fair 
value of our sole reporting unit was substantially in excess of its carrying amount. To date, we have not recorded any goodwill impairment charges.  

Measuring Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets  

        Our long-lived assets are depreciated and amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related asset type using the straight-line method. The 
estimated useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:  

Software 
Computer equipment 
Furniture, fixtures and office 

equipment 

Leasehold improvements 

2 to 5 years
3 to 5 years
3 to 5 years

The shorter of the estimated useful 
life or the remaining term of the 
agreements, generally ranging from 
2 to 18 years

        We perform an impairment review of long-lived assets held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value 
may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant under-
performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our overall business 
and/or product strategies and significant industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be 
recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of these indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to 
net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate or other indices of fair value. We would then recognize an impairment charge 
equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset.  

50 

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Stock-based Compensation  

        Stock-based compensation consists of stock options and restricted stock units ("RSUs"), which are granted to employees and non-employees. We 
recognize compensation expense equal to the grant date fair value on a straight-line basis, net of forfeitures, over the employee requisite service period. 
We recognize stock-based compensation expense for performance-based RSUs when we believe that it is probable that the performance objectives will be 
met. The grant date fair value of our stock option awards is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  

Income Taxes  

        Income taxes are provided based on the liability method, which results in income tax assets and liabilities arising from temporary differences. 
Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result 
in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. The liability method requires the effect of tax rate changes on current and accumulated deferred income 
taxes to be reflected in the period in which the rate change was enacted. The liability method also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a 
valuation allowance unless it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized.  

        We may recognize the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is at least more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on 
examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a 
position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the taxing 
authorities.  

        We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We evaluate the need for, 
and the adequacy of, valuation allowances based on the expected realization of our deferred tax assets. The factors used to assess the likelihood of 
realization include historical earnings, our latest forecast of taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the 
net deferred tax assets.  

        Our effective tax rates are primarily affected by changes in our valuation allowances, the amount of our taxable income or losses in the various taxing 
jurisdictions in which we operate, the amount of federal and state net operating losses and tax credits, the extent to which we can utilize these net 
operating loss carryforwards and tax credits and certain benefits related to stock option activity.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

        Information regarding recent accounting pronouncements is contained in Note 2 "Significant Accounting Policies" to the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8, which is incorporated herein by this reference.  

Key Business Metrics  

        In addition to monitoring traditional financial measures, we also monitor our operating performance using key performance indicators. Our key 
performance indicators follow:  

DAS nodes 
Subscribers—military 
Subscribers—retail 
Connects 

2016 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 
23.5 
130 
188 
  223,960 

29.9 
138 
122 
  277,744 

19.2 
107 
195 
  142,802 

51 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

        DAS nodes.    This metric represents the number of active DAS nodes as of the end of the period. A DAS node is a single communications endpoint, 
typically an antenna, which transmits or receives radio frequency signals wirelessly. This measure is an indicator of the reach of our DAS network. We are 
experiencing strong customer demand from telecom operators to gain access to our DAS networks; accordingly, we expect to continue to invest in 
securing, building out and upgrading our DAS networks to meet this demand.  

        Subscribers—military and Subscribers—retail.    These metrics represent the number of paying customers who are on a month-to-month 
subscription plan at a given period end. Military subscribers have increased as we deploy our service on new military bases. We also expect to see 
modest increases in military subscribers as we increase signups for new customers on existing military bases through targeted marketing and by 
continuing to build the Boingo brand in the military vertical. Retail subscribers have continued to decline as we have expanded our product offerings and 
enhanced our focus on our wholesale and advertising service offerings.  

        Connects.    This metric shows how often individuals connect to our global Wi-Fi network in a given period. The connects include wholesale and 
retail customers in both customer pay locations and customer free locations where we are a paid service provider or receive sponsorship or promotion 
fees. We count each connect as a single connect regardless of how many times that individual accesses the network at a given venue during their 24-hour 
period. This measure is an indicator of paid activity throughout our network.  

Key Components of our Results of Operations  

Revenue  

        Our revenue consists of DAS revenue, military/multifamily revenue, retail revenue, wholesale Wi-Fi revenue, and advertising and other revenue.  

        DAS.    We generate revenue from telecom operator partners that pay us network build-out fees, inclusive of network upgrades, and access fees for 
our DAS and small cell networks.  

        Military/multifamily and retail.    We generate revenue from sales to military and retail individuals of month-to-month network access subscriptions 
that automatically renew and hourly, daily or other single-use access, primarily through charge card transactions. We also generate multifamily revenue 
from property owners who pay us a recurring monthly fee for Wi-Fi services including building and maintaining the network that supports these services 
and providing support for residents and employees of the properties.  

        Wholesale—Wi-Fi.    We generate revenue from wholesale Wi-Fi partners that license our software and pay usage-based monthly network access 
fees to allow their customers to access our global Wi-Fi network. Usage-based network access fees may be measured in minutes, connects, megabytes or 
gigabytes, and in most cases are subject to minimum volume commitments. Other wholesale Wi-Fi partners pay us monthly fees to provide a Wi-Fi 
infrastructure that we install, manage and operate at their venues for their customers under a service provider arrangement.  

        Advertising and other.    We generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach visitors to our landing pages at our managed and operated network 
locations with online advertising, promotional and sponsored programs and at locations where we solely provide authorized access to a partner's Wi-Fi 
network through sponsored access and promotional programs. In addition, we receive revenue from partners in certain venues where we manage and 
operate the Wi-Fi network.  

        For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, entities affiliated with Sprint Corporation accounted for 14%, 11% and 11%, respectively, of 
total revenue. For the years ended December 31,  

52 

Table of Contents 

2018 and 2017, entities affiliated with T-Mobile USA, Inc. accounted for 12% and 11%, respectively, of total revenue. For the years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017, entities affiliated with Verizon Communications Inc. accounted for 11% and 11%, respectively, of total revenue. For the years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, entities affiliated with AT&T Inc. accounted for 11% and 12%, respectively, of total revenue. The loss of these groups and 
the customers could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated statements of operations.  

Costs and Operating Expenses  

        We classify our costs and operating expenses as network access, network operations, development and technology, selling and marketing, general 
and administrative, and amortization of intangible assets. Network access costs consist primarily of payments to venues and network partners in our 
network. Other costs and operating expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, costs for contracted labor and development, marketing, legal, 
accounting and consulting services, and other professional service fees. Personnel costs include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and 
employee benefits. Facilities costs are generally allocated based on headcount. Depreciation and amortization expenses associated with specifically 
identifiable property and equipment are allocated to the appropriate expense categories.  

        Network access.    Network access costs consist of revenue share payments to venue owners where our managed and operated hotspots are located, 
usage-based fees to our roaming network partners for access to their networks, depreciation of equipment related to network build-out projects in our 
managed and operated locations, sale of equipment, and bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses in our managed and operated locations.  

        Network operations.    Network operations expenses consist of costs for our customer service department and for our operations staff who design, 
build, monitor and maintain our networks. Also included are expenses for our customer service provider that handles customer care inquiries and 
expenses for network operations contractors, equipment depreciation, and software and hardware maintenance fees.  

        Development and technology.    Development and technology expenses consist of costs for our product development and engineering departments, 
developers and our information systems services staff, depreciation of our equipment and internal-use software, cloud computing, and hardware and 
software maintenance fees.  

        Selling and marketing.    Selling and marketing expenses consist of costs for our business development and marketing employees and executives, 
travel and entertainment, and marketing programs.  

        General and administrative.    General and administrative expenses consist of costs for our executive, finance and accounting, legal and human 
resources personnel, as well as legal, accounting, tax and other professional service fees. Also included are other corporate expenses such as charge card 
processing fees and bad debt expense.  

        Amortization of intangible assets.    Amortization of intangible assets consists primarily of acquired backlog, customer and partnership relationships, 
technology, patents, trademarks, and non-compete agreements.  

Interest and Other Expense, Net  

        Interest and other expense, net, primarily consists of interest expense, net of amounts capitalized, offset by interest income.  

53 

Table of Contents  

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense  

        We established a full valuation allowance as a result of our assessment that it was more likely than not that certain federal and state deferred tax 
assets would not be realized, and we have continued to maintain the full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.  

Non-controlling Interests  

        Non-controlling interests are comprised of minority holdings by third parties in our subsidiaries Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC 
("CCDG") and Boingo Holding Participacoes Ltda. ("BHPL").  

        We are generally required to pay a portion of allocated net profits less capital expenditures of the preceding year to the non-controlling interest 
holders of CCDG. The limited liability company agreement for CCDG does not have a term. CCDG can be dissolved upon the unanimous agreement of the 
members, upon the sale of CCDG, upon declaration of bankruptcy, or upon the termination of the license agreement between CCDG and the City of 
Chicago.  

        We attributed profits and losses to the non-controlling interest in BHPL under the terms of the limited liability company agreement in proportion to 
their holdings. The limited liability company agreement with BHPL does not have a term. We, by resolution of the members, may distribute profits against 
retained earnings or profit reserves existing on the most recent annual balance sheet or may draw up financial statements and distribute profits in shorter 
periods. BHPL can be dissolved by resolution of the members and as otherwise provided for by law.  

54 

Table of Contents 

Results of Operations  

        The following tables set forth our results of operations for the specified periods.  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
Revenue 
Costs and operating expenses: 

Network access 
Network operations 
Development and technology 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total costs and operating expenses 

Loss from operations 
Interest and other expense, net 
Loss before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net income (loss) 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders 
Depreciation and amortization expense included in the above line 

items: 

Network access 
Network operations 
Development and technology 
General and administrative 

Total 

Stock-based compensation expense included in the above line items:  
Network operations 
Development and technology 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 

  $

Total 

  $

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017(1) 
(in thousands) 

2016(1) 

  $

250,821  $

204,369  $

159,344 

113,572 
52,215 
31,372 
22,647 
30,302 
3,710 
253,818 
(2,997)
(1,887)
(4,884)
(5,153)
269 
1,489 
(1,220) $

90,702 
47,615 
26,754 
20,933 
35,568 
3,498 
225,070 
(20,701)
(153)
(20,854)
(2,078)
(18,776)
590 
(19,366) $

69,112 
42,307 
22,126 
18,729 
29,719 
3,448  
185,441  
(26,097)
(459) 
(26,556)
427  
(26,983)
348  
(27,331) 

49,766  $
17,590 
10,443 
1,038 
78,837  $

2,070  $
1,242 
1,868 
7,088 
12,268  $

42,435  $
16,382 
9,247 
1,033 
69,097  $

2,174  $
1,068 
2,060 
8,913 
14,215  $

27,013 
13,966 
7,207 
1,016  
49,202  

2,144 
1,070 
1,842 
7,749  
12,805  

  $

  $

  $

(1) 

As noted in Item 6, prior period amounts have not been adjusted upon adoption of ASC 606 under the modified retrospective 
method.  

Depreciation and amortization expense  

        Depreciation expense increased $9.7 million, or 14.1%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, and depreciation expense increased $19.9 million, or 40.4%, in 
2017, as compared to 2016, primarily due to increased depreciation and amortization expense from our increased fixed assets for our DAS build-out 
projects, Wi-Fi networks, and software development in those periods.  

55 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Stock-based compensation expense  

        Stock-based compensation expense decreased $1.9 million, or 13.7%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, and stock-based compensation expense increased 
$1.4 million, or 11.0%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, and the changes are primarily due to stock-based compensation expense related to our performance-
based RSUs.  

        We issue RSUs that vest over a specified service period. We also issue performance-based RSUs to executive personnel. We recognize stock-based 
compensation expense for performance-based RSUs when we believe that it is probable that the performance objectives will be met and based on the 
expected achievement levels. In 2018, 2017, and 2016, we capitalized $0.8 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation 
expense.  

        At December 31, 2018, the total remaining stock-based compensation expense for unvested RSU awards is approximately $9.3 million which is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.  

        The following table sets forth our results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods.  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
Revenue 
Costs and operating expenses: 

Network access 
Network operations 
Development and technology 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 
Amortization of intangible assets 

Total costs and operating expenses 

Loss from operations 
Interest and other expense, net 
Loss before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net income (loss) 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017(2) 
(as a percentage of revenue) 

2016(2) 

  100.0%  

100.0%  

100.0%

45.3 
20.8 
12.5 
9.0 
12.1 
1.5 
  101.2 
(1.2)
(0.8)
(1.9)
(2.1)
0.1 
0.6 
(0.5)% 

44.4 
23.3 
13.1 
10.2 
17.4 
1.7 
110.1 
(10.1)
(0.1)
(10.2)
(1.0)
(9.2)
0.3 
(9.5)% 

43.4 
26.6 
13.9 
11.8 
18.7 
2.2  
116.4  
(16.4)
(0.3) 
(16.7)
0.3  
(16.9)
0.2  
(17.2)% 

(2) 

As noted in Item 6, prior period amounts have not been adjusted upon adoption of ASC 606 under the modified 
retrospective method.  

56 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017  

Revenue  

2018 

Revenue: 
DAS 
Military/multifamily 
Wholesale—Wi-Fi 
Retail 
Advertising and other 

Total revenue 
Key business metrics: 

DAS nodes 
Subscribers—military 
Subscribers—retail 
Connects 

Year Ended December 31, 
Change 

2017(3) 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

  % Change 

  $

  $

95,216  $
77,721 
47,481 
17,630 
12,773 
250,821  $

80,552  $
55,129 
31,529 
24,926 
12,233 
204,369  $

29.9 
138 
122 
277,744 

23.5 
130 
188 
223,960 

14,664 
22,592 
15,952 
(7,296)
540 
46,452 

6.4 
8 
(66)
53,784 

18.2 
41.0 
50.6 
(29.3)
4.4  
22.7  

27.2 
6.2 
(35.1)
24.0 

(3) 

As noted in Item 6, prior period amounts have not been adjusted upon adoption of ASC 606 under the modified 
retrospective method.  

        DAS.    DAS revenue increased $14.7 million, or 18.2%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, due to a $12.5 million increase from new build-out projects in our 
managed and operated locations, which is inclusive of a $6.4 million increase resulting from the adoption of ASC 606 as of January 1, 2018, and a 
$2.2 million increase in access fees, net of certain credits granted, from our telecom operators.  

        Military/multifamily.    Military/multifamily revenue increased $22.6 million, or 41.0% in 2018, as compared to 2017, primarily due to a $11.2 million 
increase in multifamily revenues resulting from our Elauwit acquisition in August 2018, and a $11.4 million increase in military subscriber revenue, which 
was driven primarily by the increase in military subscribers and a 11.1% increase in the average monthly revenue per military subscriber in 2018 compared 
to 2017.  

        Wholesale—Wi-Fi.    Wholesale Wi-Fi revenue increased $16.0 million, or 50.6% in 2018, as compared to 2017, due to a $9.9 million increase in partner 
usage-based fees and a $6.1 million increase in fees primarily earned from our venue partners who pay us to provide a Wi-Fi infrastructure that we install, 
manage and operate at their venues.  

        Retail.    Retail revenue decreased $7.3 million, or 29.3%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, due to a $4.2 million decrease in retail subscriber revenue, 
which was driven primarily by the decrease in retail subscribers, and a $3.1 million decrease in retail single-use revenue.  

        Advertising and other.    Advertising and other revenue increased $0.5 million, or 4.4% in 2018, as compared to 2017, primarily due to a $0.4 million 
increase in advertising sales at our managed and operated locations resulting from an increase in the number of premium ad units sold.  

57 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Costs and Operating Expenses  

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
Change 

2017 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

  % Change 

Costs and operating expenses: 

Network access 
Network operations 
Development and technology 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total costs and operating 

expenses 

  $

113,572  $
52,215 
31,372 
22,647 
30,302 
3,710 

90,702  $
47,615 
26,754 
20,933 
35,568 
3,498 

22,870 
4,600 
4,618 
1,714 
(5,266)
212 

25.2 
9.7 
17.3 
8.2 
(14.8)
6.1  

  $

253,818  $

225,070  $

28,748 

12.8  

        Network access.    Network access costs increased $22.9 million, or 25.2%, in 2018, as compared to 2017. The increase is primarily due to a 
$10.5 million increase in other direct cost of sales, a $7.3 million increase in depreciation expense related to our increased fixed assets from our DAS build-
out projects, and a $5.4 million increase in revenue share paid to venues in our managed and operated locations. Network access includes $9.4 million of 
expenses related to our multifamily operations, which we acquired in August 2018.  

        Network operations.    Network operations expenses increased $4.6 million, or 9.7%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, primarily due to a $3.4 million 
increase in personnel related expenses, a $1.3 million increase in hardware and software maintenance expenses, a $1.2 million increase in depreciation 
expenses, and a $0.6 million increase in network maintenance expenses. The increases were partially offset by a $0.7 million decrease in impairment losses 
primarily related to construction in progress projects that were abandoned, a $0.6 million decrease in consulting expenses and a $0.4 million decrease in 
our third-party call center costs. Network operations includes $1.1 million of expenses related to our multifamily operations, which we acquired in August 
2018.  

        Development and technology.    Development and technology expenses increased $4.6 million, or 17.3%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, primarily due 
to a $1.4 million increase in personnel related expenses, a $1.2 million increase in depreciation expense related to our increased fixed assets, a $0.6 million 
increase in hardware and software maintenance expenses, a $0.5 million increase in consulting expenses, and a $0.3 million increase in cloud computing 
expenses. Development and technology include $0.5 million of expenses related to our multifamily operations, which we acquired in August 2018.  

        Selling and marketing.    Selling and marketing expenses increased $1.7 million, or 8.2%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, primarily due to a $1.2 million 
increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.3 million increase in professional fees and consulting expenses. Selling and marketing includes $0.6 million 
of expenses related to our multifamily operations, which we acquired in August 2018.  

        General and administrative.    General and administrative expenses decreased $5.3 million, or 14.8%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, primarily due to a 
$2.8 million settlement expense accrual recorded in 2017 that did not reoccur in 2018, a $1.3 million decrease in professional fees and consulting expenses, 
a $1.3 million decrease in personnel related expenses, which was primarily due to the decrease in stock-based compensation expense, and a $0.4 decrease 
in bad debt expenses. General and administrative includes $0.8 million of expenses related to our multifamily operations, which we acquired in August 
2018.  

58 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

        Amortization of intangible assets.    Amortization of intangible assets expense increased $0.2 million, or 6.1%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, primarily 
due to the $1.0 million increase resulting from our Elauwit acquisition in August 2018, which was partially offset by certain intangible assets that became 
fully amortized during 2017 and 2018.  

Interest and Other Expense, Net  

        Interest and other expense increased $1.7 million, or 1,133.3%, in 2018, as compared to 2017, primarily due to interest expense incurred related to the 
Convertible Notes we issued in October 2018. We capitalized $1.1 million and $0.8 million of interest expense to capital projects in 2018 and 2017, 
respectively.  

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense  

        In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") was enacted in the U.S. TCJA amended the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and included the 
following key provisions, which are generally effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, that are determined to have a significant impact on 
our effective tax rate: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Reduction of the corporate federal tax rate to 21%;  

Permanent repeal of the alternative minimum tax regime with refunds of excess carryforwards;  

For any net operating losses ("NOLs") generated in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, repeals carryback ability but permits 
indefinite carryforward subject to a limitation of utilization to 80% of taxable income;  

For executive compensation in excess of $1 million, changes covered employees to principal executive officer, principal financial officer, 
and three other highest paid officers; eliminates the "last day of the tax year" language for determination of a covered employee; removes 
exceptions for commissions and performance-based compensation; and employees that are covered persons remain covered persons for all 
future years;  

Permits 100% bonus depreciation for eligible property placed in-service after September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023;  

Disallows interest expense in excess of 30% of adjusted taxable income, which excludes deductions for depreciation, amortization, or 
depletion for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2022 only, but permits indefinite carryforward; and  

Expands income exclusions and/or deduction limitations for certain fringe benefits that we may offer to our employees.  

        We completed our assessment of the impact of TCJA on our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and recorded the impact of 
the enactment of TCJA in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.  

        In 2018, we recorded an income tax benefit of $5.2 million, or an effective tax rate of 105.5%, which was inclusive of a $5.7 million benefit related to the 
reversal of our valuation allowance for the tax effect on the equity component of our Convertible Notes. In 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of 
$2.1 million, or an effective tax rate of 10.0%, which was inclusive of a $1.3 million income tax benefit resulting from the reduction of the corporate federal 
tax rate, as well as a $1.7 million income tax benefit provided by the indefinite carryforward of NOLs, which were expected to be available to recover our 
deferred tax liabilities that have an indefinite reversal pattern. Our effective tax rate also differs from the statutory rate primarily due to our valuation 
allowance for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, as well as minimum state taxes and foreign tax expense for the year  

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

ended December 31, 2018. Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2018 included an increase of $0.4 million resulting from the adoption of ASC 
606 as of January 1, 2018.  

        Our future effective tax rate depends on various factors, such as our level of future taxable income, tax legislation and credits and the geographic 
compositions of our pre-tax income. We do not expect to incur any significant income taxes until such time that we reverse our valuation allowance 
against our federal and state deferred tax assets upon return to sustained profitability.  

Non-controlling Interests  

        Non-controlling interests increased $0.9 million, or 152.4% in 2018, as compared to 2017. Non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 
2018 included an increase of $1.7 million resulting from the adoption of ASC 606 as of January 1, 2018, which was partially offset by increased depreciation 
expense related to our increased fixed assets in 2018, as compared to 2017.  

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders  

        Our net loss attributable to common stockholders in 2018 decreased $18.1 million as compared to 2017, primarily due to the $46.5 million increase in 
revenues and the $3.1 million increase in income tax benefit, which were partially offset by the $28.7 million increase in costs and operating expenses, the 
$1.7 million increase in interest and other expense, net, and the $0.9 million increase in non-controlling interests. Our diluted net loss per share decreased 
primarily as a result of the decrease in our net loss.  

Adjusted EBITDA  

        Adjusted EBITDA was $91.8 million in 2018, an increase of 33.2% from $68.9 million recorded in 2017. As a percent of revenue, Adjusted EBITDA was 
36.6% in 2018, up from 33.7% in 2017. The Adjusted EBITDA increase was due primarily to the $18.1 million decrease in our net loss attributable to 
common stockholders, an increase of $10.0 million for the addback of depreciation and amortization expense, a $1.7 million increase for the addback of 
interest and other expense, net and a $0.9 million increase for the addback of non-controlling interests in 2018 compared to 2017. The changes were 
partially offset by the $2.8 million decrease in settlement expense accrual recorded in 2017 that did not reoccur in 2018, a $3.1 million increase for the 
deduction for income tax benefit, and the $1.9 million decrease for the addback for stock-based compensation expense. We define Adjusted EBITDA as 
net loss attributable to common stockholders plus depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, stock-based compensation expense, 
amortization of intangible assets, income tax (benefit) expense, interest and other expense, net, non-controlling interests, and excludes charges or gains 
that are non-recurring, infrequent, or unusual. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss attributable to common stockholders 
to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Financial Data" in Part II, Item 6.  

60 

Table of Contents 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016  

Revenue  

2017(4) 

Revenue: 
DAS 
Military 
Wholesale—Wi-Fi 
Retail 
Advertising and other 

Total revenue 
Key business metrics: 

DAS nodes 
Subscribers—military 
Subscribers—retail 
Connects 

Year Ended December 31, 
Change 

2016(4) 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

  % Change 

  $

  $

80,552  $
55,129 
31,529 
24,926 
12,233 
204,369  $

58,182  $
39,975 
22,221 
26,636 
12,330 
159,344  $

23.5 
130 
188 
223,960 

19.2 
107 
195 
142,802 

22,370 
15,154 
9,308 
(1,710)
(97)
45,025 

4.3 
23 
(7)
81,158 

38.4 
37.9 
41.9 
(6.4)
(0.8) 
28.3  

22.4 
21.5 
(3.6)
56.8 

(4) 

As noted in Item 6, prior period amounts have not been adjusted upon adoption of ASC 606 under the modified 
retrospective method.  

        DAS.    DAS revenue increased $22.4 million, or 38.4%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, due to a $20.5 million increase from new build-out projects in our 
managed and operated locations and a $1.9 million increase in access fees from our telecom operators. DAS build-out revenues in 2017 and 2016 include 
$0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of short-term build projects that include sales of equipment that were completed during those periods.  

        Military.    Military revenue increased $15.2 million, or 37.9%, in 2017, as compared to 2016 due to a $19.2 million increase in military subscriber 
revenue, which was driven primarily by the increase in military subscribers and a 1.7% increase in the average monthly revenue per military subscriber in 
2017 compared to 2016. The increase was partially offset by a $4.0 million decrease in military single-use revenue.  

        Wholesale—Wi-Fi.    Wholesale Wi-Fi revenue increased $9.3 million, or 41.9%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, due to a $7.3 million increase in partner 
usage-based fees and a $2.0 million increase in fees primarily earned from our venue partners who pay us to provide a Wi-Fi infrastructure that we install, 
manage and operate at their venues.  

        Retail.    Retail revenue decreased $1.7 million, or 6.4%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, primarily due to a $1.6 million decrease in retail single-use 
revenue.  

        Advertising and other.    Advertising and other revenue decreased $0.1 million, or 0.8%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, due to a $0.7 million decrease in 
advertising sales at our managed and operated locations, which was partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in revenues from other service agreements.  

61 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Costs and Operating Expenses  

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
Change 

2016 

(in thousands, except percentages) 

  % Change 

Costs and operating expenses: 

Network access 
Network operations 
Development and technology 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total costs and operating 

expenses 

  $

90,702  $
47,615 
26,754 
20,933 
35,568 
3,498 

69,112  $
42,307 
22,126 
18,729 
29,719 
3,448 

21,590 
5,308 
4,628 
2,204 
5,849 
50 

  $

225,070  $

185,441  $

39,629 

31.2 
12.5 
20.9 
11.8 
19.7 
1.5  

21.4  

        Network access.    Network access costs increased $21.6 million, or 31.2%, in 2017, as compared to 2016. The increase is primarily due to a 
$15.4 million increase in depreciation expense related to our increased fixed assets from our DAS build-out projects, a $5.2 million increase in revenue 
share paid to venues in our managed and operated locations, and a $0.8 million increase from customer usage at partner venues.  

        Network operations.    Network operations expenses increased $5.3 million, or 12.5%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, due to a $2.4 million increase in 
depreciation expense related to our increased fixed assets, a $1.5 million increase in personnel related expenses, and a $1.3 million increase in other 
expenses. Other expenses for 2017 and 2016 include $0.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of impairment losses primarily related to construction in 
progress projects that were abandoned.  

        Development and technology.    Development and technology expenses increased $4.6 million, or 20.9%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, due to a 
$2.0 million increase in depreciation expense related to our increased fixed assets, a $1.8 million increase in personnel related expenses, and a $0.8 million 
increase in cloud computing expenses.  

        Selling and marketing.    Selling and marketing expenses increased $2.2 million, or 11.8%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, primarily due to a $1.6 million 
increase in personnel related expenses, a $0.3 million increase in marketing and advertising expenses, and a $0.2 million increase in other consulting 
expenses.  

        General and administrative.    General and administrative expenses increased $5.8 million, or 19.7%, in 2017, as compared to 2016, due to a $2.8 million 
settlement expense accrual related to a claim from one of our venue partners recorded in 2017, a $2.6 million increase in personnel related expenses, which 
was inclusive of a $1.2 million increase in stock-based compensation, a $1.5 million increase in professional fees and consulting expenses, and a 
$0.7 million increase in bad debt expenses. The increases were partially offset by $1.4 million of costs we incurred in 2016 on our contested proxy election 
for the 2016 annual meeting of stockholders and a $0.4 million decrease in other expenses.  

        Amortization of intangible assets.    Amortization of intangible assets expense remained relatively consistent in 2017, as compared to 2016.  

Interest and Other Expense, Net  

        There were no significant changes in interest and other expense, net, in 2017, as compared to 2016. We capitalized $0.8 million of interest expense to 
capital projects in each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.  

62 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense  

        In 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $2.1 million, or an effective tax rate of 10.0%, which is inclusive of a $1.3 million income tax benefit 
resulting from the reduction of the corporate federal tax rate as well as a $1.7 million income tax benefit provided by the indefinite carryforward of NOLs, 
which are expected to be available to recover our deferred tax liabilities that have an indefinite reversal pattern. In 2016, we recorded an income tax expense 
of $0.4 million, or an effective tax rate of 1.6%.  

Non-controlling Interests  

        There were no significant changes in non-controlling interests in 2017, as compared to 2016.  

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders  

        Our net loss in 2017 decreased as compared to 2016, primarily as a result of the $45.0 million increase in revenues and the $2.5 million change in our 
income taxes, which were partially offset by the $39.6 million increase in costs and operating expenses. Our diluted net loss per share decreased primarily 
as a result of the decrease in our net loss.  

Adjusted EBITDA  

        Adjusted EBITDA was $68.9 million in 2017, an increase of 68.9% from $40.8 million recorded in 2016. As a percent of revenue, Adjusted EBITDA was 
33.7% in 2017, up from 25.6% of revenue in 2016. The Adjusted EBITDA increase was due primarily to the $19.9 million increase in depreciation and 
amortization expense, the $8.0 million decrease in our net loss attributable to common stockholders, and the $1.4 million increase in stock-based 
compensation expenses in 2017 compared to 2016. The changes were partially offset by the $2.5 million change in our income taxes in 2017 compared to 
2016. Adjusted EBITDA in 2017 excludes $2.8 million of settlement expense accrual related to a claim from one of our venue partners. Adjusted EBITDA in 
2016 excludes $1.4 million of expenses that we incurred on our contested proxy election for the 2016 annual meeting of stockholders. We define Adjusted 
EBITDA as net loss attributable to common stockholders plus depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, stock-based compensation 
expense, amortization of intangible assets, income tax (benefit) expense, interest and other expense, non-controlling interests, and excludes charges or 
gains that are non-recurring, infrequent, or unusual. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss attributable to common 
stockholders to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Financial Data" in Part II, Item 6.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

        We have financed our operations primarily through cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our credit facility. Our primary 
sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2018 consisted of $149.4 million of cash and cash equivalents. At December 31, 2018, we had $8.2 million of 
outstanding Letter of Credit Authorization agreements.  

        Our principal uses of liquidity have been to fund our operations, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and acquisitions. We expect that 
these requirements will be our principal needs for liquidity over the near term. Our capital expenditures in 2018 were $108.7 million, of which $82.7 million 
was reimbursed through revenue for DAS build-out projects from our telecom operators.  

        In February 2019, we entered into a new Credit Agreement (the "New Credit Agreement") and related agreements with Bank of America, N.A. acting 
as agent for lenders named therein, including Bank of America, N.A., Silicon Valley Bank, Bank of the West, Zions Bancorporation, N.A. dba California 
Bank & Trust, and Barclays Bank PLC (the "Lenders"), for a secured credit facility in the  

63 

Table of Contents 

form of a revolving line of credit up to $150.0 million (the "Revolving Line of Credit") and a term loan of $3.5 million (the "Term Loan" and together with 
the Revolving Line of Credit, the "New Credit Facility"). The New Credit Facility replaced the November 2014 Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. 
acting as agent for lenders named therein, which expired on November 21, 2018. Our New Credit Facility will mature on April 3, 2023. Amounts borrowed 
under the Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan will bear variable interest at the greater of LIBOR plus 1.75% - 2.75% or Lender's Prime Rate plus 
0.75% - 1.75% per year and we will pay a fee of 0.25% - 0.5% per year on any unused portion of the Revolving Line of Credit.  

        Repayment of amounts borrowed under the New Credit Facility may be accelerated in the event that we are in violation of the representation, 
warranties and covenants made in the Credit Agreement, including certain financial covenants set forth therein, and under other specific default events 
including, but not limited to, non-payment or inability to pay debt, breach of cross default provisions, insolvency provisions, and change in control. We 
are subject to customary covenants, including a minimum quarterly consolidated senior secured leverage ratio, a minimum quarterly consolidated total 
leverage ratio, a maximum quarterly consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, and cash on hand minimums. We were in compliance with all such financial 
and non-financial covenants through the date of this report. The New Credit Facility provides us with significant additional flexibility and liquidity to 
pursue our strategic objectives for capital expenditures and acquisitions that we may pursue from time to time.  

        In October 2018, we sold, through the initial purchasers, convertible senior notes ("Convertible Notes") to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to 
Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for gross proceeds of $201.25 million. The Convertible Notes are senior, unsecured obligations with 
interest payable semi-annually in cash at a rate of 1.00% per annum on April 1st and October 1st of each year, beginning on April 1, 2019. The Convertible 
Notes will mature on October 1, 2023 unless they are redeemed, repurchased or converted prior to such date. Prior to April 1, 2023, the Convertible Notes 
are convertible at the option of holders only during certain periods and upon satisfaction of certain conditions. Thereafter, the Convertible Notes will be 
convertible at any time until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date. Upon conversion, the 
Convertible Notes may be settled in shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election.  

        The Convertible Notes have an initial conversion rate of 23.6323 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes, which 
will be subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments in certain circumstances. This represents an initial effective conversion price of approximately 
$42.31 per share, which represents a premium of approximately 30% to the $32.55 per share closing price of our common stock on October 2, 2018, the day 
we priced the offering.  

        We may redeem all or any portion of the Convertible Notes, at our option, on or after October 5, 2021, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the 
principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date, if the last reported sale 
price of our stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 
consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date 
on which we provide written notice of redemption.  

        Holders of Convertible Notes may require us to repurchase their Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of certain events that constitute a 
fundamental change under the indenture governing the Convertible Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. In connection with certain corporate events or if we issue a 
notice of redemption prior to the maturity date, it will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for holders who elect to convert their 
Convertible Notes in connection with such corporate event or notice of redemption.  

64 

Table of Contents 

        In connection with the pricing of the Convertible Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with a financial institution. The 
capped call transactions initially cover, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, the number of shares of our common stock that initially underlie 
the Convertible Notes. The cap price of the capped call transactions is initially $65.10 per share of our common stock, representing a premium of 100% 
above the closing price of $32.55 per share of our common stock on October 2, 2018, and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the capped 
call transactions. The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to our common stock upon conversion of the 
Convertible Notes and/or offset the potential cash payments that we could be required to make in excess of the principal amount of any converted 
Convertible Notes upon conversion thereof, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap based on the cap price. We paid approximately 
$24.0 million for the capped call transactions using a portion of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Notes.  

        In connection with the offering of the Convertible Notes, we entered into an amendment to the November 2014 Credit Agreement that amended 
certain provisions of the November 2014 Credit Agreement to provide for the consummation of the offering and issuance of the Convertible Notes and the 
incurrence of the debt, and the execution of the capped call transactions  

        We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and availability under the New Credit Facility will be sufficient to 
fund our operations and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months from the date of issuance of our financial statements. There can be no 
assurance, however, that future industry-specific or other developments, general economic trends, or other matters will not adversely affect our 
operations or our ability to meet our future cash requirements. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue 
growth and corresponding timing of cash collections, the timing and size of our managed and operated location expansion efforts, the timing and extent of 
spending to support product development efforts, the timing of introductions of new solutions and enhancements to existing solutions and the 
continuing market acceptance of our solutions. We expect our capital expenditures for 2019 will range from $100.0 million to $120.0 million, including 
$75.0 million to $90.0 million of capital expenditures for DAS build-out projects which are reimbursed through revenue from our telecom operator 
customers. We anticipate the majority of our 2019 capital expenditures will be used to build out and upgrade Wi-Fi and DAS networks at our managed and 
operated venues. We used $15.0 million of the net proceeds from the offering of the Convertible Notes to repay the outstanding balance under our 
previous Credit Facility and we expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering of the Convertible Notes for general corporate purposes, 
potential acquisitions and strategic transactions, although we have no agreements or understandings with respect to any acquisitions or strategic 
transactions at this time and may not enter into any or consummate any transaction. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for ongoing 
repurchases of common stock to satisfy withholding obligations related to vesting and settlement of RSUs.  

        We have contracts with the U.S. government. The U.S. government may modify, curtail or terminate its contracts with us, either at its convenience or 
for default based on performance. Any such modification, curtailment, or termination of one or more of our government contracts could have a material 
adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and/or financial position. We may also enter into other acquisitions of complementary businesses, applications 
or technologies, which could require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at 
all.  

65 

Table of Contents 

        The following table sets forth cash flow data for the periods indicated therein:  

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Net cash used in investing activities 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing 

activities 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

  $

93,321  $

(133,354)

97,728  $
(74,458)

115,205 
(107,331)

162,825 

(16,054)

(3,121)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  

        In 2018, we generated $93.3 million of net cash from operating activities, a decrease of $4.4 million from 2017. The decrease is primarily due to a 
$29.3 million change in our operating assets and liabilities, which is primarily driven by a lower rate of cash collections and invoicing for our DAS build-
out projects, a $3.0 million increase in the change in our deferred income taxes, a $1.9 million change in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.9 million 
decrease in the addback for impairment loss and loss on disposal of fixed assets, net, and a $0.4 million change in bad debt expense in 2018. The changes 
were partially offset by a $19.0 million reduction of our net loss, a $10.0 million change in depreciation and amortization expenses primarily related to our 
recent increased fixed assets from our DAS build-out projects, Wi-Fi networks, and software development, a $2.2 million increase in the addback for 
amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discounts.  

        In 2017, we generated $97.7 million of net cash from operating activities, a decrease of $17.5 million from 2016. The decrease is primarily due to a 
$46.0 million non-cash change in our operating assets and liabilities and a $2.9 million change in our deferred income taxes. The change was partially offset 
by a $19.9 million increase in depreciation and amortization expenses related to our recent increased fixed assets from our DAS build-out projects, Wi-Fi 
networks, and software development, an $8.2 million decrease in our net loss, a $1.4 million increase in stock-based compensation expenses, a $0.7 million 
increase in bad debt expenses, and a $1.1 million increase in impairment losses and losses on disposal of fixed assets, net.  

        In 2016, we generated $115.2 million of net cash from operating activities, an increase of $16.6 million from 2015. The increase is primarily due to a 
$7.4 million change in our operating assets and liabilities, a $10.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization expenses related to our recent increased 
fixed assets from our DAS build-out projects, Wi-Fi networks, and software development, and a $3.4 million increase in stock-based compensation 
expenses. The increases were partially offset by the $4.8 million increase in our net loss.  

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities  

        In 2018, we used $133.4 million in investing activities, an increase of $58.9 million from 2017. The increase is due to a $35.4 million increase in 
purchases of property and equipment and a $23.5 million increase in cash paid for asset and business acquisitions.  

        In 2017, we used $74.5 million in investing activities, a decrease of $32.9 million from 2016. The decrease is primarily due to a $34.0 million decrease in 
purchases of property and equipment, which was partially offset by $1.2 million of cash paid for a caching technology intangible asset, which we acquired 
in November 2016.  

        In 2016, we used $107.3 million in investing activities, an increase of $5.8 million from 2015. This increase is due to a $4.2 million increase in purchases 
of property and equipment related to our recent increased fixed assets from our DAS build-out projects, Wi-Fi networks, and software development, and a 
$1.6 million decrease in cash provided by net proceeds from sales of marketable securities.  

66 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities  

        In 2018, we received $162.8 million of cash provided by financing activities, an increase of $178.9 million from 2017. This increase is due to a 
$195.7 million increase in net proceeds from our Convertible Notes offering, a $15.0 million increase in proceeds from our Credit Facility, and a $0.7 million 
increase in proceeds from exercise of stock options. The increases were partially offset by a $24.0 million payment for capped call options in connection 
with the Convertible Notes offering, a $5.7 million increase in payments for federal, state, and local employment payroll taxes related to our RSUs that 
vested during the period, a $2.0 million increase in principal payments for our capital leases and notes payable, a $0.7 million increase in cash paid for debt 
issuance costs, and a $0.5 million increase in cash payments to our non-controlling interests.  

        In 2017, we used $16.1 million of cash in financing activities, an increase of $12.9 million from 2016. This change is primarily due to a $10.4 million 
increase in payments on our Credit Facility, a $5.0 million decrease in proceeds from our Credit Facility, a $2.0 million increase in cash used to pay federal, 
state, and local employment payroll taxes related to our RSUs that vested during the period, and a $2.0 million increase in cash paid for our capital leases 
and notes payable. The changes were partially offset by a $6.3 million increase in proceeds from exercise of stock options.  

        In 2016, we used $3.1 million of cash for financing activities compared to $8.8 million in cash provided by financing activities in 2015. This change is 
primarily due to a $14.8 million decrease in net proceeds from our Credit Facility, a $1.4 million increase in cash paid for capital leases and notes payable, 
and a $0.3 million decrease in cash used to pay federal, state, and local employment payroll taxes related to our RSUs that vested during the period. These 
changes were partially offset by a $1.6 million increase in proceeds from exercise of stock options, $2.8 million of non-recurring payments made in 2015 
related to business combinations, and a $0.2 million decrease in payments to our non-controlling interests.  

Contractual Obligations and Commitments  

        The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2018:  

Venue revenue share minimums(1) 
Operating leases for office and other 

spaces(2) 

Open purchase commitments(3) 
Convertible Notes(4) 
Capital leases and notes payable for 

equipment and software(5) 
Total 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Less than 
1 Year 

2 - 3 Years 
(in thousands) 

4 - 5 Years 

More than 
5 Years 

  $

49,625  $

14,638  $

15,788  $

10,312  $

8,887 

26,158 
32,769 
201,250 

3,573 
32,168 
— 

6,841 
601 
— 

6,909 
— 
201,250 

8,835 
— 
— 

11,523 
321,325  $

6,612 
56,991  $

4,911 
28,141  $

— 
218,471  $

—  
17,722  

  $

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Payments under exclusive long-term, non-cancellable contracts to provide wireless communications network access to venues 
such as airports. Expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  

Office and other spaces under non-cancellable operating leases.  

Open purchase commitments are for the purchase of property and equipment, supplies and services. They are not recorded as 
liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 as we have not received the related goods or services.  

67 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

(4) 

(5) 

Long-term debt associated with our Convertible Notes are based on contractual terms and intended timing of repayments of long-
term debt.  

Payments under non-cancellable capital leases and loans payable related to equipment, primarily for data communication and 
database software, and prepaid maintenance service purchases.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

        We do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and we do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial 
partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which have been established for the purpose of 
facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.  

Transactions with Related Parties  

        Under our Audit Committee charter, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all related party transactions on a quarterly 
basis. In addition, our Board of Directors determines annually whether any related party relationships exist among the directors which would interfere with 
the judgment of individual directors in carrying out his responsibilities as director.  

Inflation  

        Inflationary factors have not had a significant effect on our performance over the past several years. A significant increase in inflation may affect our 
future performance since we may not be able to recover the increases in our costs with similar increases in our prices.  

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

        Market risk represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in the value of financial instruments. The risk of loss is assessed based on the 
likelihood of adverse changes in fair values, cash flows or future earnings.  

        We have established guidelines relative to the diversification and maturities of investments to maintain safety and liquidity. These guidelines are 
reviewed periodically and may be modified depending on market conditions. Although investments may be subject to credit risk, our investment policy 
specifies credit quality standards for our investments and limits the amount of credit exposure from any single issue, issuer, or type of investment. At 
December 31, 2018, we did not have any investments in marketable securities. In January 2019, we began investing in marketable available-for-sale 
securities comprised primarily of short-term commercial paper, corporate debt instruments and US treasury and agencies obligations.  

        Our marketable available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value and are intended for use in meeting our ongoing liquidity needs. Unrealized gains 
and losses on available-for-sale securities, which are deemed temporary, are reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity, net of tax. The cost 
of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. The amortization, along with realized gains and losses, 
would be included in interest and other expense, net.  

        We are exposed to various market risks including: (i) interest rate risk and (ii) foreign currency exchange rate risk.  

        Interest rate risk.    Our Convertible Notes bear a coupon rate of 1.00% per annum. Our New Credit Facility bears interest at a variable rate equal to 
the greater of LIBOR plus 1.75% - 2.75% or the Lender's Prime Rate plus 0.75% - 1.75% per year. Our use of variable rate debt exposes us to interest rate 
risk. A 100-basis point increase in the LIBOR or Lender's Prime Rate as of December 31,  

68 

 
Table of Contents 

2018 would not have any impact on net loss and cash flow as we had no amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facility as of December 31, 2018.  

        Foreign currency exchange rate risk.    We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in conducting business globally in numerous 
currencies, of which the most significant to our operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 was the Brazilian Real. We are primarily exposed to 
foreign currency fluctuations related to the operations of our subsidiary in Brazil whose financial statements are not denominated in the U.S. dollar. Our 
foreign operations are not material to our operations as a whole. As such, we currently do not enter into currency forward exchange or option contracts to 
hedge foreign currency exposures.  

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

        The information required by this Item is included in Part IV, Items 15(a)(1) and (2) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

        None.  

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures  

Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

        The Company maintains a system of disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required 
to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is 
processed, recorded, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. These 
disclosure controls and procedures include, among other processes, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively), as appropriate, to allow for timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure.  

        The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2018 pursuant to 
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the 
Company's disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), were effective as of the end of the period 
covered by this Annual Report.  

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

        Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting at the Company. Our internal control 
over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's financial statements for external reporting purposes in 
accordance with GAAP. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

• 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of the Company;  

69 

Table of Contents 

• 

• 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with 
GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the 
directors of the Company; and  

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the 
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

        Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the certifying officers, the Company conducted an evaluation of the 
effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Management's assessment included an 
evaluation of the design of the Company's internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting.  

        Management has excluded Boingo MDU, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company formed in 2018, from its assessment of internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 because Boingo MDU, LLC acquired the assets of Elauwit Networks, LLC in August 2018 and such 
assets comprise substantially all of the assets of Boingo MDU, LLC. Boingo MDU, LLC's total assets and total revenues represent 5.3% and 4.5%, 
respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

        Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2018, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial 
reporting. The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent 
registered public accounting firm. The registered public accounting firm's audit of internal control over financial reporting also excluded Boingo 
MDU, LLC. The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K in a separate section following 
Part IV, as shown on the index under Item 15 of this Annual Report.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

        Throughout 2018, in order to facilitate the adoption of the new lease accounting standard on January 1, 2019, we implemented internal controls to 
help ensure we properly evaluated our lease contracts and assessed the impact to our consolidated financial statements. We expect to continue to 
implement additional internal controls related to the adoption of this standard in the first quarter of 2019.  

        There have been no other changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined by Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15
(f)) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the quarter 
ended December 31, 2018.  

Item 9B.    Other Information  

        On February 26, 2019, we entered into a new Credit Agreement (the "New Credit Agreement") and related agreements with Bank of America, N.A. 
acting as agent for lenders named therein, including Bank of America, N.A., Silicon Valley Bank, Bank of the West, Zions Bancorporation, N.A.  

70 

 
Table of Contents 

dba California Bank & Trust, and Barclays Bank PLC (the "Lenders"), for a secured credit facility in the form of a revolving line of credit up to 
$150.0 million (the "Revolving Line of Credit") and a term loan of $3.5 million (the "Term Loan" and together with the Revolving Line of Credit, the "New 
Credit Facility"). Our New Credit Facility will mature on April 3, 2023. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan will generally 
bear variable interest at the greater of LIBOR plus 1.75% - 2.75% or Lender's Prime Rate plus 0.75% - 1.75% per year and we will pay a fee of 0.25% -0.5% 
per year on any unused portion of the Revolving Line of Credit. We may use borrowings under the New Credit Facility for general working capital and 
corporate purposes. In general, amounts borrowed under the New Credit Facility are secured by a lien against all of our assets, with certain exclusions.  

        The Term Loan requires quarterly payments of interest and principal, amortizing fully over the term such that it is repaid in full on the maturity date of 
April 3, 2023, but may be prepaid in whole or part at any time. Repayment of amounts borrowed under the New Credit Facility may be accelerated in the 
event that we are in violation of the representation, warranties and covenants made in the Credit Agreement, including certain financial covenants set 
forth therein, and under other specific default events including, but not limited to, non-payment or inability to pay debt, breach of cross default 
provisions, insolvency provisions, and change in control. We are subject to customary covenants, including a minimum quarterly consolidated senior 
secured leverage ratio, a minimum quarterly consolidated total leverage ratio, a maximum quarterly consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, and cash on 
hand minimums.  

        Bank of America N.A., Silicon Valley Bank and the other lender parties to the New Credit Agreement, and certain of their respective affiliates, have 
provided, and in the future may provide, financial, banking and related services to us. These parties have received, and in the future may receive, 
compensation from us for these services.  

        The foregoing description of the New Credit Facility does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the New Credit 
Agreement and related agreements, copies of which are filed as Exhibit 10.32 with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

PART III  

        The information required by Item 10 will be included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement under the caption "Directors, Executive Officers and 
Corporate Governance" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of 
fiscal year 2018 pursuant to Regulation 14A, which information is incorporated herein by this reference.  

Item 11.    Executive Compensation  

        The Company maintains employee benefit plans and programs in which its executive officers are participants. Copies of certain of these plans and 
programs are set forth or incorporated by reference as Exhibits to this report. Information required by Item 11 will be included in the Company's definitive 
Proxy Statement under the captions "Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," and "Directors, 
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance," to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2018 pursuant to 
Regulation 14A, which information is incorporated herein by this reference.  

71 

 
Table of Contents 

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

        The information required by Item 12 will be included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain 
Beneficial Owners and Management," to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2018 pursuant to Regulation 14A, which 
information is incorporated herein by this reference. The information required to be disclosed by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K regarding our equity 
securities authorized for issuance under our equity incentive plans is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled "Securities Authorized for 
Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans" in our definitive Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission 
within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2018 pursuant to Regulation 14A.  

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

        The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K regarding transactions with related persons, promoters and certain control persons, if any, will be 
included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" to be filed with the 
Commission within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2018 pursuant to Regulation 14A, which information is incorporated herein by this reference. The 
information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K regarding director independence will be included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement under the 
caption "Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Independence of the Board of Directors," 
to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2018 pursuant to Regulation 14A, which information is incorporated herein by 
this reference.  

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

        The information required by Item 14 will be included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement under the caption "Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm" to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2018 pursuant to Regulation 14A, which information is 
incorporated herein by this reference.  

72 

Table of Contents  

Item 15.    Exhibits  

PART IV  

        (a)   The following documents are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

        (1)(2)  Financial Statements.    The following consolidated financial statements of Boingo Wireless, Inc., and Report of Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in a separate section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1.  

Description 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 

2017 and 2016 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 

2016 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 
Number 
F-2
F-4
F-5

F-6

F-7
F-8
F-9

        All financial statement schedules have been omitted because the required information is not applicable or not present in amounts sufficient to require 
submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in our consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.  

        (3)   Exhibits.    The exhibits listed under Item 15(b) hereof are filed with, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement is identified separately in item 15(b) hereof.  

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

        (b)   The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

Exhibit No. 

Description 

3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  

Incorporated by Reference 
Date 
  03/21/2011  

  Number 
3.2

Form 
S-1

Filed 
Herewith 

3.2

Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of 
Incorporation.

8-K

06/09/2017

3.1

4.1

4.2

4.3

3.3

Amended and Restated Bylaws.

8-K

06/09/2017

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated 
Investor Rights Agreement, dated April 12, 2011.

S-1

04/13/2011

3.2

4.1

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement 
among the Registrant and certain stockholders, 
dated June 27, 2006.

S-1

01/14/2011

4.2

Indenture (including form of Note) with respect to 
the Company's 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 
2023, dated as of October 5, 2018, between the 
Company and Wilmington Trust, National 
Association, as trustee.

8-K

10/05/2018

4.1

10.1

Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered 
into between the Registrant and each of its 
directors and officers.

S-1

03/21/2011

10.1

10.2

Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.†

S-1

01/14/2011

10.2

10.3

2001 Stock Incentive Plan Notice of Option Grant 
and Option Agreement.†

10-Q

08/04/2017

10.1

10.4

Form of Vesting Extension Agreement.†

8-K

02/03/2016

99.1

10.5

Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

10-Q

08/10/2015

10.1

10.6

10.7

2011 Equity Incentive Plan Notice of Restricted 
Stock Unit Award and Restricted Stock Unit 
Agreement (Performance Stock Units).†

2011 Equity Incentive Plan Notice of Restricted 
Stock Unit Award and Restricted Stock Unit 
Agreement.†

10-Q

08/04/2017

10.2

10-Q

08/04/2017

10.3

10.8

Letter agreement between the Registrant and David 
Hagan, dated April 11, 2011.†

S-1

04/13/2011

10.5

10.9

2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan.†

10.10

Office Lease Agreement, dated April 2007, between 
CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership and 
Registrant.

S-1

S-1

01/14/2011

10.7

01/14/2011

10.8

74 

  
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Exhibit No. 

Description 

10.11  Lease Amendment dated August 19, 2014 between 
CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership and 
Registrant.

Incorporated by Reference 
Date 

Form 
10-Q   11/10/2014  

  Number 
10.1  

Filed 
Herewith 

10.12

10.13

License Agreement for Wireless Communications 
Access System, dated November 17, 2005, between 
City of Chicago and Chicago Concourse 
Development Group, LLC.^

Consent to Change in Ownership and Amendment 
of Agreement, dated June 22, 2006, between City of 
Chicago and Chicago Concourse Development 
Group, LLC.

S-1

04/29/2011

10.9

S-1

2/25/2011

10.9A

10.14

Amendment Agreement, dated December 31, 2014 
between the Registrant and the City of Chicago.^

10-K

03/16/2015

10.11

10.15

2018 Amendment to License Agreement for 
Wireless Communications Access System between 
City of Chicago and Chicago Concourse 
Development Group, LLC, dated as of March 31, 
2018

10.16

Telecommunications Network Access Agreement, 
dated August 26, 1999, between The Port Authority 
of New York and New Jersey and New York 
Telecom Partners, LLC.^

10-Q/A

07/20/2018

10.1

S-1

04/29/2011

10.10

10.17

Supplemental Agreement, dated March 28, 2001 
between The Port Authority of New York and New 
Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.^

S-1

04/29/2011

10.10A

10.18

Supplemental Agreement, dated June 30, 2002 
between the Port Authority of New York and New 
Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.^

10-Q

11/10/2014

10.2

10.19

Supplemental Agreement, dated November 30, 2006 
between the Port Authority of New York and New 
Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.^

10-Q

11/10/2014

10.3

10.20

Letter, dated August 19, 2013, from New York 
Telecom Partners, LLC to The Port Authority of 
New York and New Jersey.#

10-Q

11/12/2013

10.17

10.21

Supplemental Agreement, dated July 21, 2014 
between the Port Authority of New York and New 
Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.^

10-Q

11/10/2014

10.4

10.22

Management Incentive Compensation Plan.

S-1

03/21/2011

10.11

75 

  
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Exhibit No. 

Description 

10.23  Letter agreement between the Registrant and Peter 

Hovenier, dated April 1, 2013.†

Incorporated by Reference 
Date 

Form 
8-K   04/02/2013  

  Number 
10.1  

10.24

Letter agreement between the Registrant and Dawn 
Callahan, dated January 1, 2013.†

10-K

03/17/2014

10.15

10.25

Letter agreement between the Registrant and Tom 
Tracey, dated September 23, 2011.†

10-K

03/17/2014

10.16

10.26

Letter agreement between the Registrant and Derek 
Peterson, dated January 30, 2013.†

10-K

03/17/2014

10.17

10.27

Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award and 
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2016 Performance 
Stock Units) under 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.†

8-K

02/03/2016

99.2

10.28

Cooperation Agreement, dated June 1, 2016, by and 
among Boingo Wireless, Inc., each of Ides Capital 
Management LP, Ides Capital Opportunities 
Fund, LP, Ides Capital Advisors LLC, Ides Capital 
Partners LP, Ides Capital GP LLC, Dianne 
McKeever, Robert Longnecker, and each of Legion 
Partners, L.P. I, Legion Partners,  L.P. II, Legion 
Partners, LLC, Legion Partners Asset 
Management, LLC, Legion Partners Holdings, LLC, 
Christopher S. Kiper, Bradley S. Vizi and Raymond 
White.

10.29

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2018, 
by and among Boingo Wireless, Inc., Boingo 
MDU, LLC, Elauwit Networks, LLC, Daniel 
McDonough, Jr., Barry Rubens and Taylor Jones 
and, solely with respect to Article VII, Elauwit, LLC 
and DragonRider Enterprises, LLC.

8-K

06/01/2016

10.1

8-K

08/02/2018

10.1

10.30

Form of Base Capped Call Confirmation.

8-K

10/05/2018

99.1

10.31

Form of Additional Capped Call Confirmation.

8-K

10/05/2018

99.2

10.32

Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Bank 
of America, N.A.#

10.33

Letter agreement between the Registrant and Mike 
Finley, dated February 21, 2019.†

14.1

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.

8-K

11/02/2017

14.1

21.1

List of subsidiaries.

23.1

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24.1

Power of Attorney (included in Signature Page)

76 

Filed 
Herewith 

X

X

X

X

X

  
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Exhibit No. 

Description 

31.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.*

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.*

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
Document

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
Document

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
Document

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 
Document

Incorporated by Reference 
Date 

Form 

  Number 

Filed 
Herewith 
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

* 

^ 

# 

† 

Furnished herewith.  

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to an order granting confidential treatment. These 
portions have been submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. These portions 
have been submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.  

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary  

        Not applicable.  

77 

  
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

  Page 
F-2
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9

        All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the Company's consolidated financial statements or 
the related notes thereto.  

F-1 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boingo Wireless, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 
2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). We 
also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as 
of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.  

Change in Accounting Principle  

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for revenue from contracts 
with customers in 2018.  

Basis for Opinions  

        The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial 
reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company's consolidated financial 
statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the 
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

        Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test 
basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. 
Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our  

F-2 

 
Table of Contents 

audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinions.  

        As described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Boingo MDU, LLC from its 
assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business 
combination during 2018. We have also excluded Boingo MDU, LLC from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Boingo MDU, LLC is a 
wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management's assessment and our audit of internal control over financial 
reporting represent 5.3% and 4.5%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's 
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are 
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements.  

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the 
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Los Angeles, California 
March 1, 2019  

        We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002, which includes periods before the Company became subject to SEC reporting requirements.  

F-3 

Table of Contents  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Consolidated Balance Sheets  

(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 
Property and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and stockholders' equity 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Current portion of capital leases and notes payable 

Total current liabilities 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion 
Long-term debt 
Long-term portion of capital leases and notes payable 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) 
Stockholders' equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued 

and outstanding 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; 42,669 and 
40,995 shares issued and outstanding for 2018 and 2017, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total common stockholders' equity 
Non-controlling interests 
Total stockholders' equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

  $

  $

  $

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

149,412  $
42,766 
7,815 
199,993 
314,179 
59,640 
19,152 
9,936 
602,900  $

21,543  $
62,653 
80,383 
— 
6,612 
171,191 
137,205 
151,670 
4,911 
1,073 
6,728 
472,778 

26,685 
26,148 
6,369  
59,202 
262,359 
42,403 
10,263 
10,082  
384,309  

11,589 
42,405 
61,708 
875 
5,771  
122,348 
149,168 
— 
6,747 
1,004 
6,012  
285,279 

— 

— 

4 
259,132 
(129,930)
(1,295)
127,911 
2,211 
130,122 
602,900  $

4 
230,679 
(131,967)
(898) 
97,818 
1,212  
99,030  
384,309  

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-4 

 
 
 
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Consolidated Statements of Operations  

(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Revenue 
Costs and operating expenses: 

Network access 
Network operations 
Development and technology 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 
Amortization of intangible assets 

Total costs and operating expenses 

Loss from operations 
Interest and other expense, net 
Loss before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net income (loss) 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders 
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share 

attributable to common stockholders: 
Basic 
Diluted 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
204,369  $

2018 
250,821  $

2016 
159,344 

  $

113,572 
52,215 
31,372 
22,647 
30,302 
3,710 
253,818 
(2,997)
(1,887)
(4,884)
(5,153)
269 
1,489 
(1,220) $

90,702 
47,615 
26,754 
20,933 
35,568 
3,498 
225,070 
(20,701)
(153)
(20,854)
(2,078)
(18,776)
590 
(19,366) $

69,112 
42,307 
22,126 
18,729 
29,719 
3,448  
185,441  
(26,097)
(459) 
(26,556)
427  
(26,983)
348  
(27,331) 

(0.03) $
(0.03) $

(0.49) $
(0.49) $

(0.72)
(0.72)

42,066 
42,066 

39,824 
39,824 

38,025 
38,025 

  $

  $
  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-5 

 
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

(In thousands)  

2018 

Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax: 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Comprehensive loss 

Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest 

Comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders 

  $

  $

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
(18,776) $

269  $

2016 
(26,983)

(342)
(73)
1,544 
(1,617) $

(19)
(18,795)
599 
(19,394) $

211  
(26,772)
269  
(27,041) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-6 

 
 
 
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity  

(In thousands)  

Common 
Stock 
Shares 

Common 
Stock 
Amount 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Non- 
controlling 
Interest 

Total 
Stockholder's 
Equity 

37,325  $

4  $ 197,612  $

(85,176) $

(1,160) $

755  $

112,035 

1,237 

— 

2,984 

— 

— 

— 

(2,827)  

— 

13,412 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,984 

(2,827)

13,412 

— 

(286)

(286)

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

94 
— 

— 

(94)
(27,331)

— 
— 

— 
348 

— 
(26,983)

— 

290 

(79)

211  

38,562 

4 

211,275 

(112,601)

(870)  

738 

98,546 

2,433 

— 

9,244 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

(4,872)  

— 

15,032 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(19,366)

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

9,244 

(4,872)

15,032 

(125)
590 

(125)
(18,776)

— 

(28)  

9 

(19) 

40,995 

4 

230,679 

(131,967)

(898)  

1,212 

99,030 

Balance at 

December 31, 
2015 
Issuance of 
common 
stock under 
stock 
incentive 
plans 
Shares 

withheld for 
taxes 
Stock-based 

compensation 
expense 

Non-

controlling 
interest 
distributions  

Cumulative 
effect of a 
change in 
accounting 
principle 

Net loss 
Other 

comprehensive 
loss 
Balance at 

December 31, 
2016 
Issuance of 
common 
stock under 
stock 
incentive 
plans 
Shares 

withheld for 
taxes 
Stock-based 

compensation 
expense 

Non-

controlling 
interest 
distributions  

Net loss 
Other 

comprehensive 
income 
Balance at 

December 31, 
2017 
Issuance of 
common 
stock under 
stock 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
incentive 
plans 
Shares 

withheld for 
taxes 
Stock-based 

compensation 
expense 

Equity 

component 
of 
Convertible 
Notes, net of 
offering 
costs and 
tax 

Payment for 

capped call 
share 
options 

Non-

controlling 
interest 
distributions  

Cumulative 
effect of a 
change in 
accounting 
principle 
Net income 
Other 

comprehensive 
loss 
Balance at 

December 31, 
2018 

1,674 

— 

9,979 

— 

— 

— 

(10,536)  

— 

13,057 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

9,979 

(10,536)

13,057 

— 

— 

39,922 

— 

— 

— 

39,922 

— 

— 

(23,969)  

— 

— 

— 

(23,969)

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(614)

(614)

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

3,257 
(1,220)

— 
— 

69 
1,489 

3,326 
269 

— 

(397)  

55 

(342) 

42,669  $

4  $ 259,132  $

(129,930) $

(1,295) $

2,211  $

130,122  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-7 

     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

(In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss including non-controlling interests to 

  $

net cash provided by operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Bad debt expense 
Impairment loss and loss on disposal of fixed assets, net 
Stock-based compensation 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount, net of 

amounts capitalized 

Change in deferred income taxes 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of 

acquisition:             
Accounts receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Deferred revenue 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Purchases of property and equipment 
Payments for asset and business acquisitions 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from Convertible Notes offering, net of issuance costs 
Payment for capped call options 
Proceeds from credit facility 
Principal payments on credit facility 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Payments of capital leases and notes payable 
Payments of withholding tax on net issuance of restricted stock units 
Debt issuance costs 
Payments to non-controlling interest 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Effect of exchange rates on cash.  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized 
Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

269  $ (18,776) $ (26,983)

78,837 
3,710 
363 
238 
12,268 

  69,097 
3,498 
773 
1,158 
  14,215 

2,261 
(5,617)

86 
(2,575)

49,202 
3,448 
116 
66 
12,805 

182 
303 

(13,702)
(800)
(246)
6,477 
9,263 
93,321 

  16,046 
(841)
(1,554)
9,313 
7,288 
  97,728 

526 
(835)
(465)
5,835 
71,005  
  115,205  

  (108,730)
(24,624)
  (133,354)

  (73,308)
(1,150)
  (74,458)

  (107,271)
(60) 
  (107,331) 

  195,716 
(23,969)
15,000 
(15,875)
9,979 
(6,181)
(10,536)
(695)
(614)
  162,825 
(65)
  122,727 
26,685 

— 
— 
— 
  (16,094)
9,244 
(4,207)
(4,872)
— 
(125)
  (16,054)
(16)
7,200 
  19,485 

  $ 149,412  $ 26,685  $

— 
— 
5,000 
(5,656)
2,984 
(2,212)
(2,827)
(124)
(286) 
(3,121)
14  
4,767 
14,718  
19,485  

  $
  $

—  $
565  $

239  $
304  $

— 
163 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities   
Property and equipment costs included in accounts payable, accrued 

expenses and other liabilities 

Purchase of equipment and prepaid maintenance services under capital 

financing arrangements 

Capitalized stock-based compensation included in property and 

equipment costs 

  $

37,275  $ 20,554  $

16,976 

  $

5,068  $

7,944  $

6,629 

  $

789  $

696  $

727 

Purchase price for asset and business acquisitions included in accrued 

expenses and other liabilities 

  $
Debt issuance costs included in accrued expenses and other liabilities    $
Tax effect on equity component of Convertible Notes 
  $

4,913  $
164  $
5,686  $

—  $
—  $
—  $

1,150 
— 
— 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-8 

 
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents  

1. The business  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

        Boingo Wireless, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively "we, "us", "our" or "the Company") is a leading global provider of wireless connectivity 
solutions for smartphones, tablets, laptops, wearables and other wireless-enabled consumer devices. Boingo Wireless, Inc. was incorporated in April 16, 
2001 in the State of Delaware. We have a diverse monetization model that enables us to generate revenues from wholesale partnerships, retail sales, and 
advertising across these wireless networks. Wholesale offerings include distributed antenna systems ("DAS") or small cells, which are cellular extension 
networks, multifamily, carrier offload, Wi-Fi roaming, value-added services, private label Wi-Fi, and location-based services. Retail products include Wi-Fi 
services for military personnel living in the barracks of U.S. Army, Air Force and Marines bases around the world, and Wi-Fi subscriptions and day 
passes that provide access to over 1.2 million commercial hotspots worldwide. Advertising revenue is driven by Wi-Fi sponsorships at airports, hotels, 
cafes and restaurants, and public spaces. Our customers include some of the world's largest carriers, telecommunications service providers, global 
consumer brands, and property owners, as well as troops stationed at military bases and Internet savvy consumers on the go.  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies  

Basis of presentation and consolidation  

        Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America ("GAAP").  

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our majority owned subsidiaries. We consolidate our 
70% ownership of Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC and our 75% ownership of Boingo Holding Participacoes Ltda. in accordance with 
Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 810, Consolidation. Other parties' interests in consolidated 
entities are reported as non-controlling interests. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

        In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which replaced the 
accounting standards for revenue recognition under FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, with a single comprehensive five-step model, eliminating 
industry-specific accounting rules. The core principle is to recognize revenue upon the transfer of control of goods or services to a customer at an amount 
that reflects the consideration expected to be received. The FASB amended several aspects of the guidance after the issuance of ASU 2014-09, and the 
new revenue recognition accounting standard, as amended, was codified within ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. On January 1, 2018, 
we adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method applied to those contracts which were not completed as of January 1, 2018. Results for 
reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in 
accordance with ASC 605.  

        Adoption of ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method required us to record a cumulative effect adjustment, net of tax, to accumulated deficit 
and non-controlling interests of $3,257 and $69,  

F-9 

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

respectively, on January 1, 2018. In addition, adoption of the standard resulted in the following changes to the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 
2018:  

Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current 

assets 
Other assets 
Deferred revenue, current 
Deferred revenue, net of current 

portion 

January 1, 2018 
(Per ASC 605) 

Adjustment 
for Adoption 

January 1, 2018 
(Per ASC 606) 

  $

  $
  $
  $

  $

26,148  $

(1,069) $

25,079 

6,369  $
10,082  $
61,708  $

170  $
(2,179) $
14,176  $

6,539 
7,903 
75,884 

149,168  $

(20,580) $

128,588 

        The below table summarizes the changes to our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 as a result of the adoption of ASC 606:  

Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaid expenses and other 

current assets 

Other assets 
Deferred revenue, current 
Deferred revenue, net of current 

portion 

Non-controlling interests 

December 31, 2018 
(Per ASC 605) 

Adjustment 
for Adoption 
(in thousands) 

December 31, 2018 
(Per ASC 606) 

  $

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $

43,410  $

(644) $

7,603  $
12,224  $
82,731  $

212  $
(2,288) $
(2,348) $

147,785  $
408  $

(10,580) $
1,803  $

42,766 

7,815 
9,936 
80,383 

137,205 
2,211 

        The below table summarizes the changes to our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the 
adoption of ASC 606 with income taxes calculated excluding the tax effect on the equity component of the Convertible Notes:  

Revenue 
Income tax benefit 
Non-controlling interests 

  $
  $
  $

Year Ended 
December 31, 2018 
(Per ASC 605) 

Adjustment 
for Adoption 
(in thousands) 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2018 
(Per ASC 606) 

244,307  $
(4,785) $
(245) $

6,514  $
(368) $
1,734  $

250,821 
(5,153)
1,489 

        The changes to the consolidated balance sheets as of January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018 and the consolidated statement of operations for the 
year ended December 31, 2018 were primarily due to the following factors: (i) reclassification of unbilled receivables (contract assets) to a contra-liability 
account under ASC 606; and (ii) recognition of revenue related to our single performance obligation for our DAS contracts monthly over the contract term 
once the customer has the ability to access the DAS network and we commence maintenance on the DAS network under ASC 606 as compared to 
recognition of build-out fees for our DAS contracts monthly over the term of the estimated customer relationship period once the build-out is complete 
and minimum monthly access fees for our DAS contracts monthly over the term of the telecom operator agreement under ASC 605. The changes to  

F-10 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2018 are reflected as non-cash changes within cash provided by operating activities in our consolidated 
statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

        In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which provides 
guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity applies modification accounting under 
ASC 718. According to the new standard, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions and classification of the 
modified award is the same as the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The standard will be applied prospectively to 
modifications that occur on or after the adoption date. We adopted ASU 2017-09 on January 1, 2018 and the adoption of this standard did not have a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

        In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), which simplifies 
how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment. An entity will no longer perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill 
impairment. Instead, impairment will be measured using the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the reporting unit. The standard 
is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for goodwill impairment tests with 
measurement dates after January 1, 2017. We elected to early adopt ASU 2017-04 as of January 1, 2017 and the adoption of this standard did not have a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

        In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which requires that a statement of cash 
flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash 
equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents 
when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. We adopted ASU 2016-18 on January 1, 
2018 under the retrospective transition method for each period presented in our consolidated statements of cash flows.  

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), which adds or clarifies guidance to reduce diversity in how 
certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 
2017 with early adoption permitted. The standard requires application using a retrospective transition method. We elected to early adopt ASU 2016-15 as 
of January 1, 2017 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

Use of estimates  

        The preparation of accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  

F-11 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

Actual results could differ from those estimates. Assets and liabilities which are subject to significant judgment and the use of estimates include the 
allowance for doubtful accounts, recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, uncertain tax 
positions, useful lives associated with property and equipment, valuation and useful lives of intangible assets, valuation of contingent consideration, 
contract assets and contract liabilities including estimates of variable consideration, and the valuation and assumptions underlying stock-based 
compensation and other equity instruments. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the 
basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.  

Concentrations of credit risk  

        Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and 
accounts receivable. We extend credit based upon the evaluation of the customer's financial condition and generally collateral is not required. We 
maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon expected collectability of accounts receivable. We primarily estimate our allowance for doubtful 
accounts based on a specific review of significant outstanding accounts receivable. For the year ended December 31, 2018, three customers accounted for 
37% of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, four customers accounted for 44% of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 
two customers accounted for 23% of total revenue. At December 31, 2018, four customers accounted for 20%, 19%, 17% and 13% of the total accounts 
receivable, respectively. At December 31, 2017, three customers accounted for 19%, 17% and 13% of the total accounts receivable, respectively.  

Cash and cash equivalents  

        Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with original maturities of three 
months or less when acquired. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, cash equivalents consisted of money market funds.  

Fair value of financial instruments  

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair 
value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact, and we consider assumptions that market participants would use 
when pricing the asset or liability.  

        The accounting guidance for fair value measurement also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of 
unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence 
surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the  

F-12 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or 
liabilities.  

Level 2—Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in 
active markets or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or 
liabilities.  

        The carrying amount reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid 
expenses and other current assets, other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and deferred revenue approximates fair value 
due to the short duration and nature of these financial instruments.  

Property and equipment  

        Property and equipment are generally stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Our cost basis includes property and 
equipment acquired in business combinations that were initially recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition. Maintenance and repairs are charged 
to expense as incurred and the cost of additions and betterments that increase the useful lives of the assets are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization 
is computed over the estimated useful lives of the related asset type using the straight-line method.  

        The estimated useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:  

Software 
Computer equipment 
Furniture, fixtures and office 

equipment 

Leasehold improvements 

2 to 5 years
3 to 5 years

3 to 5 years
The shorter of the estimated useful 
life or the remaining term of the 
agreements, generally ranging from 
2 to 18 years

        Leasehold improvements are principally comprised of network equipment located at various managed and operated locations, primarily airports, under 
exclusive, long-term, non-cancelable contracts to provide wireless communication network access. We capitalize certain costs for our network equipment 
during the pre-construction period, which is the period during which costs are incurred to evaluate the site and continue to capitalize costs until the 
network equipment is substantially completed and ready for use. Cost for network equipment includes capitalized interest.  

Equipment and software under capital lease  

        We lease certain data communications equipment, other equipment and software under capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under 
capital lease are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or  

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

the fair value of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the 
assets or the term of the lease agreements.  

Software development costs  

        We capitalize costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use when the preliminary project stage is completed, and it is 
determined that the software will provide significantly enhanced capabilities and modifications. These capitalized costs are included in property and 
equipment and include external direct cost of services procured in developing or obtaining internal-use software and personnel and related expenses for 
employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to internal-use software projects. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is 
substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended use. Once the software is ready for its intended use, the costs are amortized over the 
useful life of the software. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.  

Long-lived assets  

        Intangible assets consist of acquired venue contracts, technology, advertiser relationships, non-compete agreements and patents and trademarks. 
We record intangible assets at fair value as of the date of acquisition and amortize these finite-lived assets over the shorter of the contractual life or the 
estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. We estimate the useful lives of acquired intangible assets based on factors that include the planned use of 
each acquired intangible asset, the expected pattern of future cash flows to be derived from each acquired intangible asset and contractual periods 
specified in the related agreements. We include amortization of acquired intangibles in amortization of intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated 
statements of operations.  

        We perform an impairment review of long-lived assets held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value 
may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include but are not limited to: significant under-
performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our overall business and 
product strategies and significant industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable 
based upon the existence of one or more of these indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to net future 
undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate or other indices of fair value. We would then recognize an impairment charge equal to the 
amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset.  

Goodwill  

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Concourse 
Communication Group, LLC in June 2006, Cloud 9 Wireless, Inc. in August 2012, Endeka Group, Inc. in February 2013, Electronic Media Systems, Inc. and 
Advanced Wireless Group, LLC in October 2013, and Elauwit Networks, LLC in August 2018.  

        We test goodwill for impairment in accordance with guidance provided by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. Goodwill is tested for 
impairment at least annually at the reporting  

F-14 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

unit level or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Events or changes in circumstances which could 
trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a 
regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our 
overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future 
results of operations. We perform our impairment test annually as of December 31st.  

        Entities have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less 
than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the goodwill impairment test described in FASB ASC 350. If, after 
assessing qualitative factors, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then 
performing the impairment test is unnecessary. The impairment loss, if any, is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill 
with the carrying amount of goodwill.  

        Currently, we have one reporting unit, one operating segment and one reportable segment. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, all of the goodwill was 
attributed to our reporting unit. We tested our goodwill for impairment using a market- based approach and no impairment was identified as the fair value 
of our reporting unit was substantially in excess of its carrying amount. To date, we have not recorded any goodwill impairment charges.  

Convertible debt transactions  

        We separately account for the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments that can be settled in cash by allocating the proceeds 
from issuance between the liability component and the embedded conversion option in accordance with accounting for convertible debt instruments that 
may be settled in cash (including partial cash settlement) upon conversion. The value of the equity component is calculated by first measuring the fair 
value of the liability component, using the interest rate of a similar liability that does not have a conversion feature, as of the issuance date. The difference 
between the proceeds from the convertible debt issuance and the amount measured as the liability component is recorded as the equity component with a 
corresponding discount recorded on the debt. We recognize amortization of the resulting discount using the effective interest method as interest expense 
on our consolidated statements of operations. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity 
classification. We have allocated issuance costs incurred to the liability and equity components. Issuance costs attributable to the liability component are 
being amortized to expense over the respective term of the Convertible Notes, and issuance costs attributable to the equity components were netted with 
the respective equity component in additional paid-in capital. Simultaneously, we bought capped call options from a financial institution to minimize the 
impact of potential dilution of our common stock upon conversion. The premium for the capped call options was recorded as additional paid-in capital on 
our consolidated balance sheets as the options are settleable in our common stock.  

F-15 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

Revenue recognition  

        We generate revenue from several sources including: (i) DAS customers that are telecom operators under long-term contracts for access to our DAS 
at our managed and operated locations, (ii) military and retail customers under subscription plans for month-to-month network access that automatically 
renew, and military and retail single-use access from sales of hourly, daily or other single-use access plans, (iii) arrangements with property owners for 
multifamily properties that provide for network installation and monthly Wi-Fi services and support to the residents and employees, (iv) arrangements 
with wholesale Wi-Fi customers that provide software licensing, network access, and/or professional services fees, and (v) display advertisements and 
sponsorships on our walled garden sign-in pages. Software licensed by our wholesale platform services customers can only be used during the term of 
the service arrangements and has no utility to them upon termination of the service arrangement.  

Post-ASC 606 adoption  

        Revenues are recognized when a contract with a customer exists and control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an 
amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services and the identified performance obligation has 
been satisfied. Contracts entered into at or near the same time with the same customer are combined and accounted for as a single contract if the contracts 
have a single commercial objective, the amount of consideration is dependent on the price or performance of the other contract, or the services promised 
in the contracts are a single performance obligation. Contract amendments are routine in the performance of our DAS, wholesale Wi-Fi, and advertising 
contracts. Contracts are often amended to account for changes in contract specifications or requirements to expand network access services. In most 
instances, our DAS and wholesale Wi-Fi contract amendments are for additional goods or services that are distinct, and the contract price increases by an 
amount that reflects the standalone selling price of the additional goods or services; therefore, such contract amendments are accounted for as separate 
contracts. Contract amendments for our advertising contracts are also generally for additional goods or services that are distinct; however, the contract 
price does not increase by an amount that reflects the standalone selling price of the additional goods or services. Advertising contract amendments are 
therefore generally accounted for as contract modifications under the prospective method. Contract amendments to transaction prices with no change in 
remaining services are accounted for as contract modifications under the cumulative catch-up method.  

        A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in ASC 606. A 
contract's transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and is recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is 
satisfied, which typically occurs when the services are rendered. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance 
obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. Our contracts with customers may include multiple 
performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We 
generally determine standalone selling prices based on the prices charged to customers. Judgment may be used to determine the standalone selling prices 
for items that are not sold separately, including services provided at no additional charge. Most of our performance obligations are satisfied over time as 
services are provided. We generally recognize  

F-16 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

revenue on a gross basis as we are primarily responsible for fulfilling the promises to provide the specified goods or services, we are responsible for 
paying all costs related to the goods or services before they have been transferred to the customer, and we have discretion in establishing prices for the 
specified goods or services. Revenue is presented net of any sales and value added taxes.  

        Payment terms vary on a contract-by-contract basis, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days for non-
recurring payments, the first day of the monthly or quarterly billing cycle for recurring payments for DAS and wholesale Wi-Fi contracts, and the first day 
of the month prior to the month that services are provided for multifamily contracts. We apply a practical expedient for purposes of determining whether a 
significant financing component may exist for our contracts if, at contract inception, we expect that the period between when we transfer the promised 
good or service to the customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less. In instances where the customer pays for a 
good or service one year or more in advance of the period when we transfer the promised good or service to the customer, we have determined our 
contracts generally do not include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of our invoicing terms is not to receive financing from our 
customers or to provide customers with financing but rather to maximize our profitability on the customer contract. Specifically, inclusion of non-
refundable upfront fees in our long-term customer contracts increases the likelihood that the customer will be committed through the end of the 
contractual term and ensures recoverability of the capital outlay that we incur in expectation of the customer fulfilling its contractual obligations. We may 
also provide service credits to our customers if we fail to meet contractual monthly system uptime requirements and we account for the variable 
consideration related to these service credits using the most likely amount method.  

        For contracts that include variable consideration, we estimate the amount of consideration at contract inception under the expected value method or 
the most likely amount method and include the amount of variable consideration that is not considered to be constrained. Significant judgment is used in 
constraining estimates of variable consideration. We update our estimates at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available.  

        Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. We record unbilled receivables (contract assets) when revenue is 
recognized prior to invoicing, deferred revenue (contract liabilities) when revenue is recognized after invoicing, and receivables when we have an 
unconditional right to consideration to invoice and receive payment in the future. We present our DAS, multifamily, and wholesale Wi-Fi contracts in our 
consolidated balance sheet as either a contract asset or a contract liability with any unconditional rights to consideration presented separately as a 
receivable. Our other customer contracts generally do not have any significant contract asset or contract liability balances. Generally, a significant portion 
of the billing for our DAS contracts occurs prior to revenue recognition, resulting in our DAS contracts being presented as contract liabilities. In contrast, 
our wholesale Wi-Fi contracts that contain recurring fees with annual escalations are generally presented as contract assets as revenue is recognized prior 
to invoicing. Our multifamily contracts can be presented as either contract liabilities or contract assets primarily as a result of timing of invoicing for the 
network installations.  

        We recognize an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if we expect the benefit of those costs to be longer than one 
year. We have determined that certain sales  

F-17 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

incentive programs meet the requirements to be capitalized. Total capitalized costs to obtain a contract were immaterial during the year ended 
December 31, 2018 and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and non-current other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. We 
apply a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the amortization period would have been one 
year or less, the most significant of which relates to sales commissions related to obtaining our advertising customer contracts. Contract costs are 
evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310, Receivables.  

DAS  

        We enter into long-term contracts with telecom operators at our managed and operated locations. The initial term of our contracts with telecom 
operators generally range from five to twenty years and the agreements generally contain renewal options. Some of our contracts provide termination for 
convenience clauses that may or may not include substantive termination penalties. We apply judgment in determining the contract term, the period 
during which we have present and enforceable rights and obligations. Our DAS customer contracts generally contain a single performance obligation—
provide non-exclusive access to our DAS or small cell networks to provide telecom operators' customers with access to the licensed wireless spectrum, 
together with providing telecom operators with construction, installation, optimization/engineering, maintenance services and agreed-upon storage space 
for the telecom operators' transmission equipment, each related to providing such licensed wireless spectrum to the telecom operators. The performance 
obligation is considered a series of distinct services as the performance obligation is satisfied over time and the same time-based input method would be 
used to measure our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to transfer each distinct service in the series to the customer. 
Our contract fee structure generally includes a non-refundable upfront fee and we evaluated whether customer options to renew services give rise to a 
material right that should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation because of those non-refundable upfront fees. We believe that a material 
right generally does not exist for our DAS customer contracts that contain renewal options because the telecom operators' decision to renew is highly 
dependent upon our ability to maintain our exclusivity as the DAS service provider at the venue location and our limited operating history with venue and 
customer renewals. The telecom operators will make the decision to incur the capital improvement costs at the venue location irrespective of our remaining 
exclusivity period with the venue as the telecom operators expect that the assets will continue to be serviced regardless of whether we will remain such 
exclusive DAS service provider. Our contracts also provide our DAS customers with the option to purchase additional future services such as upgrades 
or enhancements. This option is not considered to provide the customer with a material right that should be accounted for as a separate performance 
obligation since the cost of the additional future services depends entirely on the market rate of such services at the time such services are requested and 
we are not automatically obligated to stand ready to deliver these additional goods or services as the customer may reject our proposal. Periodically, we 
install and sell DAS networks to customers where we do not have service contracts or remaining obligations beyond the installation of those networks 
and we recognize build-out fees for such projects as revenue when the installation work is completed, and the network has been accepted by the 
customer.  

        Our contract fee structure may include varying components of an upfront build-out fee and recurring access, maintenance, and other fees. The 
upfront build-out fee is generally structured as a  

F-18 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

firm-fixed price or cost-plus arrangement and becomes payable as certain contract and/or construction milestones are achieved. Our DAS and small cell 
networks are neutral-host networks that can accommodate multiple telecom operators. Some of our DAS customer contracts provide for credits that may 
be issued to existing telecom operators for additional telecom operators subsequently joining the DAS network. The credits are generally based upon a 
fixed dollar amount per additional telecom operator, a fixed percentage amount of the original build-out fee paid by the telecom operator per additional 
telecom operator, or a proportionate share based upon the split among the relevant number of telecom operators for the actual costs incurred by all 
telecom operators to construct the DAS network. In most cases, there is significant uncertainty on whether additional telecom operator contracts will be 
executed at inception of the contract with the existing telecom operator. We believe that the upfront build-out fee is fixed consideration once the build-out 
is complete and any subsequent credits that may be issued would be accounted for in a manner similar to a contract modification under the prospective 
method because (i) the execution of customer contracts with additional telecom carriers is at our sole election and (ii) we would not execute agreements 
with additional telecom carriers if it would not increase our revenues and gross profits at the venue level. Further, the credits issued to the existing 
telecom operator changes the transaction price on a go-forward basis, which corresponds with the decline in service levels for the existing telecom 
operator once the neutral-host DAS network can be accessed by the additional telecom operator. The recurring access, maintenance, and other fees 
generally escalate on an annual basis. The recurring fees are variable consideration until the contract term and annual escalation dates are fixed. We 
estimate the variable consideration for our recurring fees using the most likely amount method based on the expected commencement date for the 
services. We evaluate our estimates of variable consideration each period and record a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period in which changes 
occur for the amount allocated to satisfied performance obligations.  

        We generally recognize revenue related to our single performance obligation for our DAS customer contract monthly over the contract term once the 
customer has the ability to access the DAS network and we commence maintenance on the DAS network.  

Military and retail  

        Military and retail customers must review and agree to abide by our standard "Customer Agreement (With Acceptable Use Policy) and End User 
License Agreement" before they are able to sign-up for our subscription or single-use Wi-Fi network access services. Our military and retail customer 
contracts generally contain a single performance obligation—provide non-exclusive access to Wi-Fi services, together with performance of standard 
maintenance, customer support, and the Wi-Finder app to facilitate seamless connection to the Company's Wi-Fi network. The performance obligation is 
considered a series of distinct services as the performance obligation is satisfied over time and the same time-based input method would be used to 
measure our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to transfer each distinct service in the series to the customer. Our 
contracts also provide our military and retail subscription customers with the option to renew the agreement when the subscription term is over. We do 
not consider this option to provide the customer with a material right that should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation because the 
customer would not receive a discount if it decided to renew and the option to renew is cancellable within 5 days' notice prior to the end of the then 
current term by either party.  

F-19 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

        The contract transaction price is determined based on the subscription or single-use plan selected by the customer. Our military and retail service 
plans are for fixed price services as described on our website. From time to time, we offer promotional discounts that result in an immediate reduction in 
the price paid by the customer. Subscription fees from military and retail customers are paid monthly in advance. We provide refunds for our military and 
retail services on a case-by-case basis. Refunds and credit card chargeback amounts are not significant and are recorded as contra-revenue in the period 
the refunds are made, or chargebacks are received.  

        Subscription fee revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Revenue generated from military and retail single-use access is 
recognized when access is provided, and the performance obligation is satisfied.  

Multifamily  

        We enter into long-term contracts with property owners. The initial term of our contracts with property owners generally range from three to five 
years and the contracts may contain renewal options. Some of our contracts provide termination for convenience clauses that may or may not include 
substantive termination penalties. We apply judgment in determining the contract term, which is the period during which we have present and enforceable 
rights and obligations. Our customer contracts generally contain two performance obligations: (i) install the network required to provide Wi-Fi services; 
and (ii) provide Wi-Fi services and technical support to the residents and employees. Our contracts may also provide our property owners with the option 
to renew the agreement. We do not consider this option to provide the property owner with a material right that should be accounted for as a separate 
performance obligation because the property owner would not receive a discount if it decided to renew and the option to renew is generally cancellable by 
either party subject to the notice of non-renewal requirements specified in the contract. Our contracts may also provide our customers with the option to 
purchase additional future services. We do not consider this option to provide the customer with a material right that should be accounted for as a 
separate performance obligation since the cost of the additional future services are generally at market rates for such services and we are not 
automatically obligated to stand ready to deliver these additional goods or services because the customer may reject our proposal.  

        Our contract fee structure includes a network installation fee and recurring Wi-Fi service and support fees. The network installation fee is generally 
structured as a firm-fixed price arrangement and becomes payable as certain contract and/or installation milestones are achieved. We generally estimate 
variable consideration for unpriced change orders using the most likely amount method based on the expected price for those services. If network 
installations are not completed by specified dates, we may be subject to network installation penalties. We estimate the variable consideration for our 
network installation fees using the most likely amount method based on the amount of network installation penalties we expect to incur. Title to the 
network generally transfers to the property owner once installation is completed and the network has been accepted. We generally recognize revenue 
related to our network installation performance obligation using a cost-to-cost method over the network installation period. We may provide latent defect 
warranties for materials and installation labor services related to our network installation services. Our warranty obligations are generally not accounted 
for as  

F-20 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

separate performance obligations as warranties cannot be separately purchased and warranties do not provide a service in addition to the assurance that 
the network will function as expected.  

        The recurring fees commence once the network is launched with recurring fees generally based upon a fixed or variable occupancy rate. The recurring 
Wi-Fi service fees may be adjusted prospectively for changes in circuit and/or video content costs, and Wi-Fi support fees may escalate on an annual 
basis. We estimate the variable consideration for our recurring fees using the expected value method with the exception of the variable consideration 
related to actual occupancy rates, which we record when we have the contractual right to bill. We evaluate our estimates of variable consideration each 
period and record a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period in which changes occur for the amount allocated to satisfied performance obligations. 
We recognize revenue related to the recurring fees on a monthly basis over the contract term as the Wi-Fi services and support is rendered, and the 
performance obligation is satisfied.  

Wholesale Wi-Fi  

        We enter into long-term contracts with enterprise customers such as telecom operators, cable companies, technology companies, and enterprise 
software/services companies, that pay us usage-based Wi-Fi network access and software licensing fees to allow their customers' access to our footprint 
worldwide. We also enter into long-term contracts with financial institutions and other enterprise customers who provide access to our Wi-Fi footprint as 
a value-added service for their customers. The initial term of our contracts with wholesale Wi-Fi customers generally range from one to three years and the 
agreements generally contain renewal options. Some of our contracts provide termination for convenience clauses that may or may not include 
substantive termination penalties. We apply judgment in determining the contract term, the period during which we have present and enforceable rights 
and obligations. Our wholesale Wi-Fi customer contracts generally contain a single performance obligation—provide non-exclusive rights to access our 
Wi-Fi networks to provide wholesale Wi-Fi customers' end customers with access to the high-speed broadband network that may be bundled together 
with integration services, support services, and/or performance of standard maintenance. The performance obligation is considered a series of distinct 
services as the performance obligation is satisfied over time and the same time-based input method or usage-based output method would be used to 
measure our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to transfer each distinct service in the series to the customer. Our 
contracts may also provide our enterprise customers with the option to renew the agreement. This option is not considered to provide the customer with a 
material right that should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation because the customer would not receive a discount if it decided to renew 
and the option to renew is generally cancellable by either party subject to the notice of non-renewal requirements specified in the contract. Our contracts 
may also provide our wholesale Wi-Fi customers with the option to purchase additional future services. We do not consider this option to provide the 
customer with a material right that should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation since the cost of the additional future services are 
generally at market rates for such services and we are not automatically obligated to stand ready to deliver these additional goods or services because the 
customer may reject our proposal. Periodically, we install and sell Wi-Fi networks to customers where we do not have service contracts or remaining 
obligations beyond the installation of those networks and we recognize build-out fees for  

F-21 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

such projects as revenue when the installation work is completed, and the network has been accepted by the customer.  

        Our contract fee structure may include varying components of a minimum fee and usage-based fees. Minimum fees represent fixed price consideration 
while usage-based fees represent variable consideration. With respect to variable consideration, our commitment to our wholesale Wi-Fi customers 
consists of providing continuous access to the network. It is therefore a single performance obligation to stand ready to perform and we allocate the 
variable fees charged for usage when we have the contractual right to bill. The variable component of revenue is recognized based on the actual usage 
during the period.  

        Wholesale Wi-Fi revenue is recognized as it is earned over the relevant contract term with variable consideration recognized when we have the 
contractual right to bill.  

Advertising  

        We generally enter into short-term cancellable insertion orders with our advertising customers for advertising campaigns that are served at our 
managed and operated locations and other locations where we solely provide authorized access to a partner's Wi-Fi network through sponsored and 
promotional programs. Our sponsorship advertising arrangements are generally priced under a cost per engagement structure, which is a set price per 
click or engagement, or a cost per install structure for third party application downloads. Our display advertising arrangements are priced based on cost 
per thousand impressions. Insertion orders may also include bonus items. Our advertising customer contracts may contain multiple performance 
obligations with each distinct service. These distinct services may include an advertisement video or banner impressions in the contract bundled with the 
requirement to provide network, space on the website, and integration of customer advertisement onto the website, and each is generally considered to be 
its own performance obligation. The performance obligations are considered a series of distinct services as the performance obligations are satisfied over 
time and the same action-based output method would be used to measure our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to 
transfer each distinct service in the series to the customer.  

        The contract transaction price is comprised of variable consideration based on the stated rates applied against the number of units delivered 
inclusive of the bonus units subject to the maximums provided for in the insertion order. It is customary for us to provide additional units over and above 
the amounts contractually required; however, there are a number of factors that can also negatively impact our ability to deliver the units required by the 
customer such as service outages at the venue resulting from power or circuit failures and customer cancellation of the remaining undelivered units under 
the insertion order due to campaign performance or budgetary constraints. Typically, the advertising campaign periods are short in duration. We therefore 
use the contractual rates per the insertion orders and actual units delivered to determine the transaction price each period end. The transaction price is 
allocated to each performance obligation based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation.  

        Advertising revenue is recognized ratably over the service period based on actual units delivered subject to the maximums provided for in the 
insertion order.  

F-22 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

Pre-ASC 606 adoption  

        We recognize revenue when an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, fees are fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain 
related to the earned fees and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Revenue is presented net of any sales and value added taxes.  

        Revenue generated from access to our DAS networks consists of build-out fees and recurring access fees under certain long-term contracts with 
telecom operators. Build-out fees paid upfront are generally deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the estimated customer relationship period, 
once the build-out is complete. Periodically, we install and sell Wi-Fi and DAS networks to customers where we do not have service contracts or 
remaining obligations beyond the installation of those networks and we recognize build-out fees for such projects as revenue when the installation work 
is completed, and the network has been accepted by the customer. Minimum monthly access fees for usage of the DAS networks are non-cancellable and 
generally escalate on an annual basis. These minimum monthly access fees are recognized ratably over the term of the telecom operator agreement. The 
initial term of our contracts with telecom operators generally range from five to twenty years and the agreements generally contain renewal clauses. 
Revenue from DAS network access fees in excess of the monthly minimums is recognized when earned.  

        Subscription fees from military and retail customers are paid monthly in advance and revenue is deferred for the portions of monthly recurring 
subscription fees collected in advance. We provide refunds for our military and retail services on a case-by-case basis. These amounts are not significant 
and are recorded as contra-revenue in the period the refunds are made. Subscription fee revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. 
Revenue generated from military and retail single-use access is recognized when access is provided.  

        Services provided to wholesale Wi-Fi partners generally contain several elements including: (i) a term license to use our software to access our Wi-Fi 
network, (ii) access fees for Wi-Fi network usage, and/or (iii) professional services for software integration and customization and to maintain the Wi-Fi 
service. The term license, monthly minimum network access fees and professional services are billed monthly based upon predetermined fixed rates. Once 
the term license for integration and customization are delivered, the fees from the arrangement are recognized ratably over the remaining term of the 
service arrangement. The initial term of the license agreements is generally between one to three years and the agreements generally contain renewal 
clauses. Revenue for Wi-Fi network access fees in excess of the monthly minimum amounts is recognized when earned. All elements within existing 
service arrangements are generally delivered and earned concurrently throughout the term of the respective service arrangement.  

        In instances where the minimum monthly Wi-Fi and DAS network access fees escalate over the term of the wholesale service arrangement, an 
unbilled receivable is recognized when performance is within our control and when we have reasonable assurance that the unbilled receivable balance will 
be collected.  

        We adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, on a prospective 
basis on January 1, 2011. For multiple-deliverable arrangements entered into prior to January 1, 2011 that are accounted for under ASC 605-25, Revenue 
Recognition—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, we defer recognition of revenue for the full arrangement  

F-23 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

and recognize all revenue ratably over the term of the estimated customer relationship period for DAS arrangements and the wholesale service period for 
Wi-Fi platform service arrangements, as we do not have evidence of fair value for the undelivered elements in the arrangement. For multiple-deliverable 
arrangements entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2011 that are accounted for under ASC 605-25, we evaluate whether separate units of 
accounting exist and then allocate the arrangement consideration to all units of accounting based on the relative selling price method using estimated 
selling prices if vendor specific objective evidence and third-party evidence is not available. We recognize the revenue associated with the separate units 
of accounting upon completion of such services or ratably over the term of the estimated customer relationship period for DAS arrangements and the 
wholesale service period for Wi-Fi platform service arrangements.  

        Advertising revenue is generated from advertisements on our managed and operated or partner networks. In determining whether an arrangement 
exists, we ensure that a binding arrangement is in place, such as a standard insertion order or a fully executed customer-specific agreement. Obligations 
pursuant to our advertising revenue arrangements typically include a minimum number of units or the satisfaction of certain performance criteria. 
Advertising and other revenue is recognized when the services are performed.  

Foreign currency translation  

        Our Brazilian subsidiary uses the Brazilian Real as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities of our Brazilian subsidiary are translated to U.S. 
dollars at period-end rates of exchange, and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing for each month. The resulting 
translation adjustments are made directly to a separate component of other comprehensive loss, which is reflected in stockholders' equity in our 
consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had $(1,295) and $(898), respectively, of cumulative foreign 
currency translation adjustments, net of tax, which was $0 as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 due to the full valuation allowance established 
against our deferred tax assets, in accumulated other comprehensive loss.  

        The functional currency for all of our other foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Gains and losses from the revaluation of foreign currency 
transactions and monetary assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated statements of operations.  

Network access  

        Network access costs consist primarily of revenue share payments to venue owners where our managed and operated hotspots are located, usage-
based fees to our roaming network partners for access to their networks, depreciation of equipment related to network build-out projects in our managed 
and operated locations, and bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses in our managed and operated locations.  

Advertising, marketing and promotion costs  

        Advertising production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is run. No advertising production costs were capitalized for the years 
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. All other costs of advertising, marketing and promotion are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses charged 
to operations totaled $2,213, $2,245 and $1,925 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

F-24 

 
Table of Contents  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

Stock-based compensation  

        Our stock-based compensation consists of stock options, and restricted stock units ("RSU") granted to employees and non-employees. We have 
shifted our stock-based compensation from stock options to RSUs and no stock options have been granted since 2014.  

        We recognize stock-based compensation expense in accordance with guidance provided by FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. 
We measure employee stock-based compensation cost at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognize the cost on a straight-
line basis over the employee requisite service period. We recognize stock-based compensation expense for performance-based RSUs when we believe 
that it is probable that the performance objectives will be met. Forfeitures are accounted for when they occur.  

Income taxes  

        We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets 
and liabilities for the future consequences of events that have been recognized in our accompanying consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The 
measurement of the deferred items is based on enacted tax laws. In the event the future consequences of differences between financial reporting bases 
and the tax bases of our assets and liabilities result in a deferred tax asset, ASC 740 requires an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the 
future benefits indicated by such asset. A valuation allowance related to a deferred tax asset is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion 
or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. As part of the process of preparing our accompanying consolidated financial statements, we are 
required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We also assess temporary differences resulting from differing 
treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting differences. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the 
amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized.  

        ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement methodology to recognize and measure an income tax position taken, or expected to be 
taken, in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position is based on a two-step approach. The first step requires an entity to evaluate whether the tax 
position would "more likely than not" be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority. The second step requires the tax position be 
measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. In addition, previously recognized 
benefits from tax positions that no longer meet the new criteria would no longer be recognized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the 
period in which the change occurs.  

Non-controlling interests  

        Non-controlling interests are comprised of minority holdings in Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC ("CCDG") and Boingo Holding 
Participacoes Ltda ("BHPL").  

        Under the terms of the LLC agreement for CCDG, we are generally required to distribute annually to the CCDG non-controlling interest holders 30% of 
allocated net profits less capital  

F-25 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

expenditures of the preceding year. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we made distributions of $614, $125 and $286, respectively, to 
non-controlling interest holders of CCDG.  

        Under the terms of the LLC agreement for BHPL, we attributed profits and losses to the non-controlling interest in BHPL in proportion to their 
holdings. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we made no distributions to the non-controlling interest holder of BHPL.  

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders  

        Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted 
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts the 
basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the potential dilution that could occur if stock options and RSUs were 
exercised or converted into common stock. Our common stockholders are not entitled to receive any dividends.  

Segment and geographic information  

        We operate as one reportable segment; a service provider of wireless connectivity solutions across our managed and operated network and 
aggregated network for mobile devices such as laptops, smartphones, tablets and other wireless-enabled consumer devices. This single segment is 
consistent with the internal organization structure and the manner in which operations are reviewed and managed by our Chief Executive Officer, the chief 
operating decision maker.  

        All significant long-lived tangible assets are held in the United States of America. We do not disclose sales by geographic area because to do so 
would be impracticable.  

        The following is a summary of our revenue disaggregated by product offerings:  

Revenue: 
DAS 
Military/multifamily 
Wholesale—Wi-Fi 
Retail 
Advertising and other 

Total revenue 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017(1) 

2016(1) 

2018 

  $

  $

95,216  $
77,721 
47,481 
17,630 
12,773 
250,821  $

80,552  $
55,129 
31,529 
24,926 
12,233 
204,369  $

58,182 
39,975 
22,221 
26,636 
12,330  
159,344  

(1) 

As noted above, prior period amounts have not been adjusted upon adoption of ASC 606 under the modified retrospective 
method.  

Recent accounting pronouncements  

        In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's 
Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud  

F-26 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)  

Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which requires customers to apply the same criteria for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in 
a cloud computing arrangement that is hosted by the vendor as they would for an arrangement that has a software license. The standard is effective for 
interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The standard can be adopted prospectively or 
retrospectively. We are currently evaluating the expected impact of this new standard.  

        In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which eliminates the separate 
accounting model for nonemployee share-based payment awards and generally requires companies to account for share-based payment transactions with 
nonemployees in the same way as share-based payment transactions with employees. The accounting remains different for attribution, which represents 
how the equity-based payment cost is recognized over the vesting period, and a contractual term election for valuing nonemployee equity share options. 
The standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted for all entities on a modified 
retrospective basis. We currently do not expect that this standard will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with 
lease terms of more than 12 months on the balance sheet. Under the new guidance, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash 
flows arising from a lease by a lessee will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. The standard is effective for interim and annual 
periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. We have selected January 1, 2019 as our effective date. ASU 2016-02 provided 
for the adoption of the new leases standard using a modified retrospective transition method. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 
842): Targeted Improvements, which provided an additional (and optional) transition method to adopt the new leases standard whereby an entity initially 
applies the new leases standard at the adoption date and recognizes a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the 
period of adoption. We expect to adopt the provisions of ASU 842 under the optional transition method prescribed under ASU 2018-11. We are 
completing our evaluation of the impact of the new standard on our accounting policies, processes, and system requirements. We have assigned internal 
resources and engaged a third-party service provider to assist in the evaluation and implementation. Based on the lease portfolio as of December 31, 2018, 
we anticipate recording additional lease assets and lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. As presented in Note 15, as of December 31, 2018, 
our total undiscounted minimum payments under our operating leases were $26,158.  

3. Acquisitions  

Elauwit Networks, LLC  

        On August 1, 2018, we acquired the assets of Elauwit Networks, LLC ("Elauwit") for $28,000 plus other contingent consideration. Elauwit provides 
data and video services to multi-unit dwelling properties including student housing, condominiums, apartments, senior living, and hospitality industries 
throughout the U.S. In addition, Elauwit builds and maintains the network that supports these services for property owners and managers and provides 
support for residents and employees.  

F-27 

 
Table of Contents 

3. Acquisitions (Continued)  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

        The acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations. As 
such, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their acquisition-date fair values. The total purchase price was $29,537, which includes 
contingent consideration fair valued at $961. At the closing date, we paid cash of $15,576. $13,000 of the purchase price was held back for the following: 
(i) $11,000 held back for third-party consents not obtained at closing for certain customer agreements, which will be released as Elauwit delivers third-
party consents with respect to such customer agreements; and (ii) a $2,000 indemnification holdback that is being retained for a period of 12 months 
following the closing of the acquisition. As of December 31, 2018, we paid $9,048 of the amounts held back for third-party consents. We paid the 
remaining $1,952 for amounts held back for third-party consents in January 2019. The contingent consideration could require payments in the aggregate 
amount of up to $15,000 that would be due and payable subject to certain conditions and the successful achievement of annual revenue targets for the 
acquired business during the 2019 and 2020 fiscal years. We do not expect to make any payments related to the 2018 annual revenue targets as the targets 
were not met as of December 31, 2018. The contingent consideration is subject to acceleration under certain corporate events.  

        The fair value of the contingent consideration is based on Level 3 inputs. Further changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration will be 
recorded through operating income (loss). The contingent consideration was valued at the date of acquisition using the Monte Carlo method reflecting 
the average expected monthly revenue, an annual risk-free rate of 2.78%, and an annual revenue volatility rate of 40%.  

        The identifiable intangible assets were primarily valued using the excess earnings, relief from royalty, and loss-of-revenue methods using discount 
rates ranging from 8.0% to 21.0% and a 1.0% royalty rate, where applicable. The amortizable intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis 
over their estimated useful lives. We allocated the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed to goodwill, 
which is deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill arising from the Elauwit acquisition is attributable primarily to expected synergies and other benefits, 
including the acquired workforce, from combining Elauwit with us.  

        ASC 805 provides for a measurement period not to exceed one year from the acquisition date to adjust the provisional amounts recognized at the 
acquisition date to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have 
affected the measurement of the amounts recognized as of that date. To date, we have not recorded any  

F-28 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

3. Acquisitions (Continued)  

material measurement period adjustments. The following summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation:  

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Weighted Average 
Estimated Useful 
Life (years) 

Consideration: 
Cash paid 
Holdback consideration 
Contingent consideration 
Total consideration 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and 

liabilities assumed: 
Accounts receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Property and equipment 
Other non-current assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Other non-current liabilities 

Net tangible liabilities acquired 

Backlog 
Customer relationships 
Partner relationships 
Transition services agreement 
Non-compete agreement 
Goodwill 

Total purchase price 

  $

  $

  $

  $

15,576 
13,000 
961 
29,537 

4,494 
1,687 
195 
177 
(2,049)
(683)
(3,854)
(307)
(340)
7,030 
2,490 
1,200 
540 
1,380 
17,237 
29,537 

5.0 
10.0 
10.0 
2.0 
3.0 

        The following table presents the results of Elauwit included in the Company's revenue and net loss:  

Revenue 
Net loss 

Pro forma results (Unaudited)  

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
2017 
2016 
11,228  $ —  $ — 
  — 
  — 
(2,349)

  $

        The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 as if the acquisition of 
Elauwit had occurred on January 1, 2017 and therefore includes Elauwit's revenue and net income (loss), as adjusted, for those periods. These results  

F-29 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

3. Acquisitions (Continued)  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

are not intended to reflect the actual operations of the Company had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2017. Income taxes were calculated based on 
the effective tax rates for 2018 and 2017, excluding the tax effects on the equity component of Convertible Notes recorded in 2018. Acquisition transaction 
costs have been excluded from the pro forma net loss.  

Revenue 
Net loss 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

  Year Ended December 31, 

  $

2018 
268,693  $
(739)
(2,224)

2017(2) 
229,503 
(20,827)
(21,417)

  $
  $

(0.05) $
(0.05) $

(0.54)
(0.54)

(2) 

As noted above, prior period amounts have not been adjusted upon adoption of ASC 606 under the modified retrospective 
method.  

4. Cash and cash equivalents  

        Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:  

Cash and cash equivalents: 

Cash 
Money market accounts 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

  $

  $

11,689  $
137,723 
149,412  $

24,430 
2,255  
26,685  

        For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, interest income was $742, $17 and $8, respectively, which is included in interest and other 
expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  

F-30 

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

5. Accounts receivables, net  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

        Included in accounts receivables, net for the periods indicated was the allowance for doubtful accounts, which consisted of the following:  

Balance, December 31, 2015 

Additions charged to operations 
Deductions from reserves, net 

Balance, December 31, 2016 

Additions charged to operations 
Deductions from reserves, net 

Balance, December 31, 2017 

Additions charged to operations 
Deductions from reserves, net 

Balance, December 31, 2018 

6. Contract assets and contract liabilities  

Allowance for 
Doubtful Accounts 
605 
116 
(279) 
442 
773 
(352) 
863 
363 
(43) 
1,183  

  $

  $

        The opening and closing balances of our contract asset, net, contract liability, net, and receivables balances from contracts with customers for the 
year ended December 31, 2018 are as follows:  

Balance at January 1, 2018 
Balance at December 31, 2018 
Change 

  $

  $

Contract 
Assets, Net 

Contract 
Liabilities, 
Net 
204,472 
217,733  
13,261  

798  $
468 
(330) $

        The current and non-current portions of our contract assets, net is included within prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, 
respectively, and current and non-current portions of our contract liabilities, net are included within deferred revenue and deferred revenue, net of current 
portion, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets. Contract assets, net is generated from our multifamily and wholesale Wi-Fi contracts and the 
change in the contract assets, net balance includes activity related to amounts acquired from the Elauwit acquisition and amounts invoiced offset by 
revenue recognized from performance obligations satisfied in the current reporting period.  

        Contract liabilities are recorded when fees are collected, or we have an unconditional right to consideration (a receivable) in advance of delivery of 
goods or services. The change in contract liabilities, net balance is related to amounts acquired from the Elauwit acquisition and customer activity 
associated with each of our product offerings including the receipt of cash payments and the  

F-31 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

6. Contract assets and contract liabilities (Continued)  

satisfaction of our performance obligations. Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 include the following:  

Amounts included in the beginning of period contract liability balance 
Amounts associated with performance obligations satisfied in previous 

periods 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2018 

  $

85,592 

378 

        As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining service performance obligations for our DAS contracts 
was $202,113. We expect to recognize this revenue as service is provided over the remaining contract term. As of December 31, 2018, our DAS contracts 
have a remaining duration of less than one year to sixteen years.  

        Certain of our wholesale Wi-Fi contracts include variable consideration based on usage. This variable consideration has been excluded from the 
disclosure of remaining performance obligations. As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining service 
performance obligations for certain of our wholesale Wi-Fi contracts with guaranteed minimum consideration was $9,999. We expect to recognize this 
revenue as service is provided over the remaining contract term. As of December 31, 2018, our wholesale Wi-Fi contracts have a remaining duration of less 
than one year to sixteen years.  

        Information about remaining performance obligations that are part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less have been 
excluded from the above, which primarily consists of network installations for our multifamily customers and monthly service contracts.  

7. Property and equipment  

        The following is a summary of property and equipment, at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization:  

Leasehold improvements 
Software 
Construction in progress 
Computer equipment 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment 

Total property and equipment 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Total property and equipment, net 

December 31, 

2018 
474,808  $
51,534 
40,369 
14,215 
2,141 
583,067 
(268,888)
314,179  $

2017 
418,023 
42,281 
27,291 
13,245 
1,806  
502,646 
(240,287) 
262,359  

  $

  $

F-32 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

7. Property and equipment (Continued)  

        Included in property and equipment at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was equipment acquired under capital leases totaling $16,284 and $12,714, 
respectively, and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of $6,245 and $3,744, respectively.  

        Depreciation and amortization expense, which includes depreciation and amortization for property and equipment under capital leases, is allocated on 
a specific identification basis as follows on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:  

Network access 
Network operations 
Development and technology 
General and administrative 

  $

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
42,435  $
16,382 
9,247 
1,033 

2018 
49,766  $
17,590 
10,443 
1,038 

2016 
27,013 
13,966 
7,207 
1,016  

Total depreciation and amortization of property 

and equipment 

  $

78,837  $

69,097  $

49,202  

        During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 we recognized $148, $882, and $54, respectively, of impairment losses primarily related to 
construction in progress projects that were abandoned. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we also recognized $90 and $276, 
respectively, of losses on disposals of property and equipment.  

8. Goodwill and intangible assets  

Goodwill  

        The following table sets forth the changes in our goodwill balance, for all periods presented:  

Balance, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 

Acquisition of Elauwit 
Balance, December 31, 2018 

  Goodwill 
42,403 
  $
17,237  
59,640  

  $

F-33 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

8. Goodwill and intangible assets (Continued)  

Intangible assets  

        The following table sets forth the changes in our intangible assets balance, for all periods presented:  

Balance, December 31, 2016 
Amortization expense 
Balance, December 31, 2017 

Additions 
Amortization expense 
Balance, December 31, 2018 

Intangible Assets 

  $

  $

13,783 
(3,520) 
10,263 
12,640 
(3,751) 
19,152  

        Intangible assets at December 31, 2018 consist of the following:  

Venue contracts 
Backlog 
Customer and partner relationships 
Non-compete agreements, technology and other   

  $

  $

Historical 
Cost 
20,530  $
7,030 
3,780 
5,084 
36,424  $

Accumulated 
Amortization 

(13,829) $
(586)
(206)
(2,651)
(17,272) $

Net 
6,701 
6,444 
3,574 
2,433  
19,152  

        Intangible assets at December 31, 2017 consist of the following:  

Venue contracts 
Non-compete agreements, technology and other   

  $

  $

Historical 
Cost 
22,061  $
6,844 
28,905  $

Accumulated 
Amortization 

(13,835) $
(4,807)
(18,642) $

Net 
8,226 
2,037  
10,263  

        The decrease in our intangible assets cost and accumulated amortization balances from 2017 to 2018 is primarily related to the write-off of venue 
contract intangible assets that have expired.  

F-34 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

8. Goodwill and intangible assets (Continued)  

        Amortization expense for fiscal years 2019 through 2023 and thereafter is as follows:  

Amortization Expense 

Year 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Thereafter 

  $

  $

9. Accrued expenses and other liabilities  

        Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:  

  $

Accrued construction in progress 
Accrued customer liabilities 
Revenue share 
Salaries and wages 
Accrued taxes 
Holdback consideration 
Acquisition purchase consideration 
Accrued professional fees 
Accrued partner network 
Other 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities 

  $

10. Convertible Notes  

4,435 
4,221 
3,494 
3,030 
1,863 
2,109  
19,152  

December 31, 

2018 
20,930  $
15,219 
5,514 
4,425 
2,745 
2,000 
1,952 
1,434 
1,228 
7,206 
62,653  $

2017 
12,661 
7,100 
5,506 
5,066 
1,897 
— 
— 
1,979 
1,799 
6,397  
42,405  

        In October 2018, the Company sold, through the initial purchasers, convertible senior notes ("Convertible Notes") to qualified institutional buyers 
pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for gross proceeds of $201,250. The Convertible Notes are senior, unsecured obligations 
with interest payable semi-annually in cash at a rate of 1.00% per annum on April 1st and October 1st of each year, beginning on April 1, 2019. The 
Convertible Notes will mature on October 1, 2023 unless they are redeemed, repurchased or converted prior to such date. Prior to April 1, 2023, the 
Convertible Notes are convertible at the option of holders only during certain periods and upon satisfaction of certain conditions. Thereafter, the 
Convertible Notes will be convertible at any time until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity 
date. Upon conversion, the Convertible Notes may be settled in shares of the Company's common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of the 
Company's common stock, at the Company's election. It is our current intent to settle the principal and interest amounts of the Convertible Notes with 
cash.  

F-35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

10. Convertible Notes (Continued)  

        The Convertible Notes have an initial conversion rate of 23.6323 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes, which 
will be subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments in certain circumstances. This represents an initial effective conversion price of approximately 
$42.31 per share, which represents a premium of approximately 30% to the $32.55 per share closing price of the Company's common stock on October 2, 
2018, the date the Company priced the offering.  

        The Company may redeem all or any portion of the Convertible Notes, at its option, on or after October 5, 2021, at a redemption price equal to 100% of 
the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date, if the last reported 
sale price of the Company's stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) 
during any 30 consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on, and including, the trading day immediately 
preceding the date on which the Company provides written notice of redemption.  

        Holders of Convertible Notes may require the Company to repurchase their Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of certain events that constitute a 
fundamental change under the indenture governing the Convertible Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. In connection with certain corporate events or if the Company 
issues a notice of redemption prior to the maturity date, it will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for holders who elect to convert 
their Convertible Notes in connection with such corporate event or notice of redemption.  

        In connection with the pricing of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with a financial 
institution. The capped call transactions initially cover, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, the number of shares of the Company's common 
stock that initially underlie the Convertible Notes. The cap price of the capped call transactions is initially $65.10 per share of the Company's common 
stock, representing a premium of 100% above the closing price of $32.55 per share of the Company's common stock on October 2, 2018, and is subject to 
certain adjustments under the terms of the capped call transactions. The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to the 
Company's common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Notes and/or offset the potential cash payments that the Company could be required to 
make in excess of the principal amount of any converted Convertible Notes upon conversion thereof, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap 
based on the cap price. The Company paid $23,969 for the capped call transactions, which was recorded as additional paid-in capital, using a portion of 
the gross proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Notes. The capped call is expected to be tax deductible as the Company elected to integrate the 
capped call into the Convertible Notes for tax purposes. The tax effect on the equity component of the Convertible Notes of $5,686 was recorded as 
additional paid-in capital.  

F-36 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

10. Convertible Notes (Continued)  

        The following table summarizes the Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2018:  

Par value of the Convertible Notes 
Unamortized debt discounts 
Unamortized debt issuance costs 
Net carrying value of Convertible Notes 

December 31, 
2018 

  $

  $

201,250 
(45,058)
(4,522) 
151,670  

        The fair value of our Convertible Notes was $169,970 as of December 31, 2018. The estimated fair value of Convertible Notes is based on market rates 
and the closing trading price of the Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2018 and is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 
2018, the if-converted value of the Convertible Notes did not exceed the principal amount.  

        The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $6,169 in October 2018. In accordance with FASB ASC 470, Debt, these costs were allocated to debt 
and equity components in proportion to the allocation of proceeds. $1,442 of issuance costs were recorded as additional paid-in capital and such amounts 
are not subject to amortization. The remaining issuance costs of $4,727 are recorded as debt issuance costs in the net carrying value of Convertible Notes. 
The debt issuance costs are amortized on an effective interest basis over the term of the Convertible Notes. Debt issuance cost amortization expense was 
$205 for the year ended December 31, 2018, which was included in interest and other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of 
operations for the year ended December 31, 2018. The following table sets forth interest expense related to the Convertible Notes for the year ended 
December 31, 2018:  

Contractual interest expense 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Amortization of debt discount 
Total 
Effective interest rate of the liability component 

December 31, 
2018 

  $

  $

2,677 
205 
1,992  
4,874  

7.1%

        During the year ended December 31, 2018, we capitalized $508 of amortization and interest expense related to the Convertible Notes.  

F-37 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

10. Convertible Notes (Continued)  

        Amortization expense for our debt discount and debt issuance costs for fiscal years 2019 through 2023 is as follows:  

Year 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 

11. Credit Facility  

Debt 
Discounts 

Debt Issuance 
Costs 

  $

  $

8,245  $
8,864 
9,528 
10,241 
8,180 
45,058  $

849 
901 
956 
1,015 
801  
4,522  

        In February 2019, we entered into a new Credit Agreement (the "New Credit Agreement") and related agreements with Bank of America, N.A. acting 
as agent for lenders named therein, including Bank of America, N.A., Silicon Valley Bank, Bank of the West, Zions Bancorporation, N.A. dba California 
Bank & Trust, and Barclays Bank PLC (the "Lenders"), for a secured credit facility in the form of a revolving line of credit of up to $150,000 (the 
"Revolving Line of Credit") and a term loan of $3,500 (the "Term Loan" and together with the Revolving Line of Credit, the "New Credit Facility"). The 
New Credit Facility replaced the November 2014 Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. acting as agents for lenders named therein, which expired on 
November 21, 2018. We may use borrowings under the New Credit Facility for general working capital and corporate purposes. In general, amounts 
borrowed under the New Credit Facility are secured by a lien against all of our assets, with certain exclusions.  

        Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan will bear variable interest at the greater of LIBOR plus 1.75% - 2.75% or 
Lender's Prime Rate plus 0.75% - 1.75% per year and we will pay a fee of 0.25% - 0.5% per year on any unused portion of the Revolving Line of Credit. The 
Term Loan requires quarterly payments of interest and principal until it is repaid in full on the maturity date but may be prepaid in whole or part at any 
time. Our New Credit Facility will mature on April 3, 2023. Repayment of amounts borrowed under the New Credit Facility may be accelerated in the event 
that we are in violation of the representations, warranties and covenants made in the New Credit Agreement, including certain financial covenants set 
forth therein, and under other specified default events including, but not limited to, non-payment or inability to pay debt, breach of cross default 
provisions, insolvency provisions, and change of control.  

        The Company is subject to customary financial and non-financial covenants under the New Credit Facility, including a minimum quarterly 
consolidated senior secured leverage ratio, a minimum quarterly consolidated total leverage ratio, a maximum quarterly consolidated fixed charge coverage 
ratio, and cash on hand minimums.  

        The Company incurred $224 of debt issuance costs related to the New Credit Facility in 2018. Debt issuance costs will be amortized on a straight-line 
basis over the term of the New Credit Facility. Amortization expense related to debt issuance costs for the previous Credit Facility are included in  

F-38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

11. Credit Facility (Continued)  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

interest and other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016. 
Amortization and interest expense for the November 2014 Credit Agreement capitalized amounted to $288, $773, and $823 for the years ended 
December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Amortization and interest expense for the previous Credit Agreement recorded amounted to $106, $187, 
and $309 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Interest rates for our previous Credit Facility for the period from January 1, 
2018 to November 21, 2018 ranged from 4.2% to 6.8%.  

12. Fair value measurement  

        The following table sets forth our financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:  

At December 31, 2018 
Assets: 

Money market accounts 

Total assets 

Liabilities: 

Contingent consideration 

Total liabilities 

Level 1 

  Level 2 

  Level 3 

Total 

137,723  $ —  $ —  $
137,723  $ —  $ —  $

137,723  
137,723  

—  $ —  $
—  $ —  $

961  $
961  $

961  
961  

  $
  $

  $
  $

At December 31, 2017 
Assets: 

Money market accounts 

Total assets 

  Level 1 

  Level 2 

  Level 3 

Total 

  $
  $

2,255  $ —  $ —  $
2,255  $ —  $ —  $

2,255  
2,255  

        The Company's contingent consideration obligation was initially recorded at fair value and the Company will revalue this obligation each reporting 
period until the related contingencies are resolved. The fair value measurement is estimated using probability-weighted discounted cash flow approaches 
that are based on significant unobservable inputs related to achievement of estimated annual sales and are reviewed quarterly. Significant changes to 
estimated annual sales and discount rates would result in corresponding changes in the fair value of this obligation. There were no significant changes to 
the fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities during the period ended December 31, 2018. The following table presents a reconciliation of the 
beginning and ending amounts related to the fair value of contingent consideration categorized as Level 3:  

Beginning balance, January 1, 2018 

Additions 
Payment of contingent consideration 
Change in fair value 
Balance, December 31, 2018 

  $ — 
961 
  — 
  —  
961  

  $

F-39 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

13. Stockholders' equity  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

        At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we are authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock. We are required to reserve and keep available 
out of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock such number of shares sufficient to effect the exercise of all outstanding common stock 
warrants, plus shares granted and available for grant under our Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2001 Plan") and 2011 Equity 
Incentive Plan (the "2011 Plan"), as amended. Refer to Note 17 for a discussion of the 2011 Plan amendments.  

        The amount of such shares of common stock reserved for these purposes is as follows:  

Outstanding stock options under the 2001 Plan 
Outstanding stock options under the 2011 Plan 
Outstanding RSUs under the 2011 Plan 
Shares available for grant under the 2011 Plan 

Total 

December 31, 

2018 
2017 
(in thousands) 

14 
290 
  3,119 
  2,979 
  6,402 

155 
  1,128 
  3,324 
  3,863  
  8,470  

        The Convertible Notes have an initial conversion rate of 23.6323 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes, which 
will be subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments in certain circumstances. The amount of shares that would be issuable assuming conversion of all 
of the Convertible Notes is approximately 4,756,000.  

14. Income taxes  

        The income tax (benefit) expense by jurisdiction recorded as part of continuing operations consists of the following for the years ended December 31:  

U.S. federal: 
Current 
Deferred 

Total U.S. federal 

U.S. state and local: 

Current 
Deferred 

Total U.S. state and local 

Foreign: 

Current 

Total foreign 

2018 

2017 

2016 

  $

  $

18  $

(4,569)
(4,551) $

(6) $

(2,787)
(2,793) $

55 
345  
400  

  $

285  $

(1,048)

  $

(763) $

503  $
212 
715  $

69 
(42) 
27  

  $
  $

161  $
161  $

—  $ —  
—  $ —  

        In 2018, federal, state and local deferred tax expense of $5,686 related to the equity component of the Convertible Notes was recorded as additional 
paid-in capital.  

F-40 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents 

14. Income taxes (Continued)  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

        Income taxes differ from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income before income taxes as a result of the 
following for the years ended December 31:  

2018 

2017 

2016 

Federal statutory rate 
State and local 
Foreign rate differential 
Stock options 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation 
Non-controlling interests 
Valuation allowance 
Uncertain tax positions 
Effect of U.S. tax reform law changes 
Convertible Notes 
Other 

Income taxes 

21.0% 
19.7 
(0.5)
(47.2)
  106.4 
5.5 
(90.7)
2.3 
  — 
94.9 
(5.9)
  105.5% 

34.0% 
9.6 
(0.7)
0.4 
34.3 
1.1 
(83.6)
0.6 
14.7 
  — 
(0.4)
10.0% 

34.0%
2.2 
(0.4)
(1.5)
2.8 
0.6 
(38.9)
(0.2)
  — 
  — 
(0.2) 
(1.6)% 

        We have a foreign subsidiary in the United Kingdom, which has generated losses since inception resulting in a $2,022 deferred tax asset with a 
corresponding valuation allowance as of December 31, 2018. We also have a majority owned foreign subsidiary in Brazil, which has a $521 deferred tax 
asset with a corresponding valuation allowance as of December 31, 2018 due to historical operating losses. Foreign loss before income taxes was $577, 
$1,268, and $856 for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.  

        As of December 31, 2018, we had an immaterial amount of unremitted earnings in our subsidiaries located outside of the U.S. for which state taxes 
have not been paid. Our intention is to indefinitely reinvest these earnings outside the U.S. If we were to remit our foreign earnings, we would be subject 
to state income taxes or withholding taxes imposed on actual distributions, or currency transaction gains (losses) that would result in taxation upon 
remittance. However, the amounts of any such tax liabilities resulting from the repatriation of foreign earnings are not material.  

F-41 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

14. Income taxes (Continued)  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

        Deferred income tax reflects the tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and 
consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:  

Deferred tax assets: 
Net operating loss carryforwards 
Outside basis differences for U.S. partnerships 
Stock options 
Deferred revenue 
Deferred compensation 
State taxes 
Other 
Valuation allowance 

Net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Property and equipment 
Convertible Notes 
Intangible assets 

Net deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred taxes 

2018 

2017 

34,545  $
9,558 
2,396 
640 
120 
80 
1,525 
(33.810)
15,054 

(7,318)
(5,470)
(3,339)
(16,127)
(1,073) $

23,838 
14,306 
4,100 
748 
249 
78 
1,282 
(34,990) 
9,611 

(6,983)
— 
(3,632) 
(10,615) 
(1,004) 

  $

  $

        In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") was enacted in the U.S. TCJA amended the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and included the 
following key provisions, which are generally effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, that are determined to have a significant impact on 
our effective tax rate: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Reduction of the corporate federal tax rate to 21%;  

Permanent repeal of the alternative minimum tax regime with refunds of excess carryforwards;  

For any net operating losses ("NOLs") generated in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, repeals carryback ability but permits 
indefinite carryforward subject to a limitation of utilization to 80% of taxable income;  

For executive compensation in excess of $1 million, changes covered employees to principal executive officer, principal financial officer, 
and three other highest paid officers; eliminates the "last day of the tax year" language for determination of a covered employee; removes 
exceptions for commissions and performance-based compensation; and employees that are covered persons remain covered persons for all 
future years;  

Permits 100% bonus depreciation for eligible property placed in-service after September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023;  

F-42 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

14. Income taxes (Continued)  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

• 

• 

Disallows interest expense in excess of 30% of adjusted taxable income, which excludes deductions for depreciation, amortization, or 
depletion for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2022 only, but permits indefinite carryforward; and  

Expands income exclusions and/or deduction limitations for certain fringe benefits that we may offer to our employees.  

        We completed our assessment of the impact of TCJA on our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and recorded the impact of 
the enactment of TCJA in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. In 2017, we recorded a $1,274 income tax benefit 
resulting from the reduction of the corporate federal tax rate as well as a $1,766 income tax benefit provided by the indefinite carryforward of NOLs, which 
are expected to be available to recover our deferred tax liabilities that have an indefinite reversal pattern.  

        In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will 
not be realized. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $124,637 and $82,461, respectively, 
state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $121,091 and $73,934, respectively, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $11,642 and 
$10,811, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2025, and our foreign net operating loss carryforwards have an 
indefinite life. Our state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2032. Our ability to utilize certain of our net operating loss carryforwards 
may be limited in the event that a change in ownership, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, occurs in the future.  

        The following table sets forth the changes in the valuation allowance, for all periods presented:  

Balance, December 31, 2015 

Additions charged to operations 
Decrease credited to operations 

Balance, December 31, 2016 

Additions charged to operations 
Effect of U.S. tax reform law changes 
Decrease credited to operations 

Balance, December 31, 2017 

Decrease credited to operations 

Balance, December 31, 2018 

Valuation 
Allowance 

  $

  $

19,548 
16,783 
—  
36,331 
16,527 
(17,868)
—  
34,990 
(1,180) 
33,810  

        The decreases credited to operations in 2018 were related to the deferred tax liabilities established against the equity component of the Convertible 
Notes.  

        In reaching the determination of the valuation allowance, we have evaluated all significant available positive and negative evidence including, but not 
limited to, our three-year cumulative results, trends in our business, expected future results and the character, amount and expiration periods of our  

F-43 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

14. Income taxes (Continued)  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

net deferred tax assets. The underlying assumptions we used in forecasting future income required significant judgment and took into account our recent 
performance.  

        We recognized interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income taxes. Interest and penalties were not material during the years ended 
December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016.  

        We identify, evaluate and measure all uncertain tax positions taken or to be taken on tax returns and record liabilities for the amount of these 
positions that may not be sustained, or may only partially be sustained, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. Although we believe that our 
estimates and judgments were reasonable, actual results may differ from these estimates. Some or all of these judgments are subject to review by the 
taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had $0 in uncertain tax positions. We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax 
benefits as a component of income taxes.  

        A reconciliation of our unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:  

Balance, December 31, 2016 

Additions for current period tax positions 
Reversals during the period 

Balance, December 31, 2017 and 2018 

Uncertain 
Tax Positions 
313 
— 
(313) 
—  

  $

  $

        Our annual income taxes and the determination of the resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities involve a significant amount of judgment. Our 
judgments, assumptions and estimates relative to current income taxes take into account current tax laws, their interpretation of current tax laws and 
possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. We operate within federal, state and international 
taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time 
to resolve. We are subject to taxation in the United States and in various states. Our tax years 2015 and forward are subject to examination by the IRS and 
our tax years 2014 and forward are subject to examination by material state jurisdictions. However, due to prior year loss carryovers, the IRS and state tax 
authorities may examine any tax years for which the carryovers are used to offset future taxable income. We are currently subject to examination by the 
IRS for our 2015 tax year. Although the ultimate outcome is unknown, we believe that any adjustments that may result from examination is not likely to 
have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.  

15. Commitments and contingencies  

Capital leases, notes payable, and operating leases  

        We lease equipment, primarily data communication equipment and database software under non-cancellable capital leases that will expire over the 
next three years. The leases are collateralized by the equipment under the lease. We also purchase data communication equipment under financing 
arrangements with a non-related third party. Our agreements are collateralized by the equipment and generally contain three-year terms. Interest expense 
associated with these capital financing  

F-44 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

15. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)  

arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $377, $302 and $158, respectively. We also lease office space under non-
cancellable operating leases and our long-term office leases may include escalation clauses, rent holidays, and/or leasehold improvement incentives. Rent 
expense for our leases of office and other facilities, which is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, for the years ended December 31, 
2018, 2017 and 2016 was $3,323, $2,936 and $2,993, respectively.  

        Future minimum obligations under non-cancellable operating and capital leases and notes payable at December 31, 2018 are as follows:  

Years ended December 31, 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Thereafter 

Minimum lease payments 

Less: Amounts representing interest ranging from 1.3% 

to 7.7% 
Minimum lease payments 
Current portion 
Non-current portion 

  $

Capital 
Leases and 
Notes 
Payable 

Operating 
Leases 

6,844  $
4,324 
669 
— 
— 
— 
11,837  $

3,573 
3,456 
3,385 
3,414 
3,495 
8,835  
26,158  

(314)
11,523 
6,612 
4,911 

  $
  $
  $

        As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for the current portion of capital 
leases and notes payable of $6,612 and $5,771, respectively, and long-term portion of capital leases and notes payable of $4,911 and $6,747, respectively, 
approximates fair value (Level 2) based on the lack of significant change in our credit risk.  

        During the year ended December 31, 2018, we capitalized $287 of interest expense related to our capital leases and notes payable.  

Venue guarantees  

        We have long-term non-cancellable contracts to provide Wi-Fi connectivity and cellular phone access to our DAS network for our managed and 
operated locations. Our venue contracts generally contain initial terms that range up to 20 years. The venue contracts generally contain renewal clauses 
and may include escalation clauses. We may pay revenue share to our venues and certain venue contracts include minimum revenue share guarantees. 
Revenue share expense related to our venue contracts for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $37,991, $32,637 and $27,140, 
respectively.  

F-45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

15. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)  

        Future minimum obligations under non-cancellable venue contracts at December 31, 2018 are as follows:  

Year 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Thereafter 

Letters of credit  

Venue 
Guarantees 
14,638 
9,023 
6,765 
5,531 
4,781 
8,887  
49,625  

  $

  $

        We have entered into Letter of Credit Authorization agreements (collectively, "Letters of Credit"). The Letters of Credit are irrevocable and serve as 
performance guarantees that will allow our customers to draw upon the available funds if we are in default. As of December 31, 2018, we have Letters of 
Credit totaling $8,244 that are scheduled to expire or renew over the next one-year period. There have been no drafts drawn under these Letters of Credit 
as of December 31, 2018.  

Legal proceedings  

        From time to time, we may be subject to claims, suits, investigations and proceedings arising out of the normal course of business. We are not 
currently a party to any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. Legal costs are expensed as incurred.  

Indemnification  

        Indemnification provisions in our third-party service provider agreements provide that we will indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the 
indemnified parties on a case-by-case basis for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified parties in connection with any claim by any third party as a 
result of our website, advertising, marketing, payment processing, collection or customer service activities. The maximum potential amount of future 
payments we could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is undeterminable. We have never paid a claim, nor have we been sued in 
connection with these indemnification provisions. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we have not accrued a liability for these guarantees, because the 
likelihood of incurring a payment obligation in connection with these guarantees is not probable.  

F-46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

15. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)  

Employment contracts  

        As of December 31, 2018, we have entered into employment contracts with eleven of our officers and other employees. These contracts generally 
provide for severance benefits, including salary continuation, if employment is terminated by us without cause or by the officer for good reason. In 
addition, in order to assure that they would continue to provide independent leadership consistent with our best interests in the event of an actual or 
threatened change in control, the contract also generally provides for certain protections in the event of such a change in control. These protections 
generally include the payment of certain severance benefits, including salary continuation, upon the termination of employment following a change in 
control.  

Other matters  

        We have received a claim from one of our venue partners with respect to contractual terms on our revenue share payments. The claim asserts that we 
have underpaid revenue share payments and related interest by approximately $4,600. We are currently in final settlement discussions with our venue 
partner. As of December 31, 2018, we have accrued for the probable and estimable losses that have been incurred, which have been recorded as general 
and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. We are not currently a party to any other claims that we believe could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

16. Stock repurchases  

        On April 1, 2013, the Company approved a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $10,000 of the Company's common stock in the open market, 
exclusive of any commissions, markups or expenses. The stock repurchased will be retired and will resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of 
common stock. The Company did not repurchase any of our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016. As of December 31, 
2018, the remaining approved amount for repurchases was approximately $5,180.  

17. Stock incentive plans  

        In March 2011, our board of directors approved the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan provides for the grant of incentive and non-statutory stock options, 
stock appreciation rights, restricted shares of our common stock, stock units, and performance cash awards. As of December 31, 2018, 13,739,820 shares of 
common stock were reserved for issuance. As of December 31, 2018, options to purchase approximately 290,000 shares of common stock and RSUs 
covering approximately 3,119,000 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2011 Plan.  

        No further awards will be made under our Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, and it will be terminated. Options outstanding under the 
2001 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms. As of December 31, 2018, options to purchase approximately 14,000 shares of common 
stock were outstanding under the 2001 Plan.  

F-47 

 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

17. Stock incentive plans (Continued)  

        The following table summarizes our stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of operations for 2018, 2017 and 
2016:  

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

Network operations 
Development and technology 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 

Total stock-based compensation expense 

  $

  $

2,070  $
1,242 
1,868 
7,088 
12,268  $

2,174  $
1,068 
2,060 
8,913 
14,215  $

2,144 
1,070 
1,842 
7,749  
12,805  

        For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, we capitalized $789, $696, and $727, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense to 
software and capital projects.  

Stock option awards  

        We grant stock option awards to both employees and non-employee directors. The grant date for these awards is the same as the measurement date. 
The stock option awards generally vest over a four-year service period with 25% vesting when the individual completes 12 months of continuous service 
and the remaining 75% vesting monthly thereafter. These awards are valued as of the measurement date and the stock-based compensation expense, net 
of forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. A summary of the activity for stock option awards for 2018 is 
presented below:  

Number of 
Options 
(000's) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted-Average 
Remaining 
Contract 
Life (years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017 
Exercised 
Canceled/forfeited 
Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2018 

1,283  $
(972) $
(7) $
304  $

9.58 
10.26 
5.99 
7.49 

3.8  $

16,573 

3.8  $

3,970  

        The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock at December 31, 2018 
and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options at December 31, 2018. The intrinsic value changes are based on the 
estimated fair value of our common stock.  

        Stock options to purchase approximately 972,000, 1,776,000 and 532,000 shares of our common stock were exercised during the years ended 
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 for cash proceeds of $9,979, $9,244 and $2,984, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the 
years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $14,935, $20,551 and $1,675, respectively.  

F-48 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

17. Stock incentive plans (Continued)  

Restricted stock unit awards  

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

        We grant time-based restricted stock units ("RSUs") to executive and non-executive personnel and non-employee directors. The time-based RSUs 
granted to executive and non-executive personnel generally vest over a three-year period subject to continuous service on each vesting date. The time-
based RSUs for our non-employee directors generally vest over a one-year period for existing members and 33.3% per year over a three-year period for 
new members subject to continuous service on each vesting date.  

        We grant performance-based RSUs to executive personnel. These awards vest subject to certain performance objectives based on the Company's 
revenue growth and/or Adjusted EBITDA growth achieved during the specified performance period and certain long-term service conditions. The 
maximum number of RSUs that may vest is determined based on actual Company achievement and performance-based RSUs generally vest over a three-
year period subject to continuous service on each vesting date.  

        In 2016, our Compensation Committee determined to adjust its practice of making annual long-term equity grants and instead adopted a compensation 
cycle whereby it granted equity awards to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer covering the number of shares it might otherwise have 
granted in 2016 through 2018, with "cliff" vesting dates in 2019. These grants were made to focus our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
on the Company's overall long-term corporate and strategic goals, eliminate intervening quarterly vesting dates that force them to sell shares in the market 
to cover taxes triggered upon vesting, and strengthen the Company's ability to retain our senior management team over the next three years. As a result of 
these larger-than-usual RSU grants, the Compensation Committee does not intend to grant additional equity awards to our Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer until 2019.  

        A summary of the RSU activity in 2018 is as follows:  

Non-vested at December 31, 2017 
Granted(2) 
Vested 
Canceled/forfeited 
Non-vested at December 31, 2018 

Number of 
Shares 
(000's) 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

3,324  $
978  $
(1,113) $
(70) $
3,119  $

7.35 
13.73 
8.99 
14.98  
8.60  

(2) 

The RSUs granted to all of our named executive officers in 2016 were subject to satisfaction of specified service-based and 
performance-based conditions. The performance objectives were subject to under- or over- achievement on a sliding scale, 
with a threshold of 50% of the target number of RSUs and a maximum of 150% of the target RSUs. In February 2018, our 
Compensation Committee determined actual achievement of the 2016 performance-based RSUs resulting in additional RSUs 
granted  

F-49 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

17. Stock incentive plans (Continued)  

of approximately 584,000 at a grant-date fair value of $6.13 per share during the year ended December 31, 2018.  

        During the year ended December 31, 2018, 1,112,938 shares of RSUs vested. The Company issued 702,447 shares and the remaining shares were 
withheld to pay minimum statutory federal, state, and local employment payroll taxes on those vested awards.  

        At December 31, 2018, the total remaining stock-based compensation expense for unvested RSU awards is $9,314, which is expected to be recognized 
over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.  

18. Employee benefit plan  

        We have a defined contribution savings plan in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all 
employees who meet the IRS requirements and allows participants to contribute a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Company's 
matching contributions are paid each pay period and employees are immediately vested in all of the Company's matching contributions regardless of the 
employee's length of service with the Company. Employer contributions of $1,154, $891 and $819 were made to the plan by us in 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively.  

19. Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders  

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:  

Numerator: 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, 

basic and diluted 

Denominator: 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017(3) 
(in thousands) 

2016(3) 

  $

(1,220) $

(19,366) $

(27,331)

Weighted average number of common stock, 

basic and diluted 

Net loss per share attributable to common 

stockholders: 
Basic and diluted 

42,066 

39,824 

38,025 

  $

(0.03) $

(0.49) $

(0.72)

(3) 

As noted above, prior period amounts have not been adjusted upon adoption of ASC 606 under the modified retrospective 
method.  

        For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we excluded all assumed exercises of stock options and the assumed issuance of common 
stock under RSUs from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive due to the net loss for the period. For the year 
ended December 31, 2018, we also excluded the shares that would be issuable assuming conversion of all of the Convertible Notes given our intent to 
settle in cash as well as the shares for the capped call as the effect would be anti-dilutive.  

F-50 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents 

Boingo Wireless, Inc.  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)  

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)  

20. Quarterly financial data (unaudited)  

        Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 are as follows:  

2018 
Revenue 
(Loss) income from operations 
Net (loss) income attributable to 

common stockholders 

Basic and diluted (loss) income 

per share 

Quarter Ended 

  March 31 
  $
  $

58,159  $
(2,566) $

June 30 

September 30 

  December 31 

59,601  $
2,576  $

65,253  $
150  $

67,808 
(3,157)

  $

(3,229) $

2,115  $

(522) $

  $

(0.08) $

0.05  $

(0.01) $

416 

0.01 

2017 
Revenue 
Loss from operations 
Net loss attributable to common 

stockholders 

Basic and diluted loss per share 

  March 31 
  $
  $

44,333  $
(6,578) $

Quarter Ended 

June 30 

September 30 

  December 31 

49,033  $
(7,670) $

53,655  $
(2,989) $

  $
  $

(6,880) $
(0.18) $

(8,017) $
(0.20) $

(3,450) $
(0.09) $

57,348 
(3,464)

(1,019)
(0.02)

        Losses per share are computed separately for each quarter and the full year using the respective weighted average number of shares. Therefore, the 
sum of the quarterly losses per share amounts may not equal the annual amounts reported.  

21. Subsequent events  

Equity Incentive Plan  

        In February 2019, we granted approximately 93,000 time-based RSUs to certain executive officers that vest periodically over three years of continuous 
service and approximately 80,000 performance-based RSUs (assuming at-target achievement) that cliff-vest upon achievement of performance objectives 
through December 31, 2021. We also granted approximately 205,000 time-based RSUs to non-executive personnel that will vest quarterly over three years 
of continuous service.  

        The grants were made pursuant to our 2011 Plan.  

F-51 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

SIGNATURES  

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on 
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 1st day of March 2019.  

 BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.

/s/ DAVID HAGAN 

David Hagan 
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the 
Board

By:   

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David Hagan and Peter 
Hovenier, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, 
place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits 
thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and 
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as 
fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of 
them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.  

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the 
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

/s/ DAVID HAGAN 

David Hagan

/s/ PETER HOVENIER 

Peter Hovenier

/s/ MAURY AUSTIN 

Maury Austin

/s/ MICHELE CHOKA 

Michele Choka

/s/ CHUCK DAVIS 

Chuck Davis

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive 
Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

March 1, 2019

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial 
and Accounting Officer)

March 1, 2019

Director

Director

Director

F-52 

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

/s/ MICHAEL FINLEY 

Michael Finley

/s/ TERRELL JONES 

Terrell Jones

/s/ KATHY MISUNAS 

Kathy Misunas

/s/ LANCE ROSENZWEIG 

Lance Rosenzweig

Director

Director

Director

Director

F-53 

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Back To Top)  

Section 2: EX-10.32 (EX-10.32) 

         CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 

Exhibit 10.32 

EXECUTION VERSION 

Published CUSIP Numbers: 
Deal: 09738TAA4 
Revolver: 09738TAB2 
Term Loan: 09738TAC0 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

Dated as of February 26, 2019 

among 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 

and 

NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC, 
as the Borrowers, 

CERTAIN DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES OF BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., 
as the Guarantors, 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer, 

SILICON VALLEY BANK, 
as Syndication Agent, 

and 

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, 
as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS 

1.01 
1.02 
1.03 
1.04 
1.05 
1.06 
1.07 
1.08 

Defined Terms 
Other Interpretive Provisions 
Accounting Terms 
Rounding 
Times of Day 
Letter of Credit Amounts 
Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents; Rates 
Additional Alternative Currencies 

ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS 

2.01 
2.02 
2.03 
2.04 
2.05 
2.06 
2.07 
2.08 
2.09 
2.10 
2.11 
2.12 
2.13 
2.14 
2.15 

Commitments 
Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans 
Letters of Credit 
Swing Line Loans 
Prepayments 
Termination or Reduction of Aggregate Revolving Commitments 
Repayment of Loans 
Interest 
Fees 
Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate 
Evidence of Debt 
Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback 
Sharing of Payments by Lenders 
Cash Collateral 
Defaulting Lenders 

ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY 

3.01 
3.02 
3.03 
3.04 
3.05 
3.06 
3.07 
3.08 

Taxes 
Illegality 
Inability to Determine Rates 
Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans 
Compensation for Losses 
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders 
Survival 
Successor LIBOR 

ARTICLE IV GUARANTY 

4.01 
4.02 
4.03 
4.04 
4.05 
4.06 
4.07 
4.08 

The Guaranty 
Obligations Unconditional 
Reinstatement 
Certain Additional Waivers 
Remedies 
Rights of Contribution 
Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee 
Keepwell 

i 

Page 

1 

1 
32 
33 
34 
34 
34 
35 
35 

35 

35 
36 
38 
47 
50 
51 
52 
53 
53 
54 
54 
55 
57 
57 
58 

60 

60 
65 
65 
66 
68 
68 
69 
69 

70 

70 
70 
71 
71 
72 
72 
72 
72 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
ARTICLE V CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS 

5.01 
5.02 

Conditions of Initial Credit Extension 
Conditions to all Credit Extensions 

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

6.01 
6.02 
6.03 
6.04 
6.05 
6.06 
6.07 
6.08 
6.09 
6.10 
6.11 
6.12 
6.13 
6.14 
6.15 
6.16 
6.17 
6.18 
6.19 
6.20 
6.21 
6.22 
6.23 
6.24 
6.25 

Existence, Qualification and Power 
Authorization; No Contravention 
Governmental Authorization; Other Consents 
Binding Effect 
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect 
Litigation 
No Default 
Ownership of Property; Liens 
Environmental Compliance 
Insurance 
Taxes 
ERISA Compliance 
Subsidiaries 
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act 
Disclosure 
Compliance with Laws 
Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. 
Solvency 
Perfection of Security Interests in the Collateral 
Business Locations 
Labor Matters 
Government Sanctions 
PATRIOT Act 
Anti-Corruption Laws 
No EEA Financial Institution 

ARTICLE VII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 

7.01 
7.02 
7.03 
7.04 
7.05 
7.06 
7.07 
7.08 
7.09 
7.10 
7.11 
7.12 
7.13 
7.14 
7.15 
7.16 

Financial Statements 
Certificates; Other Information 
Notices 
Payment of Obligations 
Preservation of Existence, Etc. 
Maintenance of Properties 
Maintenance of Insurance 
Compliance with Laws 
Books and Records 
Inspection Rights 
Use of Proceeds 
Additional Subsidiaries 
ERISA Compliance 
Pledged Assets 
Accounts 
Post-Closing Obligations 

ii 

73 

73 
76 

77 

77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
78 
78 
78 
79 
79 
79 
80 
81 
81 
81 
81 
82 
82 
82 
82 
82 
82 
83 
83 
83 

83 

83 
84 
86 
87 
87 
87 
87 
88 
88 
88 
88 
88 
89 
89 
90 
90 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
ARTICLE VIII NEGATIVE COVENANTS 

8.01 
8.02 
8.03 
8.04 
8.05 
8.06 
8.07 
8.08 
8.09 
8.10 
8.11 
8.12 
8.13 

8.14 
8.15 
8.16 
8.17 
8.18 
8.19 

Liens 
Investments 
Indebtedness 
Fundamental Changes 
Dispositions 
Restricted Payments 
Change in Nature of Business 
Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders 
Burdensome Agreements 
Use of Proceeds 
Financial Covenants 
Prepayment of Other Indebtedness, Etc. 
Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation and Form of Entity; Accounting 
Changes 
Ownership of Subsidiaries 
Sale Leasebacks 
Sanctions 
Anti-Corruption Laws 
Amendment to Material Contracts 
Capital Expenditures 

ARTICLE IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 

9.01 
9.02 
9.03 

Events of Default 
Remedies Upon Event of Default 
Application of Funds 

ARTICLE X ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 

Appointment and Authority 
Rights as a Lender 
Exculpatory Provisions 
Reliance by Administrative Agent 
Delegation of Duties 
Resignation of Administrative Agent 
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders 

10.01 
10.02 
10.03 
10.04 
10.05 
10.06 
10.07 
10.08  No Other Duties; Etc. 
10.09 
10.10 
10.11 
10.12 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim 
Collateral and Guaranty Matters 
Treasury Management Banks and Swap Banks 
Lender ERISA Representations 

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS 

11.01  Amendments, Etc. 
11.02 
11.03 
11.04 
11.05 
11.06 
11.07 
11.08 

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies 
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement 
Expenses; Indemnity; and Damage Waiver 
Payments Set Aside 
Successors and Assigns 
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality 
Set-off 

iii 

90 

90 
92 
93 
95 
95 
95 
96 
96 
96 
97 
97 
97 

98 
98 
98 
98 
98 
99 
99 

99 

99 
101 
102 

103 

103 
104 
104 
105 
105 
105 
107 
107 
107 
109 
109 
110 

111 

111 
113 
115 
116 
118 
118 
122 
123 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Interest Rate Limitation 
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness 
Survival of Representations and Warranties 
Severability 
Replacement of Lenders 
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc. 

11.09 
11.10 
11.11 
11.12 
11.13 
11.14 
11.15  Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury 
11.16 
11.17  USA PATRIOT Act 
11.18 
11.19 
11.20 
11.21 
11.22 
11.23 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship 
Appointment of Company 
Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers, Etc. 
California Judicial Reference 
Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions 
Entire Agreement 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents 

iv 

124 
124 
125 
125 
125 
126 
127 
127 
128 
128 
128 
129 
130 
130 
131 

  
  
SCHEDULES 

1.01 
2.01 
2.03 
6.10 
6.13 
6.17 
6.20(a) 
6.20(b) 
6.20(c) 
7.02(j) 
7.15 
8.01 
8.02 
8.03 
11.02 

Existing Letters of Credit 
Commitments and Applicable Percentages 
L/C Commitments 
Insurance 
Subsidiaries 
IP Rights 
Locations of Real Property 
Taxpayer and Organizational Identification Numbers 
Changes in Legal Name, State of Formation and Structure 
NY MTA Project Budget Requirements 
Excluded Accounts 
Liens Existing on the Closing Date 
Investments Existing on the Closing Date 
Indebtedness Existing on the Closing Date 
Certain Addresses for Notices 

EXHIBITS 

A 
B 
C 
D 
E 
F 
G 
H 
I 
J 
K 
L 

Form of Loan Notice 
Form of Swing Line Loan Notice 
Form of Revolving Note 
Form of Swing Line Note 
Form of Term Note 
Form of Compliance Certificate 
Form of Joinder Agreement 
Form of Assignment and Assumption 
Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates 
Form of Secured Party Designation Notice 
Form of Notice of Loan Prepayment 
Form of Letter of Credit Report 

v 

*CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN 
REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of February 26, 2019 among BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation 
(the  “Company”),  New  York  Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (“NY  Telecom”  and  together  with  the 
Company, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”),  the Guarantors (as defined below), the Lenders (as defined below) and 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer. 

The  Borrowers  have  requested  that  the  Lenders  provide  (a) a  $150,000,000  revolving  credit  facility  to  the  Company  and  (b) a 
$3,500,000  term  loan  facility  to  NY  Telecom,  in  each  case,  for  the  purposes  set  forth  herein,  and  the  Lenders  are  willing  to  do  so  on  the 
terms and conditions set forth herein. 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS 

1.01                     Defined Terms. 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below: 

“1.00% Convertible Notes” means those certain 1.00% convertible senior notes of the Company due October 1, 2023 in an initial 

aggregate principal amount of $201,250,000 issued pursuant to the 1.00% Convertible Notes Indenture. 

“1.00% Convertible Notes Documents” means the 1.00% Convertible Notes, the 1.00% Convertible Notes Indenture and all other 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
certificates, agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered, in each case, by or on behalf of the Company, pursuant to the 
foregoing. 

“1.00%  Convertible  Notes  Indenture”  means  the  indenture  dated  as  of  October 5,  2018  between  the  Company  and  Wilmington 

Trust, National Association, as trustee. 

“2019 Restricted Stock Unit Settlement” means any cash settlement by the Company during the fiscal year ending December 31, 
2019 of restricted stock units issued to employees of the Company; provided, that, the aggregate amount of all such 2019 Restricted Stock 
Unit Settlements shall not exceed $37,500,000. 

“Acquisition” means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  the  acquisition  by  such  Person,  in  a  single  transaction  or  in  a  series  of  related 
transactions, of (a) all or any substantial portion of the property of another Person, or any division, line of business or other business unit of 
another  Person  or  (b) at  least  a  majority  of  the  Voting  Stock  of  another  Person,  in  each  case  whether  or  not  involving  a  merger  or 
consolidation with such other Person and whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness, securities or otherwise. 

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any 

successor administrative agent. 

  
  
  
  
  
“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 

11.02 or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Company and the Lenders. 

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent. 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, 

Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. 

“Aggregate Revolving Commitments”  means  the  Revolving  Commitments  of  all  the  Lenders.   The  aggregate  principal  amount  of 

the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect on the Closing Date is ONE HUNDRED FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($150,000,000). 

“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement. 

“Alternative Currency” means, with respect to Letters of Credit, each of Euro and each other currency (other than Dollars) that is 

approved in accordance with Section 1.08; provided, that, for each Alternative Currency, such requested currency is an Eligible Currency. 

“Alternative Currency Equivalent” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount 
thereof  in  the  applicable  Alternative  Currency  as  determined  by  the  applicable  L/C  Issuer  at  such  time  on  the  basis  of  the  Spot  Rate 
(determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars. 

“Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, (a) with respect to such Lender’s Revolving Commitment 
at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s 
Revolving Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15; provided,  that, if the commitment of each Lender to 
make Revolving Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.02 
or if the Aggregate Revolving Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the 
Applicable  Percentage  of  such  Lender  most  recently  in  effect,  giving  effect  to  any  subsequent  assignments  and  (b) with  respect  to  such 
Lender’s  portion  of  the  outstanding  Term  Loan  at  any  time,  the  percentage  (carried  out  to  the  ninth  decimal  place)  of  the  outstanding 
principal  amount  of  the  Term  Loan  held  by  such  Lender  at  such  time.   The  initial  Applicable  Percentage  of  each  Lender  is  set  forth 
opposite  the  name  of  such  Lender  on  Schedule  2.01  or  in  the  Assignment  and  Assumption  or  other  agreement  pursuant  to  which  such 
Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable. 

“Applicable  Rate”  means,  with  respect  to  Revolving  Loans,  the  Term  Loan,  Swing  Line  Loans,  Letters  of  Credit  and  the 
Commitment Fee, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent 
Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.02(b): 

Pricing 
Tier 

Consolidated 
Total Leverage 
Ratio 

Commitment Fee 

Letter of Credit 
Fee 

Eurodollar Rate 
Loans 

Base Rate 
Loans 

1 

> 3.50 to 1.0 

0.500% 

2.75% 

2.75% 

1.75% 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Pricing 
Tier 

Consolidated 
Total Leverage 
Ratio 

Commitment Fee 

Letter of Credit 
Fee 

Eurodollar Rate 
Loans 

Base Rate 
Loans 

2 

3 

< 3.50 to 1.0 but 
> 2.75 to 1.0 

0.375% 

< 2.75 to 1.0 

0.250% 

2.25% 

1.75% 

2.25% 

1.25% 

1.75% 

0.75% 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective 
as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(b); provided, that, 
if  a  Compliance  Certificate  is  not  delivered  when  due  in  accordance  with  such  Section,  then,  upon  the  request  of  the  Required  Lenders, 
Pricing  Tier  1  shall  apply  as  of  the  first  Business  Day  after  the  date  on  which  such  Compliance  Certificate  was  required  to  have  been 
delivered  and  shall  continue  to  apply  until  the  first  Business  Day  immediately  following  the  date  a  Compliance  Certificate  is  delivered  in 
accordance  with Section 7.02(b),  whereupon  the  Applicable  Rate  shall  be  adjusted  based  upon  the  calculation  of  the  Consolidated  Total 
Leverage  Ratio  contained  in  such  Compliance  Certificate.   Subject  to  the  proviso  in  the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  the  Applicable 
Rate  in  effect  from  the  Closing  Date  to  the  first  Business  Day  immediately  following  the  date  a  Compliance  Certificate  is  delivered 
pursuant to Section 7.02(b) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 shall be determined based upon Pricing Tier 3.  Notwithstanding 
anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions 
of Section 2.10(b). 

“Applicable Time” means, with respect to any payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for 
such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the applicable L/C Issuer to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in 
accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment. 

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or 

an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. 

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the 
consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of 
Exhibit H  or  any  other  form  (including  electronic  documentation  generated  by  MarkitClear  or  other  electronic  platform)  approved  by  the 
Administrative Agent. 

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof 
that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic 
Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet 
of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease and (c) in respect 
of  any  Securitization  Transaction  of  any  Person,  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of  such  financing,  after  taking  into  account  reserve 
accounts and making appropriate adjustments, determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable judgment. 

“Audited  Financial  Statements”  means  the  audited  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  for  the  fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for 
such fiscal year of the Company and its 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Subsidiaries,  including  the  notes  thereto,  audited  by  independent  public  accountants  of  recognized  national  standing  and  prepared  in 
conformity with GAAP. 

“Availability  Period” means the period from and including the first Business Day following the date on which Initial Budgets for all 
NY MTA Projects have been delivered pursuant to Section  7.02(j), to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of 
the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  pursuant  to  Section 2.06,  and  (c) the  date  of  termination  of  the  commitment  of  each  Lender  to 
make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 9.02. 

“Bail-In Action”  means the exercise of any Write-Down  and  Conversion  Powers  by  the  applicable  EEA  Resolution  Authority  in 

respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution. 

“Bail-In Legislation”  means,  with  respect  to  any  EEA  Member  Country  implementing  Article 55  of  Directive  2014/59/EU  of  the 
European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time 
which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule. 

“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors. 

“Bank of America Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter agreement, dated as of October 31, 2018 among the Company, Bank 

of America and MLPFS. 

“Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (b) the 
rate  of  interest  in  effect  for  such  day  as  publicly  announced  from  time  to  time  by  Bank  of  America  as  its  “prime  rate”  and  (c) the 
Eurodollar Rate  plus 1.00%; provided,  that,  if  the  Base  Rate  shall  be  less  than  zero,  such  rate  shall  be  deemed  zero  for  purposes  of  this 
Agreement.  The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired 
return,  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors,  and  is  used  as  a  reference  point  for  pricing  some  loans,  which  may  be  priced  at, 
above, or below such announced rate.  Any change in the “prime rate” announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of 
business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change. 

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate. 

“Beneficial  Ownership  Certification” means  a  certification  regarding  beneficial  ownership  required  by  the  Beneficial  Ownership 

Regulation. 

“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230. 

“Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” 
as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or 
otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” 
or “plan”. 

“Borrower” and “Borrowers” have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto. 

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02. 

“Borrowing”  means  each  of  the  following:  (a) a  borrowing  of  Swing  Line  Loans  pursuant  to  Section 2.04  and  (b) a  borrowing 

consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01. 

“Business Day”  means  any  day  other  than  a  Saturday,  Sunday  or  other  day  on  which  commercial  banks  are  authorized  to  close 
under  the  Laws  of,  or  are  in  fact  closed  in,  the  state  where  the  Administrative  Agent’s  Office  is  located  and,  if  such  day  relates  to  any 
Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day. 

“Businesses” means,  at  any  time,  a  collective  reference  to  the  businesses  operated  by  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  at  such 

time. 

“Capital Lease” means,  as  applied  to  any  Person,  any  lease  of  any  property  by  that  Person  as  lessee  which,  in  accordance  with 

GAAP, is required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person. 

“Capped Call Transactions” means one or more capped call options (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) referencing 
the Company’s Equity Interests and purchased by the Company in connection with the issuance of Convertible Bond Indebtedness with a 
strike  or  exercise  price  (howsoever  defined)  initially  equal  to  the  conversion  price  (howsoever  defined)  of  the  related  Convertible  Bond 
Indebtedness  (subject  to  rounding);  provided,  that,  the  purchase  price  for  any  such  Capped  Call  Transaction  shall  not  exceed  the  net 
proceeds  received  by  the  Company  from  the  issuance  of  such  Convertible  Bond  Indebtedness  in  connection  with  such  Capped  Call 
Transaction. 

“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the 
L/C  Issuers  or  the  Lenders,  as  collateral  for  L/C  Obligations  or  obligations  of  the  Lenders  to  fund  participations  in  respect  of  L/C 
Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer benefiting from such collateral shall agree 
in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative 
Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer.  “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of 
such cash collateral and other credit support. 

“Cash Equivalents” means, as at any date, (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or 
any  agency  or  instrumentality  thereof  (provided,  that,  the  full  faith  and  credit  of  the  United  States  is  pledged  in  support  thereof)  having 
maturities of not more than twelve (12) months from the date of acquisition, (b) Dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit 
of (i) any Lender, (ii) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 or (iii) any 
bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the 
equivalent  thereof  (any  such  bank  being  an “Approved Bank”),  in  each  case  with  maturities  of  not  more  than  270  days  from  the  date  of 
acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any 
variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any domestic corporation rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or 
the  equivalent  thereof)  or  better  by  Moody’s  and  maturing  within  six (6) months  of  the  date  of  acquisition,  (d) repurchase  agreements 
entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer having capital and 
surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States in which such Person shall have a 
perfected  first  priority  security  interest  (subject  to  no  other  Liens)  and  having,  on  the  date  of  purchase  thereof,  a  fair  market  value  of  at 
least  100%  of  the  amount  of  the  repurchase  obligations  and  (e) Investments,  classified  in  accordance  with  GAAP  as  current  assets,  in 
money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 which are administered by reputable financial 
institutions  having  capital  of  at  least  $500,000,000  and  the  portfolios  of  which  are  limited  to  Investments  of  the  character  described  in  the 
foregoing clauses (a) through (d). 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Cash on Hand”  means,  as  of  any  date  of  determination,  the  sum  (without  duplication)  of  (a) cash  generated  from  the  Company 
and its Subsidiaries’ operations and not representing the proceeds of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than, for 
the  avoidance  of  doubt,  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  the  1.00%  Convertible  Notes,  as  described  in  clause (c) below)  plus  (b) cash 
representing  the  proceeds  of  any  issuance  of  any  Equity  Interests  of  the  Company  plus  (c) cash  representing  the  proceeds  from  the 
issuance of the 1.00% Convertible Notes, in each case, that is unrestricted and held in accounts of the Loan Parties or in the possession of 
the Loan Parties on such date. 

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect 
of  any  law,  rule,  regulation  or  treaty,  (b) any  change  in  any  law,  rule,  regulation  or  treaty  or  in  the  administration,  interpretation, 
implementation  or  application  thereof  by  any  Governmental  Authority  or  (c) the  making  or  issuance  of  any  request,  rule,  guideline  or 
directive  (whether  or  not  having  the  force  of  law)  by  any  Governmental  Authority;  provided,  that,  notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the 
contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder 
or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, 
the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in 
each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 

(a)                               any  “person” or “group” (as  such  terms  are  used  in  Sections  13(d) and  14(d) of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 
1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as 
trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 
and  13d-5  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  except  that  a  person  or  group  shall  be  deemed  to  have  “beneficial 
ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “option  right”),  whether such right is 
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the Equity 
Interests of the Company entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Company on a 
fully  diluted  basis  (and  taking  into  account  all  such  securities  that  such  person  or  group  has  the  right  to  acquire  pursuant  to  any 
option right); or 

(b)                              during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent 
governing body of the Company cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing 
body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by 
individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or 
equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by 
individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that 
board or equivalent governing body; or 

(c)                                the  Company  shall  cease  to  own  and  control,  of  record  and  beneficially,  directly  or  indirectly,  100%  of  the 

outstanding economic and voting Equity Interests of NY Telecom. 

“Closing Date” means the date hereof. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Collateral” means a collective reference to all personal property with respect to which Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, 
for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, are purported to be granted pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Collateral 
Documents. 

“Collateral  Documents”  means  a  collective  reference  to  the  Security  Agreement,  the  Pledge  Agreement  and  other  security 

documents as may be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties pursuant to the terms of Section 7.14 or any of the Loan Documents. 

“Commitment” means,  as  to  each  Lender,  the  Revolving  Commitment  of  such  Lender  and  the  Term  Loan  Commitment  of  such 

Lender. 

“Commitment Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a). 

“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) as amended or otherwise modified, and 

any successor statute. 

“Company” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto. 

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F. 

“Concourse Chicago” means Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 

“Concourse Detroit” means Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 

“Connection  Income  Taxes”  means  Other  Connection  Taxes  that  are  imposed  on  or  measured  by  net  income  (however 

denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes. 

“Consolidated Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, all capital 
expenditures, as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, that, Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include (a) expenditures 
made  with  proceeds  of  any  Involuntary  Disposition  to  the  extent  such  expenditures  are  used  to  purchase  property  that  is  the  same  as  or 
similar to the property subject to such Involuntary Disposition or (b) Permitted Acquisitions. 

“Consolidated Cash Taxes” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the aggregate of 

all taxes, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent the same are paid in cash during such period. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to 
Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) the following (without duplication) to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated 
Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (ii) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by 
the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense for such period, (iv) any non-cash stock-based 
compensation  expense  for  such  period,  (v) any  other  non-cash  charges,  expenses  or  losses  for  such  period  (excluding  write-downs  of 
accounts receivable and any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses to the extent representing accruals of or reserves for cash items in 
any  future  period  or  an  amortization  of  a  prepaid  cash  expense),  (vi) any  cash  charges  for  such  period  that  are  infrequent  and  unusual; 
provided,  that,  the  aggregate  amount  added  pursuant  to  this  clause (vi) shall  not  exceed  ten  percent  (10%)  of  Consolidated  EBITDA 
(determined prior to giving effect to the add-back in this clause (vi)) for such period and (vii) non-recurring transaction fees and expenses 
for such period in 

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
connection with Convertible Bond Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 8.03(n), all as determined in accordance with GAAP, minus 
(b) the following (without duplication) to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) all non-cash income or gains 
for such period, (ii) federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period and (iii) cash 
gains  for  such  period  that  are  infrequent  and  unusual.   To  the  extent  included  in  Consolidated  Net  Income,  any  non-cash  gains  or  losses 
from the mark-to-market of Swap Contracts shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA. 

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the total of (i) Consolidated 
EBITDA  for  the  period  of  the  four  fiscal  quarters  most  recently  ended minus (ii) Consolidated  Cash  Taxes  for  such  period minus  (iii) an 
amount equal to the lesser of (A) Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period and (B) three percent (3%) of Consolidated Revenues 
for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended. 

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal 
to the sum of (a) the cash portion of Consolidated Interest Charges for such period plus (b) Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments 
for such period plus (c) the amount of cash Restricted Payments made by the Loan Parties during such period (other than the aggregate 
amount  of  all  2019  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Settlements  made  during  such  period).   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for  any  calculation  of 
Consolidated  Fixed  Charges  occurring  prior  to  the  one-year  anniversary  of  the  Closing  Date,  actual  cash  Consolidated  Interest  Charges 
from  the  Closing  Date  through  the  applicable  fiscal  quarter  end  shall  be  annualized  for  purposes  of  calculating  the  cash  portion  of 
Consolidated Interest Charges for the relevant calculation period of four fiscal quarters. 

“Consolidated  Funded  Indebtedness”  means  Funded  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated  basis 

determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated  Interest  Charges” means,  for  any  period,  for  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated  basis,  an  amount 
equal  to  the  sum  of  (a) all  interest,  premium  payments,  debt  discount,  fees,  charges  and  related  expenses  in  connection  with  borrowed 
money  (including  capitalized  interest)  or  in  connection  with  the  deferred  purchase  price  of  assets,  in  each  case  to  the  extent  treated  as 
interest in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Leases that is treated as 
interest in accordance with GAAP plus (c) the implied interest component of Synthetic Leases with respect to such period. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of 
the Company and its Subsidiaries for that period (excluding (a) the net income of any Subsidiary during such period to the extent that the 
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such income is not permitted by operation of the terms of 
its  Organization  Documents  or  any  agreement,  instrument  or  Law  applicable  to  such  Subsidiary  during  such  period,  except  that  the 
Company’s  equity  in  any  net  loss  of  any  such  Subsidiary  for  such  period  shall  be  included  in  determining  Consolidated  Net  Income  and 
(b) any income (or loss) for such period of any Person if such Person is not the Company or a Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity 
in  the  net  income  of  any  such  Person  for  such  period  shall  be  included  in  Consolidated  Net  Income  up  to  the  amount  of  cash  actually 
distributed  by  such  Person  during  such  period  to  the  Company  or  a  Subsidiary  as  a  dividend  or  other  distribution  (and  in  the  case  of  a 
dividend  or  other  distribution  to  a  Subsidiary,  such  Subsidiary  is  not  precluded  from  further  distributing  such  amount  to  the  Company  as 
described in clause (a) hereof)), as determined in accordance with GAAP. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Consolidated Revenues”  means,  for  any  period,  for  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated  basis,  total  revenues  as 

determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated  Scheduled  Funded  Debt  Payments”  means  for  any  period  for  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated 
basis, the sum of all scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, as determined in accordance with GAAP.  For 
purposes  of  this  definition,  “scheduled  payments  of  principal”  (a) shall  be  determined  without  giving  effect  to  any  reduction  of  such 
scheduled payments resulting from the application of any voluntary or mandatory prepayments made during the applicable period, (b) shall 
be  deemed  to  include  the  Attributable  Indebtedness  in  respect  of  Capital  Leases,  Securitization  Transactions  and  Synthetic  Leases  and 
(c) shall not include any voluntary prepayments or mandatory prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.05. 

“Consolidated  Senior  Secured  Leverage  Ratio”  means,  as  of  any  date  of  determination,  the  ratio  of  (a) Consolidated  Funded 
Indebtedness  that  is  secured  by  a  Lien  on  any  property  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  (other  than  any  Consolidated  Funded 
Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations) as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the 
period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended. 

“Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as 

of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended. 

“Contractual  Obligation”  means,  as  to  any  Person,  any  provision  of  any  security  issued  by  such  Person  or  of  any  agreement, 

instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound. 

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of 
a  Person,  whether  through  the  ability  to  exercise  voting  power,  by  contract  or  otherwise.   “Controlling” and “Controlled”  have meanings 
correlative thereto.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to be Controlled by another Person if such 
other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of 
directors, managing general partners or the equivalent. 

“Convertible Bond Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the 1.00% Convertible Notes) having 
a  feature  which  entitles  the  holder  thereof  to  convert  or  exchange  all  or  a  portion  of  such  Indebtedness  into,  or  by  reference  to,  Equity 
Interests of the Company. 

“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension. 

“Debtor  Relief  Laws”  means  the  Bankruptcy  Code  of  the  United  States,  and  all  other  liquidation,  conservatorship,  bankruptcy, 
assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of 
the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect. 

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of 

time, or both, would be an Event of Default. 

“Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the 
Base Rate  plus  (ii) the  Applicable  Rate,  if  any,  applicable  to  Base  Rate  Loans plus  (iii) 2%  per  annum;  provided,  that,  with  respect  to  a 
Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  the  Default  Rate  shall  be  an  interest  rate  equal  to  the  interest  rate  (including  any  Applicable  Rate)  otherwise 
applicable to such Loan 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
plus  2%  per  annum,  in  each  case  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  applicable  Laws  and  (b) when  used  with  respect  to  Letter  of  Credit 
Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum. 

“Defaulting  Lender”  means,  subject  to  Section 2.15(b),  any  Lender  that  (a) has  failed  to  (i) fund  all  or  any  portion  of  its  Loans 
within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative 
Agent and the Company in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to 
funding  (each  of  which  conditions  precedent,  together  with  any  applicable  default,  shall  be  specifically  identified  in  such  writing)  has  not 
been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required 
to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within two Business Days of the 
date when due, (b) has notified the Company, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not 
intend  to  comply  with  its  funding  obligations  hereunder,  or  has  made  a  public  statement  to  that  effect  (unless  such  writing  or  public 
statement  relates  to  such  Lender’s  obligation  to  fund  a  Loan  hereunder  and  states  that  such  position  is  based  on  such  Lender’s 
determination  that  a  condition  precedent  to  funding  (which  condition  precedent,  together  with  any  applicable  default,  shall  be  specifically 
identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the 
Administrative  Agent  or  the  Company,  to  confirm  in  writing  to  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Company  that  it  will  comply  with  its 
prospective  funding  obligations  hereunder  (provided,  that,  such  Lender  shall  cease  to  be  a  Defaulting  Lender  pursuant  to  this  clause 
(c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Company), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent 
company  that  has,  (i) become  the  subject  of  a  proceeding  under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law,  (ii) had  appointed  for  it  a  receiver,  custodian, 
conservator,  trustee,  administrator,  assignee  for  the  benefit  of  creditors  or  similar  Person  charged  with  reorganization  or  liquidation  of  its 
business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a 
capacity  or  (iii) become  the  subject  of  a  Bail-In  Action; provided,  that,  a  Lender  shall  not  be  a  Defaulting  Lender  solely  by  virtue  of  the 
ownership  or  acquisition  of  any  Equity  Interests  in  that  Lender  or  any  direct  or  indirect  parent  company  thereof  by  a  Governmental 
Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within 
the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental 
Authority)  to  reject,  repudiate,  disavow  or  disaffirm  any  contracts  or  agreements  made  with  such  Lender.   Any  determination  by  the 
Administrative  Agent  that  a  Lender  is  a  Defaulting  Lender  under  any  one  or  more  of clauses (a) through (d) above,  and  of  the  effective 
date  of  such  status,  shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  absent  manifest  error,  and  such  Lender  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Defaulting  Lender 
(subject to Section 2.15(b)) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which 
shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Company, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender promptly 
following such determination. 

“Delaware  Divided  LLC”  means  any  Delaware  LLC  which  has  been  formed  upon  the  consummation  of  a  Delaware  LLC 

Division. 

“Delaware LLC” means any limited liability company organized or formed under the laws of the State of Delaware. 

“Delaware  LLC  Division”  means  the  statutory  division  of  any  Delaware  LLC  into  two  or  more  Delaware  LLCs  pursuant  to 

Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act. 

“Account Control Agreement” means any account control agreement by and among a Loan Party, the applicable depository bank 
(or securities intermediary, as the case may be) and the Administrative Agent, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory 
to the Administrative Agent. 

10 

“Disposition”  or  “Dispose”  means  the  sale,  transfer,  license,  lease  or  other  disposition  to  any  Person  (including  any  Sale  and 
Leaseback Transaction) of any property by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (including the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary), including 
any  sale,  assignment,  transfer  or  other  disposal,  with  or  without  recourse,  of  any  notes  or  accounts  receivable  or  any  rights  and  claims 
associated  therewith  and  including  any  disposition  of  property  to  a  Delaware  Divided  LLC  pursuant  to  a  Delaware  LLC  Division,  but 
excluding: (a) the sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (b)  the sale, lease, license, 
transfer  or  other  disposition  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  of  surplus,  obsolete  or  worn  out  property  no  longer  used  or  useful  in  the 
conduct of business (in each case, as determined in the good faith judgment of the Company) of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries, (c) any 
sale,  lease,  license,  transfer  or  other  disposition  of  property  to  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary; provided,  that,  if  the  transferor  of  such 
property  is  a  Loan  Party,  (i) the  transferee  thereof  must  be  a  Loan  Party  or  (ii) to  the  extent  such  transaction  constitutes  an  Investment, 
such transaction is permitted under Section 8.02, and (d) any Involuntary Disposition. 

“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States. 

“Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect 
to  any  amount  denominated  in  any  Alternative  Currency,  the  equivalent  amount  thereof  in  Dollars  as  determined  by  the  applicable  L/C 
Issuer at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars 
with such Alternative Currency. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any state of the United States or the District of 

Columbia. 

“Earn Out Obligations” means, with respect to an Acquisition, all obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary to make earn out or 
other  contingency  payments  (including  purchase  price  adjustments,  non-competition  and  consulting  agreements,  or  other  indemnity 
obligations) pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition.  For purposes of determining the aggregate consideration paid for an 
Acquisition  at  the  time  of  such  Acquisition,  the  amount  of  any  Earn  Out  Obligations  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  maximum  amount  of  the 
earn-out payments in respect thereof as specified in the documents relating to such Acquisition.  For purposes of determining the amount of 
any Earn Out Obligations to be included in the definition of Funded Indebtedness, the amount of Earn Out Obligations shall be deemed to be 
the aggregate liability in respect thereof, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“EEA Financial Institution”  means  (a) any  credit  institution  or  investment  firm  established  in  any  EEA  Member  Country  which  is 
subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an 
institution  described  in  clause  (a) of  this  definition,  or  (c) any  financial  institution  established  in  an  EEA  Member  Country  which  is  a 
subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent. 

“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway. 

“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority 

of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution. 

“Elauwit Acquisition” means the Acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of certain specified assets of Elauwit Networks, LLC, 

pursuant to, and as more particularly described in, the Elauwit 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Acquisition Agreement, in exchange for the “Purchase Price” defined in the Elauwit Acquisition Agreement. 

“Elauwit Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1, 2018, among the Company, 
Boingo  MDU,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company,  Elauwit  Networks,  LLC  and  certain  affiliates  of  Elauwit  Networks,  LLC, 
together with all exhibits and schedules thereto. 

“Elauwit Acquisition Documents” means the Elauwit Acquisition Agreement and all other agreements, instruments and documents 

executed and delivered in connection with the Elauwit Acquisition Agreement. 

“Elauwit  Earn  Out  Obligations”  means  all  obligations  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  to  make  the  “Earnout  Payments”  (as 

defined in the Elauwit Acquisition Agreement). 

“Elauwit Holdback” means the remaining payment obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary owed to “Seller” (as defined in the 
Elauwit Acquisition Agreement) pursuant to the Elauwit Acquisition Agreement in respect of the “Indemnification Holdback Amount” and 
“Consent Pro-Rata Amounts” (each as defined in the Elauwit Acquisition Agreement). 

“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06(b)(iii) and (v) (subject to 
such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii)) or for purposes of an assignment permitted pursuant to Section 10.09, 
any acquisition vehicle formed pursuant to Section 10.09 in connection with any credit bid. 

“Eligible Currency” means any lawful currency other than Dollars that is readily available, freely transferable and convertible into 
Dollars in the international interbank market available to the L/C Issuers in such market and as to which a Dollar Equivalent may be readily 
calculated.   If,  after  the  designation  by  the  L/C  Issuers  of  any  currency  as  an  Alternative  Currency,  any  change  in  currency  controls  or 
exchange regulations or any change in the national or international financial, political or economic conditions are imposed in the country in 
which  such  currency  is  issued,  results  in,  in  the  reasonable  opinion  of  an  L/C  Issuer,  (a) such  currency  no  longer  being  readily  available, 
freely  transferable  and  convertible  into  Dollars,  (b) a  Dollar  Equivalent  no  longer  being  readily  calculable  with  respect  to  such  currency, 
(c) the provision for such currency becoming impracticable for such L/C Issuer or (d) such currency no longer being one in which such L/C 
Issuer  is  willing  to  make  such  Credit  Extensions  (each  of  the  foregoing  clauses (a),  (b),  (c),  and (d),  a  “Disqualifying  Event”),  then  the 
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company, and such country’s currency shall no longer be an Alternative Currency until such 
time as the Disqualifying Event(s) no longer exist. 

“Environmental Laws” means  any  and  all  federal,  state,  local,  foreign  and  other  applicable  statutes,  laws,  regulations,  ordinances, 
rules,  judgments,  orders,  decrees,  permits,  concessions,  grants,  franchises,  licenses,  agreements  or  governmental  restrictions  relating  to 
pollution  and  the  protection  of  the  environment  or  the  release  of  any  materials  into  the  environment,  including  those  related  to  hazardous 
substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems. 

“Environmental  Liability” means  any  liability,  contingent  or  otherwise  (including  any  liability  for  damages,  costs  of  environmental 
remediation,  fines,  penalties  or  indemnities),  of  the  Company,  any  other  Loan  Party  or  any  of  their  respective  Subsidiaries  directly  or 
indirectly  resulting  from  or  based  upon  (a) violation  of  any  Environmental  Law,  (b) the  generation,  use,  handling,  transportation,  storage, 
treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which 
liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing. 

“Equity Interests”  means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) 
such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or 
other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or 
other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such 
shares  (or  such  other  interests),  and  all  of  the  other  ownership  or  profit  interests  in  such  Person  (including  partnership,  member  or  trust 
interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on 
any  date  of  determination.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, “Equity Interests”  shall  not  include  any  Convertible  Bond  Indebtedness  or  any 
Capped Call Transaction. 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. 

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with a Borrower within the 
meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of 
provisions relating to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code). 

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of any Borrower or any ERISA 
Affiliate  from  a  Pension  Plan  subject  to  Section 4063  of  ERISA  during  a  plan  year  in  which  such  entity  was  a “substantial employer” as 
defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; 
(c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing of a notice of intent 
to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by 
the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA 
for  the  termination  of,  or  the  appointment  of  a  trustee  to  administer,  any  Pension  Plan;  (g) the  determination  that  any  Pension  Plan  is 
considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Internal Revenue 
Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums 
due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate. 

“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any 

successor person), as in effect from time to time. 

“Euro” and “€ ” mean the single currency of the Participating Member States. 

“Eurodollar Rate” means: 

(a)                               for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank 
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or a comparable or successor rate, which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on 
the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated 
by  the  Administrative  Agent  from  time  to  time)  (in  such  case,  the  “LIBOR  Rate”)  at  approximately  11:00  a.m.,  London  time, 
two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such 
Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(b)                              for  any  interest  rate  calculation  with  respect  to  a  Base  Rate  Loan  on  any  date,  the  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the 
LIBOR Rate, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, determined two (2) Business Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits 
with a term of one (1) month commencing that date; 

provided,  that,  (i) to  the  extent  a  comparable  or  successor  rate  is  approved  by  the  Administrative  Agent  in  connection  herewith,  the 
approved  rate  shall  be  applied  to  the  applicable  Interest  Period  in  a  manner  consistent  with  market  practice  (provided,  that,  to  the  extent 
such  market  practice  is  not  administratively  feasible  for  the  Administrative  Agent,  such  approved  rate  shall  be  applied  to  the  applicable 
Interest Period as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) and (ii) if the Eurodollar Rate shall be less than zero, such 
rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement. 

“Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “Eurodollar Rate”. 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01. 

“Excluded Accounts” means those deposit and operating accounts of the Loan Parties set forth on Schedule 7.15. 

“Excluded Property”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Loan  Party,  including  any  Person  that  becomes  a  Loan  Party  after  the  Closing 
Date as contemplated by Section 7.12, (a) any owned or leased real property, (b) any owned or leased personal property which is located 
outside  of  the  United  States  unless  requested  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Required  Lenders,  (c) any  personal  property  (including, 
without limitation, motor vehicles) in respect of which perfection of a Lien is not either (i) governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or 
(ii) effected  by  appropriate  evidence  of  the  Lien  being  filed  in  either  the  United  States  Copyright  Office  or  the  United  States  Patent  and 
Trademark  Office,  unless  requested  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Required  Lenders,  (d) the  Equity  Interests  of  any  direct  Foreign 
Subsidiary of a Loan Party to the extent not required to be pledged to secure the Obligations pursuant to Section 7.14(a), (e) any property 
which, subject to the terms of Section 8.09, is subject to a Lien of the type described in Section 8.01(i) pursuant to documents which prohibit 
such Loan Party from granting any other Liens in such property and (f) any assets as to which the Administrative Agent and the Company 
agree in writing that the cost of obtaining or perfecting a security interest in such assets is excessive in relation to the value of such assets 
as Collateral. 

“Excluded Subsidiary” means Concourse Detroit; provided,  that, Concourse Detroit shall cease to be an “Excluded Subsidiary” on 
any date that, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company most recently ended prior to such date, Concourse Detroit 
generates any revenue or otherwise has any portion of Consolidated Revenues attributable to it. 

“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion 
of the Guaranty of such Loan Party of, or the grant under a Loan Document by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap 
Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act (or the application or official interpretation 
thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity 
Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to Section 4.08 hereof and any and all guarantees of such Loan Party’s Swap Obligations by 
other Loan Parties) at the time the Guaranty of such Loan Party, or grant by such Loan Party of a security interest, becomes effective with 
respect to such Swap Obligation.  If a Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one Swap Contract, such 
exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swap Contracts for which such Guaranty or security 
interest becomes illegal. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Excluded Taxes”  means  any  of  the  following  Taxes  imposed  on  or  with  respect  to  any  Recipient  or  required  to  be  withheld  or 
deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and 
branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office 
or,  in  the  case  of  any  Lender,  its  Lending  Office  located  in,  the  jurisdiction  imposing  such  Tax  (or  any  political  subdivision  thereof)  or 
(ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the 
account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which 
(i) such  Lender  acquires  such  interest  in  the  Loan  or  Commitment  (other  than  pursuant  to  an  assignment  request  by  the  Company  under 
Section 11.13)  or  (ii) such  Lender  changes  its  Lending  Office,  except  in  each  case  to  the  extent  that  pursuant  to Section 3.01(a)(ii),  (a)
(iii) or (c), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a 
party  hereto  or  to  such  Lender  immediately  before  it  changed  its  Lending  Office,  (c) Taxes  attributable  to  such  Recipient’s  failure  to 
comply with Section 3.01(e) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA. 

“Existing  Letters  of  Credit” means  the  letters  of  credit  described  by  date  of  issuance,  letter  of  credit  number,  undrawn  amount, 

name of beneficiary and date of expiry on Schedule 1.01. 

“Facilities” means, at any time, a collective reference to the facilities and real properties owned, leased or operated by any Loan 
Party or any Subsidiary and the facilities and properties where any Loan Party or any Subsidiary has licensed the right to use property in the 
ordinary course of its business. 

“FASB ASC” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board. 

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or 
successor  version  that  is  substantively  comparable  and  not  materially  more  onerous  to  comply  with),  any  current  or  future  regulations  or 
official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. 

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds 
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day 
next succeeding such day; provided,  that, (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on 
such  transactions  on  the  next  preceding  Business  Day  as  so  published  on  the  next  succeeding  Business  Day,  (b) if  no  such  rate  is  so 
published  on  such  next  succeeding  Business  Day,  the  Federal  Funds  Rate  for  such  day  shall  be  the  average  rate  (rounded  upward,  if 
necessary,  to  a  whole  multiple  of  1/100  of  1%)  charged  to  Bank  of  America  on  such  day  on  such  transactions  as  determined  by  the 
Administrative Agent and (c) if the Federal Funds Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this 
Agreement. 

“Fee Letters” means (a) the Bank of America Fee Letter and (b) the SVB Fee Letter. 

“Foreign Lender” means (a) if a Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if a Borrower is not a U.S. 
Person,  a  Lender  that  is  resident  or  organized  under  the  laws  of  a  jurisdiction  other  than  that  in  which  such  Borrower  is  resident  for  tax 
purposes.  For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a 
single jurisdiction. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. 

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to an L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s 
Applicable  Percentage  of  the  outstanding  L/C  Obligations  in  respect  of  Letters  of  Credit  issued  by  such  L/C  Issuer  other  than  L/C 
Obligations  as  to  which  such  Defaulting  Lender’s  participation  obligation  has  been  reallocated  to  other  Lenders  or  Cash  Collateralized  in 
accordance  with  the  terms  hereof  and  (b) with  respect  to  the  Swing  Line  Lender,  such  Defaulting  Lender’s  Applicable  Percentage  of 
Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other 
Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof. 

“Fund” means  any  Person  (other  than  a  natural  Person)  that  is  (or  will  be)  engaged  in  making,  purchasing,  holding  or  otherwise 

investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities. 

“Funded  Indebtedness”  means,  as  to  any  Person  at  a  particular  time,  without  duplication,  all  of  the  following,  whether  or  not 

included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP: 

(a)                               all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including the Obligations) and all obligations of 

such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments; 

(b)                              all purchase money Indebtedness; 

(c)                               the principal portion of all obligations under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property 
purchased by such Person or any Subsidiary thereof (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with 
suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business); 

(d)           all  obligations  arising  under  letters  of  credit  (including  standby  and  commercial),  bankers’  acceptances,  bank 

guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments; 

(e)                               all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable 
in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than ninety (90) days after the date on which such trade 
account  payable  was  created  (unless  subject  to  a  bona  fide  dispute)),  including,  without  limitation,  any  Earn  Out  Obligations 
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Elauwit Earn Out Obligations); 

(f)            the  Attributable  Indebtedness  of  such  Person  in  respect  of  Capital  Leases,  Securitization  Transactions  and 

Synthetic Leases; 

(g)                               all  obligations  of  such  Person  to  purchase,  redeem,  retire,  defease  or  otherwise  make  any  payment  in  respect  of 
any Equity Interests in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its 
voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; 

(h)          all Funded Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Funded Indebtedness has an existing 
right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property owned or 
acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed; 

(i)                                   all  Guarantees  with  respect  to  Funded  Indebtedness  of  the  types  specified  in  clauses  (a) through  (h) above  of 

another Person; and 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(j)           all Funded Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above of any partnership or joint venture 
(other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or joint 
venturer, except to the extent that such Funded Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. 

For  purposes  hereof,  the  amount  of  any  direct  obligation  arising  under  letters  of  credit  (including  standby  and  commercial),  bankers’ 
acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments shall be the maximum amount available to be drawn thereunder. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the 
Accounting  Principles  Board  and  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  and  statements  and  pronouncements  of  the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board, consistently applied and as in effect from time to time. 

“Governmental Authority” means  the  government  of  the  United  States  or  any  other  nation,  or  of  any  political  subdivision  thereof, 
whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, 
legislative,  judicial,  taxing,  regulatory  or  administrative  powers  or  functions  of  or  pertaining  to  government  (including  any  supra-national 
bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank). 

“Guarantee”  means,  as  to  any  Person,  (a) any  obligation,  contingent  or  otherwise,  of  such  Person  guaranteeing  or  having  the 
economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in 
any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance 
or  supply  funds  for  the  purchase  or  payment  of)  such  Indebtedness  or  other  obligation,  (ii) to  purchase  or  lease  property,  securities  or 
services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such 
Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level 
of  income  or  cash  flow  of  the  primary  obligor  so  as  to  enable  the  primary  obligor  to  pay  such  Indebtedness  or  other  obligation,  or 
(iv) entered  into  for  the  purpose  of  assuring  in  any  other  manner  the  obligee  in  respect  of  such  Indebtedness  or  other  obligation  of  the 
payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets 
of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is 
assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien).  The amount 
of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion 
of  the  related  primary  obligation,  in  respect  of  which  such  Guarantee  is  made  or,  if  not  stated  or  determinable,  the  maximum  reasonably 
anticipated  liability  in  respect  thereof  as  determined  by  the  guaranteeing  Person  in  good  faith.   The  term  “Guarantee”  as  a  verb  has  a 
corresponding meaning. 

“Guarantors” means (a) each Domestic Subsidiary identified as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages hereto, (b) each other Person 
that joins as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12, (c) with respect to (i) Obligations under any Secured Swap Agreement, (ii) Obligations 
under any Secured Treasury Management Agreement and (iii) any Swap Obligation of a Specified Loan Party (determined before giving 
effect  to  Sections  4.01  and  4.08)  under  the  Guaranty,  each  Borrower  and  (d) the  successors  and  permitted  assigns  of  the  foregoing; 
provided,  that, it is understood and agreed that Concourse Detroit shall not be required to become a “Guarantor” hereunder until such time 
as it no longer satisfies the condition set forth in the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”. 

“Guaranty” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other holders of 

the Obligations pursuant to Article IV. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Hazardous Materials” means  all  explosive  or  radioactive  substances  or  wastes  and  all  hazardous  or  toxic  substances,  wastes  or 
other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, 
infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law. 

“Honor Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c). 

“IFRS” means  international  accounting  standards  within  the  meaning  of  IAS  Regulation 1606/2002  to  the  extent  applicable  to  the 

relevant financial statements delivered under or referred to herein. 

“Impacted Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03. 

“Indebtedness” means,  as  to  any  Person  at  a  particular  time,  without  duplication,  all  of  the  following,  whether  or  not  included  as 

indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP: 

(a)                               all Funded Indebtedness; 

(b)                              the Swap Termination Value of any Swap Contract; 

(c)                               all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) and (b) above of any 

other Person; and 

(d)                              all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above of any partnership or joint venture (other 
than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person or a Subsidiary thereof is a general 
partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person or such Subsidiary. 

“Indemnified  Taxes”  means  (a) Taxes,  other  than  Excluded  Taxes,  imposed  on  or  with  respect  to  any  payment  made  by  or  on 
account  of  any  obligation  of  any  Loan  Party  under  any  Loan  Document  and  (b) to  the  extent  not  otherwise  described  in  the  foregoing 
clause (a), Other Taxes. 

“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b). 

“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07. 

“Initial Budget” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(j). 

“Interest Payment Date” means (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan 
and the Maturity Date; provided,  that, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three (3) months, the respective dates 
that  fall  every  three (3) months  after  the  beginning  of  such  Interest  Period  shall  also  be  Interest  Payment  Dates;  and  (b) as  to  any  Base 
Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date. 

“Interest  Period”  means  as  to  each  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  the  period  commencing  on  the  date  such  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  is 
disbursed  or  converted  to  or  continued  as  a  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  and  ending  on  the  date  one (1),  two (2),  three (3) or  six (6) months 
thereafter (in each case, subject to availability), as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Loan Notice; provided, that: 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(a)                               any  Interest  Period  that  would  otherwise  end  on  a  day  that  is  not  a  Business  Day  shall  be  extended  to  the  next 
succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end 
on the next preceding Business Day; 

(b)                              any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month 
(or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end 
on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and 

(c)                               no Interest Period with respect to any Loan shall extend beyond the Maturity Date. 

“Interim Financial Statements” means the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the 
fiscal  quarter  ended  September 30,  2018,  including  balance  sheets  and  statements  of  income  or  operations,  stockholders’  equity and cash 
flows. 

“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Internal Revenue Service” means the United States Internal Revenue Service. 

“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the 
purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption 
of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership 
or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other 
Person, or (c) an Acquisition.  For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, 
without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment. 

“Involuntary Disposition” means any loss of, damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking for public use of, any 

property of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries. 

“IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 6.17. 

“ISP”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Letter  of  Credit,  the  “International  Standby  Practices  1998”  published  by  the  Institute  of 

International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance). 

“Issuer  Documents”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Letter  of  Credit,  the  Letter  of  Credit  Application  and  any  other  document, 
agreement and instrument entered into by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Company (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such L/C Issuer 
and relating to any such Letter of Credit. 

“Joinder  Agreement”  means  a  joinder  agreement  substantially  in  the  form  of  Exhibit G  executed  and  delivered  by  a  Domestic 

Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12. 

“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance 

with its Applicable Percentage. 

“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed 

on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing of Revolving Loans. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“L/C Commitment” means, as to each L/C Issuer, its obligation to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.03 in an aggregate 
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such L/C Issuer’s name on Schedule 2.03, as such 
amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. 

“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or 

the increase of the amount thereof. 

“L/C  Issuer” means  (a) Bank  of  America  in  its  capacity  as  an  issuer  of  Letters  of  Credit  hereunder  (including  as  the  issuer  of 
Existing Letters of Credits issued by it), (b) Silicon Valley Bank, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder (including as the 
issuer of Existing Letters of Credits issued by it), or (c) any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.  All singular references to the 
L/C Issuer shall mean any L/C Issuer, either L/C Issuer, the L/C Issuer that has issued the applicable Letter of Credit or all L/C Issuers, as 
the context may require. 

“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters 
of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.  For purposes of computing the amount available 
to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06.  For all 
purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn 
thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so 
remaining available to be drawn. 

“Laws”  means,  collectively,  all  international,  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local  statutes,  treaties,  rules,  guidelines,  regulations, 
ordinances,  codes  and  administrative  or  judicial  precedents  or  authorities,  including  the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof  by  any 
Governmental  Authority  charged  with  the  enforcement,  interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  and  all  applicable  administrative  orders, 
directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or 
not having the force of law. 

“Lenders” means each of the Persons identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages hereto, each Person that executes a lender 
joinder  agreement  or  commitment  agreement  in  accordance  with  Section 2.02(f) and  their  respective  successors  and  assigns  and,  as  the 
context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender. 

“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative 

Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Company and the Administrative Agent. 

“Letter of Credit” means  any  standby  letter  of  credit  issued  hereunder  providing  for  the  payment  of  cash  upon  the  honoring  of  a 
presentation  thereunder  and  shall  include  the  Existing  Letters  of  Credit.   Letters  of  Credit  may  be  issued  in  Dollars  or  in  an  Alternative 
Currency. 

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a letter of credit in the form 

from time to time in use by the applicable L/C Issuer. 

“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is seven (7) days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is 

not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day). 

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h). 

20 

“Letter  of  Credit  Report”  means  a  certificate  substantially  in  the  form  of  Exhibit L  or  any  other  form  approved  by  the 

Administrative Agent. 

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and (b) $60,000,000.  

The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Revolving Commitments. 

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate”. 

“LIBOR Rate” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate”. 

“LIBOR Screen Rate” means the LIBOR quote on the applicable screen page the Administrative Agent designates to determine 
LIBOR  (or  such  other  commercially  available  source  providing  such  quotations  as  may  be  designated  by  the  Administrative  Agent  from 
time to time). 

“LIBOR Successor Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“LIBOR  Successor  Rate  Conforming  Changes”  means,  with  respect  to  any  proposed  LIBOR  Successor  Rate,  any  conforming 
changes  to  the  definition  of  Base  Rate, Interest  Period,  timing  and  frequency  of  determining  rates  and  making  payments  of  interest  and 
other  administrative  matters  as  may  be  appropriate,  in  the  discretion  of  the  Administrative  Agent,  to  reflect  the  adoption  of  such  LIBOR 
Successor  Rate  and  to  permit  the  administration  thereof  by  the  Administrative  Agent  in  a  manner  substantially  consistent  with  market 
practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or 
that  no  market  practice  for  the  administration  of  such  LIBOR  Successor  Rate  exists,  in  such  other  manner  of  administration  as  the 
Administrative Agent determines in consultation with the Borrowers). 

“Lien”  means  any  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecation,  assignment,  deposit  arrangement,  encumbrance,  lien  (statutory  or  other), 
charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature 
whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to 
real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). 

“Liquidity”  means,  as  of  any  date  of  determination,  an  amount  equal  to  (a) unrestricted  cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  of  the  Loan 
Parties  at  such  date  that  would  be  set  forth  on  a  consolidating  balance  sheet  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  for  such  date  plus 
(b) availability under the Aggregate Revolving Commitments as of such date, solely to the extent that if such availability was to be drawn by 
the Company at such time, the Loan Parties, upon giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, would be in compliance 
with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 8.11(a) and (b) as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Company was required 
to deliver financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or (b), as certified to the Administrative Agent by the Company in a certificate in 
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Loan, Swing Line Loan 

or Term Loan. 

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, each Joinder Agreement, any agreement creating or 
perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 of this Agreement, each Collateral Document, each Fee Letter 
and any other agreement, 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
instrument or document designated by its terms as a “Loan Document” (but specifically excluding Secured Swap Agreements and Secured 
Treasury Management Agreements). 

“Loan  Notice”  means  a  notice  of  (a) a  Borrowing  of  Loans,  (b) a  conversion  of  Loans  from  one  Type  to  the  other,  or  (c) a 
continuation  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans,  in  each  case  pursuant  to Section 2.02(a),  which,  if  in  writing,  shall  be  substantially  in  the  form  of 
Exhibit A or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic 
transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent) appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the 
applicable Borrower. 

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, each Borrower and each Guarantor. 

“London Banking Day” means  any  day  on  which  dealings  in  Dollar  deposits  are  conducted  by  and  between  banks  in  the  London 

interbank eurodollar market. 

“Master Agreement” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract”. 

“Material  Adverse  Effect”  means  (a) a  material  adverse  change  in,  or  a  material  adverse  effect  upon,  the  operations,  business, 
assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material 
impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document; (c) a material impairment of 
the ability of any Loan Party to perform its material obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (d) a material adverse 
effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party. 

“Maturity Date” means April 3, 2023. 

“Minimum  Collateral  Amount”  means,  at  any  time,  (a) with  respect  to  Cash  Collateral  consisting  of  cash  or  deposit  account 
balances provided to reduce or eliminate Fronting Exposure during the existence of a Defaulting Lender, an amount equal to 102% of the 
Fronting  Exposure  of  the  applicable  L/C  Issuer  with  respect  to  Letters  of  Credit  issued  and  outstanding  at  such  time,  (b) with  respect  to 
Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances provided in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.14(a)(i),  (a)(ii),  (a)
(iii) or (a)(iv), an amount equal to 102% of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, and (c) otherwise, an amount determined by the 
Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer in their reasonable discretion. 

“MLPFS”  means  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner &  Smith  Incorporated  (or  any  other  registered  broker-dealer  wholly-owned  by 
Bank  of  America  Corporation  to  which  all  or  substantially  all  of  Bank  of  America  Corporation’s  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries’  investment 
banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement), in its capacity as sole 
lead arranger and bookrunner. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto. 

“Multiemployer  Plan”  means  any  employee  benefit  plan  of  the  type  described  in  Section 4001(a)(3) of  ERISA,  to  which  any 
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five (5) plan years, has made or been 
obligated to make contributions. 

“Multiple  Employer  Plan”  means  a  Plan  which  has  two  or  more  contributing  sponsors  (including  any  Borrower  or  any  ERISA 

Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Non-Consenting  Lender”  means  any  Lender  that  does  not  approve  any  consent,  waiver  or  amendment  that  (a) requires  the 
approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 11.01 and (b) has been approved by the Required 
Lenders. 

“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time. 

“Note”  or  “Notes”  means  the  Revolving  Notes,  the  Swing  Line  Note  and/or  the  Term  Notes,  individually  or  collectively,  as 

appropriate. 

“Notice  of  Loan  Prepayment” means  a  notice  of  prepayment  with  respect  to  a  Loan,  which  shall  be  in  substantially  the  form  of 
Exhibit K or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic 
transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent) appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the 
applicable Borrower. 

“NY  MTA  Projects” means  those  certain  projects  undertaken  by  Boingo  LLC  to  design,  build,  operate  and/or  maintain  wireless 
services  for  (a) the  Long  Island  Railroad  Atlantic  Branch  and  associated  stations,  pursuant  to  the  License  Agreement  for  the  Atlantic 
Terminal, Atlantic Avenue Tunnel & Jamaica Station Wireless Communications Services and Dark Fiber Project, dated as of November 15, 
2018, between Metropolitan Transportation Authority, acting on behalf of itself and its subsidiary, the Long Island Rail Road Company, and 
Boingo LLC, as amended; and/or (b) the Grand Central Terminal East Side Access facility, pursuant to the License Agreement for the East 
Side  Access  Facilities  Wireless  Communications  Services  and  Dark  Fiber  Project,  dated  as  of  November 15,  2018,  between  the 
Metropolitan Transportation Authority, acting on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, the Long Island Rail Road Company and MTA Capital 
Construction Company, and Boingo LLC, as amended. 

“NY Telecom” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto. 

“Obligations”  means,  with  respect  to  each  Borrower  and  each  Guarantor,  (a) all  advances  to,  and  debts,  liabilities,  obligations, 
covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit and 
(b) all obligations of any Loan Party owing to a Treasury Management Bank or a Swap Bank in respect of Secured Treasury Management 
Agreements or Secured Swap Agreements, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), whether direct or indirect (including those acquired 
by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue 
after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming 
such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding; provided, 
that, the “Obligations” of a Loan Party shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Loan Party. 

“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or 
equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, 
the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust 
or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, 
instrument,  filing  or  notice  with  respect  thereto  filed  in  connection  with  its  formation  or  organization  with  the  applicable  Governmental 
Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such 
entity. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Other  Connection  Taxes” means,  with  respect  to  any  Recipient,  Taxes  imposed  as  a  result  of  a  present  or  former  connection 
between  such  Recipient  and  the  jurisdiction  imposing  such  Tax  (other  than  connections  arising  from  such  Recipient  having  executed, 
delivered,  become  a  party  to,  performed  its  obligations  under,  received  payments  under,  received  or  perfected  a  security  interest  under, 
engaged  in  any  other  transaction  pursuant  to  or  enforced  any  Loan  Document,  or  sold  or  assigned  an  interest  in  any  Loan  or  Loan 
Document). 

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from 
any  payment  made  under,  from  the  execution,  delivery,  performance,  enforcement  or  registration  of,  from  the  receipt  or  perfection  of  a 
security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed 
with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06). 

“Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to any Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after 
giving  effect  to  any  borrowings  and  prepayments  or  repayments  of  any  Loans  occurring  on  such  date;  and  (b) with  respect  to  any  L/C 
Obligations on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to 
any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, 
including as a result of any reimbursements by the Company of Unreimbursed Amounts. 

“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d). 

“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d). 

“Participating  Member  State”  means  any  member  state  of  the  European  Union  that  has  the  Euro  as  its  lawful  currency  in 

accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union. 

“PATRIOT Act” has the meaning specified in Section 11.17. 

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto. 

“Pension Act” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006. 

“Pension  Funding  Rules”  means  the  rules of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  ERISA  regarding  minimum  required  contributions 
(including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Internal Revenue 
Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA. 

“Pension  Plan”  means  any  employee  pension  benefit  plan  (including  a  Multiple  Employer  Plan  or  a  Multiemployer  Plan)  that  is 
maintained  or  is  contributed  to  by  any  Borrower  and  any  ERISA  Affiliate  and  is  either  covered  by  Title  IV  of  ERISA  or  is  subject  to 
minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code. 

“Permitted  Acquisitions” means  Investments  consisting  of  an  Acquisition  by  any  Loan  Party;  provided,  that:  (a) no  Default  shall 
have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Acquisition, (b) the property acquired (or the property of the Person acquired) in 
such  Acquisition  is  used  or  useful  in  the  same  or  a  related  line  of  business  as  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  were  engaged  in  on  the 
Closing Date (or any reasonable extensions or expansions thereof), (c) the Administrative Agent shall have received all items in respect of 
the Equity Interests or property acquired in such Acquisition required to be delivered by the terms of Section 7.12 and/or Section 7.14, (d) in 
the case of an Acquisition of the Equity Interests of 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
another  Person,  the  board  of  directors  (or  other  comparable  governing  body)  of  such  other  Person  shall  have  duly  approved  such 
Acquisition,  (e) the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to  the  Administrative  Agent  a  Pro  Forma  Compliance  Certificate  demonstrating  that, 
upon  giving  Pro  Forma  Effect  to  such  Acquisition,  (i) the  Loan  Parties  would  be  in  compliance  with  the  financial  covenants  set  forth  in 
Section 8.11  as  of  the  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  end  for  which  the  Company  was  required  to  deliver  financial  statements  pursuant  to 
Section 7.01(a) or (b) and (ii) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would be less than 2.00 to 1.00, (f) the Company shall have 
delivered  to  the  Administrative  Agent  pro  forma  financial  statements  for  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  after  giving  effect  to  such 
Acquisition  for  the  twelve-month  period  ending  as  of  the  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  in  a  form  satisfactory  to  the  Administrative  Agent, 
(g) the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in each Loan Document shall be true and correct in all respects at and as 
if made as of the date of such Acquisition (after giving effect thereto) except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly 
relate to an earlier date in which case they shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date and except that for purposes of 
this clause (g), the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 6.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most 
recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 7.01, (h) if such transaction involves the purchase of an 
interest  in  a  partnership  between  the  Company  (or  a  Subsidiary)  as  a  general  partner  and  entities  unaffiliated  with  a  Company  or  such 
Subsidiary as the other partners, such transaction shall be effected by having such equity interest acquired by a corporate holding company 
directly  or  indirectly  wholly-owned by the Company newly formed for the sole purpose of effecting such transaction, (i) immediately after 
giving  effect  to  such  Acquisition,  the  Loan  Parties  shall  have  at  least  $25,000,000  of  Liquidity,  (j) the  aggregate  cash  and  non-cash 
consideration (including any assumption of Indebtedness, deferred purchase price, any Earn Out Obligations and any equity consideration) 
paid by the Loan Parties for all such Acquisitions occurring during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $150,000,000; provided, that, 
solely  for  purposes  of  determining  whether  the  consummation  of  any  Acquisition  would  be  permitted  hereunder  and  notwithstanding 
anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this clause (j),  if  the  Consolidated  Senior  Secured  Leverage  Ratio,  upon  giving  Pro  Forma  Effect  to 
such  Acquisition,  would  be  less  than  1.00  to 1.00,  then  the  aggregate  cash  and  non-cash  consideration  (including  any  assumption  of 
Indebtedness,  deferred  purchase  price,  any  Earn  Out  Obligations  and  any  equity  consideration)  paid  by  the  Loan  Parties  for  all  such 
Acquisitions occurring during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $175,000,000, (k) the aggregate cash and non-cash consideration 
(including  any  assumption  of  Indebtedness,  deferred  purchase  price,  any  Earn  Out  Obligations  and  any  equity  consideration)  paid  by  the 
Loan  Parties  for  any  such  Acquisition  shall  not  exceed  $75,000,000; provided,  that,  the  requirements  of  this clause (k) shall  not  apply  if, 
upon  giving  Pro  Forma  Effect  to  such  Acquisition,  the  Consolidated  Senior  Secured  Leverage  Ratio  shall  be  less  than 1.00  to 1.00  and 
(l) Target  EBITDA  of  the  applicable  Target,  for  the  period  of  the  four  fiscal  quarters  most  recently  ended  prior  to  the  date  of 
consummation of such Acquisition, shall not have been less than $0. 

“Permitted Liens” means, at any time, Liens in respect of property of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries permitted to exist at 

such time pursuant to the terms of Section 8.01. 

“Person”  means  any  natural  person,  corporation,  limited  liability  company,  trust,  joint  venture,  association,  company,  partnership, 

Governmental Authority or other entity. 

“Plan” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Pension Plan), maintained for 
employees  of  any  Borrower  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate  or  any  such  Plan  to  which  any  Borrower  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate  is  required  to 
contribute on behalf of any of its employees. 

“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
“Pledge Agreement” means the pledge agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for 
the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, by each of the Loan Parties, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the 
terms hereof. 

“Pro  Forma  Basis”,  “Pro  Forma  Compliance”  and  “Pro  Forma  Effect” means,  in  respect  of  a  Specified  Transaction,  that  such 
Specified Transaction and the following transactions in connection therewith (to the extent applicable) shall be deemed to have occurred as 
of  the  first  day  of  the  applicable  period  of  measurement  for  the  applicable  covenant  or  requirement:  (a) (i) with  respect  to  any 
Disposition, Involuntary Disposition or sale, transfer or other disposition that results in a Person ceasing to be a Subsidiary, income statement 
and  cash  flow  statement  items  (whether  positive  or  negative)  attributable  to  the  Person  or  property  disposed  of  shall  be  excluded  and 
(ii) with  respect  to  any  Acquisition  or  Investment,  income  statement  and  cash  flow  statement  items  (whether  positive  or  negative) 
attributable  to  the  Person  or  property  acquired  shall  be  included  to  the  extent  relating  to  any  period  applicable  in  such  calculations  to  the 
extent (A) such items are not otherwise included in such income statement items for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with 
GAAP or in accordance with any defined terms set forth in Section 1.01 and (B) such items are supported by financial statements or other 
information  satisfactory  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  (b) any  retirement  of  Indebtedness  and  (c) any  incurrence  or  assumption  of 
Indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary (and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an 
implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect 
with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided, that, (x) Pro Forma Basis, Pro Forma Compliance and 
Pro Forma Effect in respect of any Specified Transaction shall be calculated in a reasonable and factually supportable manner and certified 
by a Responsible Officer of the Company and (y) any such calculation shall be subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the definition 
of Consolidated EBITDA. 

“Pro Forma Compliance Certificate” means a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company containing reasonably detailed 
calculations of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Fixed Charge 
Coverage  Ratio  as  of  the  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  end  for  which  the  Company  was  required  to  deliver  financial  statements  pursuant  to 
Section 7.01(a) or (b) after giving Pro Forma Effect to the applicable Specified Transaction. 

“PTE” means  a  prohibited  transaction  class  exemption  issued  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Labor,  as  any  such  exemption  may  be 

amended from time to time. 

“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02. 

“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualified at such 
time  as  an  “eligible  contract  participant”  under  the  Commodity  Exchange  Act  and  can  cause  another  Person  to  qualify  as  an  “eligible 
contract participant” at such time under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act. 

“Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender, an L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on 

account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder. 

“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c). 

“Related  Parties”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  such  Person’s  Affiliates  and  the  partners,  directors,  officers,  employees, 

agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Reportable  Event”  means  any  of  the  events  set  forth  in  Section 4043(c) of  ERISA,  other  than  events  for  which  the  thirty-day 

notice period has been waived. 

“Request  for  Credit  Extension”  means  (a) with  respect  to  a  Borrowing,  conversion  or  continuation  of  Loans,  a  Loan  Notice, 
(b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan 
Notice. 

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders that have Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit 
Exposures of all Lenders; provided, that, if at any time there exist three (3) or fewer Lenders that are not Affiliates, the above percentage 
shall remain 50% but “Required Lenders” shall include at least two (2) Lenders that are not Affiliates.  The Total Credit Exposure of any 
Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time; provided,  that, the amount of any participation in any 
Swing Line Loan and Unreimbursed Amounts that such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded 
by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Swing Line Lender or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may 
be, in making such determination. 

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller 
of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of the delivery of certificates pursuant to Sections 5.01 or 7.12(b), the secretary or any assistant 
secretary of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer or employee of the applicable 
Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the 
applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.  Any 
document  delivered  hereunder  that  is  signed  by  a  Responsible  Officer  of  a  Loan  Party  shall  be  conclusively  presumed  to  have  been 
authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be 
conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.  To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, each Responsible 
Officer will provide an incumbency certificate and appropriate authorization documentation, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory 
to the Administrative Agent. 

“Restricted Payment”  means  (a) any  dividend  or  other  distribution  (whether  in  cash,  securities  or  other  property)  with  respect  to 
any  Equity  Interests  of  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary,  or  any  payment  (whether  in  cash,  securities  or  other  property),  including  any 
sinking  fund  or  similar  deposit,  on  account  of  the  purchase,  redemption,  retirement,  acquisition,  cancellation  or  termination  of  any  such 
Equity  Interests  or  on  account  of  any  return  of  capital  to  the  Company’s  stockholders,  partners  or  members  (or  the  equivalent  Person 
thereof), or any setting apart of funds or property for any of the foregoing and (b) any payment made in cash to the holders of Convertible 
Bond  Indebtedness  in  excess  of  the  original  principal  amount  thereof  and  interest  thereon,  unless  and  to  the  extent  that  a  corresponding 
amount is received in cash substantially contemporaneously from the other parties to Capped Call Transactions relating to such Convertible 
Bond Indebtedness. 

“Revaluation  Date”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Letter  of  Credit,  each  of  the  following:   (a) each  date  of  issuance,  amendment 
and/or extension of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (b) each date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any 
Letter  of  Credit  denominated  in  an  Alternative  Currency,  (c) in  the  case  of  all  Existing  Letters  of  Credit  denominated  in  Alternative 
Currencies, the Closing Date and (d) such additional dates as the L/C Issuer shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require. 

“Revolving  Commitment”  means,  as  to  each  Lender,  its  obligation  to  (a) make  Revolving  Loans  to  the  Company  pursuant  to 
Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal 
amount at any one time outstanding not to 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such 
Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. 

“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding 

Revolving Loans and such Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans at such time. 

“Revolving Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a). 

“Revolving Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a). 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor 

thereto. 

“Sale  and  Leaseback  Transaction”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary,  any  arrangement,  directly  or 
indirectly,  with  any  Person  whereby  the  Loan  Party  or  such  Subsidiary  shall  sell  or  transfer  any  property  used  or  useful  in  its  business, 
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially 
the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred. 

“Sanctions” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.22. 

“SEC”  means  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  or  any  Governmental  Authority  succeeding  to  any  of  its  principal 

functions. 

“Secured  Party  Designation  Notice”  means  a  notice  from  any  Lender  or  an  Affiliate  of  a  Lender  substantially  in  the  form  of 

Exhibit J. 

“Secured  Swap  Agreement”  means  any  Swap  Contract  permitted  under  Section 8.03  between  any  Loan  Party  and  any  Swap 
Bank;  provided,  that,  for  any  of  the  foregoing  to  be  included  as  a  “Secured  Swap  Agreement”  on  any  date  of  determination  by  the 
Administrative  Agent,  the  applicable  Swap  Bank  (other  than  the  Administrative  Agent  or  an  Affiliate  of  the  Administrative  Agent)  must 
have delivered a Secured Party Designation Notice to the Administrative Agent prior to such date of determination. 

“Secured  Treasury  Management  Agreement”  means  any  Treasury  Management  Agreement  between  any  Loan  Party  and  any 
Treasury Management Bank; provided,  that, for any of the foregoing to be included as a “Secured Treasury Management Agreement” on 
any date of determination by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Treasury Management Bank (other than the Administrative Agent or 
an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) must have delivered a Secured Party Designation Notice to the Administrative Agent prior to such 
date of determination. 

“Securitization  Transaction”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  any  financing  transaction  or  series  of  financing  transactions 
(including factoring arrangements) pursuant to which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person may sell, convey or otherwise transfer, 
or grant a security interest in, accounts, payments, receivables, rights to future lease payments or residuals or similar rights to payment to a 
special purpose subsidiary or affiliate of such Person. 

“Security Agreement” means the security agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed in favor of the Administrative Agent, 
for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, by each of the Loan Parties, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with 
the terms hereof. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Solvent” or “Solvency” means, with respect to any Person as of a particular date, that on such date (a) such Person is able to pay 
its  debts  and  other  liabilities,  contingent  obligations  and  other  commitments  as  they  mature  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  (b) such 
Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and 
liabilities  mature  in  their  ordinary  course,  (c) such  Person  is  not  engaged  in  a  business  or  a  transaction,  and  is  not  about  to  engage  in  a 
business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the 
prevailing  practice  in  the  industry  in  which  such  Person  is  engaged  or  is  to  engage,  (d) the  fair  value  of  the  property  of  such  Person  is 
greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person and (e) the present fair salable 
value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as 
they  become  absolute  and  matured.   In  computing  the  amount  of  contingent  liabilities  at  any  time,  it  is  intended  that  such  liabilities  will  be 
computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably 
be expected to become an actual or matured liability. 

“Specified Loan Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 

“Specified Transaction” means (a) any Acquisition, any Disposition, any sale, transfer or other disposition that results in a Person 
ceasing  to  be  a  Subsidiary,  any  Involuntary  Disposition,  any  Investment  that  results  in  a  Person  becoming  a  Subsidiary,  in  each  case, 
whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, or any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness or (b) any other event that by the terms of 
the Loan Documents requires Pro Forma Compliance with a test or covenant or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro 
Forma Basis. 

“Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by an L/C Issuer to be the rate quoted by such L/C Issuer as the spot rate 
for  the  purchase  by  such  L/C  Issuer  of  such  currency  with  another  currency  through  its  principal  foreign  exchange  trading  office  at 
approximately  11:00  a.m. on  the  date  two (2) Business  Days  prior  to  the  date  as  of  which  the  foreign  exchange  computation  is  made; 
provided,  that, such L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or such 
L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and 
provided, further, that, such L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in 
the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency. 

“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a 
majority  of  the  shares  of  Voting  Stock  is  at  the  time  beneficially  owned,  or  the  management  of  which  is  otherwise  controlled,  directly,  or 
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” 
or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company. 

“SVB Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter agreement, dated as of February 25, 2019 among the Company and Silicon Valley 

Bank. 

“Swap Bank” means any Person that (a) at the time it enters into a Swap Contract, is a Lender or the Administrative Agent or an 
Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent, (b) in the case of any Swap Contract in effect on or prior to the Closing Date, is, as of 
the  Closing  Date  or  within  thirty (30)  days  thereafter,  a  Lender  or  the  Administrative  Agent  or  an  Affiliate  of  a  Lender  or  the 
Administrative  Agent  and  a  party  to  a  Swap  Contract  or  (c) within  thirty (30)  days  after  the  time  it  enters  into  the  applicable  Swap 
Contract, becomes a Lender, the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent, in each case, in its capacity 
as a party to such Swap Contract. 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Swap  Contract”  means  (a) any  and  all  rate  swap  transactions,  basis  swaps,  credit  derivative  transactions,  forward  rate 
transactions,  commodity  swaps,  commodity  options,  forward  commodity  contracts,  equity  or  equity  index  swaps  or  options,  bond  or  bond 
price  or  bond  index  swaps  or  options  or  forward  bond  or  forward  bond  price  or  forward  bond  index  transactions,  interest  rate  options, 
forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency 
rate  swap  transactions,  currency  options,  spot  contracts,  or  any  other  similar  transactions  or  any  combination  of  any  of  the  foregoing 
(including  any  options  to  enter  into  any  of  the  foregoing),  whether  or  not  any  such  transaction  is  governed  by  or  subject  to  any  master 
agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or 
governed  by,  any  form  of  master  agreement  published  by  the  International  Swaps  and  Derivatives  Association, Inc.,  any  International 
Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a 
“Master  Agreement”),  including  any  such  obligations  or  liabilities  under  any  Master  Agreement.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  to  the 
extent  entered  into  in  connection  with  Convertible  Bond  Indebtedness  permitted  by  Section 8.03(n),  Capped  Call  Transactions,  and  any 
arrangements or agreements related thereto, shall not constitute Swap Contracts. 

“Swap  Obligation”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Loan  Party  any  obligation  to  pay  or  perform  under  any  agreement,  contract  or 

transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act. 

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally 
enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed 
out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s) and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced 
in  clause (a),  the  amount(s) determined  as  the  mark-to-market  value(s) for  such  Swap  Contracts,  as  determined  based  upon  one  or  more 
mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or 
any Affiliate of a Lender). 

“Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender 

hereunder. 

“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a). 

“Swing  Line  Loan  Notice” means  a  notice  of  a  Borrowing  of  Swing  Line  Loans  pursuant  to Section 2.04(b),  which,  if  in  writing, 
shall  be  substantially  in  the  form  of  Exhibit B  or  such  other  form  as  is  approved  by  the  Administrative  Agent  (including  any  form  on  an 
electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed 
by a Responsible Officer of the Company. 

“Swing Line Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a). 

“Swing  Line  Sublimit”  means  an  amount  equal  to  the  lesser  of  (a) the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  and  (b) $10,000,000.  

The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Revolving Commitments. 

“Synthetic  Lease”  means  any  synthetic  lease,  tax  retention  operating  lease,  off-balance  sheet  loan  or  similar  off-balance  sheet 
financing  arrangement  whereby  the  arrangement  is  considered  borrowed  money  indebtedness  for  tax  purposes  but  is  classified  as  an 
operating lease or does not otherwise appear on a balance sheet under GAAP. 

30 

“Target” means,  with  respect  to  any  Acquisition,  the  Person  (and  its  Subsidiaries,  as  applicable)  or  the  property,  division,  line  of 

business or other business unit of another Person, in each case to be acquired in connection with such Acquisition. 

“Target EBITDA” means, for any period, with respect to any Target on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to the net income 
attributable to such Target for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP plus the following (without duplication, in each case to 
the extent reducing such net income for such period): (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses 
in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case 
to  the  extent  treated  as  interest  in  accordance  with  GAAP  and  attributable  to  such  Target  for  such  period,  (b) the  provision  for  federal, 
state, local and foreign income taxes attributable to such Target for such period and (c) depreciation and amortization expense attributable 
to such Target for such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Taxes”  means  all  present  or  future  taxes,  levies,  imposts,  duties,  deductions,  withholdings  (including  backup  withholding), 
assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable 
thereto. 

“Term Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b). 

“Term Loan Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make its portion of the Term Loan to NY Telecom pursuant 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
to Section 2.01(b), in the principal amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01.  The aggregate principal amount of the 
Term Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders as in effect on the Closing Date is THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND 
DOLLARS ($3,500,000). 

“Term Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a). 

“Threshold Amount” means $2,500,000. 

“Total  Credit  Exposure”  means,  as  to  any  Lender  at  any  time,  the  unused  Commitments,  Revolving  Credit  Exposure  and 

Outstanding Amount of all Term Loans of such Lender at such time. 

“Total Revolving Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans, all Swing Line Loans and all L/C 

Obligations. 

“Treasury  Management  Agreement”  means  any  agreement  governing  the  provision  of  treasury  or  cash  management  services, 
including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check 
concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management 
services. 

“Treasury  Management  Bank”  means  any  Person  that  (a) at  the  time  it  enters  into  a  Treasury  Management  Agreement,  is  a 
Lender or the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent, (b) in the case of any Treasury Management 
Agreement  in  effect  on  or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date,  is,  as  of  the  Closing  Date  or  within  thirty (30)  days  thereafter,  a  Lender  or  the 
Administrative  Agent  or  an  Affiliate  of  a  Lender  or  the  Administrative  Agent  and  a  party  to  a  Treasury  Management  Agreement  or 
(c) within  thirty (30)  days  after  the  time  it  enters  into  the  applicable  Treasury  Management  Agreement,  becomes  a  Lender,  the 
Administrative  Agent  or  an  Affiliate  of  a  Lender  or  the  Administrative  Agent,  in  each  case,  in  its  capacity  as  a  party  to  such  Treasury 
Management Agreement. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Type” means, with respect to any Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan. 

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided,  that, if perfection or the effect of 
perfection  or  non-perfection  or  the  priority  of  any  security  interest  in  any  Collateral  is  governed  by  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  as  in 
effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in 
such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority. 

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America. 

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i). 

“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code. 

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(III). 

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the 
absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though 
the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means any Person 100% of whose Equity Interests are at the time owned by the Company directly or 

indirectly through other Persons 100% of whose Equity Interests are at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. 

“Write-Down  and  Conversion  Powers”  means,  with  respect  to  any  EEA  Resolution  Authority,  the  write-down  and  conversion 
powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which 
write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule. 

1.02                     Other Interpretive Provisions. 

With  reference  to  this  Agreement  and  each  other  Loan  Document,  unless  otherwise  specified  herein  or  in  such  other  Loan 

Document: 

(a)                               The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever 
the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, 
“includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without  limitation.”  The word “will” shall be construed to 
have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”  Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to 
any agreement, instrument or other document (including the Loan Documents and any Organization Document) shall be construed 
as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced 
or supplemented from time to time (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or 
in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and 
assigns,  (iii) the  words  “hereto”,  “herein”,  “hereof”  and  “hereunder”,  and  words  of  similar  import  when  used  in  any  Loan 
Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and  not  to  any  particular  provision  thereof,  (iv) all  references  in  a  Loan  Document  to  Articles,  Sections,  Preliminary  Statements, 
Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules 
to,  the  Loan  Document  in  which  such  references  appear,  (v) any  reference  to  any  law  shall  include  all  statutory  and  regulatory 
rules, regulations, orders and provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or 
regulation  shall,  unless  otherwise  specified,  refer  to  such  law  or  regulation  as  amended,  modified,  extended,  restated,  replaced  or 
supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect 
and  to  refer  to  any  and  all  real  and  personal  property  and  tangible  and  intangible  assets  and  properties,  including  cash,  securities, 
accounts and contract rights.  Any and all references to “Borrower”, regardless of whether preceded by the term “a”, “any”, “each 
of”, “all”, “and/or” or any other similar term, shall be deemed to refer, as the context requires, to each and every (and/or any one or 
all) parties constituting a Borrower, individually and/or in the aggregate. 

(b)                              In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from 

and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.” 

(c)                               Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall 

not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. 

1.03                          Accounting Terms. 

(a)                               Generally.   Except  as  otherwise  specifically  prescribed  herein,  all  accounting  terms  not  specifically  or  completely 
defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) 
required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in 
effect  from  time  to  time,  applied  in  a  manner  consistent  with  that  used  in  preparing  the  Audited  Financial  Statements,  except  as 
otherwise specifically prescribed herein; provided, that, calculations of Attributable Indebtedness under any Synthetic Lease or the 
implied interest component of any Synthetic Lease shall be made by the Company in accordance with accepted financial practice 
and consistent with the terms of such Synthetic Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with 
any  covenant  (including  the  computation  of  any  financial  covenant)  contained  herein, Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  its 
Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 
and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded. 

(b)                               Changes  in  GAAP.   The  Company  will  provide  a  written  summary  of  material  changes  in  GAAP  and  in  the 
consistent application thereof with each annual and quarterly Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 7.02(b).  
If  at  any  time  any  change  in  GAAP  (including  the  adoption  of  IFRS)  would  affect  the  computation  of  any  financial  ratio  or 
requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Company or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative 
Agent, the Lenders and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent 
thereof  in  light  of  such  change  in  GAAP  (subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Required  Lenders);  provided,  that,  until  so  amended, 
(i) such  ratio  or  requirement  shall  continue  to  be  computed  in  accordance  with  GAAP  prior  to  such  change  therein  and  (ii) the 
Company shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this 
Agreement or as requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before 
and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.  Without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
classified  and  accounted  for  on  a  basis  consistent  with  that  reflected  in  the  Audited  Financial  Statements  for  all  purposes  of  this 
Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable 
amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above. 

(c)                                Pro  Forma  Calculations.   Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein,  all  calculations  of  the 
Consolidated  Senior  Secured  Leverage  Ratio,  the  Consolidated  Total  Leverage  Ratio  (including  for  purposes  of  determining  the 
Applicable  Rate)  and  the  Consolidated  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  shall  be  made  on  a  Pro  Forma  Basis  with  respect  to  all 
Specified  Transactions  occurring  during  the  applicable  four  quarter  period  to  which  such  calculation  relates,  and/or  subsequent  to 
the  end  of  such  four  quarter  period  but  not  later  than  the  date  of  such  calculation;  provided,  that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing, 
when calculating the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio and/or the Consolidated 
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for purposes of determining (x) compliance with Section 8.11(a),  (b) and/or (c), as applicable and/or 
(y) the  Applicable  Rate,  any  Specified  Transaction  and  any  related  adjustment  contemplated  in  the  definition  of  Pro  Forma  Basis 
that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable four quarter period shall not be given Pro Forma Effect. 

(d)                               Consolidation  of  Variable  Interest  Entities.   All  references  herein  to  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the 
Company and its Subsidiaries or to the determination of any amount for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or 
any  similar  reference  shall,  in  each  case,  be  deemed  to  include  each  variable  interest  entity  that  the  Company  is  required  to 
consolidate pursuant to FASB ASC 810 as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein. 

(e)                               Convertible  Bond  Indebtedness.   The  parties  hereto  acknowledge  and  agree  that  for  purposes  of  all  calculations 

hereunder, the principal amount of Convertible Bond Indebtedness shall be the outstanding principal amount thereof, valued at par. 

1.04                     Rounding. 

Any  financial  ratios  required  to  be  maintained  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  shall  be  calculated  by  dividing  the 
appropriate  component  by  the  other  component,  carrying  the  result  to  one  place  more  than  the  number  of  places  by  which  such  ratio  is 
expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number). 

1.05                     Times of Day. 

Unless  otherwise  specified,  all  references  herein  to  times  of  day  shall  be  references  to  Pacific  time  (daylight  or  standard,  as 

applicable). 

1.06                     Letter of Credit Amounts. 

Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the 
stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided,  that, with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the 
terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of 
such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect 
to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time. 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
1.07                     Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents; Rates. 

(a)                                Each  L/C  Issuer  shall  determine  the  Spot  Rates  as  of  each  Revaluation  Date  to  be  used  for  calculating  Dollar 
Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions made by such L/C Issuer and Outstanding Amounts with respect to the L/C Obligations of 
such L/C Issuer denominated in Alternative Currencies.  Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and 
shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to 
occur.   Except  for  purposes  of  financial  statements  delivered  by  the  Loan  Parties  hereunder  or  calculating  financial  covenants 
hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the 
Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the applicable L/C Issuer. 

(b)                               Wherever  in  this  Agreement  in  connection  with  the  issuance,  amendment  or  extension  of  a  Letter  of  Credit,  an 
amount,  such  as  a  required  minimum  or  multiple  amount,  is  expressed  in  Dollars,  but  such  Letter  of  Credit  is  denominated  in  an 
Alternative  Currency,  such  amount  shall  be  the  relevant  Alternative  Currency  Equivalent  of  such  Dollar  amount  (rounded  to  the 
nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the applicable L/C Issuer. 

(c)                               The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall the Administrative Agent have any 
liability with respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate” 
or with respect to any comparable or successor rate thereto. 

1.08                     Additional Alternative Currencies. 

The Company may from time to time request that Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the 
definition of  “Alternative Currency”; provided, that, such requested currency is an Eligible Currency.  In the case of any such request, such 
request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each L/C Issuer. 

ARTICLE II 

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS 

2.01                     Commitments. 

(a)                               Revolving Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans 
(each  such  loan,  a  “Revolving Loan”)  to  the  Company  in  Dollars  from  time  to  time  on  any  Business  Day  during  the  Availability 
Period  in  an  aggregate  amount  not  to  exceed  at  any  time  outstanding  the  amount  of  such  Lender’s  Revolving  Commitment; 
provided,  that, after giving effect to any Borrowing of Revolving Loans, (i) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the 
Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments,  and  (ii) the  Revolving  Credit  Exposure  of  any  Lender  shall  not  exceed  such  Lender’s 
Revolving Commitment.  Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions 
hereof,  the  Company  may  borrow  under  this  Section 2.01,  prepay  under  Section 2.05,  and  reborrow  under  this  Section 2.01.  
Revolving Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, or a combination thereof, as further provided herein. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(b)                              Term Loan.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make its portion 
of a term loan (the “Term Loan”) to NY Telecom in Dollars on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Term 
Loan Commitment.  Amounts repaid on the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.  The Term Loan may consist of Base Rate Loans 
or Eurodollar Rate Loans or a combination thereof, as further provided herein. 

2.02                     Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans. 

(a)                               Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate 
Loans  shall  be  made  upon  the  applicable  Borrower’s  irrevocable  notice  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  which  may  be  given  by 
(x) telephone  or  (y) a  Loan  Notice; provided,  that, each telephonic notice by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be 
confirmed  promptly  by  delivery  to  the  Administrative  Agent  of  a  written  Loan  Notice,  appropriately  completed  and  signed  by  a 
Responsible Officer of such Borrower.  Each such Loan Notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 
a.m. (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of, Eurodollar Rate 
Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base 
Rate  Loans.   Each  Borrowing  of,  conversion  to  or  continuation  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  shall  be  in  a  principal  amount  of 
$1,000,000  or  a  whole  multiple  of  $500,000  in  excess  thereof  (or,  in  connection  with  any  conversion  or  continuation  of  the  Term 
Loan, if less, the entire principal thereof then outstanding).  Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of 
or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof  
(or, in connection with any conversion of the Term Loan, if less, the entire principal thereof then outstanding).  Each Loan Notice 
(whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the applicable Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans 
from  one  Type  to  the  other,  or  a  continuation  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans,  (ii) the  requested  date  of  the  Borrowing,  conversion  or 
continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or 
continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration 
of the Interest Period with respect thereto.  If the applicable Borrower fails to specify a Type of a Loan in a Loan Notice, then the 
applicable  Loans  shall  be  made  as  Base  Rate  Loans.   If  the  applicable  Borrower  fails  to  give  a  timely  notice  requesting  a 
conversion or continuation with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then the applicable Loans shall be continued, effective as of the 
last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans as Eurodollar Rate Loans with an 
Interest Period of one month.  If the applicable Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate 
Loans  in  any  Loan  Notice,  but  fails  to  specify  an  Interest  Period,  it  will  be  deemed  to  have  specified  an  Interest  Period  of  one 
month. 

(b)                              Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its 
Applicable Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the applicable 
Borrower,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  notify  each  Lender  of  the  details  of  any  automatic  conversion  to  Base  Rate  Loans  as 
described in the preceding subsection.  In the case of a Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the 
Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business 
Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice.  Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (and, if such 
Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 5.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the 
applicable  Borrower  in  like  funds  as  received  by  the  Administrative  Agent  either  by  (i) crediting  the  account  of  the  applicable 
Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
in accordance with instructions provided to (and acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the applicable Borrower; provided, that, 
if,  on  the  date  of  a  Borrowing  of  Revolving  Loans,  there  are  L/C  Borrowings  outstanding,  then  the  proceeds  of  such  Borrowing, 
first,  shall  be  applied  to  the  payment  in  full  of  any  such  L/C  Borrowings  and second,  shall  be  made  available  to  the  Company  as 
provided above. 

(c)                               Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of 
the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan.  During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to 
or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that 
any or all of the then outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans be converted immediately to Base Rate Loans. 

(d)                              The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any 
Interest  Period  for  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  upon  determination  of  such  interest  rate.   At  any  time  that  Base  Rate  Loans  are 
outstanding,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  notify  the  Company  and  the  Lenders  of  any  change  in  Bank  of  America’s prime rate 
used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change. 

(e)                               After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of 

Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than eight (8) Interest Periods in effect with respect to all Loans. 

(f)                                 The  Company  may  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time,  upon  prior  written  notice  by  the  Company  to  the 
Administrative  Agent,  increase  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  (but  not  the  Letter  of  Credit  Sublimit  or  the  Swing  Line 
Sublimit)  by  a  maximum  aggregate  amount  of  up  to  FIFTY  MILLION  DOLLARS  ($50,000,000)  with  additional  Revolving 
Commitments  from  any  existing  Lender  with  a  Revolving  Commitment  or  new  Revolving  Commitments  from  any  other  Person 
selected by the Company and acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers; provided, that: 

(i)                                   any  such  increase  shall  be  in  a  minimum  principal  amount  of  $5,000,000  and  in  integral  multiples  of 

$1,000,000 in excess thereof; 

(ii)                              no Default or Event of Default shall exist and be continuing at the time of any such increase; 

(iii)                           no  existing  Lender  shall  be  under  any  obligation  to  increase  its  Revolving  Commitment  and  any  such 

decision whether to increase its Revolving Commitment shall be in such Lender’s sole and absolute discretion; 

(iv)                           (A) any  new  Lender  shall  join  this  Agreement  by  executing  such  joinder  documents  required  by  the 
Administrative Agent and/or (B) any existing Lender electing to increase its Revolving Commitment shall have executed a 
commitment agreement satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; 

(v)                               as  a  condition  precedent  to  such  increase,  the  Company  shall  deliver  to  the  Administrative  Agent  a 
certificate  of  each  Loan  Party  dated  as  of  the  date  of  such  increase  (in  sufficient  copies  for  each  Lender)  signed  by  a 
Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving 
or consenting to such increase, and (B) in the case of the Company, certifying that, before and 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
after  giving  effect  to  such  increase,  (1) the  representations  and  warranties  contained  in  Article VI  and  the  other  Loan 
Documents  are  true  and  correct  in  all  respects  on  and  as  of  the  date  of  such  increase,  except  to  the  extent  that  such 
representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all respects as 
of  such  earlier  date,  and  except  that  for  purposes  of  this Section 2.02(f),  the  representations  and  warranties  contained  in 
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 6.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses 
(a) and (b), respectively, of Section 7.01, and (2) no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(vi)                          a Responsible Officer of the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Pro Forma Compliance 
Certificate  demonstrating  that,  upon  giving  Pro  Forma  Effect  to  any  such  increase  in  the  Revolving  Commitments  (and 
assuming for such calculation that such increase is fully drawn), the Loan Parties would be in compliance with the financial 
covenants  set  forth  in  Section 8.11  as  of  the  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  for  which  the  Company  was  required  to  deliver 
financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or (b); and 

(vii)                      Schedule 2.01  shall  be  deemed  revised  to  include  any  increase  in  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments 

pursuant to this Section 2.02(f) and to include thereon any Person that becomes a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.02(f). 

The Company shall prepay any Loans owing by it and outstanding on the date of any such increase (and pay any additional amounts 
required  pursuant  to  Section 3.05)  to  the  extent  necessary  to  keep  the  outstanding  Loans  ratable  with  any  revised  Commitments  arising 
from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section. 

2.03                     Letters of Credit. 

(a)                               The Letter of Credit Commitment. 

(i)                                   Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  herein,  (A) each  L/C  Issuer  agrees,  in  reliance  upon  the 
agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from 
the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or in one or 
more Alternative Currencies for the account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of 
Credit  previously  issued  by  it,  in  accordance  with  subsection  (b) below,  and  (2) to  honor  drawings  under  the  Letters  of 
Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Company or its 
Subsidiaries  and  any  drawings  thereunder; provided,  that,  after  giving  effect  to  any  L/C  Credit  Extension  with  respect  to 
any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, (y) the 
Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and (z) the Outstanding 
Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided,  further,  that, after giving effect to 
all  L/C  Credit  Extensions,  the  aggregate  Outstanding  Amount  of  all  L/C  Obligations  of  any  L/C  Issuer  shall  not  exceed 
such L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment.  Each request by the Company for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  representation  by  the  Company  that  the  L/C  Credit  Extension  so  requested  complies  with  the 
conditions  set  forth  in  the  proviso  to  the  preceding  sentence.   Within  the  foregoing  limits,  and  subject  to  the  terms  and 
conditions hereof, the Company’s  ability  to  obtain  Letters  of  Credit  shall  be  fully  revolving,  and  accordingly  the  Company 
may, during the foregoing period, obtain 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Letters  of  Credit  to  replace  Letters  of  Credit  that  have  expired  or  that  have  been  drawn  upon  and  reimbursed.  
Furthermore, each Lender acknowledges and confirms that it has a participation interest in the liability of the applicable L/C 
Issuer under the Existing Letters of Credit in a percentage equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Revolving Loans.  The 
Company’s  reimbursement  obligations  in  respect  of  the  Existing  Letters  of  Credit,  and  each  Lender’s  obligations  in 
connection therewith, shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement. 

(ii)                              No L/C Issuer shall issue any Letter of Credit if: 

(A)                           subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more 
than  twelve (12)  months  after  the  date  of  issuance  or  last  extension,  unless  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the 
Required Lenders have approved such expiry date beyond such twelve (12) months; or 

(B)                            the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the date that is 365 days after 
the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.  For the avoidance of 
doubt,  the  parties  hereto  agree  that  the  obligation  of  the  Lenders  to  reimburse  the  applicable  L/C  Issuer  for  any 
Unreimbursed  Amount  with  respect  to  any  Letter  of  Credit  shall  terminate  on  the  Maturity  Date  with  respect  to 
any drawings occurring after that date. 

(iii)                          No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if: 

(A)                            any  order,  judgment  or  decree  of  any  Governmental  Authority  or  arbitrator  shall  by  its  terms 
purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C 
Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with 
jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters 
of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such 
Letter  of  Credit  any  restriction,  reserve  or  capital  requirement  (for  which  such  L/C  Issuer  is  not  otherwise 
compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed 
loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems 
material to it; 

(B)                             the  issuance  of  such  Letter  of  Credit  would  violate  one  or  more  policies  of  such  L/C  Issuer 

applicable to letters of credit generally; 

(C)                             except  as  otherwise  agreed  by  the  Administrative  Agent  and  such  L/C  Issuer,  such  Letter  of 

Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $5,000; 

(D)                            except  as  otherwise  agreed  by  the  Administrative  Agent  and  such  L/C  Issuer,  such  Letter  of 

Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or an Alternative Currency; or 

(E)                              any  Lender  is  at  that  time  a  Defaulting  Lender,  unless  such  L/C  Issuer  has  entered  into 

arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
satisfactory  to  such  L/C  Issuer  (in  its  sole  discretion)  with  the  Company  or  such  Lender  to  eliminate  such  L/C 
Issuer’s  actual  or  potential  Fronting  Exposure  (after  giving  effect  to  Section 2.15(a)(iv))  with  respect  to  the 
Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all 
other L/C Obligations as to which such L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its 
sole discretion. 

(iv)                          The applicable L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if such L/C Issuer would not be permitted 

at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof. 

(v)                              The applicable L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer 
would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the 
beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit. 

(vi)                          The applicable L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by 
it and the documents associated therewith, and such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to 
the  Administrative  Agent  in  Article X  with  respect  to  any  acts  taken  or  omissions  suffered  by  such  L/C  Issuer  in 
connection  with  Letters  of  Credit  issued  by  it  or  proposed  to  be  issued  by  it  and  Issuer  Documents  pertaining  to  such 
Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article X included such L/C Issuer with respect 
to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer. 

(b)                              Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit. 

(i)                                  Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Company 
delivered  to  an  L/C  Issuer  (with  a  copy  to  the  Administrative  Agent)  in  the  form  of  a  Letter  of  Credit  Application, 
appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.  Such Letter of Credit Application may be 
sent by facsimile, by United States mail, by overnight courier, by electronic transmission using the system provided by the 
applicable L/C Issuer, by personal delivery or by any other means acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer.  Such Letter of 
Credit Application must be received by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at 
least five (5) Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer may agree in a 
particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be.  
In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form 
and detail satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which 
shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary 
thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any 
certificate  to  be  presented  by  such  beneficiary  in  case  of  any  drawing  thereunder;  (G) the  purpose  and  nature  of  the 
requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as such L/C Issuer may require.  In the case of a request for an 
amendment  of  any  outstanding  Letter  of  Credit,  such  Letter  of  Credit  Application  shall  specify  in  form  and  detail 
satisfactory  to  the  applicable  L/C  Issuer:  (A) the  Letter  of  Credit  to  be  amended;  (B) the  proposed  date  of  amendment 
thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as such 
L/C 

40 

Issuer may require.  Additionally, the Company shall furnish to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such 
other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer 
Documents, as such L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require. 

(ii)                              Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer will confirm with the 
Administrative  Agent  (by  telephone  or  in  writing)  that  the  Administrative  Agent  has  received  a  copy  of  such  Letter  of 
Credit  Application  from  the  Company  and,  if  not,  such  L/C  Issuer  will  provide  the  Administrative  Agent  with  a  copy 
thereof.   Unless  such  L/C  Issuer  has  received  written  notice  from  any  Lender,  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  Loan 
Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, 
that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article V shall not be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions 
hereof,  such  L/C  Issuer  shall,  on  the  requested  date,  issue  a  Letter  of  Credit  for  the  account  of  the  Company  or  the 
applicable  Subsidiary  or  enter  into  the  applicable  amendment,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  each  case  in  accordance  with  such 
L/C  Issuer’s  usual  and  customary  business  practices.   Immediately  upon  the  issuance  of  each  Letter  of  Credit,  each 
Lender  shall  be  deemed  to,  and  hereby  irrevocably  and  unconditionally  agrees  to,  purchase  from  such  L/C  Issuer  a  risk 
participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the 
amount of such Letter of Credit. 

(iii)                          If the Company so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer may, in 
its  sole  discretion,  agree  to  issue  a  Letter  of  Credit  that  has  automatic  extension  provisions  (each,  an  “Auto-Extension 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Letter  of  Credit”); provided,  that,  any  such  Auto-Extension  Letter  of  Credit  must  permit  such  L/C  Issuer  to  prevent  any 
such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) 
by  giving  prior  notice  to  the  beneficiary  thereof  not  later  than  a  day  (the  “Non-Extension  Notice  Date”)  in  each  such 
twelve-month  period  to  be  agreed  upon  at  the  time  such  Letter  of  Credit  is  issued.   Unless  otherwise  directed  by  the 
applicable  L/C  Issuer,  the  Company  shall  not  be  required  to  make  a  specific  request  to  such  L/C  Issuer  for  any  such 
extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but 
may not require) the applicable L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not 
later  than  the  date  that  is  365  days  after  the  Letter  of  Credit  Expiration  Date;  provided,  that,  such  L/C  Issuer  shall  not 
permit  any  such  extension  if  (A) such  L/C  Issuer  has  determined  that  it  would  not  be  permitted,  or  would  have  no 
obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of 
the  provisions  of  clause  (ii) or  (iii) of  Section 2.03(a) or  otherwise),  or  (B) it  has  received  notice  (which  may  be  by 
telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from 
the  Administrative  Agent  that  the  Required  Lenders  have  elected  not  to  permit  such  extension  or  (2) from  the 
Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Company that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 is 
not then satisfied, and in each case directing such L/C Issuer not to permit such extension. 

(iv)                          Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising 
bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Company and the 
Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment. 

41 

  
  
(c)                               Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations. 

(i)                                  Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of drawing under such Letter of 
Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the Company and the Administrative Agent thereof.  In the case of a Letter of 
Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Company shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency, 
unless (A) the applicable L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in 
Dollars or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Company shall have notified such 
L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Company will reimburse such L/C Issuer in Dollars.  
In  the  case  of  any  such  reimbursement  in  Dollars  of  a  drawing  under  a  Letter  of  Credit  denominated  in  an  Alternative 
Currency,  the  L/C  Issuer  shall  notify  the  Company  of  the  Dollar  Equivalent  of  the  amount  of  the  drawing  promptly 
following  the  determination  thereof.   Not  later  than  11:00  a.m. on  the  date  of  any  payment  by  the  applicable  L/C  Issuer 
under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in Dollars, or the Applicable Time on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer 
under  a  Letter  of  Credit  to  be  reimbursed  in  an  Alternative  Currency  (each  such  date,  an “Honor Date”),  the Company 
shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and in 
the  applicable  currency.   In  the  event  that  (A) a  drawing  denominated  in  an  Alternative  Currency  is  to  be  reimbursed  in 
Dollars pursuant to the second sentence in this Section 2.03(c)(i) and (B) the Dollar amount paid by the Company, whether 
on  or  after  the  Honor  Date,  shall  not  be  adequate  on  the  date  of  that  payment  to  purchase  in  accordance  with  normal 
banking  procedures  a  sum  denominated  in  the  Alternative  Currency  equal  to  the  drawing,  the  Company  agrees,  as  a 
separate  and  independent  obligation,  to  indemnify  the  L/C  Issuer  for  the  loss  resulting  from  its  inability  on  that  date  to 
purchase the Alternative Currency in the full amount of the drawing.  If the Company fails to so reimburse the applicable 
L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the 
unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of a Letter of Credit 
denominated  in  an  Alternative  Currency)  (the  “Unreimbursed  Amount”),  and  the  amount  of  such  Lender’s  Applicable 
Percentage thereof.  In such event, the Company shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to 
be  disbursed  on  the  Honor  Date  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  Unreimbursed  Amount,  without  regard  to  the  minimum  and 
multiples  specified  in  Section 2.02  for  the  principal  amount  of  Base  Rate  Loans,  but  subject  to  the  conditions  set  forth  in 
Section 5.02 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice) and provided, that, after giving effect to such Borrowing, the Total 
Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.  Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the 
Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to  this  Section 2.03(c)(i) may  be  given  by  telephone  if  immediately  confirmed  in  writing; 
provided,  that,  the  lack  of  such  an  immediate  confirmation  shall  not  affect  the  conclusiveness  or  binding  effect  of  such 
notice. 

(ii)                               Each  Lender  shall  upon  any  notice  pursuant  to  Section 2.03(c)(i) make  funds  available  (and  the 
Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) to the Administrative Agent for the account of 
the applicable L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount in Dollars equal to its Applicable Percentage 
of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative 
Agent,  whereupon,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section 2.03(c)(iii),  each  Lender  that  so  makes  funds  available  shall  be 
deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Company in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds 
so received to the applicable L/C Issuer. 

42 

  
  
  
  
(iii)                          With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans 
because the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Company shall be deemed 
to have incurred from the applicable L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not 
so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at 
the Default Rate.  In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer 
pursuant  to  Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall  be  deemed  payment  in  respect  of  its  participation  in  such  L/C  Borrowing  and  shall 
constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03. 

(iv)                          Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse 
the applicable L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable 
Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of such L/C Issuer. 

(v)                               Each  Lender’s  obligation  to  make  Revolving  Loans  or  L/C  Advances  to  reimburse  the  applicable  L/C 
Issuer  for  amounts  drawn  under  Letters  of  Credit,  as  contemplated  by  this  Section 2.03(c),  shall  be  absolute  and 
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or 
other  right  which  such  Lender  may  have  against  such  L/C  Issuer,  the  Company  or  any  other  Person  for  any  reason 
whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or 
not  similar  to  any  of  the  foregoing;  provided,  that,  each  Lender’s  obligation  to  make  Revolving  Loans  pursuant  to  this 
Section 2.03(c) is  subject  to  the  conditions  set  forth  in  Section 5.02  (other  than  delivery  by  the  Company  of  a  Loan 
Notice).  No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Company to reimburse 
the  applicable  L/C  Issuer  for  the  amount  of  any  payment  made  by  such  L/C  Issuer  under  any  Letter  of  Credit,  together 
with interest as provided herein. 

(vi)                           If  any  Lender  fails  to  make  available  to  the  Administrative  Agent  for  the  account  of  the  applicable  L/C 
Issuer  any  amount  required  to  be  paid  by  such  Lender  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this Section 2.03(c) by the 
time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, such L/C Issuer shall be 
entitled  to  recover  from  such  Lender  (acting  through  the  Administrative  Agent),  on  demand,  such  amount  in  Dollars  with 
interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately 
available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by 
such L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing 
or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing.  If such Lender pays such amount 
(with  interest  and  fees  as  aforesaid),  the  amount  so  paid  shall  constitute  such  Lender’s  Revolving  Loan  included  in  the 
relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be.  A certificate of such 
L/C  Issuer  submitted  to  any  Lender  (through  the  Administrative  Agent)  with  respect  to  any  amounts  owing  under  this 
clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 

(d)                              Repayment of Participations. 

(i)                                  At any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from 

any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such 

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any 
payment  in  respect  of  the  related  Unreimbursed  Amount  or  interest  thereon  (whether  directly  from  the  Company  or 
otherwise,  including  proceeds  of  Cash  Collateral  applied  thereto  by  the  Administrative  Agent),  the  Administrative  Agent 
will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to 
reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received 
by the Administrative Agent. 

(ii)                               If  any  payment  received  by  the  Administrative  Agent  for  the  account  of  an  L/C  Issuer  pursuant  to 
Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant 
to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for 
the  account  of  such  L/C  Issuer  its  Applicable  Percentage  thereof  on  demand  of  the  Administrative  Agent, plus  interest 
thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the 
Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment 
in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement. 

(e)                               Obligations Absolute.  The obligation of the Company to reimburse the L/C Issuers for each drawing under each 
Letter  of  Credit  and  to  repay  each  L/C  Borrowing  shall  be  absolute,  unconditional  and  irrevocable,  and  shall  be  paid  strictly  in 
accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following: 

(i)                                  any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document; 

(ii)                              the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Company or any Subsidiary 
may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such 
beneficiary  or  any  such  transferee  may  be  acting),  an  L/C  Issuer  or  any  other  Person,  whether  in  connection  with  this 
Agreement,  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  by  such  Letter  of  Credit  or  any  agreement  or  instrument  relating 
thereto, or any unrelated transaction; 

(iii)                           any  draft,  demand,  certificate  or  other  document  presented  under  such  Letter  of  Credit  proving  to  be 
forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; 
or  any  loss  or  delay  in  the  transmission  or  otherwise  of  any  document  required  in  order  to  make  a  drawing  under  such 
Letter of Credit; 

(iv)                           waiver  by  an  L/C  Issuer  of  any  requirement  that  exists  for  such  L/C  Issuer’s  protection  and  not  the 

protection of the Company or any waiver by an L/C Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Company; 

(v)                              honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand 

be in the form of a draft; 

(vi)                          any  payment  made  by  an  L/C  Issuer  in  respect  of  an  otherwise  complying  item  presented  after  the  date 
specified  as  the  expiration  date  of,  or  the  date  by  which  documents  must  be  received  under  such  Letter  of  Credit  if 
presentation after such date is authorized by the ISP; 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(vii)                      any payment by an L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that 
does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by an L/C Issuer under such Letter 
of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, 
liquidator,  receiver  or  other  representative  of  or  successor  to  any  beneficiary  or  any  transferee  of  such  Letter  of  Credit, 
including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; 

(viii)                  any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency 

to the Company or any Subsidiary in the relevant currency markets generally; or 

(ix)                          any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including 
any  other  circumstance  that  might  otherwise  constitute  a  defense  available  to,  or  a  discharge  of,  the  Company  or  any 
Subsidiary. 

The Company shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the 
event of any claim of noncompliance with the Company’s instructions or other irregularity, the Company will immediately notify the 
applicable  L/C  Issuer.   The  Company  shall  be  conclusively  deemed  to  have  waived  any  such  claim  against  the  applicable  L/C 
Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid. 

(f)                                Role of L/C Issuer.  Each Lender and the Company agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, an 
L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly 
required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of 
the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective 
Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of an L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken 
or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any 
action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or 
enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document.  The Company hereby assumes 
all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided,  that, this 
assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Company’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the 
beneficiary  or  transferee  at  law  or  under  any  other  agreement.   None  of  the  L/C  Issuers,  the  Administrative  Agent,  any  of  their 
respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of an L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of 
the  matters  described  in  clauses  (i) through  (ix) of  Section 2.03(e);  provided,  that,  anything  in  such  clauses  to  the  contrary 
notwithstanding, the Company may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Company, to the 
extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Company which the 
Company proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s  willful  misconduct  or  gross  negligence  or  such  L/C  Issuer’s  willful  failure  to 
pay  under  any  Letter  of  Credit  after  the  presentation  to  it  by  the  beneficiary  of  a  sight  draft  and  certificate(s) strictly  complying 
with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit unless such L/C Issuer is prevented or prohibited from so paying as a result of 
any order or directive of any court or other Governmental Authority.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, an L/C 
Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of 
any  notice  or  information  to  the  contrary,  and  such  L/C  Issuer  shall  not  be  responsible  for  the  validity  or  sufficiency  of  any 
instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective 
for  any  reason.   An  L/C  Issuer  may  send  a  Letter  of  Credit  or  conduct  any  communication  to  or  from  the  beneficiary  via  the 
Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable 
means of communicating with a beneficiary. 

(g)                               Applicability  of  ISP;  Limitation  of  Liability.   Unless  otherwise  expressly  agreed  by  the  applicable  L/C  Issuer  and 
the  Company  when  a  Letter  of  Credit  is  issued  (including  any  such  agreement  applicable  to  an  Existing  Letter  of  Credit),  the 
rules of  the  ISP  shall  apply  to  each  Letter  of  Credit.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  L/C  Issuer  shall  be  responsible  to  the 
Company  for,  and  no  L/C  Issuer’s  rights  and  remedies  against  the  Company  shall  be  impaired  by,  any  action  or  inaction  of  such 
L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit 
or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where such L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice 
stated  in  the  ISP,  or  in  the  decisions,  opinions,  practice  statements,  or  official  commentary  of  the  ICC  Banking  Commission,  the 
Bankers  Association  for  Finance  and  Trade  –  International  Financial  Services  Association  (BAFT-IFSA),  or  the  Institute  of 
International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice. 

(h)                               Letter  of  Credit  Fees.   The  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Administrative  Agent  for  the  account  of  each  Lender  in 
accordance,  subject  to Section 2.15,  with  its  Applicable  Percentage  a  Letter  of  Credit  fee  (the  “Letter  of  Credit  Fee”)  for each 
Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the Dollar Equivalent of the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under 
such Letter of Credit.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of 
such  Letter  of  Credit  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  Section 1.06.   Letter  of  Credit  Fees  shall  be  (i) computed  on  a 
quarterly  basis  in  arrears  and  (ii) due  and  payable  on  the  first  Business  Day  after  the  end  of  each  March,  June,  September and 
December,  commencing  with  the  first  such  date  to  occur  after  the  issuance  of  such  Letter  of  Credit,  on  the  Letter  of  Credit 
Expiration  Date  and  thereafter  on  demand.   If  there  is  any  change  in  the  Applicable  Rate  during  any  quarter,  the  daily  amount 
available  to  be  drawn  under  each  Letter  of  Credit  shall  be  computed  and  multiplied  by  the  Applicable  Rate  separately  for  each 
period  during  such  quarter  that  such  Applicable  Rate  was  in  effect.   Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein, 
upon the request of the Required Lenders while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default 
Rate. 

(i)                                  Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers.  The Company shall pay directly 
to Bank of America for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by Bank of America, at the rate 
per annum specified in the Bank of America Fee Letter, computed on the Dollar Equivalent of the actual daily maximum amount 
available  to  be  drawn  under  such  Letter  of  Credit  (whether  or  not  such  maximum  amount  is  then  in  effect  under  such  Letter  of 
Credit) and on a quarterly basis in arrears.  Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of 
each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case 
of  the  first  payment),  commencing  with  the  first  such  date  to  occur  after  the  issuance  of  such  Letter  of  Credit,  on  the  Letter  of 
Credit  Expiration  Date  and  thereafter  on  demand.   The  Company  shall  pay  directly  to  Silicon  Valley  Bank  for  its  own  account  a 
fronting  fee  with  respect  to  each  Letter  of  Credit  issued  by  Silicon  Valley  Bank  on  the  dates  and  in  the  amounts  set  forth  in  the 
SVB Fee Letter.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such 
Letter  of  Credit  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  Section 1.06.   In  addition,  the  Company  shall  pay  directly  to  each  L/C 
Issuer  for  its  own  account  the  customary  issuance,  presentation,  amendment  and  other  processing  fees,  and  other  standard  costs 
and charges, 

46 

  
  
  
  
  
of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect.  Such customary fees and standard costs and charges 
are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable. 

(j)                                  Conflict with Issuer Documents.  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer 

Document, the terms hereof shall control. 

(k)                              Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is 
in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable 
L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Company hereby acknowledges that the issuance 
of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Company, and that the Company’s business derives 
substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries. 

(l)                                  L/C Issuer Reports to the Administrative Agent.  Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each L/C 
Issuer  shall,  in  addition  to  its  notification  obligations  set  forth  elsewhere  in  this Section 2.03,  provide  the  Administrative  Agent  a 
Letter of Credit Report, as set forth below: 

(i)                                  reasonably prior to the time that such L/C Issuer issues, amends, renews, increases or extends a Letter of 
Credit,  the  date  of  such  issuance,  amendment,  renewal,  increase  or  extension  and  the  stated  amount  of  the  applicable 
Letters of Credit after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof 
shall have changed); 

(ii)                              on each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer makes a payment pursuant to a Letter of Credit, the date 

and amount of such payment; 

(iii)                          on  any  Business  Day  on  which  the  Company  fails  to  reimburse  a  payment  made  pursuant  to  a  Letter  of 
Credit required to be reimbursed to such L/C Issuer on such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such payment; 

(iv)                          on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as 

to the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer; and 

(v)                              for so long as any Letter of Credit issued by an L/C Issuer is outstanding, such L/C Issuer shall deliver to 
the  Administrative  Agent  (A) on  the  last  Business  Day  of  each  calendar  month,  (B) at  all  other  times  a  Letter  of  Credit 
Report  is  required  to  be  delivered  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  and  (C) on  each  date  that  (1) an  L/C  Credit  Extension 
occurs  or  (2) there  is  any  expiration,  cancellation  and/or  disbursement,  in  each  case,  with  respect  to  any  such  Letter  of 
Credit, a Letter of Credit Report appropriately completed with the information for every outstanding Letter of Credit issued 
by such L/C Issuer. 

2.04                       Swing Line Loans. 

(a)                               Swing Line Facility.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon 
the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, may in its sole discretion make loans (each such loan, a “Swing 
Line  Loan”)  to  the  Company  in  Dollars  from  time  to  time  on  any  Business  Day  during  the  Availability  Period  in  an  aggregate 
amount  not  to  exceed  at  any  time  outstanding  the  amount  of  the  Swing  Line  Sublimit; provided,  that, (i) after giving effect to any 
Swing Line Loan, (A) the Total Revolving Outstandings 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
shall  not  exceed  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments,  and  (B) the  Revolving  Credit  Exposure  of  any  Lender  shall  not  exceed 
such  Lender’s  Revolving  Commitment,  (ii) the  Company  shall  not  use  the  proceeds  of  any  Swing  Line  Loan  to  refinance  any 
outstanding Swing Line Loan, and (iii) the Swing Line Lender shall not be under any obligation to make any Swing Line Loan if it 
shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that it has, or by such Credit Extension 
may have, Fronting Exposure.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company may 
borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04.  Each Swing Line Loan shall be a 
Base Rate Loan.  Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and 
unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to 
the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan. 

(b)                               Borrowing  Procedures.   Each  Borrowing  of  Swing  Line  Loans  shall  be  made  upon  the  Company’s  irrevocable 
notice  to  the  Swing  Line  Lender  and  the  Administrative  Agent,  which  may  be  given  by  (A) telephone  or  (B) a  Swing  Line  Loan 
Notice;  provided,  that,  each  such  telephonic  notice  must  be  confirmed  promptly  by  delivery  to  the  Swing  Line  Lender  and  the 
Administrative  Agent  of  a  written  Swing  Line  Loan  Notice,  appropriately  completed  and  signed  by  a  Responsible  Officer  of  the 
Company.  Each such Swing Line Loan Notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later 
than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum principal 
amount  of  $100,000,  and  (ii) the  requested  borrowing  date,  which  shall  be  a  Business  Day.   Promptly  after  receipt  by  the  Swing 
Line  Lender  of  any  telephonic  Swing  Line  Loan  Notice,  the  Swing  Line  Lender  will  confirm  with  the  Administrative  Agent  (by 
telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line 
Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof.  Unless the Swing Line Lender has 
received  notice  (by  telephone  or  in  writing)  from  the  Administrative  Agent  (including  at  the  request  of  any  Lender)  prior  to  2:00 
p.m. on  the  date  of  the  proposed  Borrowing  of  Swing  Line  Loans  (A) directing  the  Swing  Line  Lender  not  to  make  such  Swing 
Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more 
of the applicable conditions specified in Article V is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing 
Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its 
Swing Line Loan available to the Company. 

(c)                               Refinancing of Swing Line Loans. 

(i)                                  The  Swing  Line  Lender  at  any  time  in  its  sole  discretion  may  request,  on  behalf  of  the  Company  (which 
hereby  irrevocably  requests  and  authorizes  the  Swing  Line  Lender  to  so  request  on  its  behalf),  that  each  Lender  make  a 
Base  Rate  Loan  in  an  amount  equal  to  such  Lender’s  Applicable  Percentage  of  the  amount  of  Swing  Line  Loans  then 
outstanding.   Such  request  shall  be  made  in  writing  (which  written  request  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Loan  Notice  for 
purposes  hereof)  and  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  Section 2.02,  without  regard  to  the  minimum  and  multiples 
specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other 
than  the  delivery  of  a  Loan  Notice)  and  provided,  that,  after  giving  effect  to  such  Borrowing,  the  Total  Revolving 
Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.  The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Company 
with a copy of the applicable Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent.  Each Lender 
shall  make  an  amount  equal  to  its  Applicable  Percentage  of  the  amount  specified  in  such  Loan  Notice  available  to  the 
Administrative Agent in immediately 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
available  funds  (and  the  Administrative  Agent  may  apply  Cash  Collateral  available  with  respect  to  the  applicable  Swing 
Line Loan) for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the 
day  specified  in  such  Loan  Notice,  whereupon,  subject  to Section 2.04(c)(ii),  each  Lender  that  so  makes  funds  available 
shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Company in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit 
the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender. 

(ii)                              If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Borrowing of Revolving Loans in 
accordance  with  Section 2.04(c)(i),  the  request  for  Base  Rate  Loans  submitted  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender  as  set  forth 
herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the 
relevant  Swing  Line  Loan  and  each  Lender’s  payment  to  the  Administrative  Agent  for  the  account  of  the  Swing  Line 
Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation. 

(iii)                          If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender 
any  amount  required  to  be  paid  by  such  Lender  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this Section 2.04(c) by  the  time 
specified  in Section 2.04(c)(i),  the  Swing  Line  Lender  shall  be  entitled  to  recover  from  such  Lender  (acting  through  the 
Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required 
to  the  date  on  which  such  payment  is  immediately  available  to  the  Swing  Line  Lender  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the 
greater  of  the  Federal  Funds  Rate  and  a  rate  determined  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender  in  accordance  with  banking  industry 
rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line 
Lender  in  connection  with  the  foregoing.   If  such  Lender  pays  such  amount  (with  interest  and  fees  as  aforesaid),  the 
amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in 
the  relevant  Swing  Line  Loan,  as  the  case  may  be.   A  certificate  of  the  Swing  Line  Lender  submitted  to  any  Lender 
(through  the  Administrative  Agent)  with  respect  to  any  amounts  owing  under  this  clause (iii) shall  be  conclusive  absent 
manifest error. 

(iv)                           Each Lender’s  obligation  to  make  Revolving  Loans  or  to  purchase  and  fund  risk  participations  in  Swing 
Line  Loans  pursuant  to  this  Section 2.04(c) shall  be  absolute  and  unconditional  and  shall  not  be  affected  by  any 
circumstance,  including  (A) any  setoff,  counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense  or  other  right  that  such  Lender  may  have 
against  the  Swing  Line  Lender,  the  Company  or  any  other  Person  for  any  reason  whatsoever,  (B) the  occurrence  or 
continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; 
provided,  that,  each  Lender’s  obligation  to  make  Revolving  Loans  pursuant  to  this  Section 2.04(c) is  subject  to  the 
conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than delivery by the Company of a Loan Notice).  No such purchase or funding 
of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Company to repay Swing Line Loans, together 
with interest as provided herein. 

(d)                              Repayment of Participations. 

(i)                                  At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the 
Swing  Line  Lender  receives  any  payment  on  account  of  such  Swing  Line  Loan,  the  Swing  Line  Lender  will  distribute  to 
such Lender its Applicable Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by 
the Swing Line Lender. 

(ii)                              If  any  payment  received  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender  in  respect  of  principal  or  interest  on  any  Swing  Line 
Loan  is  required  to  be  returned  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender  under  any  of  the  circumstances  described  in  Section 11.05 
(including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the 
Swing  Line  Lender  its  Applicable  Percentage  thereof  on  demand  of  the  Administrative  Agent, plus  interest  thereon  from 
the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.  The 
Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.  The obligations of the Lenders 
under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement. 

(e)                                Interest  for  Account  of  Swing  Line  Lender.   The  Swing  Line  Lender  shall  be  responsible  for  invoicing  the 
Company  for  interest  on  the  Swing  Line  Loans.   Until  each  Lender  funds  its  Revolving  Loans  that  are  Base  Rate  Loans  or  risk 
participation  pursuant  to  this Section 2.04  to  refinance  such  Lender’s  Applicable  Percentage  of  any  Swing  Line  Loan,  interest  in 
respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender. 

(f)                                 Payments  Directly  to  Swing  Line  Lender.   The  Company  shall  make  all  payments  of  principal  and  interest  in 

respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender. 

2.05                       Prepayments. 

(a)                               Voluntary Prepayments. 

(i)                                  Revolving Loans and Term Loan.  The applicable Borrower may, upon notice from such Borrower to the 
Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to  delivery  to  the  Administrative  Agent  of  a  Notice  of  Loan  Prepayment,  at  any  time  or 
from  time  to  time  voluntarily  prepay  Revolving  Loans  or  the  Term  Loan  in  whole  or  in  part  without  premium  or  penalty; 
provided,  that, (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (1) three Business 
Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; 
(B) any  such  prepayment  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  shall  be  in  a  principal  amount  of  $1,000,000  or  a  whole  multiple  of 
$500,000  in  excess  thereof  (or,  if  less,  the  entire  principal  amount  thereof  then  outstanding);  and  (C) any  prepayment  of 
Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, 
the  entire  principal  amount  thereof  then  outstanding).   Each  such  notice  shall  specify  the  date  and  amount  of  such 
prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and whether the Loans to be prepaid are Revolving Loans or the Term 
Loan.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of 
such  Lender’s  Applicable  Percentage  of  such  prepayment.   If  such  notice  is  given  by  a  Borrower,  such  Borrower  shall 
make  such  prepayment  and  the  payment  amount  specified  in  such  notice  shall  be  due  and  payable  on  the  date  specified 
therein.  Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, 
together  with  any  additional  amounts  required  pursuant  to Section 3.05.   Subject  to  Section 2.15,  each  such  prepayment 
shall  be  applied  to  the  Loans  of  the  Lenders  in  accordance  with  their  respective  Applicable  Percentages.   Each  such 
prepayment  of  the  Term  Loan  shall  be  applied  to  the  remaining  principal  amortization  payments  of  the  Term  Loan  in 
inverse order of maturity until the Term Loan has been paid in full. 

50 

(ii)                              Swing Line Loans.  The Company may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender pursuant to delivery to the 
Swing Line Lender of a Notice of Loan Prepayment (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to 
time,  voluntarily  prepay  Swing  Line  Loans  in  whole  or  in  part  without  premium  or  penalty;  provided,  that,  (i) such  notice 
must  be  received  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender  and  the  Administrative  Agent  not  later  than  1:00  p.m. on  the  date  of  the 
prepayment,  and  (ii) any  such  prepayment  shall  be  in  a  minimum  principal  amount  of  $500,000  or  a  whole  multiple  of 
$100,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the entire principal thereof then outstanding).  Each such notice shall specify the date 
and amount of such prepayment.  If such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall make such prepayment and 
the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. 

(b)                              Mandatory Prepayments of Loans. 

(i)                                   Revolving  Commitments.   If  for  any  reason  the  Total  Revolving  Outstandings  at  any  time  exceed  the 
Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  then  in  effect,  the  Company  shall  immediately  prepay  Revolving  Loans  and/or  the 
Swing  Line  Loans  and/or  Cash  Collateralize  the  L/C  Obligations  in  an  aggregate  amount  equal  to  such  excess; provided, 
that, the Company shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i) unless 
after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Loans and the Swing Line Loans the Total Revolving Outstandings exceed the 
Aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(ii)                               Application  of  Mandatory  Prepayments.   All  amounts  required  to  be  paid  pursuant  to  Section 2.05(b)
(i) shall be applied ratably to Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans and (after all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans 
have been repaid) to Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations. 

Within the parameters of the application set forth above, prepayments shall be applied, first, to Base Rate Loans and then, 
to Eurodollar Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities.  All prepayments under this Section 2.05(b) shall be 
subject  to Section 3.05,  but  otherwise  without  premium  or  penalty,  and  shall  be  accompanied  by  interest  on  the  principal 
amount prepaid through the date of prepayment. 

2.06                       Termination or Reduction of Aggregate Revolving Commitments. 

(a)                                Optional  Reductions.   The  Company  may,  upon  notice  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  terminate  the  Aggregate 
Revolving  Commitments,  or  from  time  to  time  permanently  reduce  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  to  an  amount  not  less 
than the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations; provided,  that, (i) any such notice shall 
be  received  by  the  Administrative  Agent  not  later  than  12:00  noon  five  (5) Business  Days  prior  to  the  date  of  termination  or 
reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $2,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess 
thereof  and  (iii) the  Company  shall  not  terminate  or  reduce  (A) the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  if,  after  giving  effect 
thereto  and  to  any  concurrent  prepayments  hereunder,  the  Total  Revolving  Outstandings  would  exceed  the  Aggregate  Revolving 
Commitments, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully 
Cash  Collateralized  hereunder  would  exceed  the  Letter  of  Credit  Sublimit,  or  (C) the  Swing  Line  Sublimit  if,  after  giving  effect 
thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans would exceed the Swing Line 
Sublimit. 

51 

  
  
  
  
(b)                              Mandatory Reductions.  If after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Revolving Commitments under this 
Section 2.06, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Commitments at such time, 
the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such 
excess. 

(c)                               Notice.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of 
Credit Sublimit, the Swing Line Sublimit or the Aggregate Revolving Commitments under this Section 2.06.  Upon any reduction of 
the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable 
Percentage  of  such  reduction  amount.   All  fees  in  respect  of  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  accrued  until  the  effective 
date of any termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination. 

2.07                       Repayment of Loans. 

(a)                               Revolving Loans.  The Company shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount 

of all Revolving Loans outstanding on such date. 

(b)                              Swing Line Loans.  The Company shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earliest to occur of (i) the date within 
one  (1) Business  Day  of  demand  therefor  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender,  (ii) the  date  ten  (10) Business  Days  after  such  Swing  Line 
Loan is made and (iii) the Maturity Date. 

(c)                               Term Loan.  NY Telecom shall repay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan in installments on the last 
Business Day of each March, June, September and December and on the Maturity Date, in each case, in the respective amounts 
set  forth  in  the  table  below  (as  such  installments  may  hereafter  be  adjusted  as  a  result  of  prepayments  made  pursuant  to 
Section 2.05), unless accelerated sooner pursuant to Section 9.02: 

Payment Dates 
March, 2019 
June, 2019 
September, 2019 
December, 2019 
March, 2020 
June, 2020 
September, 2020 
December, 2020 
March, 2021 
June, 2021 
September, 2021 
December, 2021 
March, 2022 
June, 2022 
September, 2022 
December, 2022 
Maturity Date 

Principal Amortization Payment 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
$194,460 
Outstanding Principal Balance of Term Loan 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
2.08                       Interest. 

(a)                                Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsection  (b) below,  (i) each  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  shall  bear  interest  on  the 
outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Eurodollar Rate for such 
Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate, (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof 
from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate and (iii) each Swing Line 
Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to 
the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate. 

(b)                               (i)                                   If  any  amount  of  principal  of  any  Loan  is  not  paid  when  due  (without  regard  to  any  applicable  grace 
periods),  whether  at  stated  maturity,  by  acceleration  or  otherwise,  all  outstanding  Obligations  hereunder  shall  thereafter  bear 
interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable 
Laws. 

(ii)                              If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable 
grace  periods),  whether  at  stated  maturity,  by  acceleration  or  otherwise,  then  upon  the  request  of  the  Required  Lenders, 
such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to 
the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. 

(iii)                           Upon  the  request  of  the  Required  Lenders,  while  any  Event  of  Default  exists,  the  Borrowers  shall  pay 
interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times 
equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. 

(iv)                          Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and 

payable upon demand. 

(c)                               Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at 
such  other  times  as  may  be  specified  herein.   Interest  hereunder  shall  be  due  and  payable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof 
before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law. 

2.09                       Fees. 

In addition to certain fees described in subsections (h) and (i) of Section 2.03: 

(a)                                Commitment  Fee.   The  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  for  the  account  of  each  Lender  in 
accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) at a rate per annum equal to the product of 
(i) the  Applicable  Rate  times  (ii) the  actual  daily  amount  by  which  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  exceed  the  sum  of 
(A) the  Outstanding  Amount  of  Revolving  Loans  plus  (B) the  Outstanding  Amount  of  L/C  Obligations,  subject  to  adjustment  as 
provided  in  Section 2.15.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans shall not be counted towards 
or  considered  usage  of  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  for  purposes  of  determining  the  Commitment  Fee.   The 
Commitment Fee shall accrue at all times during the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (x) the Maturity 
Date, (y) the date of termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06 and (z) the date of termination 
of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant 
to Section 9.02, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article V is not 

53 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, 
commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date; provided, that, (A) no Commitment 
Fee shall accrue on the Revolving Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender and 
(B) any Commitment Fee accrued with respect to the Revolving Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the 
time  such  Lender  became  a  Defaulting  Lender  and  unpaid  at  such  time  shall  not  be  payable  by  the  Company  so  long  as  such 
Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.  The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in 
the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately 
for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. 

(b)                              Fee Letters.  The Company shall pay to MLPFS, the Administrative Agent and Silicon Valley Bank for their own 
respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letters.  Such fees shall be fully earned when paid 
and shall be non-refundable for any reason whatsoever. 

2.10                       Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate. 

(a)                                All  computations  of  interest  for  Base  Rate  Loans  (including  Base  Rate  Loans  determined  by  reference  to  the 
Eurodollar Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other 
computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees 
or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the 
day  on  which  the  Loan  is  made,  and  shall  not  accrue  on  a  Loan,  or  any  portion  thereof,  for  the  day  on  which  the  Loan  or  such 
portion  is  paid;  provided,  that,  any  Loan  that  is  repaid  on  the  same  day  on  which  it  is  made  shall,  subject  to Section 2.12(a), bear 
interest for one day.  Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and 
binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. 

(b)                              If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Company or for any other 
reason, the Company or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Company as of 
any  applicable  date  was  inaccurate  and  (ii) a  proper  calculation  of  the  Consolidated  Total  Leverage  Ratio  would  have  resulted  in 
higher pricing for such period, the Borrowers shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for 
the account of the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuers, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, 
after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to a Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of 
the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuers), an amount 
equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and 
fees  actually  paid  for  such  period.   This  paragraph  shall  not  limit  the  rights  of  the  Administrative  Agent,  any  Lender  or  the  L/C 
Issuers,  as  the  case  may  be,  under  Section 2.03(c)(iii),  2.03(h) or  2.08(b) or under Article IX.   The  Borrowers’  obligations  under 
this  paragraph  shall  survive  the  termination  of  the  Commitments  of  all  of  the  Lenders  and  the  repayment  of  all  other  Obligations 
hereunder. 

2.11                       Evidence of Debt. 

(a)                               The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by 
such  Lender  and  by  the  Administrative  Agent  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.   The  accounts  or  records  maintained  by  the 
Administrative Agent and each 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and 
the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the 
obligation  of  the  Borrowers  hereunder  to  pay  any  amount  owing  with  respect  to  the  Obligations.   In  the  event  of  any  conflict 
between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect 
of  such  matters,  the  accounts  and  records  of  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  control  in  the  absence  of  manifest  error.   Upon  the 
request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender 
(through  the  Administrative  Agent)  a  promissory  note,  which  shall  evidence  such  Lender’s  Loans  in  addition  to  such  accounts  or 
records.   Each  such  promissory  note  shall  (i) in  the  case  of  Revolving  Loans,  be  in  the  form  of  Exhibit C (a  “Revolving Note”), 
(ii) in the case of Swing Line Loans, be in the form of Exhibit D (a “Swing Line Note”) and (iii) in the case of the Term Loan, be in 
the  form  of  Exhibit E  (a “Term  Note”).  Each  Lender  may  attach  schedules  to  its  Note  and  endorse  thereon  the  date,  Type  (if 
applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. 

(b)                              In  addition  to  the  accounts  and  records  referred  to  in subsection  (a),  each  Lender  and  the  Administrative  Agent 
shall  maintain  in  accordance  with  its  usual  practice  accounts  or  records  evidencing  the  purchases  and  sales  by  such  Lender  of 
participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained 
by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of 
the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. 

2.12                       Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback. 

(a)                                General.   All  payments  to  be  made  by  the  Borrowers  shall  be  made  free  and  clear  of  and  without  condition  or 
deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the 
Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment 
is  owed,  at  the  Administrative  Agent’s  Office  in  Dollars  and  in  immediately  available  funds  not  later  than  2:00  p.m. on  the  date 
specified herein.  The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable 
share  as  provided  herein)  of  such  payment  in  like  funds  as  received  by  wire  transfer  to  such  Lender’s  Lending  Office.   All 
payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and 
any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  Subject to the definition of “Interest Period”, if any payment to be made by 
any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and 
such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be. 

(b)                               (i) Funding  by  Lenders;  Presumption  by  Administrative  Agent.   Unless  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have 
received  notice  from  a  Lender  prior  to  the  proposed  date  of  any  Borrowing  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  (or,  in  the  case  of  any 
Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the 
Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made 
such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such 
Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such 
assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its 
share  of  the  applicable  Borrowing  available  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  then  the  applicable  Lender  and  the  applicable  Borrower 
severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to 
but  excluding  the  date  of  payment  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  at  (A) in  the  case  of  a  payment  to  be  made  by  such  Lender,  the 
greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on 
interbank  compensation,  plus  any  administrative,  processing  or  similar  fees  customarily  charged  by  the  Administrative  Agent  in 
connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by such Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base 
Rate Loans.  If such Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping 
period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such 
period.   If  such  Lender  pays  its  share  of  the  applicable  Borrowing  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  then  the  amount  so  paid  shall 
constitute such Lender’s  Loan  included  in  such  Borrowing.   Any  payment  by  a  Borrower  shall  be  without  prejudice  to  any  claim 
such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent. 

(ii)                               Payments  by  Borrowers;  Presumptions  by  Administrative  Agent.   Unless  the  Administrative  Agent  shall 
have received notice from a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the 
account  of  the  Lenders  or  an  L/C  Issuer  hereunder  that  such  Borrower  will  not  make  such  payment,  the  Administrative 
Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance 
upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if 
the applicable Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or such L/C Issuer, as the case may 
be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or 
such L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount 
is  distributed  to  it  to  but  excluding  the  date  of  payment  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  at  the  greater  of  the  Federal  Funds 
Rate  and  a  rate  determined  by  the  Administrative  Agent  in  accordance  with  banking  industry  rules on  interbank 
compensation. 

A  notice  of  the  Administrative  Agent  to  any  Lender  or  any  Borrower  with  respect  to  any  amount  owing  under  this 

subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. 

(c)                               Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent.  If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any 
Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to 
a  Borrower  by  the  Administrative  Agent  because  the  conditions  to  the  applicable  Credit  Extension  set  forth  in Article V  are  not 
satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received 
from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest. 

(d)                              Obligations of Lenders Several.  The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in 
Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint.  The failure 
of  any  Lender  to  make  any  Loan,  to  fund  any  such  participation  or  to  make  any  payment  under  Section 11.04(c) on  any  date 
required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be 
responsible  for  the  failure  of  any  other  Lender  to  so  make  its  Loan,  to  purchase  its  participation  or  to  make  its  payment  under 
Section 11.04(c). 

(e)                               Funding Source.   Nothing  herein  shall  be  deemed  to  obligate  any  Lender  to  obtain  the  funds  for  any  Loan  in  any 
particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan 
in any particular place or manner. 

56 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
2.13                       Sharing of Payments by Lenders. 

If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or 
interest on any of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it (excluding any amounts 
applied  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender  to  outstanding  Swing  Line  Loans)  resulting  in  such  Lender’s  receiving  payment  of  a  proportion  of  the 
aggregate amount of such Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, 
then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face 
value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other 
adjustments  as  shall  be  equitable,  so  that  the  benefit  of  all  such  payments  shall  be  shared  by  the  Lenders  ratably  in  accordance  with  the 
aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided, that: 

(i)                                  if  any  such  participations  or  subparticipations  are  purchased  and  all  or  any  portion  of  the  payment  giving 
rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the 
extent of such recovery, without interest; and 

(ii)                              the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of a 
Borrower  pursuant  to  and  in  accordance  with  the  express  terms  of  this  Agreement  (including  the  application  of  funds 
arising  from  the  existence  of  a  Defaulting  Lender),  (y) the  application  of  Cash  Collateral  provided  for  in  Section 2.14 or 
(z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or 
subparticipations  in  L/C  Obligations  or  Swing  Line  Loans  to  any  assignee  or  participant,  other  than  an  assignment  to  the 
Company or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply). 

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender 
acquiring  a  participation  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  arrangements  may  exercise  against  such  Loan  Party  rights  of  setoff  and  counterclaim 
with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation. 

2.14                       Cash Collateral. 

(a)                                Certain  Credit  Support  Events.   If  (i) an  L/C  Issuer  has  honored  any  full  or  partial  drawing  request  under  any 
Letter  of  Credit  and  such  drawing  has  resulted  in  an  L/C  Borrowing,  (ii) as  of  the  Letter  of  Credit  Expiration  Date,  any  L/C 
Obligation  for  any  reason  remains  outstanding,  (iii) as  of  the  Maturity  Date,  any  L/C  Obligation  that  has  not  been  Cash 
Collateralized in accordance with clause (ii) for any reason remains outstanding, (iv) the Company shall be required to provide Cash 
Collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or 9.02(c), or (v) there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, the Company shall immediately (in the 
case of clause (iv) above) or within one Business Day (in all other cases) following any request by the Administrative Agent or the 
L/C Issuers, provide Cash Collateral in an amount not less than the applicable Minimum Collateral Amount (determined in the case 
of Cash Collateral provided pursuant to clause (v) above, after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided 
by the Defaulting Lender). 

(b)                              Grant  of  Security  Interest.  The Company, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting 
Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the 
L/C Issuers and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security 
for  the  obligations  to  which  such  Cash  Collateral  may  be  applied  pursuant  to  Section 2.14(c).   If  at  any  time  the  Administrative 
Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or the L/C 
Issuers  as  herein  provided,  or  that  the  total  amount  of  such  Cash  Collateral  is  less  than  the  Minimum  Collateral  Amount,  the 
Company  will,  promptly  upon  demand  by  the  Administrative  Agent,  pay  or  provide  to  the  Administrative  Agent  additional  Cash 
Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.  All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds 
subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America.  The Company shall 
pay  on  demand  therefor  from  time  to  time  all  customary  account  opening,  activity  and  other  administrative  fees  and  charges  in 
connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral. 

(c)                               Application.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under 
any of this Section 2.14 or Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.15 or 9.02 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied in satisfaction of 
the  specific  L/C  Obligations,  obligations  to  fund  participations  therein  (including,  as  to  Cash  Collateral  provided  by  a  Defaulting 
Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any 
other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein. 

(d)                              Release.   Cash  Collateral  (or  the  appropriate  portion  thereof)  provided  to  reduce  Fronting  Exposure  or  to  secure 
other  obligations  shall  be  released  promptly  following  (i) the  elimination  of  the  applicable  Fronting  Exposure  or  other  obligations 
giving  rise  thereto  (including  by  the  termination  of  Defaulting  Lender  status  of  the  applicable  Lender)  (or,  as  appropriate,  its 
assignee following compliance with Section 11.06(b)(vi)) or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers 
that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided,  that, (x) any such release shall be without prejudice to, and any disbursement or 
other transfer of Cash Collateral shall be and remain subject to, any other Lien conferred under the Loan Documents and the other 
applicable  provisions  of  the  Loan  Documents,  and  (y) the  Person  providing  Cash  Collateral  and  the  L/C  Issuers  may  agree  that 
Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations. 

2.15                       Defaulting Lenders. 

(a)                                Adjustments.   Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this  Agreement,  if  any  Lender  becomes  a 
Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law: 

(i)                                   Waivers  and  Amendment.   Such  Defaulting  Lender’s  right  to  approve  or  disapprove  any  amendment, 
waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and 
Section 11.01. 

(ii)                               Defaulting  Lender  Waterfall.   Any  payment  of  principal,  interest,  fees  or  other  amount  received  by  the 
Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to 
Article IX or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.08, shall 
be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any 
amounts  owing  by  such  Defaulting  Lender  to  the  Administrative  Agent  hereunder;  second,  to  the  payment  on  a  pro rata 
basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuers or the Swing 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Line Lender hereunder; third,  to  Cash  Collateralize  each  L/C  Issuer’s  Fronting  Exposure  with  respect  to  such  Defaulting 
Lender in accordance with Section 2.14; fourth, as the Company may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default 
exists),  to  the  funding  of  any  Loan  in  respect  of  which  such  Defaulting  Lender  has  failed  to  fund  its  portion  thereof  as 
required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent 
and  the  Company,  to  be  held  in  a  deposit  account  and  released  pro rata  in  order  to  (x) satisfy  such  Defaulting  Lender’s 
potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ 
future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this 
Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.14; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers 
or  Swing  Line  Lender  as  a  result  of  any  judgment  of  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  obtained  by  any  Lender,  any  L/C 
Issuer  or  the  Swing  Line  Lender  against  such  Defaulting  Lender  as  a  result  of  such  Defaulting  Lender’s  breach  of  its 
obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts 
owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against 
that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to 
such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, that, if (x) such payment is 
a  payment  of  the  principal  amount  of  any  Loans  or  L/C  Borrowings  in  respect  of  which  such  Defaulting  Lender  has  not 
fully  funded  its  appropriate  share,  and  (y) such  Loans  were  made  or  the  related  Letters  of  Credit  were  issued  at  a  time 
when  the  conditions  set  forth  in  Section 5.02  were  satisfied  or  waived,  such  payment  shall  be  applied  solely  to  pay  the 
Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment 
of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded 
participations  in  L/C  Obligations  and  Swing  Line  Loans  are  held  by  the  Lenders  pro  rata  in  accordance  with  the 
Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv).  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or 
payable  to  a  Defaulting  Lender  that  are  applied  (or  held)  to  pay  amounts  owed  by  a  Defaulting  Lender  or  to  post  Cash 
Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each 
Lender irrevocably consents hereto. 

(iii)                          Certain Fees. 

(A)                            No  Defaulting  Lender  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any  fee  payable  under  Section 2.09(a) for any 
period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Company shall not be required to pay any such fee 
that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender). 

(B)                             Each  Defaulting  Lender  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  Letter  of  Credit  Fees  for  any  period  during 
which  that  Lender  is  a  Defaulting  Lender  only  to  the  extent  allocable  to  its  Applicable  Percentage  of  the  stated 
amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.14. 

(C)                            With respect to any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant 
to  clause  (B) above,  the  Company  shall  (x) pay  to  each  Non-Defaulting  Lender  that  portion  of  any  such  fee 
otherwise  payable  to  such  Defaulting  Lender  with  respect  to  such  Defaulting  Lender’s  participation  in  L/C 
Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to each 
L/C Issuer the amount of any such fee otherwise 

59 

  
  
  
  
  
  
payable  to  such  Defaulting  Lender  to  the  extent  allocable  to  such  L/C  Issuer’s  Fronting  Exposure  to  such 
Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee. 

(iv)                          Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure.  All or any part of such Defaulting 
Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in 
accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving 
Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any 
Non-Defaulting  Lender  to  exceed  such  Non-Defaulting  Lender’s  Revolving  Commitment.   Subject  to  Section 11.22,  no 
reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender 
arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of 
such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation. 

(v)                               Cash  Collateral,  Repayment  of  Swing  Line  Loans.   If  the  reallocation  described  in  clause  (a)(iv) above 
cannot,  or  can  only  partially,  be  effected,  the  Company  shall,  without  prejudice  to  any  right  or  remedy  available  to  it 
hereunder  or  under  applicable  Law,  (x) first,  prepay  Swing  Line  Loans  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  Swing  Line  Lender’s 
Fronting  Exposure  and  (y) second,  Cash  Collateralize  the  L/C  Issuers’  Fronting  Exposure  in  accordance  with  the 
procedures set forth in Section 2.14. 

(b)                              Defaulting Lender Cure.  If the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuers 
agree  in  writing  that  a  Lender  is  no  longer  a  Defaulting  Lender,  the  Administrative  Agent  will  so  notify  the  parties  hereto, 
whereupon  as  of  the  effective  date  specified  in  such  notice  and  subject  to  any  conditions  set  forth  therein  (which  may  include 
arrangements  with  respect  to  any  Cash  Collateral),  that  Lender  will,  to  the  extent  applicable,  purchase  at  par  that  portion  of 
outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to 
cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by 
the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender 
will  cease  to  be  a  Defaulting  Lender; provided,  that,  no  adjustments  will  be  made  retroactively  with  respect  to  fees  accrued  or 
payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; provided,  further, that, except to the 
extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a 
waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender. 

ARTICLE III 

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY 

3.01                       Taxes. 

(a)                               Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes. 

(i)                                  Any  and  all  payments  by  or  on  account  of  any  obligation  of  any  Loan  Party  under  any  Loan  Document 
shall  be  made  without  deduction  or  withholding  for  any  Taxes,  except  as  required  by  applicable  Laws.   If  any  applicable 
Laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Administrative Agent) require the deduction or withholding of any 

60 

Tax  from  any  such  payment  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  a  Loan  Party,  then  the  Administrative  Agent  or  such  Loan 
Party  shall  be  entitled  to  make  such  deduction  or  withholding,  upon  the  basis  of  the  information  and  documentation  to  be 
delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below. 

(ii)                              If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Internal Revenue Code to withhold 
or  deduct  any  Taxes,  including  both  United  States  Federal  backup  withholding  and  withholding  taxes,  from  any  payment, 
then (A) the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Administrative Agent 
to  be  required  based  upon  the  information  and  documentation  it  has  received  pursuant  to  subsection  (e) below,  (B) the 
Administrative  Agent  shall  timely  pay  the  full  amount  withheld  or  deducted  to  the  relevant  Governmental  Authority  in 
accordance with the Internal Revenue Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of 
Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required 
withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this 
Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding 
or deduction been made. 

(iii)                           If  any  Loan  Party  or  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  be  required  by  any  applicable  Laws  other  than  the 
Internal  Revenue  Code  to  withhold  or  deduct  any  Taxes  from  any  payment,  then  (A) such  Loan  Party  or  the 
Administrative  Agent,  as  required  by  such  Laws,  shall  withhold  or  make  such  deductions  as  are  determined  by  it  to  be 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
required  based  upon  the  information  and  documentation  it  has  received  pursuant  to subsection  (e) below,  (B) such  Loan 
Party  or  the  Administrative  Agent,  to  the  extent  required  by  such  Laws,  shall  timely  pay  the  full  amount  withheld  or 
deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with such Laws, and (C) to the extent that the withholding 
or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as 
necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to 
additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have 
received had no such withholding or deduction been made. 

(b)                              Payment  of  Other  Taxes  by  the  Loan  Parties.   Without  limiting  the  provisions  of  subsection (a) above,  the  Loan 
Parties  shall  timely  pay  to  the  relevant  Governmental  Authority  in  accordance  with  applicable  law,  or  at  the  option  of  the 
Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes. 

(c)                                Tax  Indemnifications.   (i) Each  of  the  Loan  Parties  shall,  and  does  hereby,  jointly  and  severally  indemnify  each 
Recipient,  and  shall  make  payment  in  respect  thereof  within  ten (10) days  after  demand  therefor,  for  the  full  amount  of  any 
Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) 
payable  or  paid  by  such  Recipient  or  required  to  be  withheld  or  deducted  from  a  payment  to  such  Recipient,  and  any  penalties, 
interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly 
or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability 
delivered to the Company by a Lender or an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent 
on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each of the Loan Parties 
shall, and does hereby, jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 
ten (10) days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or an L/C Issuer for any reason 

61 

  
  
  
fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required pursuant to Section 3.01(c)(ii) below. 

(ii)                              Each Lender and each L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify, and shall make payment in 
respect  thereof  within  ten (10) days  after  demand  therefor,  (x) the  Administrative  Agent  against  any  Indemnified  Taxes 
attributable to such Lender or such L/C Issuer (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the 
Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (y) the 
Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties, as applicable, against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply 
with  the  provisions  of  Section 11.06(d) relating  to  the  maintenance  of  a  Participant  Register  and  (z) the  Administrative 
Agent and the Loan Parties, as applicable, against any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, in 
each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in connection with any Loan Document, 
and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally 
imposed  or  asserted  by  the  relevant  Governmental  Authority.   A  certificate  as  to  the  amount  of  such  payment  or  liability 
delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender and each L/C 
Issuer  hereby  authorizes  the  Administrative  Agent  to  set  off  and  apply  any  and  all  amounts  at  any  time  owing  to  such 
Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount 
due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii). 

(d)                              Evidence of Payments.  Upon request by any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after 
any  payment  of  Taxes  by  any  Loan  Party  or  by  the  Administrative  Agent  to  a  Governmental  Authority  as  provided  in  this 
Section 3.01, each Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Company, 
as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a 
copy  of  any  return  required  by  Laws  to  report  such  payment  or  other  evidence  of  such  payment  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the 
Company or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be. 

(e)                                Status  of  Lenders;  Tax  Documentation.   (i) Any  Lender  that  is  entitled  to  an  exemption  from  or  reduction  of 
withholding  Tax  with  respect  to  payments  made  under  any  Loan  Document  shall  deliver  to  the  Company  and  the  Administrative 
Agent,  at  the  time  or  times  reasonably  requested  by  the  Company  or  the  Administrative  Agent,  such  properly  completed  and 
executed  documentation  reasonably  requested  by  the  Company  or  the  Administrative  Agent  as  will  permit  such  payments  to  be 
made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Company or 
the  Administrative  Agent,  shall  deliver  such  other  documentation  prescribed  by  applicable  law  or  reasonably  requested  by  the 
Company or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Company or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such 
Lender  is  subject  to  backup  withholding  or  information  reporting  requirements.   Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  the 
preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth 
in  Section 3.01(e)(ii)(A),  (ii)(B) and  (ii)(D) below)  shall  not  be  required  if  in  the  Lender’s  reasonable  judgment  such  completion, 
execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the 
legal or commercial position of such Lender. 

62 

  
  
  
  
  
(ii)                              Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 

(A)                           any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent on or 
prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter 
upon  the  reasonable  request  of  the  Company  or  the  Administrative  Agent),  executed  originals  of  IRS  Form W-9 
certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax; 

(B)                            any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Company and the 
Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on 
which  such  Foreign  Lender  becomes  a  Lender  under  this  Agreement  (and  from  time  to  time  thereafter  upon  the 
reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable: 

(I)                                 in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the 
United  States  is  a  party  (x) with  respect  to  payments  of  interest  under  any  Loan  Document,  executed 
originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction 
of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to 
any  other  applicable  payments  under  any  Loan  Document, IRS  Form W-8BEN  or  W-8BEN-E,  as 
applicable,  establishing  an  exemption  from,  or  reduction  of,  U.S.  federal  withholding  Tax  pursuant  to  the 
“business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty; 

(II)                            executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, 

(III)                       in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest 
under Section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 
to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within  the  meaning  of  Section 881(c)(3)(A) of  the 
Internal Revenue Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)
(B) of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  or  a  “controlled  foreign  corporation”  described  in  Section 881(c)(3)
(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS 
Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or 

(IV)                       to  the  extent  a  Foreign  Lender  is  not  the  beneficial  owner,  executed  originals  of  IRS 
Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, a 
U.S.  Tax  Compliance  Certificate  substantially  in  the  form  of  Exhibit I-2  or  Exhibit I-3, IRS  Form W-9, 
and/or  other  certification  documents  from  each  beneficial  owner,  as  applicable;  provided,  that,  if  the 
Foreign  Lender  is  a  partnership  and  one  or  more  direct  or  indirect  partners  of  such  Foreign  Lender  are 
claiming  the  portfolio  interest  exemption,  such  Foreign  Lender  may  provide  a  U.S.  Tax  Compliance 
Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner; 

63 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(C)                            any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Company and the 
Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on 
which  such  Foreign  Lender  becomes  a  Lender  under  this  Agreement  (and  from  time  to  time  thereafter  upon  the 
reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed 
by  applicable  law  as  a  basis  for  claiming  exemption  from  or  a  reduction  in  U.S.  federal  withholding  Tax,  duly 
completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the 
Company or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and 

(D)                            if  a  payment  made  to  a  Lender  under  any  Loan  Document  would  be  subject  to  U.S.  federal 
withholding  Tax  imposed  by  FATCA  if  such  Lender  were  to  fail  to  comply  with  the  applicable  reporting 
requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as 
applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed 
by  law  and  at  such  time  or  times  reasonably  requested  by  the  Company  or  the  Administrative  Agent  such 
documentation  prescribed  by  applicable  law  (including  as  prescribed  by  Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of  the  Internal 
Revenue  Code)  and  such  additional  documentation  reasonably  requested  by  the  Company  or  the  Administrative 
Agent as may be necessary for the Company and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under 
FATCA  and  to  determine  that  such  Lender  has  complied  with  such  Lender’s  obligations  under  FATCA  or  to 
determine  the  amount  to  deduct  and  withhold  from  such  payment.   Solely  for  purposes  of  this  clause  (D), 
“FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. 

(iii)                           Each  Lender  agrees  that  if  any  form  or  certification  it  previously  delivered  pursuant  to  this  Section 3.01 
expires  or  becomes  obsolete  or  inaccurate  in  any  respect,  it  shall  update  such  form  or  certification  or  promptly  notify  the 
Company and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. 

(f)                                Treatment of Certain Refunds.  Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have 
any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or 
any L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as 
the  case  may  be.   If  any  Recipient  determines,  in  its  sole  discretion  exercised  in  good  faith,  that  it  has  received  a  refund  of  any 
Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts 
pursuant  to  this Section 3.01,  it  shall  pay  to  the  Loan  Party  an  amount  equal  to  such  refund  (but  only  to  the  extent  of  indemnity 
payments made, or additional amounts paid, by a Loan Party under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such 
refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than any interest 
paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided,  that, the Loan Party, upon the request of the 
Recipient,  agrees  to  repay  the  amount  paid  over  to  the  Loan  Party  (plus  any  penalties,  interest  or  other  charges  imposed  by  the 
relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental 
Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the applicable Recipient be required to pay 
any amount to the Loan Party pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a less favorable net 
after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had 
not been deducted, withheld or otherwise 

64 

  
  
  
  
  
imposed  and  the  indemnification  payments  or  additional  amounts  with  respect  to  such  Tax  had  never  been  paid.   This  subsection 
shall not be construed to require any Recipient to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it 
deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person. 

(g)                                Survival.   Each  party’s  obligations  under  this  Section 3.01  shall  survive  the  resignation  or  replacement  of  the 
Administrative  Agent  or  any  assignment  of  rights  by,  or  the  replacement  of,  a  Lender  or  an  L/C  Issuer,  the  termination  of  the 
Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. 

3.02                       Illegality. 

If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, 
for any Lender or its Lending Office to perform any of its obligations hereunder or to make, maintain or fund or charge interest with respect 
to  any  Credit  Extension,  or  to  determine  or  charge  interest  rates  based  upon  the  Eurodollar  Rate,  or  any  Governmental  Authority  has 
imposed  material  restrictions  on  the  authority  of  such  Lender  to  purchase  or  sell,  or  to  take  deposits  of,  Dollars  in  the  London  interbank 
market,  then,  on  notice  thereof  by  such  Lender  to  the  Company  through  the  Administrative  Agent,  (a) any  obligation  of  such  Lender  to 
issue, make, maintain, fund or charge interest with respect to any such Credit Extension or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert 
Base  Rate  Loans  to  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  shall  be  suspended  and  (ii) if  such  notice  asserts  the  illegality  of  such  Lender  making  or 
maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the 
interest  rate  on  which  Base  Rate  Loans  of  such  Lender  shall,  if  necessary  to  avoid  such  illegality,  be  determined  by  the  Administrative 
Agent  without  reference  to  the  Eurodollar  Rate  component  of  the  Base  Rate,  in  each  case  until  such  Lender  notifies  the  Administrative 
Agent  and  the  Company  that  the  circumstances  giving  rise  to  such  determination  no  longer  exist.   Upon  receipt  of  such  notice,  (x) the 
Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar 
Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid 
such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on 
the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or 
immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of 
such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such 
suspension  compute  the  Base  Rate  applicable  to  such  Lender  without  reference  to  the  Eurodollar  Rate  component  thereof  until  the 
Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates 
based upon the Eurodollar Rate.  Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so 
prepaid or converted. 

3.03                       Inability to Determine Rates. 

If  in  connection  with  any  request  for  a  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  or  a  conversion  to  or  continuation  thereof  or  otherwise,  (a) the 
Administrative  Agent  determines  that  (i) Dollar  deposits  are  not  being  offered  to  banks  in  the  applicable  offshore  interbank  eurodollar 
market  for  such  currency  for  the  applicable  amount  and  Interest  Period  of  such  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  or  (ii) adequate  and  reasonable 
means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan 
or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan (in each case with respect to this clause (a),  “Impacted Loans”), or (b) the 
Administrative  Agent  or  the  Required  Lenders  determine  that  for  any  reason  the  Eurodollar  Rate  for  any  requested  Interest  Period  with 
respect  to  a  proposed  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  does  not  adequately  and  fairly  reflect  the  cost  to  the  Lenders  of  funding  such  Loan,  the 
Administrative 

65 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Agent will promptly notify the Company and all Lenders.  Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate 
Loans shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans or Interest Periods) and (y) in the event of a determination 
described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate 
component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent revokes such notice.  Upon receipt 
of such notice, the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans (to 
the extent of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a 
request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent has made the determination described in clause (a)(i) of this Section and 
the Borrowers shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the affected Lenders and the Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith to amend 
the  definition  of  “Eurodollar Rate” and other applicable provisions to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change; provided, 
that, until so amended, such Impacted Loans will be handled as otherwise provided pursuant to the terms of this Section. 

3.04                       Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans. 

(a)                               Increased Costs Generally.  If any Change in Law shall: 

(i)                                   impose,  modify  or  deem  applicable  any  reserve,  special  deposit,  compulsory  loan,  insurance  charge  or 
similar  requirement  against  assets  of,  deposits  with  or  for  the  account  of,  or  credit  extended  or  participated  in  by,  any 
Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(d)) or any L/C Issuer; 

(ii)                               subject  any  Recipient  to  any  Taxes  (other  than  (A) Indemnified  Taxes,  (B) Taxes  described  in  clauses 
(b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of 
credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or 

(iii)                           impose  on  any  Lender  or  any  L/C  Issuer  or  the  London  interbank  market  any  other  condition,  cost  or 
expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation 
therein; 

and  the  result  of  any  of  the  foregoing  shall  be  to  increase  the  cost  to  such  Lender  of  making,  converting  to,  continuing  or 
maintaining  any  Loan  the  interest  on  which  is  determined  by  reference  to  the  Eurodollar  Rate  (or  of  maintaining  its  obligation  to 
make  any  such  Loan),  or  to  increase  the  cost  to  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer  of  participating  in,  issuing  or  maintaining  any 
Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any 
sum received or receivable by such Lender or such L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, 
upon request of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, 
such  additional  amount  or  amounts  as  will  compensate  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer,  as  the  case  may  be,  for  such  additional 
costs incurred or reduction suffered. 

(b)                              Capital Requirements.  If any Lender or an L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender 
or such L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding 
capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s 

66 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the 
Commitments  of  such  Lender  or  the  Loans  made  by,  or  participations  in  Letters  of  Credit  or  Swing  Line  Loans  held  by,  such 
Lender,  or  the  Letters  of  Credit  issued  by  such  L/C  Issuer,  to  a  level  below  that  which  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer  or  such 
Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such 
Lender’s  or  such  L/C  Issuer’s  policies  and  the  policies  of  such  Lender’s  or  such  L/C  Issuer’s  holding  company  with  respect  to 
capital  adequacy),  then  from  time  to  time  the  Borrowers  will  pay  to  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer,  as  the  case  may  be,  such 
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s  holding 
company for any such reduction suffered. 

(c)                               Certificates for Reimbursement.  A certificate of a Lender or an L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts 
necessary to compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection 
(a) or (b) of  this  Section and  delivered  to  the  Company  shall  be  conclusive  absent  manifest  error.   The  Borrowers  shall  pay  such 
Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt 
thereof. 

(d)                              Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans.  The Borrowers shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be 
required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently 
known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”),  additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the 
actual  costs  of  such  reserves  allocated  to  such  Loan  by  such  Lender  (as  determined  by  such  Lender  in  good  faith,  which 
determination shall be conclusive), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or 
analogous  requirement  of  any  central  banking  or  financial  regulatory  authority  imposed  in  respect  of  the  maintenance  of  the 
Commitments  or  the  funding  of  the  Loans,  such  additional  costs  (expressed  as  a  percentage  per  annum  and  rounded  upwards,  if 
necessary, to the nearest five (5) decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender 
(as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which in each case shall be due and payable 
on  each  date  on  which  interest  is  payable  on  such  Loan,  provided,  that,  the  Company  shall  have  received  at  least  ten  (10) days’ 
prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or costs from such Lender.  If a Lender fails to 
give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days 
from receipt of such notice. 

(e)                               Delay in Requests.  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or an L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant 
to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s right to demand such 
compensation;  provided,  that,  the  Borrowers  shall  not  be  required  to  compensate  a  Lender  or  an  L/C  Issuer  pursuant  to  the 
foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the 
date  that  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer,  as  the  case  may  be,  notifies  the  Company  of  the  Change  in  Law  giving  rise  to  such 
increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s  or  such  L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if 
the  Change  in  Law  giving  rise  to  such  increased  costs  or  reductions  is  retroactive,  then  the  nine-month  period  referred  to  above 
shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). 

67 

  
  
  
  
  
3.05                       Compensation for Losses. 

Upon  demand  of  any  Lender  (with  a  copy  to  the  Administrative  Agent)  from  time  to  time,  the  Borrowers  shall  promptly 

compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of: 

(a)                               any  continuation,  conversion,  payment  or  prepayment  of  any  Loan  other  than  a  Base  Rate  Loan  on  a  day  other 
than  the  last  day  of  the  Interest  Period  for  such  Loan  (whether  voluntary,  mandatory,  automatic,  by  reason  of  acceleration,  or 
otherwise); 

(b)                              any failure by a Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, 

continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by such Borrower; 

(c)                                any  failure  by  the  Company  to  reimburse  a  drawing  under  a  Letter  of  Credit  denominated  in  an  Alternative 

Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency; or 

(d)                               any  assignment  of  a  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan  on  a  day  other  than  the  last  day  of  the  Interest  Period  therefor  as  a 

result of a request by the Company pursuant to Section 11.13; 

including  any  loss  of  anticipated  profits  and  any  loss  or  expense  arising  from  the  liquidation  or  reemployment  of  funds  obtained  by  it  to 
maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.  The Borrowers shall also pay 
any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing. 

For  purposes  of  calculating  amounts  payable  by  the  Borrowers  to  the  Lenders  under  this  Section 3.05,  each  Lender  shall  be 
deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan 
by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, 
whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded. 

3.06                       Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. 

(a)                               Designation of a Different Lending Office.  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or requires 
the Borrowers to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender, an L/C Issuer or any Governmental Authority 
for the account of any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, 
then  at  the  request  of  the  Company  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer  shall,  as  applicable,  use  reasonable  efforts  to  designate  a 
different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its 
offices,  branches  or  affiliates,  if,  in  the  judgment  of  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer,  such  designation  or  assignment  (i) would 
eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for 
the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the 
case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, 
as the case may be.  The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or any L/C 
Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment. 

(b)                               Replacement  of  Lenders.   If  any  Lender  requests  compensation  under  Section 3.04,  or  if  the  Borrowers  are 

required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender 

68 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 and, in each case, such Lender has declined 
or  is  unable  to  designate  a  different  lending  office  in  accordance  with Section 3.06(a),  the  Company  may  replace  such  Lender  in 
accordance with Section 11.13. 

3.07                       Survival. 

All  of  the  Borrowers’  obligations  under  this  Article III  shall  survive  termination  of  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments, 

repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent. 

3.08                       Successor LIBOR. 

Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document  (including  Section 11.01  hereof),  if  the 
Administrative  Agent  determines  (which  determination  shall  be  conclusive  absent  manifest  error),  or  the  Borrowers  or  the  Required 
Lenders  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  (with,  in  the  case  of  the  Required  Lenders,  a  copy  to  the  Company)  that  the  Borrowers  or  the 
Required Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that: 

(a)                               adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for any requested Interest Period because the 

LIBOR Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or 

(b)                               the  administrator  of  the  LIBOR  Screen  Rate  or  a  Governmental  Authority  having  jurisdiction  over  the 
Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR or the LIBOR Screen Rate shall 
no  longer  be  made  available,  or  used  for  determining  the  interest  rate  of  loans  (such  specific  date,  the  “Scheduled Unavailability 
Date”); or 

(c)                                syndicated  loans  currently  being  executed,  or  that  include  language  similar  to  that  contained  in  this  Section,  are 

being executed or amended (as applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR; 

then, reasonably promptly after such determination by the Administrative Agent or receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, as 
applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may amend this Agreement to replace LIBOR with an alternate benchmark rate 
(including any mathematical or other adjustments to the benchmark (if any) incorporated therein), giving due consideration to any evolving 
or then existing convention for similar Dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities for such alternative benchmarks (any such proposed 
rate,  a “LIBOR  Successor  Rate”),  together  with  any  proposed  LIBOR  Successor  Rate  Conforming  Changes  and  any  such  amendment 
shall  become  effective  at  5:00  p.m. (Eastern  time)  on  the  fifth  Business  Day  after  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  posted  such 
proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrowers unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered 
to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders do not accept such amendment. 

If  no  LIBOR  Successor  Rate  has  been  determined  and  the  circumstances  under  clause  (a) above  exist  or  the  Scheduled 
Unavailability  Date  has  occurred  (as  applicable),  the  Administrative  Agent  will  promptly  so  notify  the  Company  and  each  Lender.  
Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, (to the extent of the affected 
Eurodollar Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) the Eurodollar Rate component shall no longer be utilized in determining the Base Rate.  
Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar 
Rate Loans (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans 

69 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
or  Interest  Periods)  or,  failing  that,  will  be  deemed  to  have  converted  such  request  into  a  request  for  a  Borrowing  of  Base  Rate  Loans 
(subject to the foregoing clause (y)) in the amount specified therein. 

Notwithstanding  anything  else  herein,  any  definition  of  LIBOR  Successor  Rate  shall  provide  that  in  no  event  shall  such  LIBOR 

Successor Rate be less than zero for purposes of this Agreement. 

ARTICLE IV 

GUARANTY 

4.01                       The Guaranty. 

Each  of  the  Guarantors  hereby  jointly  and  severally  guarantees  to  each  Lender,  each  Swap  Bank,  each  Treasury  Management 
Bank, and the Administrative Agent as hereinafter provided, as primary obligor and not as surety, the prompt payment of all Obligations in 
full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory Cash Collateralization or otherwise) 
strictly in accordance with the terms thereof.  The Guarantors hereby further agree that if any of the Obligations are not paid in full when 
due  (whether  at  stated  maturity,  as  a  mandatory  prepayment,  by  acceleration,  as  a  mandatory  Cash  Collateralization  or  otherwise),  the 
Guarantors  will,  jointly  and  severally,  promptly  pay  the  same,  without  any  demand  or  notice  whatsoever,  and  that  in  the  case  of  any 
extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended 
maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory Cash Collateralization or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of 
such extension or renewal. 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents, Secured Swap Agreements 
or Secured Treasury Management Agreements, (x) the obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents 
shall  be  limited  to  an  aggregate  amount  equal  to  the  largest  amount  that  would  not  render  such  obligations  subject  to  avoidance  under 
Debtor Relief Laws or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law and (y) the Obligations of a Guarantor that are guaranteed 
under this Guaranty shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor. 

4.02                       Obligations Unconditional. 

The  obligations  of  the  Guarantors  under  Section 4.01  are  joint  and  several,  absolute  and  unconditional,  irrespective  of  the  value, 
genuineness,  validity,  regularity  or  enforceability  of  any  of  the  Loan  Documents,  Secured  Swap  Agreements  or  Secured  Treasury 
Management Agreements, or any other agreement or instrument referred to therein, or any substitution, release, impairment or exchange of 
any other guarantee of or security for any of the Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any law 
or  regulation  or  other  circumstance  whatsoever  which  might  otherwise  constitute  a  legal  or  equitable  discharge  or  defense  of  a  surety  or 
guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.02 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under 
any  and  all  circumstances.   Each  Guarantor  agrees  that  such  Guarantor  shall  have  no  right  of  subrogation,  indemnity,  reimbursement  or 
contribution  against  any  Borrower  or  any  other  Guarantor  for  amounts  paid  under  this  Article IV  until  such  time  as  the  Obligations  have 
been paid in full and the Commitments have expired or terminated.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the 
fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  the  occurrence  of  any  one  or  more  of  the  following  shall  not  alter  or  impair  the  liability  of  any  Guarantor 
hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above: 

70 

(a)                               at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance 

with any of the Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived; 

(b)                              any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of any of the Loan Documents, any Secured Swap Agreement, 
or any Secured Treasury Management Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents, such 
Secured Swap Agreements or such Secured Treasury Management Agreements shall be done or omitted; 

(c)                                the  maturity  of  any  of  the  Obligations  shall  be  accelerated,  or  any  of  the  Obligations  shall  be  modified, 
supplemented  or  amended  in  any  respect,  or  any  right  under  any  of  the  Loan  Documents,  any  Secured  Swap  Agreement  or  any 
Secured  Treasury  Management  Agreement,  or  any  other  agreement  or  instrument  referred  to  in  the  Loan  Documents,  such 
Secured Swap Agreements or such Secured Treasury Management Agreements shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of 
the Obligations or any security therefor shall be released, impaired or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; 

(d)                              any Lien granted to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or Lenders as security for any of the 

Obligations shall fail to attach or be perfected; or 

(e)                               any of the Obligations shall be determined to be void or voidable (including, without limitation, for the benefit of any 
creditor  of  any  Guarantor)  or  shall  be  subordinated  to  the  claims  of  any  Person  (including,  without  limitation,  any  creditor  of  any 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Guarantor). 

With  respect  to  its  obligations  hereunder,  each  Guarantor  hereby  expressly  waives  diligence,  presentment,  demand  of  payment, 
protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or 
proceed  against  any  Person  under  any  of  the  Loan  Documents,  any  Secured  Swap  Agreement  or  any  Secured  Treasury  Management 
Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents, such Secured Swap Agreements or such Secured 
Treasury Management Agreements, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligations. 

4.03                       Reinstatement. 

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article IV shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any 
payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the 
Obligations,  whether  as  a  result  of  any  proceedings  in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization  or  otherwise,  and  each  Guarantor  agrees  that  it  will 
indemnify  the  Administrative  Agent  and  each  Lender  on  demand  for  all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  the 
fees,  charges  and  disbursements  of  counsel)  incurred  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  such  Lender  in  connection  with  such  rescission  or 
restoration,  including  any  such  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  defending  against  any  claim  alleging  that  such  payment  constituted  a 
preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law. 

4.04                       Certain Additional Waivers. 

Each  Guarantor  agrees  that  such  Guarantor  shall  have  no  right  of  recourse  to  security  for  the  Obligations,  except  through  the 

exercise of rights of subrogation pursuant to Section 4.02 and through the exercise of rights of contribution pursuant to Section 4.06. 

71 

  
  
  
  
  
  
4.05                       Remedies. 

The  Guarantors  agree  that,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  as  between  the  Guarantors,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the 
Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, the Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in 
Section 9.02  (and  shall  be  deemed  to  have  become  automatically  due  and  payable  in  the  circumstances  provided  in  said Section 9.02) for 
purposes of Section 4.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing the Obligations 
from  becoming  automatically  due  and  payable)  as  against  any  other  Person  and  that,  in  the  event  of  such  declaration  (or  the  Obligations 
being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), the Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall 
forthwith  become  due  and  payable  by  the  Guarantors  for  purposes  of  Section 4.01.   The  Guarantors  acknowledge  and  agree  that  their 
obligations  hereunder  are  secured  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Collateral  Documents  and  that  the  Lenders  may  exercise  their 
remedies thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof. 

4.06                       Rights of Contribution. 

The Guarantors agree among themselves that, in connection with payments made hereunder, each Guarantor shall have contribution 
rights against the other Guarantors as permitted under applicable law.  Such contribution rights shall be subordinate and subject in right of 
payment  to  the  Obligations  and  no  Guarantor  shall  exercise  such  rights  of  contribution  until  all  Obligations  have  been  paid  in  full  and  the 
Commitments have terminated. 

4.07                       Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee. 

The  guarantee  in  this  Article IV  is  a  guaranty  of  payment  and  not  of  collection,  is  a  continuing  guarantee,  and  shall  apply  to  all 

Obligations whenever arising. 

4.08                       Keepwell. 

Each Loan Party that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time the Guaranty in this Article IV by any Loan Party that is not then an 
“eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act (a “Specified Loan Party”) or the grant of a security interest under the 
Loan Documents by any such Specified Loan Party, in either case, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Obligation, hereby jointly 
and  severally,  absolutely,  unconditionally  and  irrevocably  undertakes  to  provide  such  funds  or  other  support  to  each  Specified  Loan  Party 
with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under 
the  Loan  Documents  in  respect  of  such  Swap  Obligation  (but,  in  each  case,  only  up  to  the  maximum  amount  of  such  liability  that  can  be 
hereby  incurred  without  rendering  such  Qualified  ECP  Guarantor’s  obligations  and  undertakings  under  this  Article IV  voidable  under 
applicable Debtor Relief Laws, and not for any greater amount).  The obligations and undertakings of each applicable Loan Party under this 
Section shall remain in full force and effect until such time as the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations that survive 
the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and the Commitments have expired or terminated.  Each Loan Party intends this 
Section to  constitute,  and  this  Section shall  be  deemed  to  constitute,  a  guarantee  of  the  obligations  of,  and  a  “keepwell,  support,  or  other 
agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act. 

72 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ARTICLE V 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS 

5.01                       Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. 

This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon  and  the  obligation  of  each  L/C  Issuer  and  each  Lender  to  make  its  initial  Credit 

Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent: 

(a)                               Loan Documents.  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of executed counterparts of this Agreement and the other 
Loan Documents, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party and, in the case of this Agreement, 
by each Lender. 

(b)                               Opinions  of  Counsel.   Receipt  by  the  Administrative  Agent  of  favorable  opinions  of  legal  counsel  to  the  Loan 
Parties,  addressed  to  the  Administrative  Agent  and  each  Lender,  dated  as  of  the  Closing  Date,  and  in  form  and  substance 
satisfactory  to  the  Administrative  Agent  (and  which  shall  include,  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  a  non-contravention  opinion  with 
respect to the 1.00% Convertible Notes Documents). 

(c)                               Financial Statements.  The Administrative Agent shall have received: 

(i)                                  (A) the Audited Financial Statements and (B) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and 
its  Subsidiaries  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31, 2016  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income  or 
operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes 
thereto, audited by independent public accountants of recognized national standing and prepared in conformity with GAAP; 

(ii)                              the Interim Financial Statements; and 

(iii)                          financial projections for the Company and its Subsidiaries in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders 

for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. 

(d)                              No Material Adverse Change.  There shall not have occurred a material adverse change since December 31, 2017 
in  the  operations,  business,  assets,  properties,  liabilities  (actual  or  contingent)  or  financial  condition  of  the  Company  and  its 
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

(e)                                Litigation.   There  shall  not  exist  any  action,  suit,  investigation  or  proceeding  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
Loan  Parties  after  due  and  diligent  investigation,  threatened  in  any  court  or  before  an  arbitrator  or  Governmental  Authority  that 
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(f)                                Organization  Documents,  Resolutions,  Etc.   Receipt  by  the  Administrative  Agent  of  the  following,  each  of  which 
shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals), in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and 
its legal counsel: 

(i)                                  copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party certified to be true and complete as of a recent 
date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of the state or other jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, where 
applicable, and 

73 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
certified by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party to be true and correct as of the Closing Date; 

(ii)                               such  certificates  of  resolutions  or  other  action,  incumbency  certificates  and/or  other  certificates  of 
Responsible  Officers  of  each  Loan  Party  as  the  Administrative  Agent  may  require  evidencing  the  identity,  authority  and 
capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement 
and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party; and 

(iii)                           such  documents  and  certifications  as  the  Administrative  Agent  may  require  to  evidence  that  each  Loan 
Party is duly organized or formed, and is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in its state of 
organization or formation. 

(g)                               Perfection and Priority of Liens.  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of the following: 

(i)                                  searches of Uniform Commercial Code filings in the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party or where 
a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, copies of 
the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens; 

(ii)                              UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s 

sole discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral; 

(iii)                          all certificates evidencing any certificated Equity Interests pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to 

the Pledge Agreement, together with duly executed in blank and undated stock powers attached thereto; 

(iv)                           searches  of  ownership  of,  and  Liens  on,  intellectual  property  of  each  Loan  Party  in  the  appropriate 

governmental offices; 

(v)                              duly executed notices of grant of security interest in the form required by the Security Agreement as are 
necessary,  in  the  Administrative  Agent’s  sole  discretion,  to  perfect  the  Administrative  Agent’s  security  interest  in  the 
intellectual property of the Loan Parties; and 

(vi)                          subject to  Section 7.16,  in  the  case  of  any  personal  property  Collateral  located  at  a  premises  leased  by  a 
Loan  Party  with  a  fair  market  value  for  such  Collateral  of  $200,000  or  more  at  any  one  location,  such  estoppel  letters, 
consents and waivers from the landlords on such real property as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent; 
provided,  that,  the  aggregate  fair  market  value  for  Collateral  located  at  all  such  premises  for  which  such  estoppel  letters, 
consents and/or waivers shall not be required shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate. 

(h)                               Evidence  of  Insurance.   Receipt  by  the  Administrative  Agent  of  copies  of  insurance  policies  or  certificates  of 
insurance of the Loan Parties evidencing liability and casualty insurance meeting the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents, 
including, but not limited to, naming 

74 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
the  Administrative  Agent  as  additional  insured  (in  the  case  of  liability  insurance)  or  Lender’s  loss  payee  (in  the  case  of  hazard 
insurance) on behalf of the holders of the Obligations. 

(i)                                  Closing  Certificate.   Receipt  by  the  Administrative  Agent  of  a  certificate  signed  by  a  Responsible  Officer  of  the 

Company certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 5.01(d), (e) and (l) and Sections 5.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied. 

(j)                                  Solvency Certificate.  The Administrative Agent shall have received certification as to the financial condition and 
Solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date on a consolidated basis (after giving effect to the transactions 
contemplated hereby) from a Responsible Officer of the Company. 

(k)                              Perfection  Certificate.   The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  a  completed  perfection  certificate,  in  form 

and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company. 

(l)                                   Existing  Indebtedness.   Receipt  by  the  Administrative  Agent  of  evidence  that  all  existing  Indebtedness  for 
borrowed  money  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  (other  than  Indebtedness  permitted  to  exist  pursuant  to  Section 8.03)  shall 
have been repaid in full and all security interests related thereto shall have been terminated on or prior to the Closing Date. 

(m)                          KYC Information. 

(i)                                  Upon the reasonable request of any Lender at least five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, the Borrowers 
shall  have  provided  to  such  Lender  the  documentation  and  other  information  so  requested  in  connection  with  applicable 
“know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act, in each case at least 
three (3) days prior to the Closing Date. 

(ii)                              At  least  five  (5) days  prior  to  the  Closing  Date,  if  either  Borrower  qualifies  as  a “legal  entity  customer” 
under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have received, in each case to 
the extent requested by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such 
Borrower. 

(n)                               Fees  and  Expenses.   Receipt  by  the  Administrative  Agent,  MLPFS  and  the  Lenders  of  any  fees  and  expenses 

required to be paid or reimbursed, as the case may be, on or before the Closing Date. 

(o)                              Attorney Costs.   Unless  waived  by  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Company  shall  have  paid  all  fees,  charges  and 
disbursements  of  counsel  to  the  Administrative  Agent  to  the  extent  invoiced  prior  to  or  on  the  Closing  Date, plus  such  additional 
amounts  of  such  fees,  charges  and  disbursements  as  shall  constitute  its  reasonable  estimate  of  such  fees,  charges  and 
disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided, that, that such estimate shall not thereafter 
preclude a final settling of accounts between the Company and the Administrative Agent). 

(p)                              Other.   Receipt  by  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Lenders  of  such  other  documents,  instruments,  agreements 
and  information  as  requested  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  information  regarding 
litigation, tax, accounting, labor, insurance, pension liabilities (actual or contingent), real estate leases, material contracts, debt 

75 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
agreements, property ownership, environmental matters, contingent liabilities and management of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
such  information  may  include,  if  requested  by  the  Administrative  Agent,  asset  appraisal  reports  and  written  audits  of  accounts 
receivable, inventory, payables, controls and systems. 

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, for purposes of determining compliance with 
the conditions specified in this Section 5.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or 
accepted  or  to  be  satisfied  with,  each  document  or  other  matter  required  thereunder  to  be  consented  to  or  approved  by  or  acceptable  or 
satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date 
specifying its objection thereto. 

5.02                       Conditions to all Credit Extensions. 

The obligation of each Lender and each L/C Issuer to honor any Request for Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions 

precedent: 

(a)                                The  representations  and  warranties  of  the  Company  and  each  other  Loan  Party  contained  in  Article VI  or  any 
other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, 
shall  be  true  and  correct  in  all  respects  on  and  as  of  the  date  of  such  Credit  Extension,  except  to  the  extent  that  such 
representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all respects as of 
such  earlier  date,  and  except  that  for  purposes  of  this  Section 5.02,  the  representations  and  warranties  contained  in  subsections 
(a) and  (b) of  Section 6.05  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  most  recent  statements  furnished  pursuant  to  clauses  (a) and  (b), 
respectively, of Section 7.01. 

(b)                              No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds 

thereof. 

(c)                                The  Administrative  Agent  and,  if  applicable,  the  applicable  L/C  Issuer  and/or  the  Swing  Line  Lender  shall  have 

received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof. 

(d)                              In the case of a Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternative Currency, such currency remains an Eligible 

Currency. 

(e)                               In the case of a Request for Credit Extension requesting a Borrowing of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans, 
the  Administrative  Agent  and  each  Lender  shall  have  received  the  Initial  Budgets  for  all  of  the  NY  MTA  Projects  pursuant  to 
Section 7.02(j). 

Each  Request  for  Credit  Extension  submitted  by  a  Borrower  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  representation  and  warranty  that  the 
conditions specified in Sections 5.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension, and the initial 
Request for Credit Extension requesting a Borrowing of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans by the Company shall be a representation 
and warranty that the condition specified in Section 5.02(e) has been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension. 

76 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ARTICLE VI 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

The Loan Parties represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that: 

6.01                       Existence, Qualification and Power. 

Each  Loan  Party  (a) is  duly  organized  or  formed,  validly  existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  Laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of  its 
incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and 
approvals  to  (i) own  or  lease  its  assets  and  carry  on  its  business  and  (ii) execute,  deliver  and  perform  its  obligations  under  the  Loan 
Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its 
ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred 
to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

6.02                       Authorization; No Contravention. 

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party have been 
duly  authorized  by  all  necessary  corporate  or  other  organizational  action,  and  do  not  (a) contravene  the  terms  of  any  of  such  Person’s 
Organization  Documents;  (b) conflict  with  or  result  in  any  breach  or  contravention  of,  or  the  creation  of  any  Lien  under,  or  require  any 
payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such 
Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which 
such  Person  or  its  property  is  subject;  or  (c) violate  any  Law  (including,  without  limitation,  Regulation  U  or  Regulation  X  issued  by  the 
FRB). 

6.03                       Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. 

No  approval,  consent,  exemption,  authorization,  or  other  action  by,  or  notice  to,  or  filing  with,  any  Governmental  Authority  or  any 
other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party 
of this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than (a) those that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect and 
(b) filings to perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Documents. 

6.04                       Binding Effect. 

Each  Loan  Document  has  been  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  each  Loan  Party  that  is  party  thereto.   Each  Loan  Document 
constitutes  a  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  each  Loan  Party  that  is  party  thereto,  enforceable  against  each  such  Loan  Party  in 
accordance with its terms. 

6.05                       Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect. 

(a)                               The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the 
period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Company and 
its  Subsidiaries  as  of  the  date  thereof  and  their  results  of  operations  for  the  period  covered  thereby  in  accordance  with  GAAP 
consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material 
indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the 

77 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, commitments and Indebtedness. 

(b)                              The Interim Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the 
period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Company and 
its  Subsidiaries  as  of  the  date  thereof  and  their  results  of  operations  for  the  period  covered  thereby,  subject,  in  the  case  of 
clauses (i) and (ii),  to  the  absence  of  footnotes  and  to  normal  year-end  audit  adjustments;  and  (iii) show  all  material  indebtedness 
and  other  liabilities,  direct  or  contingent,  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  as  of  the  date  thereof,  including  liabilities  for  taxes, 
material commitments and Indebtedness. 

(c)                               From the date of the Audited Financial Statements to and including the Closing Date, there has been no Disposition 
by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or any Involuntary Disposition, of any material part of the business or property of any Loan 
Party  or  any  Subsidiary,  and  no  purchase  or  other  acquisition  by  any  of  them  of  any  business  or  property  (including  any  Equity 
Interests of any other Person) material to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, in each case, which is not reflected in the foregoing 
financial statements or in the notes thereto and has not otherwise been disclosed in writing to the Lenders on or prior to the Closing 
Date. 

(d)                              Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or 

in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

6.06                       Litigation. 

There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after due and diligent 
investigation,  threatened  or  contemplated,  at  law,  in  equity,  in  arbitration  or  before  any  Governmental  Authority,  by  or  against  any  Loan 
Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any 
other  Loan  Document,  or  any  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  (b) either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate  could  reasonably  be 
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

6.07                       No Default. 

(a)                               Neither  any  Loan  Party  nor  any  Subsidiary  is  in  default  under  or  with  respect  to  any  Contractual  Obligation  that 

individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(b)                              No Default has occurred and is continuing. 

6.08                       Ownership of Property; Liens. 

Each  Loan  Party  and  its  Subsidiaries  has  good  record  and  marketable  title  in  fee  simple  to,  or  valid  leasehold  interests  in,  all  real 
property  necessary  or  used  in  the  ordinary  conduct  of  its  business,  except  for  such  defects  in  title  as  could  not,  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The property of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries is subject to 
no Liens, other than Permitted Liens. 

78 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
6.09                       Environmental Compliance. 

Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: 

(a)                               Each of the Facilities and all operations at the Facilities are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, 
and  there  is  no  violation  of  any  Environmental  Law  with  respect  to  the  Facilities  or  the  Businesses,  and  there  are  no  conditions 
relating to the Facilities or the Businesses that could give rise to liability under any applicable Environmental Laws. 

(b)                              None of the Facilities contains, or has previously contained, any Hazardous Materials at, on or under the Facilities 

in amounts or concentrations that constitute or constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws. 

(c)                                Neither  any  Loan  Party  nor  any  Subsidiary  has  received  any  written  or  verbal  notice  of,  or  inquiry  from  any 
Governmental  Authority  regarding,  any  violation,  alleged  violation,  non-compliance,  liability  or  potential  liability  regarding 
environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Facilities or the Businesses, nor does any 
Responsible  Officer  of  any  Loan  Party  have  knowledge  or  reason  to  believe  that  any  such  notice  will  be  received  or  is  being 
threatened. 

(d)                              Hazardous Materials have not been transported or disposed of from the Facilities, or generated, treated, stored or 
disposed  of  at,  on  or  under  any  of  the  Facilities  or  any  other  location,  in  each  case  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Loan  Party  or  any 
Subsidiary in violation of, or in a manner that would be reasonably likely to give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental 
Law. 

(e)                               No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, 
threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary is or will be named as a party, nor are there 
any  consent  decrees  or  other  decrees,  consent  orders,  administrative  orders  or  other  orders,  or  other  administrative  or  judicial 
requirements  outstanding  under  any  Environmental  Law  with  respect  to  any  Loan  Party,  any  Subsidiary,  the  Facilities  or  the 
Businesses. 

(f)                                There has been no release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials at or from the Facilities, or arising from or 
related to the operations (including, without limitation, disposal) of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in connection with the Facilities 
or  otherwise  in  connection  with  the  Businesses,  in  violation  of  or  in  amounts  or  in  a  manner  that  could  give  rise  to  liability  under 
Environmental Laws. 

6.10                       Insurance. 

The properties of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not 
Affiliates of such Persons, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged 
in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Loan Party or the applicable Subsidiary operates.  The 
insurance  coverage  of  the  Loan  Parties  and  their  Subsidiaries  as  in  effect  on  the  Closing  Date  is  outlined  as  to  carrier,  policy  number, 
expiration date, type, amount and deductibles on Schedule 6.10. 

6.11                       Taxes. 

The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have filed all federal and state income and other material tax returns and reports required to 

be filed, and have paid all federal and state income and other material 

79 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due 
and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate 
reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.  There is no proposed tax assessment against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary 
that  would,  if  made,  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect.   Neither  any  Loan  Party  nor  any  Subsidiary  thereof  is  party  to  any  tax  sharing 
agreement. 

6.12                       ERISA Compliance. 

(a)                               Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue 
Code and other federal or state laws.  Each Pension Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal 
Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the form of such 
Plan  is  qualified  under  Section 401(a) of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  the  trust  related  thereto  has  been  determined  by  the 
Internal  Revenue  Service  to  be  exempt  from  federal  income  tax  under  Section 501(a) of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  or  an 
application  for  such  a  letter  is  currently  being  processed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service.   To  the  best  knowledge  of  the  Loan 
Parties, nothing has occurred that would prevent, or cause the loss of, such tax-qualified status. 

(b)                              There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action 
by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  
There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted 
or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

(c)                               (i) No ERISA Event has occurred and neither any Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event 
or  circumstance  that  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  constitute  or  result  in  an  ERISA  Event  with  respect  to  any  Pension  Plan; 
(ii) each  Borrower  and  each  ERISA  Affiliate  has  met  all  applicable  requirements  under  the  Pension  Funding  Rules in  respect  of 
each  Pension  Plan,  and  no  waiver  of  the  minimum  funding  standards  under  the  Pension  Funding  Rules has  been  applied  for  or 
obtained;  (iii) as  of  the  most  recent  valuation  date  for  any  Pension  Plan,  the  funding  target  attainment  percentage  (as  defined  in 
Section 430(d)(2) of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code)  is  sixty  percent  (60%)  or  higher  and  neither  any  Borrower  nor  any  ERISA 
Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage 
for any such plan to drop below sixty percent (60%) as of the most recent valuation date; (iv) neither any Borrower nor any ERISA 
Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which 
have  become  due  that  are  unpaid;  (v) neither  any  Borrower  nor  any  ERISA  Affiliate  has  engaged  in  a  transaction  that  could  be 
subject  to  Section 4069  or  Section 4212(c) of  ERISA;  and  (vi) no  Pension  Plan  has  been  terminated  by  the  plan  administrator 
thereof  nor  by  the  PBGC,  and  no  event  or  circumstance  has  occurred  or  exists  that  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  cause  the 
PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan. 

(d)                               Each  Borrower  represents  and  warrants  as  of  the  Closing  Date  that  it  is  not  and  will  not  be  using  “plan 
assets”  (within  the  meaning  of  29  CFR  §  2510.3-101,  as  modified  by  Section 3(42)  of  ERISA)  of  one  or  more  Benefit  Plans  in 
connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments. 

6.13      Subsidiaries. 

80 

Set forth on Schedule 6.13 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of each Subsidiary of any Loan Party, together 
with, with respect to each Subsidiary, (a) its jurisdiction of formation, (b) the number of shares of each class of Equity Interests outstanding, 
(c) the number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class of owned (directly or indirectly) by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary 
and (d) the number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and all other similar rights 
with  respect  thereto.   The  outstanding  Equity  Interests  of  each  Subsidiary  of  any  Loan  Party  are  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and  non-
assessable. 

6.14      Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act. 

(a)         No  Borrower  is  engaged  and  no  Borrower  will  engage,  principally  or  as  one  of  its  important  activities,  in  the 
business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the 
purpose  of  purchasing  or  carrying  margin  stock.   Following  the  application  of  the  proceeds  of  each  Borrowing  or  drawing  under 
each Letter of Credit, not more than twenty-five  percent  (25%)  of  the  value  of  the  assets  (either  of  a  Borrower  only  or  of  such 
Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated  basis)  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section 8.01 or Section 8.05  or  subject  to  any 
restriction  contained  in  any  agreement  or  instrument  between  such  Borrower  and  any  Lender  or  any  Affiliate  of  any  Lender 
relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of Section 9.01(e) will be margin stock. 

(b)         None  of  any  Loan  Party,  any  Person  Controlling  any  Loan  Party,  or  any  Subsidiary  is  or  is  required  to  be 

registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
6.15      Disclosure. 

No  report,  financial  statement,  certificate  or  other  information  furnished  (excluding  projections,  forward-looking  information  and 
information of a general economic or industry nature), whether in writing or orally, by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative 
Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder 
or  under  any  other  Loan  Document  (in  each  case,  as  modified  or  supplemented  by  other  information  so  furnished)  contains  any  material 
misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which 
they were made, not misleading.  All projections furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in 
connection  with  the  negotiation  of  any  Loan  Document  were  prepared  in  good  faith  based  upon  assumptions  that  were  believed  by  the 
preparer thereof to be reasonable at the time made, it being understood and agreed that such projections are not a guarantee of financial 
performance  and  actual  results  may  differ  from  the  projections  and  such  differences  may  be  material.   As  of  the  Closing  Date,  the 
information included in any Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct in all respects. 

6.16      Compliance with Laws. 

Each  Loan  Party  and  each  Subsidiary  is  in  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  all  Laws  and  all  orders,  writs,  injunctions  and 
decrees  applicable  to  it  or  to  its  properties,  except  in  such  instances  in  which  (a) such  requirement  of  Law  or  order,  writ,  injunction  or 
decree  is  being  contested  in  good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted  or  (b) the  failure  to  comply  therewith  could  not 
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

81 

  
  
  
  
  
6.17      Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. 

Each  Loan  Party  and  its  Subsidiaries  own,  or  possess  the  legal  right  to  use,  all  of  the  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names, 
copyrights,  patents,  patent  rights,  franchises,  licenses  and  other  intellectual  property  rights  (collectively, “IP  Rights”)  that  are  reasonably 
necessary  for  the  operation  of  their  respective  businesses.   Set  forth  on  Schedule  6.17  is  a  list  of  all  IP  Rights  registered  or  pending 
registration with the United States Copyright Office or the United States Patent and Trademark Office and owned by each Loan Party as 
of the Closing Date.  Except for such claims or infringements, as applicable, that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be 
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) no claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the 
use of any IP Rights or the validity or effectiveness of any IP Rights, nor does any Loan Party know of any such claim, and (b)  the use of 
any IP Rights by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or the granting of a right or a license in respect of any IP Rights from any Loan 
Party or any of its Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person.  As of the Closing Date, none of the IP Rights owned by any 
of  the  Loan  Parties  or  any  of  their  Subsidiaries  is  subject  to  any  licensing  agreement  or  similar  arrangement  except  as  set  forth  on 
Schedule 6.17. 

6.18      Solvency. 

The Loan Parties are Solvent on a consolidated basis. 

6.19      Perfection of Security Interests in the Collateral. 

The  Collateral  Documents  create  valid  security  interests  in,  and  Liens  on,  the  Collateral  purported  to  be  covered  thereby,  which 

security interests and Liens are currently perfected security interests and Liens, prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens. 

6.20      Business Locations. 

Set forth on Schedule 6.20(a) is a list of all real property located in the United States that is owned or leased by the Loan Parties as 
of  the  Closing  Date.   Set  forth  on  Schedule 6.20(b) is  the  taxpayer  identification  number  and  organizational  identification  number  of  each 
Loan Party as of the Closing Date.  The exact legal name and state of organization of (a) each Borrower is as set forth on the signature 
pages hereto and (b) each Guarantor is (i) as set forth on the signature pages hereto, (ii) as set forth on the signature pages to the Joinder 
Agreement  pursuant  to  which  such  Guarantor  became  a  party  hereto  or  (iii) as  may  be  otherwise  disclosed  by  the  Loan  Parties  to  the 
Administrative  Agent  in  accordance  with  Section 8.13(c).   Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  6.20(c),  no  Loan  Party  has  during  the 
five (5) years  preceding  the  Closing  Date  (i) changed  its  legal  name,  (ii) changed  its  state  of  formation  or  (iii) been  party  to  a  merger, 
consolidation or other change in structure. 

6.21      Labor Matters. 

There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary 
as of the Closing Date and neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material 
labor difficulty within the five (5) years preceding the Closing Date. 

6.22      Government Sanctions. 

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company Group”) nor, to the knowledge of the Company Group, 

any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the 

82 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Company  Group  is,  or  is  owned  or  controlled  by  an  individual  or  entity  that  is  (a) currently  the  subject  or  target  of  any  sanctions 
administered  or  enforced  by  the  United  States  Government  (including  without  limitation,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Treasury’s  Office  of 
Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”)), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMY”),  or other 
relevant  sanctions  authority  (“Sanctions”),  (b) included  on  OFAC’s  List  of  Specially  Designated  Nationals,  HMY’s  Consolidated  List  of 
Financial  Sanctions  Targets  and  the  Investment  Ban  List,  or  any  similar  list  enforced  by  any  other  relevant  sanctions  authority  or 
(c) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions. 

6.23      PATRIOT Act. 

To the extent applicable, the Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the 
Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, 
Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the PATRIOT Act. 

6.24      Anti-Corruption Laws. 

(a)        To the extent applicable, no part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will be used by any Loan Party, 
directly  or  indirectly,  for  any  payments  to  any  governmental  official  or  employee,  political  party,  official  of  a  political  party, 
candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any 
improper  advantage,  in  violation  of  the  United  States  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  of  1977,  as  amended,  or  any  similar  laws, 
rules or regulations issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any of the Company or 
any other Loan Party. 

(b)         The  Loan  Parties  and  their  Subsidiaries  have  conducted  their  business  in  compliance  with  the  United  States 
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other similar anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions, 
and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws. 

6.25      No EEA Financial Institution. 

No Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution. 

ARTICLE VII 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 

So  long  as  any  Lender  shall  have  any  Commitment  hereunder,  any  Loan  or  other  Obligation  hereunder  shall  remain  unpaid  or 

unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Loan Parties shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to: 

7.01      Financial Statements. 

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required 

Lenders: 

(a)        upon the earlier of the date that is ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and the date 
such information is filed with the SEC, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal 
year, and the related consolidated 

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
statements of income or operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case 
in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited 
and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing acceptable 
to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and 
shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such 
audit; and 

(b)        upon the earlier of the date that is forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of 
each fiscal year of the Company and the date such information is filed with the SEC, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company 
and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in 
stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  such  fiscal  quarter  and  for  the  portion  of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  then  ended,  setting 
forth  in  each  case  in  comparative  form  the  figures  for  the  corresponding  fiscal  quarter  of  the  previous  fiscal  year  and  the 
corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company as 
fairly  presenting  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  of  the  Company  and  its 
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. 

7.02      Certificates; Other Information. 

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required 

Lenders: 

(a)         concurrently  with  the  delivery  of  the  financial  statements  referred  to  in  Section 7.01(a),  a  certificate  of  its 
independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary 
therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default under Section 8.11 or, if any such Event of Default shall exist, stating 
the  nature  and  status  of  such  event  (it  being  understood  that  such  requirement  may  be  satisfied  by  the  inclusion  of  a  no-default 
statement in the footnotes to the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)); 

(b)        concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a) and (b), a duly completed 
Compliance  Certificate  signed  by  a  Responsible  Officer  of  the  Company  (including  certifications  of  a  Responsible  Officer  of  the 
Company with respect to (i) the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for the applicable period and (ii) the amount of capital 
expenditures made during the applicable period with respect to each NY MTA Project); 

(c)         no  more  than  thirty (30)  days  following  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year  of  the  Company  (or,  in  the  case  of  the  fiscal 
year of the Company ended December 31, 2018, no later than March 31, 2019), beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 
2018, an annual business plan and budget of the Company and its Subsidiaries containing, among other things, pro forma financial 
statements for each quarter of the current fiscal year; 

(d)        promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or 
communication  sent  to  the  equityholders  of  any  Loan  Party,  and  copies  of  all  annual,  regular,  periodic  and  special  reports  and 
registration statements which a Loan Party may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; 

84 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(e)         promptly  after  any  request  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender,  copies  of  any  detailed  audit  reports, 
management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of 
the Company by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any audit 
of any of them; 

(f)        promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of 
any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  any  indenture,  loan  or  credit  or  similar  agreement  and  not  otherwise 
required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.01 or any other clause of this Section 7.02; 

(g)        promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, 
copies  of  each  notice  or  other  correspondence  received  from  the  SEC  (or  comparable  agency  in  any  applicable  non-U.S. 
jurisdiction)  concerning  any  investigation  or  possible  investigation  or  other  inquiry  by  such  agency  regarding  financial  or  other 
operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary; 

(h)        promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any 
Subsidiary,  or  compliance  with  the  terms  of  the  Loan  Documents,  as  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender  may  from  time  to 
time reasonably request; 

(i)          concurrently  with  the  delivery  of  the  financial  statements  referred  to  in  Section 7.01(a),  a  certificate  of  a 
Responsible Officer of the Company (i) listing (A) all applications by any Loan Party, if any, for Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks 
(each such term as defined in the Security Agreement) made since the date of the prior certificate (or, in the case of the first such 
certificate, the Closing Date), (B) all issuances of registrations or letters on existing applications by any Loan Party for Copyrights, 
Patents and Trademarks (each such term as defined in the Security Agreement) received since the date of the prior certificate (or, 
in the case of the first such certificate, the Closing Date), and (C) all Trademark Licenses, Copyright Licenses and Patent Licenses 
(each such term as defined in the Security Agreement) entered into by any Loan Party since the date of the prior certificate (or, in 
the  case  of  the  first  such  certificate,  the  Closing  Date),  and  (ii) attaching  the  insurance  binder  or  other  evidence  of  insurance  for 
any insurance coverage of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that was renewed, replaced or modified during the period covered by 
such financial statements; 

(j)         on or before March 31, 2019, a budget of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each NY MTA Project in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (each such budget, an “Initial Budget”) and thereafter, concurrently 
with  the  delivery  of  the  financial  statements  referred  to  in Sections 7.01(a) and (b), a budget of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
for  each  NY  MTA  Project,  each  such  budget  to  include  (i) the  items  set  forth  in  Part A  of  Schedule 7.02(j) and  (ii) at  the 
reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the items set forth in Part B of Schedule 7.02(j); and 

(k)         promptly  following  any  request  therefor,  information  and  documentation  reasonably  requested  by  the 
Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender  for  purposes  of  compliance  with  applicable  “know  your  customer” requirements  under  the 
PATRIOT Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation or other applicable anti-money laundering laws. 

Documents  required  to  be  delivered  pursuant  to  Section 7.01(a) or  (b) or  Section 7.02  (to  the  extent  any  such  documents  are 
included  in  materials  otherwise  filed  with  the  SEC)  may  be  delivered  electronically  and  if  so  delivered,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been 
delivered on the date (i) on which the Company posts 

85 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Company’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02; or 
(ii) on which such documents are posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the 
Administrative  Agent  have  access  (whether  a  commercial,  third-party  website  or  whether  sponsored  by  the  Administrative  Agent); 
provided, that: (i) the Company shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon its request to 
the Company to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or 
such Lender and (ii) the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by facsimile or e-mail) of the posting of any such 
documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by e-mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.  The Administrative 
Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event 
shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Company with any such request for delivery by a Lender, and each Lender shall 
be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents. 

The  Company  hereby  acknowledges  that  (a) the  Administrative  Agent,  an  Affiliate  thereof  and/or  MLPFS  may,  but  shall  not  be 
obligated  to,  make  available  to  the  Lenders  and  the  L/C  Issuers  materials  and/or  information  provided  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Company 
hereunder  (collectively,  the “Borrower  Materials”)  by  posting  the  Borrower  Materials  on  Debt  Domain, IntraLinks,  Syndtrak  or  another 
similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who 
do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Company or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of 
the  foregoing,  and  who  may  be  engaged  in  investment  and  other  market-related  activities  with  respect  to  such  Person’s  securities.   The 
Company hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously 
marked “PUBLIC” which,  at  a  minimum,  shall  mean  that  the  word “PUBLIC”  shall  appear  prominently  on  the  first  page thereof;  (x) by 
marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”,  the Company shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, any Affiliate thereof, 
MLPFS,  the  L/C  Issuers  and  the  Lenders  to  treat  such  Borrower  Materials  as  not  containing  any  material  non-public  information  with 
respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws (provided, that, to the extent such 
Borrower  Materials  constitute  Information,  they  shall  be  treated  as  set  forth  in  Section 11.07);  (y) all  Borrower  Materials  marked 
“PUBLIC”  are  permitted  to  be  made  available  through  a  portion  of  the  Platform  designated  as  “Public  Side  Information”;  and  (z) the 
Administrative Agent, any Affiliate thereof and MLPFS shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as 
being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform that is not designated as “Public Side Information.” 

7.03      Notices. 

(a)        Promptly (and in any event, within two (2) Business Days) notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the 

occurrence of any Default. 

(b)         Promptly  (and  in  any  event,  within  five (5) Business  Days)  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  and  each  Lender  of 

any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

(c)        Promptly (and in any event, within five (5) Business Days) notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the 

occurrence of any ERISA Event. 

(d)         Promptly  (and  in  any  event,  within  five (5) Business  Days)  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  and  each  Lender  of 
any  material  change  in  accounting  policies  or  financial  reporting  practices  by  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  including  any 
determination by the Company referred to in Section 2.10(b). 

86 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Each  notice  pursuant  to  this  Section 7.03(a) through  (d) shall  be  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  a  Responsible  Officer  of  the 
Company  setting  forth  details  of  the  occurrence  referred  to  therein  and  stating  what  action  the  applicable  Loan  Party  has  taken  and 
proposes to take with respect thereto.  Each notice pursuant to Section 7.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this 
Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached. 

7.04      Payment of Obligations. 

Pay  and  discharge,  as  the  same  shall  become  due  and  payable,  (a) all  federal  and  state  income  and  other  material  tax  liabilities, 
assessments  and  governmental  charges  or  levies  upon  it  or  its  properties  or  assets,  unless  the  same  are  being  contested  in  good  faith  by 
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Loan Party or 
such Subsidiary and (b) all material lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property. 

7.05      Preservation of Existence, Etc. 

(a)         Preserve,  renew  and  maintain  in  full  force  and  effect  its  legal  existence  under  the  Laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of  its 

organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.04 or 8.05. 

(b)         Preserve,  renew  and  maintain  in  full  force  and  effect  its  good  standing  under  the  Laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of  its 

organization, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(c)        Take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable 
in  the  normal  conduct  of  its  business,  except  to  the  extent  that  the  failure  to  do  so  could  not  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a 
Material Adverse Effect. 

(d)        Preserve or renew all of its material registered patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the 

non-preservation or non-renewal of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

7.06      Maintenance of Properties. 

(a)        Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business 

in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. 

(b)        Make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof, except where the failure to do so could 

not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(c)        Use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities. 

7.07      Maintenance of Insurance. 

(a)        Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Company, insurance with 
respect  to  its  properties  and  business  against  loss  or  damage  of  the  kinds  customarily  insured  against  by  Persons  engaged  in  the 
same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other 
Persons. 

87 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(b)         Cause  the  Administrative  Agent  and  its  successors  and/or  assigns  to  be  named  as  lender’s  loss  payee  or 
mortgagee,  as  its  interest  may  appear,  and/or  additional  insured  with  respect  to  any  such  insurance  providing  liability  coverage  or 
coverage in respect of any Collateral, and cause each provider of any such insurance to agree, by endorsement upon the policy or 
policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent, that it will give the Administrative Agent 
thirty (30)  days’  (or  such  lesser  amount  as  the  Administrative  Agent  may  agree)  prior  written  notice  before  any  such  policy  or 
policies shall be altered or cancelled. 

7.08      Compliance with Laws. 

Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, 
except  in  such  instances  in  which  (a) such  requirement  of  Law  or  order,  writ,  injunction  or  decree  is  being  contested  in  good  faith  by 
appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted  or  (b) the  failure  to  comply  therewith  could  not  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  Material 
Adverse Effect. 

7.09      Books and Records. 

(a)         Maintain  proper  books  of  record  and  account,  in  which  full,  true  and  correct  entries  in  conformity  with  GAAP 
consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Loan Party or 
such Subsidiary, as the case may be. 

(b)         Maintain  such  books  of  record  and  account  in  material  conformity  with  all  applicable  requirements  of  any 

Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. 

7.10      Inspection Rights. 

Permit  representatives  and  independent  contractors  of  the  Administrative  Agent  and  each  Lender  to  visit  and  inspect  any  of  its 
properties,  to  examine  its  corporate,  financial  and  operating  records,  and  make  copies  thereof  or  abstracts  therefrom,  and  to  discuss  its 
affairs,  finances  and  accounts  with  its  directors,  officers,  and  independent  public  accountants,  all  at  the  expense  of  the  Borrowers  and  at 
such  reasonable  times  during  normal  business  hours  and  as  often  as  may  be  desired,  upon  reasonable  advance  notice  to  the  Company; 
provided,  that, in the absence of an Event of Default, the Borrowers will not be required to reimburse the expense of more than one such 
visit  in  any  twelve-month  period  and  only  the  Administrative  Agent  on  behalf  of  the  Lenders  may  exercise  the  right  to  each  such  annual 
visit;  provided,  further,  that,  when  an  Event  of  Default  exists,  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender  (or  any  of  their  respective 
representatives  or  independent  contractors)  may  do  any  of  the  foregoing  at  the  expense  of  the  Borrowers  at  any  time  during  normal 
business hours and without advance notice. 

7.11      Use of Proceeds. 

Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (a) to refinance certain existing Indebtedness, (b) to finance working capital and capital 
expenditures, (c) for other general corporate purposes and (d) for Permitted Acquisitions; provided,  that, in no event shall the proceeds of 
the Credit Extensions be used in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document. 

7.12      Additional Subsidiaries. 

(a)         Within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  acquisition  or  formation  of  any  Subsidiary  (including,  without  limitation,  upon  the 

formation of any Subsidiary that is a Delaware Divided 

88 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
LLC)  (provided,  that,  Concourse  Detroit  ceasing  to  be  an  Excluded  Subsidiary  but  remaining  a  Subsidiary  shall  be  deemed  to 
constitute  the  acquisition  of  a  Subsidiary  for  all  purposes  of  this  Section 7.12),  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  thereof  in  writing, 
together  with,  with  respect  to  each  such  Subsidiary,  the  (i) jurisdiction  of  formation,  (ii) number  of  shares  of  each  class  of  Equity 
Interests outstanding, (iii) number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company 
or any Subsidiary and (iv) number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and 
all other similar rights with respect thereto; and 

(b)        Within thirty (30) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after the 
acquisition  or  formation  of  any  Subsidiary  (including,  without  limitation,  upon  the  formation  of  any  Subsidiary  that  is  a  Delaware 
Divided LLC) (provided,  that, Concourse Detroit ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary but remaining a Subsidiary shall be deemed 
to constitute the acquisition of a Subsidiary for all purposes of this Section 7.12), if such Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, cause 
such Person to (i) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement or such other 
documents  as  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  deem  appropriate  for  such  purpose,  and  (ii) deliver  to  the  Administrative  Agent 
documents of the types referred to in Sections 5.01(f) and (g) and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, 
among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (i)), all in form, 
content and scope satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

7.13      ERISA Compliance. 

Do,  and  cause  each  of  its  ERISA  Affiliates  to  do,  each  of  the  following:  (a) maintain  each  Plan  in  compliance  in  all  material 
respects  with  the  applicable  provisions  of  ERISA,  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  other  federal  or  state  law;  (b) cause  each  Plan  that  is 
qualified  under  Section 401(a) of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  to  maintain  such  qualification;  and  (c) make  all  required  contributions  to  any 
Plan subject to Section 412, Section 430 or Section 431 of the Internal Revenue Code. 

7.14      Pledged Assets. 

(a)        Equity Interests.  Cause (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Domestic Subsidiary and 
(ii) 65% (or such greater percentage that, due to a change in an applicable Law after the date hereof, (A) could not reasonably be 
expected  to  cause  the  undistributed  earnings  of  such  Foreign  Subsidiary  as  determined  for  United  States  federal  income  tax 
purposes  to  be  treated  as  a  deemed  dividend  to  such  Foreign  Subsidiary’s  United  States  parent  and  (B) could  not  reasonably  be 
expected to cause any material adverse tax consequences) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests entitled to vote (within the 
meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) and 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests not entitled to vote (within 
the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) in each Foreign Subsidiary, in each case, directly owned by a Loan Party to be 
subject  at  all  times  to  a  first  priority,  perfected  Lien  in  favor  of  the  Administrative  Agent,  for  the  benefit  of  the  holders  of  the 
Obligations, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents, together with opinions of counsel and any filings and 
deliveries  necessary  in  connection  therewith  to  perfect  the  security  interests  therein,  all  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the 
Administrative Agent. 

(b)        Other Property.  Cause all property (other than Excluded Property) of each Loan Party to be subject at all times to 
first priority, perfected Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent to secure the Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Documents 
or, with respect to any such property acquired subsequent to the Closing Date, such other additional security documents as the 

89 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Administrative Agent shall request (subject to Permitted Liens) and, in connection with the foregoing, deliver to the Administrative 
Agent such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may request including filings and deliveries necessary to perfect such 
Liens,  Organization  Documents,  resolutions,  landlord’s  waivers  and  favorable  opinions  of  counsel  to  such  Person,  all  in  form, 
content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

7.15      Accounts. 

Maintain the principal deposit and operating accounts of each Loan Party (other than Excluded Accounts) with Lenders at all times; 
provided,  that, should any Person cease to be a Lender, the Loan Parties shall have ninety (90) days after such cessation to transfer any 
applicable accounts to another Lender in accordance with this Section 7.15. 

7.16      Post-Closing Obligations. 

(a)        Landlord Waivers.  Use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Administrative Agent not later than the 
date  that  is  sixty  (60)  days  following  the  Closing  Date  (or  such  later  date  as  the  Administrative  Agent  may  agree  in  its  sole 
discretion)  an  executed  landlord  waiver  for  the  leased  real  property  locations  of  the  Loan  Parties  located  at  each  of 
(i) 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90024 and (ii) 103 Trade Zone Drive, Columbia, SC 29170. 

(b)        Accounts.  With respect to each Excluded Account, use commercially reasonable efforts to, not later than the date 
that is one hundred fifty days (150) days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its 
sole  discretion),  either  (i) deliver  to  the  Administrative  Agent  an  Account  Control  Agreement  with  respect  to  such  Excluded 
Account or (ii) cause (A) the funds in such Excluded Account to be transferred to a deposit account maintained with a Lender and 
(B) such  Excluded  Account  to  be  closed  (it  being  understood  and  agreed  that  once  such  funds  are  so  transferred,  the  deposit 
account to which such funds have been transferred shall not be an Excluded Account and shall be subject to Section 7.15). 

(c)         Good Standing.   Deliver  to  the  Administrative  Agent  not  later  than  the  date  that  is  sixty (60)  days  following  the 
Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) (i) a certificate of status issued by the 
Secretary of State of the State of California after the Closing Date confirming that Endeka Group, Inc. is on active status in such 
jurisdiction and (ii) an entity status letter generated after the Closing Date from the Internet website of the Franchise Tax Board of 
the State of California confirming that Endeka Group, Inc. is in good standing with such Franchise Tax Board. 

ARTICLE VIII 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS 

So  long  as  any  Lender  shall  have  any  Commitment  hereunder,  any  Loan  or  other  Obligation  hereunder  shall  remain  unpaid  or 

unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: 

8.01      Liens. 

Create,  incur,  assume  or  suffer  to  exist  any  Lien  upon  any  of  its  property,  assets  or  revenues,  whether  now  owned  or  hereafter 

acquired, other than the following: 

90 

(a)                               Liens pursuant to any Loan Document; 

(b)                               Liens  existing  on  the  date  hereof  and  listed  on Schedule  8.01  and  any  renewals  or  extensions  thereof; provided, 
that: (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased, (iii) the direct or 
any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited 
thereby is permitted by Section 8.03(b); 

(c)                               Liens (other than Liens imposed under ERISA) for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet 
due  or  which  are  being  contested  in  good  faith  and  by  appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted,  if  adequate  reserves  with 
respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(d)                              statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and suppliers and other 
Liens  imposed  by  law  or  pursuant  to  customary  reservations  or  retentions  of  title  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business; 
provided,  that, such Liens secure only amounts not yet due and payable or, if due and payable, are unfiled and no other action has 
been  taken  to  enforce  the  same  or  are  being  contested  in  good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  for  which  adequate  reserves 
determined in accordance with GAAP have been established; 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(e)                               pledges  or  deposits  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in  connection  with  workers’  compensation, unemployment 

insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA; 

(f)                                 deposits  to  secure  (i) the  performance  of  bids,  trade  contracts  and  leases  (other  than  Indebtedness),  statutory 
obligations,  surety  and  appeal  bonds,  performance  bonds  and  other  obligations  of  a  like  nature  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
business  and  (ii) lease  obligations  under  real  property  leases  entered  into  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in  amounts  not  to 
exceed three (3) months’ lease payments under such leases; 

(g)                                easements,  rights-of-way,  restrictions  and  other  similar  encumbrances  affecting  real  property  which,  in  the 
aggregate,  are  not  substantial  in  amount,  and  which  do  not  in  any  case  materially  detract  from  the  value  of  the  property  subject 
thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person; 

(h)                              Liens  securing  judgments  for  the  payment  of  money  (or  appeal  or  other  surety  bonds  relating  to  such  judgments) 

not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.01(h); 

(i)                                   Liens  securing  Indebtedness  permitted  under  Section 8.03(e);  provided,  that,  (i) such  Liens  do  not  at  any  time 
encumber  any  property  other  than  the  property  financed  by  such  Indebtedness,  (ii) the  Indebtedness  secured  thereby  does  not 
exceed the cost (negotiated on an arm’s length basis) of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition and (iii) such Liens 
attach to such property concurrently with or within ninety (90) days after the acquisition thereof; 

(j)                                  leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business 

of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries; 

(k)                               any  interest  of  title  of  a  lessor  under,  and  Liens  arising  from  UCC  financing  statements  (or  equivalent  filings, 

registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdictions) relating to, leases permitted by this Agreement; 

91 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(l)                                  normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions; 

(m)                          Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of 

collection; 

(n)                               Liens  of  sellers  of  goods  to  the  Company  and  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  arising  under  Article 2  of  the  Uniform 
Commercial  Code  or  similar  provisions  of  applicable  law  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  covering  only  the  goods  sold  and 
securing only the unpaid purchase price for such goods and related expenses; 

(o)                              Liens, if any, in favor of the Administrative Agent on Cash Collateral delivered pursuant to Section 2.14(a); 

(p)                              Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated 
with any Loan Party or Subsidiary after the Closing Date to the extent securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.03 (and not 
created in anticipation or contemplation thereof); provided,  that, such Liens do not extend to property not subject to such Liens at 
the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon and proceeds thereof); 

(q)                              the  filing  of  UCC  financing  statements  solely  as  a  precautionary  measure  in  connection  with  operating  leases  or 

consignment of goods, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; and 

(r)                                 Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(g); provided, that: (i) such Liens do not extend to, or 
encumber, property which constitutes Collateral and (ii) such Liens extend only to the property of the Foreign Subsidiary incurring 
such Indebtedness or any of its Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries. 

8.02                        Investments. 

Make any Investments, except: 

(a)                               Investments held by the Company or a Subsidiary in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(b)                              Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.02; 

(c)                               Investments in any Person that is a Loan Party prior to giving effect to such Investment; 

(d)                              Investments by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; 

(e)                               Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from 
the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof 
from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss; 

(f)                                Guarantees permitted by Section 8.03(f); 

92 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(g)                               Permitted Acquisitions; 

(h)                               Investments  by  the  Company  in  corporate  securities,  bank  certificates  of  deposit,  U.S.  treasury  and  agency 
obligations, asset-back securities and money market mutual funds made in accordance with the investment policy of the Company 
(as  such  policy  is  in  effect  on  the  Closing  Date)  approved  by  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Company  (the “Company Investment 
Policy”),  in  each  case,  (i) having  a  final  maturity  of  not  more  than  twenty-four  (24)  months  and  (ii) meeting  the  applicable 
requirements of clauses 1 through 6 of Article III of the Company Investment Policy and each other applicable requirement of the 
Company Investment Policy; 

(i)                                  other Investments not exceeding $3,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; and 

(j)                                  to  the  extent  constituting  Investments,  any  Capped  Call  Transactions  entered  into  in  connection  with  Convertible 

Bond Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.03(n). 

8.03                        Indebtedness. 

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except: 

(a)                               Indebtedness under the Loan Documents; 

(b)                              Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries set forth in Schedule 8.03; 

(c)                               intercompany Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.02; 

(d)                               obligations  (contingent  or  otherwise)  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  existing  or  arising  under  any  Swap 
Contract; provided,  that,  (i) such  obligations  are  (or  were)  entered  into  by  such  Person  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  for  the 
purpose  of  directly  mitigating  risks  associated  with  liabilities,  commitments,  investments,  assets,  or  property  held  or  reasonably 
anticipated  by  such  Person,  or  changes  in  the  value  of  securities  issued  by  such  Person,  and  not  for  purposes  of  speculation  or 
taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its 
obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party; 

(e)                                purchase  money  Indebtedness  (including  obligations  in  respect  of  Capital  Leases  or  Synthetic  Leases)  hereafter 
incurred  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  to  finance  the  purchase  of  fixed  assets,  and  renewals,  refinancings  and 
extensions  thereof;  provided,  that,  (i) the  total  of  all  such  Indebtedness  for  all  such  Persons  taken  together  shall  not  exceed  an 
aggregate principal amount of $17,500,000 at any one time outstanding; (ii) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not exceed the 
purchase price of the asset(s) financed; and (iii) no such Indebtedness shall be refinanced for a principal amount in excess of the 
principal balance outstanding thereon at the time of such refinancing; 

(f)                                Guarantees with respect to Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted under this Section 8.03; provided, that, if the 
Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guaranty on terms at 
least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness; 

(g)                                Indebtedness  incurred  by  Foreign  Subsidiaries  in  an  aggregate  amount  not  to  exceed  $1,000,000  at  any  time 

outstanding; 

93 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(h)                               unsecured  Indebtedness  in  respect  of  financing  insurance  premiums  (not  to  exceed  twelve  (12)  months  of 

premiums) in the ordinary course of business; 

(i)                                   obligations  in  respect  of  bid,  performance  or  surety,  appeal  or  similar  bonds,  completion  guarantees,  workers’ 
compensation claims, self-insurance obligations and bankers acceptances (other than for an obligation for borrowed money), in each 
case provided in the ordinary course of business; 

(j)                                  (i) Earn Out Obligations incurred in connection with the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition; provided, that, 
(A) such Earn Out Obligations are not secured by any Lien on any Collateral, (B) the aggregate amount that could be required to 
be paid in connection with all such Earn Out Obligations in existence at any one time (assuming satisfaction of all payment criteria 
in  connection  therewith  to  the  maximum  extent)  shall  not  exceed  $5,000,000  and  (C) for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  each  such  Earn 
Out Obligation must comply with clauses (j) and (k) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisitions” in Section 1.01 hereof, (ii) Elauwit 
Earn  Out  Obligations;  provided,  that,  (A) such  Earn  Out  Obligations  are  not  secured  by  any  Lien  on  any  Collateral  and  (B) the 
aggregate amount that could be required to be paid in connection with all such Earn Out Obligations shall not exceed $15,000,000 
and (iii) the Elauwit Holdback; 

(k)                              Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument 
inadvertently  drawn  against  insufficient  funds  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  and  in  respect  of  netting  services,  overdraft 
protection and other similar arrangements in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business, in each case that 
is promptly repaid; 

(l)                                   unsecured  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  not  permitted  by  the  foregoing  clauses  of  this 

Section 8.03, in an aggregate principal amount for all such Indebtedness not to exceed $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding; 

(m)                           refinancings,  renewals,  or  extensions  of  Indebtedness  permitted  under clauses  (b) and (j) of  this Section 8.03,  so 
long as: (i) the terms and conditions of such refinancings, renewals or extensions are not, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable 
judgment, materially more onerous to the Loan Parties taken as a whole than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being 
refinanced, (ii) such refinancings, renewals or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of the Indebtedness so 
refinanced, renewed, or extended (other than attributable to the accretion of original issue discount, interest, capitalization of interest 
or  payment  premiums  in  respect  of  the  Indebtedness  being  refinanced  and  costs  and  expenses  related  thereto  and  by  an  amount 
equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder), (iii) such refinancing, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal 
to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the weighted average 
life to maturity of, the Indebtedness being refinanced, renewed or extended, (iv) no Default or Event of Default exists immediately 
prior to or after giving effect to such refinancing, renewal or extension, (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative 
Agent  a  Pro  Forma  Compliance  Certificate  demonstrating  that,  upon  giving  Pro  Forma  Effect  to  such  refinancing,  renewal  or 
extension, (A) the Loan Parties would be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.11 as of the most recent 
fiscal quarter end for which the Company was required to deliver financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or (b) and (vi) if 
the  Indebtedness  being  refinanced,  renewed  or  extended  is  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to  the  Obligations,  such  refinancing, 
renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms, taken as a whole, as favorable in all material 
respects as those contained in the documents governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, renewed or extended; and 

94 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(n)                               unsecured  Convertible  Bond  Indebtedness  outstanding  on  the  Closing  Date  under  the  1.00% Convertible  Notes; 
provided,  that,  no  Subsidiary  shall  Guarantee  such  Convertible  Bond  Indebtedness  if  such  Subsidiary  does  not  also  provide  a 
Guarantee  of  the  Obligations.   For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  nothing  in  this  Section 8.03(n) shall  prohibit  the  conversion  of  any 
Convertible Bond Indebtedness, whether into cash, common stock of the Company or any combination thereof. 

8.04                        Fundamental Changes. 

Merge,  dissolve,  liquidate,  consolidate  with  or  into  another  Person,  or  Dispose  of  (whether  in  one  transaction  or  in  a  series  of 
transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person (including, in each 
case, pursuant to a Delaware LLC Division); provided,  that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.04 but subject to the 
terms  of  Sections  7.12  and  7.14,  (a) the  Company  may  merge  or  consolidate  with  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  (other  than  NY  Telecom), 
provided,  that,  the  Company  shall  be  the  continuing  or  surviving  corporation,  (b) NY  Telecom  may  merge  or  consolidate  with  any  of  its 
Subsidiaries, provided, that, NY Telecom shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (c) any Loan Party (other than a Borrower) may 
merge  or  consolidate  with  any  other  Loan  Party  (other  than  a  Borrower),  (d) any  Subsidiary  that  is  not  a  Loan  Party  may  be  merged  or 
consolidated  with  or  into  any  Loan  Party,  provided,  that,  such  Loan  Party  shall  be  the  continuing  or  surviving  corporation  and  (e) any 
Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may be merged or consolidated with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party. 

8.05                        Dispositions. 

Make  any  Disposition  unless  (a) the  consideration  paid  in  connection  therewith  shall  be  cash  or  Cash  Equivalents  paid 
contemporaneous  with  consummation  of  the  transaction  and  shall  be  in  an  amount  not  less  than  the  fair  market  value  of  the  property 
disposed of, (b) such transaction does not involve the sale or other disposition of a minority equity interest in any Subsidiary, (c) no Default 
or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing both immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Disposition, (d) such transaction 
does  not  involve  a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  receivables  other  than  receivables  owned  by  or  attributable  to  other  property  concurrently 
being disposed of in a transaction otherwise permitted under this Section 8.05, and (e) the aggregate net book value of all of the assets sold 
or otherwise Disposed of by the Company and its Subsidiaries in all such transactions occurring during any fiscal year of the Company shall 
not exceed $2,000,000. 

8.06                        Restricted Payments. 

Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except 

that: 

(a)                               each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to a Borrower or any Guarantor; 

(b)                              the Company and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in 

the Equity Interests of such Person; 

(c)                               the Company may make any other Restricted Payment (including, for the avoidance of doubt, stock repurchases); 
provided,  that, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such Restricted Payment or 
would  result  from  such  Restricted  Payment,  (ii) the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to  the  Administrative  Agent  a  Pro  Forma 
Compliance Certificate demonstrating that, upon giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payment, (A) the Loan Parties would 
be  in  compliance  with  the  financial  covenants  set  forth  in  Section 8.11  as  of  the  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  end  for  which  the 
Company was required to deliver 

95 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
financial  statements  pursuant  to Section 7.01(a) or  (b) and  (B) the  Loan  Parties  would  have  Liquidity  of  at  least  $25,000,000  and 
(iii) the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments by the Company during any fiscal year of the Company shall not exceed 
$20,000,000; 

(d)                               the  Company  may  enter  into  Capped  Call  Transactions  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  Convertible  Bond 

Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.03(n) and satisfy its obligations to pay premiums due upon entering into such transactions; 

(e)                               the Company may issue shares of its common stock or make cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares to 

satisfy obligations in respect of Convertible Bond Indebtedness; 

(f)                                the  Company  may  receive  shares  of  its  common  stock  on  account  of  settlements  or  terminations  of  any  Capped 

Call Transactions entered into in connection with Convertible Bond Indebtedness; and 

(g)                               the Company may make cash settlements of restricted stock units issued to employees of the Company. 

8.07                        Change in Nature of Business. 

Engage  in  any  material  line  of  business  substantially  different  from  those  lines  of  business  conducted  by  the  Company  and  its 

Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business substantially related or incidental thereto. 

8.08                        Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. 

Enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions with any officer, director or Affiliate of such Person other than 
(a) advances  of  working  capital  to  any  Loan  Party,  (b) transfers  of  cash  and  assets  to  any  Loan  Party,  (c) intercompany  transactions 
expressly permitted by Section 8.02,  Section 8.03,  Section 8.04,  Section 8.05 or Section 8.06, (d) normal and reasonable compensation and 
reimbursement of expenses of officers and directors in the ordinary course of business and (e) except as otherwise specifically limited in 
this  Agreement,  other  transactions  which  are  entered  into  in  the  ordinary  course  of  such  Person’s  business  on  terms  and  conditions 
substantially as favorable to such Person as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person other than an 
officer, director or Affiliate. 

8.09                        Burdensome Agreements. 

Enter into, or permit to exist, any Contractual Obligation that (a) encumbers or restricts the ability of any such Person to (i) make 
Restricted Payments to any Loan Party, (ii) pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to any Loan Party, (iii) make loans or advances 
to  any  Loan  Party,  (iv) transfer  any  of  its  property  to  any  Loan  Party,  (v) pledge  its  property  pursuant  to  the  Loan  Documents  or  any 
renewals,  refinancings,  exchanges,  refundings  or  extension  thereof  or  (vi) act  as  a  Loan  Party  pursuant  to  the  Loan  Documents  or  any 
renewals,  refinancings,  exchanges,  refundings  or  extension  thereof,  except  (in  respect  of  any  of  the  matters  referred  to  in  clauses 
(i) through  (v) above)  for  (1) this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents,  (2) any  document  or  instrument  governing  Indebtedness 
incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(e); provided,  that, any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or 
acquired in connection therewith, (3) any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien; provided, that, any 
such  restriction  contained  therein  relates  only  to  the  asset  or  assets  subject  to  such  Permitted  Lien  or  (4) customary  restrictions  and 
conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.05 pending the consummation of such 
sale, 

96 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
or (b) requires the grant of any security for any obligation if such property is given as security for the Obligations. 

8.10                        Use of Proceeds. 

Use  the  proceeds  of  any  Credit  Extension,  whether  directly  or  indirectly,  and  whether  immediately,  incidentally  or  ultimately,  to 
purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing 
or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose. 

8.11                        Financial Covenants. 

(a)                               Consolidated  Senior  Secured  Leverage  Ratio.  Permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the 

end of any fiscal quarter of the Company to be greater than 2.50 to 1.00. 

(b)                               Consolidated  Total  Leverage  Ratio.   Permit  the  Consolidated  Total  Leverage  Ratio  as  of  the  end  of  any  fiscal 

quarter of the Company to be greater than 4.50 to 1.00. 

(c)                               Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end 

of any fiscal quarter of the Company to be less than 1.50 to 1.00. 

(d)                              Cash on Hand.  Permit Cash on Hand as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company (commencing with the 
fiscal quarter of the Company in which the Initial Budgets for all NY MTA Projects are delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(j)) to be 
less  than  the  total  of  the  following  calculation,  as  determined  for  all  NY  MTA  Projects  taken  together  as  of  such  date:  (i) the 
aggregate amount of all remaining capital expenditures estimated to be made by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to 
each  NY  MTA  Project,  minus  (ii) the  aggregate  amount  of  all  such  remaining  capital  expenditures  described  in  the  foregoing 
clause (i) that are to be reimbursed by a third party (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company or a Subsidiary) pursuant 
to a written agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and such third party (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the 
Company  or  a  Subsidiary),  in  each  case  pursuant  to  the  most  recent  budget  for  such  NY  MTA  Project  delivered  pursuant  to 
Section 7.02(j). 

8.12                        Prepayment of Other Indebtedness, Etc. 

Make (or give any notice with respect thereto) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment or redemption or acquisition for 
value  of  (including  without  limitation,  by  way  of  depositing  money  or  securities  with  the  trustee  with  respect  thereto  before  due  for  the 
purpose  of  paying  when  due),  refund,  refinance  or  exchange  of  any  Indebtedness  of  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  (other  than 
(x) Indebtedness  arising  under  the  Loan  Documents  and  (y) the  specific  refinancings,  renewals  and  extensions  permitted  pursuant  to 
Section 8.03(m));  provided,  that,  upon  the  election  of  any  holder  of  Convertible  Bond  Indebtedness  permitted  under  Section 8.03(n) to 
convert  its  notes  thereunder  into  Equity  Interests  of  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  1.00%  Convertible  Notes 
Documents, the Company may settle the applicable conversion in cash, in lieu of issuing Equity Interests of the Company, so long as (i) no 
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such cash conversion or would result therefrom and (ii) the 
Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a Pro Forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating that, upon giving Pro Forma 
Effect to such cash conversion, (A) the Loan Parties would be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.11 as of the 
most recent fiscal quarter end for which the Company was required to deliver financial statements pursuant to 

97 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Section 7.01(a) or (b) and (B) the Loan Parties would have Liquidity of at least $50,000,000.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this 
Section 8.12 shall prohibit the conversion of any Convertible Bond Indebtedness into common stock of the Company. 

8.13                      Organization  Documents;  Fiscal  Year;  Legal  Name,  State  of  Formation  and  Form of  Entity;  Accounting 

Changes. 

(a)                               Amend, modify or change its Organization Documents in a manner adverse to the Lenders. 

(b)                              Change its fiscal year. 

(c)                                Without  providing  ten  (10) days’  prior  written  notice  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  change  its  name,  state  of 

formation or form of organization. 

(d)                              Make any change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP. 

8.14                        Ownership of Subsidiaries. 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) permit any Person (other than any Loan Party) to own 
any  Equity  Interests  of  any  Subsidiary  of  any  Loan  Party  (other  than  the  Equity  Interests  of  Concourse  Chicago  and  Concourse  Detroit 
that,  in  each  case,  are  owned  on  the  Closing  Date  by  a  Person  who  is  not  a  Loan  Party),  except  to  qualify  directors  where  required  by 
applicable law or to satisfy other requirements of applicable law with respect to the ownership of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, 
(b) permit any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to issue or have outstanding any shares of preferred Equity Interests (other 
than  shares  of  preferred  Equity  Interests  of  Tego  Communications, Inc.  in  existence  on  the  Closing  Date  that  are  solely  owned  by  the 
Company) or (c) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, except for 
Permitted Liens. 

8.15                        Sale Leasebacks. 

Enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction. 

8.16                        Sanctions. 

Directly  or  indirectly,  use  the  proceeds  of  any  Credit  Extension,  or  lend,  contribute  or  otherwise  make  available  such  Credit 
Extension or the proceeds of any Credit Extension to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity, to fund any activities 
of or business with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in 
any  other  manner  that  will  result  in  a  violation  by  any  individual  or  entity  (including  any  individual  or  entity  participating  in  the  transaction, 
whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. 

8.17                        Anti-Corruption Laws. 

Directly or indirectly, use any Credit Extension or the proceeds of any Credit Extension for any purpose which would breach the 
United  States  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  of  1977,  the  UK  Bribery  Act 2010  or  other  similar  anti-corruption  legislation  in  other 
jurisdictions. 

98 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
8.18                        Amendment to Material Contracts. 

(a)                                Amend  or  modify  any  of  the  terms  of  the  Elauwit  Acquisition  Documents  in  any  manner  that  is  adverse  to  any 

Loan Party or Subsidiary or the Lenders, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. 

(b)                              Amend or modify the terms of the 1.00% Convertible Notes Documents in any manner that (i) permits or causes 
the  1.00%  Convertible  Notes  to  mature,  or  requires  any  scheduled  principal  payments,  scheduled  prepayments,  scheduled 
repurchases, scheduled redemptions or scheduled sinking fund or like scheduled principal payments of the 1.00% Convertible Notes, 
at any time on or prior to the date that is one (1) year after the Maturity Date or (ii) causes such Convertible Bond Indebtedness to 
include  covenants  and  defaults  (other  than  covenants  and  defaults  customary  for  convertible  indebtedness  but  not  customary  for 
loans) that are, taken as a whole, more restrictive on the Loan Parties than the provisions of this Agreement. 

8.19                        Capital Expenditures. 

Make or become legally obligated to make any capital expenditures, except: 

(a)                               capital  expenditures  to  the  extent  that  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  has  entered  into  a  written  agreement  that 
requires  such  capital  expenditures  to  be  reimbursed  by  a  third  party  (other  than,  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  the  Company  or  a 
Subsidiary) prior to the date that is nine (9) months after the commencement of such capital expenditures; 

(b)                              capital  expenditures  made  with  respect  to  any  NY  MTA  Project; provided,  that,  the  aggregate  amount  of  capital 
expenditures  made  by  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  with  respect  to  such  NY  MTA  Project, minus  the  aggregate  amount  of 
such  capital  expenditures  that  have  been  reimbursed  by  a  third  party  (other  than,  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  the  Company  or  a 
Subsidiary), shall not exceed, during any fiscal quarter of the Company, fifteen percent (15%) of the amount of capital expenditures 
estimated  to  be  made  by  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  during  such  fiscal  quarter  pursuant  to  the  Initial  Budget  delivered 
pursuant to Section 7.02(j) for such NY MTA Project; and 

(c)                               other capital expenditures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $60,000,000 during any twelve-month period. 

ARTICLE IX 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 

9.01                        Events of Default. 

Any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”: 

(a)                               Non-Payment.  A Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any 
amount  of  principal  of  any  Loan  or  any  L/C  Obligation,  or  (ii) within  three (3) Business  Days  after  the  same  becomes  due,  any 
interest  on  any  Loan  or  on  any  L/C  Obligation,  or  any  fee  due  hereunder,  or  (iii) within  five (5) Business  Days  after  the  same 
becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or 

99 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(b)                              Specific  Covenants.   Any  Loan  Party  fails  to  perform  or  observe  any  term,  covenant  or  agreement  contained  in 

any of Section 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.05(a), 7.08, 7.10, 7.11, 7.12, 7.15 or 7.16 or Article VIII; or 

(c)                               Other  Defaults.   Any  Loan  Party  fails  to  perform  or  observe  any  other  covenant  or  agreement  (not  specified  in 
subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 
thirty (30) days; or 

(d)                              Representations and Warranties.  Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed 
made by or on behalf of the Company or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered 
in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect (or, if any such representation, warranty, 
certification or statement of fact is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, incorrect or misleading in any respect) when 
made or deemed made; or 

(e)                                Cross-Default.   (i) Any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  (A) fails  to  make  any  payment  when  due  (whether  by 
scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other 
than  Indebtedness  hereunder  and  Indebtedness  under  Swap  Contracts)  having  an  aggregate  principal  amount  (including  undrawn 
committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) 
of  more  than  the  Threshold  Amount,  or  (B) fails  to  observe  or  perform  any  other  agreement  or  condition  relating  to  any  such 
Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event 
occurs,  the  effect  of  which  default  or  other  event  is  to  cause,  or  to  permit  the  holder  or  holders  of  such  Indebtedness  or  the 
beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  of  such  Guarantee  (or  a  trustee  or  agent  on  behalf  of  such  holder  or  holders  or  beneficiary  or 
beneficiaries)  to  cause,  with  the  giving  of  notice  if  required,  such  Indebtedness  to  be  demanded  or  to  become  due  or  to  be 
repurchased,  prepaid,  defeased  or  redeemed  (automatically  or  otherwise),  or  an  offer  to  repurchase,  prepay,  defease  or  redeem 
such  Indebtedness  to  be  made,  prior  to  its  stated  maturity,  or  such  Guarantee  to  become  payable  or  cash  collateral  in  respect 
thereof  to  be  demanded  (other  than  (x) the  occurrence  or  existence  of  any  event  or  condition  that  allows  holders  of  1.00% 
Convertible  Notes  to  convert  such  Convertible  Bond  Indebtedness,  and  (y) any  conversion  of  1.00%  Convertible  Notes  in 
accordance with their terms; provided,  that, in the case of either of the foregoing clause (x) or clause (y), such event or condition 
does not constitute, and such conversion does not result from, any default or event of default by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary 
thereunder,  a  “change  of  control”  or  a  “fundamental  change”;  provided,  further,  that,  an  Event  of  Default  resulting  from  the 
immediately preceding proviso shall be deemed cured if subsequent to the occurrence thereof the Company receives from holders 
of 1.00% Convertible Notes a notice of conversion and provides notice to such holders that the conversion will be settled in shares 
of  common  stock  of  the  Company);  or  (ii) there  occurs  under  any  Swap  Contract  (A) an  Early  Termination  Date  (as  defined  in 
such Swap Contract) resulting from any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is 
the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract 
as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value 
owed by the Company or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or 

(f)                                 Insolvency  Proceedings,  Etc.   Any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  institutes  or  consents  to  the  institution  of  any 
proceeding  under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law,  or  makes  an  assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors;  or  applies  for  or  consents  to  the 
appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material 
part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar  

100 

officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 
sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part 
of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, 
or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or 

(g)                               Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment.  (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its 
inability  or  fails  generally  to  pay  its  debts  as  they  become  due,  or  (ii) any  writ  or  warrant  of  attachment  or  execution  or  similar 
process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully 
bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy; or 

(h)                              Judgments.  There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (i) one or more final judgments or orders 
for  the  payment  of  money  in  an  aggregate  amount  exceeding  the  Threshold  Amount  (to  the  extent  not  covered  by  independent 
third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that 
have,  or  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  have,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  a  Material  Adverse  Effect  and,  in  either  case, 
(A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of thirty (30) 
consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; 
or 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(i)                                  ERISA.  (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or 
could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer 
Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to 
pay  when  due,  after  the  expiration  of  any  applicable  grace  period,  any  installment  payment  with  respect  to  its  withdrawal  liability 
under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or 

(j)                                   Invalidity  of  Loan  Documents.   Any  Loan  Document,  at  any  time  after  its  execution  and  delivery  and  for  any 
reason  other  than  as  expressly  permitted  hereunder  or  thereunder  or  satisfaction  in  full  of  all  the  Obligations,  ceases  to  be  in  full 
force  and  effect;  or  any  Loan  Party  or  any  other  Person  contests  in  any  manner  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  any  Loan 
Document;  or  any  Loan  Party  denies  that  it  has  any  or  further  liability  or  obligation  under  any  Loan  Document,  or  purports  to 
revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or 

(k)                              Change of Control.  There occurs any Change of Control. 

9.02                        Remedies Upon Event of Default. 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the 

Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions: 

(a)                               declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit 

Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated; 

(b)                              declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other 
amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, 
demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers; 

101 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(c)                               require  that  the  Company  Cash  Collateralize  the  L/C  Obligations  (in  an  amount  equal  to  the  Minimum  Collateral 

Amount with respect thereto); and 

(d)                              exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan 

Documents; 

provided,  that, upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to a Borrower under the Bankruptcy 
Code  of  the  United  States,  the  obligation  of  each  Lender  to  make  Loans  and  any  obligation  of  each  L/C  Issuer  to  make  L/C  Credit 
Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid 
shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Company to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall 
automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender. 

9.03                        Application of Funds. 

After  the  exercise  of  remedies  provided  for  in  Section 9.02  (or  after  the  Loans  have  automatically  become  immediately  due  and 
payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 9.02), any 
amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order: 

First,  to  payment  of  that  portion  of  the  Obligations  constituting  fees,  indemnities,  expenses  and  other  amounts  (including 
fees,  charges  and  disbursements  of  counsel  to  the  Administrative  Agent  and  amounts  payable  under  Article III)  payable  to  the 
Administrative Agent in its capacity as such; 

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, 
interest  and  Letter  of  Credit  Fees)  payable  to  the  Lenders  and  the  L/C  Issuers  (including  fees,  charges  and  disbursements  of 
counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuers) arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under Article III, 
ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them; 

Third,  to  payment  of  that  portion  of  the  Obligations  constituting  accrued  and  unpaid  Letter  of  Credit  Fees  and  interest  on 
the Loans and L/C Borrowings and fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments, and any interest accrued thereon, due under 
any  Secured  Swap  Agreement,  ratably  among  the  Lenders,  the  Swap  Banks  and  the  L/C  Issuers  in  proportion  to  the  respective 
amounts described in this clause Third held by them; 

Fourth,  to  (a) payment  of  that  portion  of  the  Obligations  constituting  accrued  and  unpaid  principal  of  the  Loans  and  L/C 
Borrowings,  (b) payment  of  breakage,  termination  or  other  payments,  and  any  interest  accrued  thereon,  due  under  any  Secured 
Swap Agreement, (c) payments of amounts due under any Secured Treasury Management Agreement and (d) Cash Collateralize 
that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit, ratably among the Lenders, Swap 
Banks, Treasury Management Banks and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth 
held by them; and 

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise 

required by Law. 

102 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Subject  to  Sections  2.03(c) and  2.14,  amounts  used  to  Cash  Collateralize  the  aggregate  undrawn  amount  of  Letters  of  Credit 
pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur.  If any amount remains on 
deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the 
other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above. 

Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Loan Party shall not be paid with amounts received from such Loan Party or such 
Loan Party’s assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation 
to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section. 

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Obligations  arising  under  Secured  Treasury  Management  Agreements  and  Secured  Swap 
Agreements  shall  be  excluded  from  the  application  described  above  if  the  Administrative  Agent  has  not  received  a  Secured  Party 
Designation  Notice,  together  with  such  supporting  documentation  as  the  Administrative  Agent  may  request,  from  the  applicable  Treasury 
Management Bank or Swap Bank, as the case may be (other than, in each case, the Administrative Agent or its Affiliate).  Each Treasury 
Management Bank or Swap Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by 
such  notice,  be  deemed  to  have  acknowledged  and  accepted  the  appointment  of  the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to  the  terms  of 
Article X for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto. 

ARTICLE X 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 

10.01                Appointment and Authority. 

(a)                               Each of the Lenders and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the 
Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions 
on  its  behalf  and  to  exercise  such  powers  as  are  delegated  to  the  Administrative  Agent  by  the  terms  hereof  or  thereof,  together 
with  such  actions  and  powers  as  are  incidental  thereto.   The  provisions  of  this  Article are  solely  for  the  benefit  of  the 
Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a 
third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.  It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other 
Loan Document (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or 
other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law.  Instead such term is used as a matter 
of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties. 

(b)                               The  Administrative  Agent  shall  also  act  as  the  “collateral  agent”  under  the  Loan  Documents,  and  each  of  the 
Lenders  (in  its  capacities  as  a  Lender,  Swing  Line  Lender  (if  applicable),  potential  Swap  Banks  and  potential  Treasury 
Management Banks) and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent 
of such Lender and such L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any 
of  the  Loan  Parties  to  secure  any  of  the  Obligations,  together  with  such  powers  and  discretion  as  are  incidental  thereto.   In  this 
connection,  the  Administrative  Agent,  as “collateral agent”  and  any  co-agents, sub-agents  and  attorneys-in-fact  appointed  by  the 
Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to  Section 10.05  for  purposes  of  holding  or  enforcing  any  Lien  on  the  Collateral  (or  any  portion 
thereof)  granted  under  the  Collateral  Documents,  or  for  exercising  any  rights  and  remedies  thereunder  at  the  direction  of  the 
Administrative Agent, shall be entitled 

103 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
to  the  benefits  of  all  provisions  of  this Article X  and Article XI  (including  Section 11.04(c),  as  though  such  co-agents, sub-agents 
and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. 

10.02                Rights as a Lender. 

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as 
any  other  Lender  and  may  exercise  the  same  as  though  it  were  not  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, 
unless  otherwise  expressly  indicated  or  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  include  the  Person  serving  as  the  Administrative  Agent 
hereunder in its individual capacity.  Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the 
financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial, advisory, underwriting or 
other  business  with  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  or  other  Affiliate  thereof  as  if  such  Person  were  not  the  Administrative  Agent 
hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or to provide notice to or consent of the Lenders with respect thereto. 

10.03                Exculpatory Provisions. 

The  Administrative  Agent  shall  not  have  any  duties  or  obligations  except  those  expressly  set  forth  herein  and  in  the  other  Loan 
Documents,  and  its  duties  hereunder  shall  be  administrative  in  nature.   Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  Administrative 
Agent and its Related Parties: 

(a)                               shall  not  be  subject  to  any  fiduciary  or  other  implied  duties,  regardless  of  whether  a  Default  has  occurred  and  is 

continuing; 

(b)                              shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary 
rights  and  powers  expressly  contemplated  hereby  or  by  the  other  Loan  Documents  that  the  Administrative  Agent  is  required  to 
exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly 
provided  for  herein  or  in  the  other  Loan  Documents); provided,  that,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  not  be  required  to  take  any 
action  that,  in  its  opinion  or  the  opinion  of  its  counsel,  may  expose  the  Administrative  Agent  to  liability  or  that  is  contrary  to  any 
Loan  Document  or  applicable  law,  including  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt  any  action  that  may  be  in  violation  of  the  automatic  stay 
under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law  or  that  may  effect  a  forfeiture,  modification  or  termination  of  property  of  a  Defaulting  Lender  in 
violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and 

(c)                               shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall 
not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or 
obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. 

Neither  the  Administrative  Agent  nor  any  of  its  Related  Parties  shall  be  liable  for  any  action  taken  or  not  taken  by  the 
Administrative Agent under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or 
thereby  (i) with  the  consent  or  at  the  request  of  the  Required  Lenders  (or  such  other  number  or  percentage  of  the  Lenders  as  shall  be 
necessary,  or  as  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  believe  in  good  faith  shall  be  necessary,  under  the  circumstances  as  provided  in Sections 
11.01 and 9.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by 
final and nonappealable judgment.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice 
describing such Default is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers, a Lender or an L/C Issuer. 

104 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall have any duty or obligation to any Lender or participant or any 
other Person to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any 
other  Loan  Document,  (ii) the  contents  of  any  certificate,  report  or  other  document  delivered  hereunder  or  thereunder  or  in  connection 
herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein 
or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan 
Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the 
Collateral  Documents,  (v) the  value  or  the  sufficiency  of  any  Collateral  or  (vi) the  satisfaction  of  any  condition  set  forth  in Article V  or 
elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. 

10.04                Reliance by Administrative Agent. 

The  Administrative  Agent  shall  be  entitled  to  rely  upon,  and  shall  be  fully  protected  in  relying  and  shall  not  incur  any  liability  for 
relying  upon,  any  notice,  request,  certificate,  communication,  consent,  statement,  instrument,  document  or  other  writing  (including  any 
electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or 
otherwise  authenticated  by  the  proper  Person.   The  Administrative  Agent  also  may  rely  upon  any  statement  made  to  it  orally  or  by 
telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability 
for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or 
increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent 
may  presume  that  such  condition  is  satisfactory  to  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer  unless  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received 
notice to the contrary from such Lender or such L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit.  The 
Administrative  Agent  may  consult  with  legal  counsel  (who  may  be  counsel  for  the  Loan  Parties),  independent  accountants  and  other 
experts  selected  by  it,  and  shall  not  be  liable  for  any  action  taken  or  not  taken  by  it  in  accordance  with  the  advice  of  any  such  counsel, 
accountants or experts. 

10.05                Delegation of Duties. 

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other 
Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such 
sub-agent  may  perform  any  and  all  of  its  duties  and  exercise  its  rights  and  powers  by  or  through  their  respective  Related  Parties.   The 
exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such 
sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as 
activities as Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents 
except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent 
acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents. 

10.06                Resignation of Administrative Agent. 

(a)                               The  Administrative  Agent  may  at  any  time  give  notice  of  its  resignation  to  the  Lenders,  the  L/C  Issuers  and  the 
Company.   Upon  receipt  of  any  such  notice  of  resignation,  the  Required  Lenders  shall  have  the  right,  in  consultation  with  the 
Company, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an 
office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been appointed by the Required Lenders 

105 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and  shall  have  accepted  such  appointment  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  retiring  Administrative  Agent  gives  notice  of  its 
resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”),  then the retiring 
Administrative  Agent  may  (but  shall  not  be  obligated  to)  on  behalf  of  the  Lenders  and  the  L/C  Issuers,  appoint  a  successor 
Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above.  Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation 
shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date. 

(b)                               If  the  Person  serving  as  Administrative  Agent  is  a  Defaulting  Lender  pursuant  to  clause  (d) of  the  definition 
thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law by notice in writing to the Company and such Person 
remove such Person as the Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Company, appoint a successor.  If no such successor 
shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days (or such 
earlier  day  as  shall  be  agreed  by  the  Required  Lenders)  (the  “Removal  Effective  Date”),  then  such  removal  shall  nonetheless 
become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date. 

(c)                               With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or 
removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents 
(except  that  in  the  case  of  any  collateral  security  held  by  the  Administrative  Agent  on  behalf  of  the  Lenders  or  the  L/C  Issuers 
under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until 
such  time  as  a  successor  Administrative  Agent  is  appointed)  and  (2) except  for  any  indemnity  payments  or  other  amounts  then 
owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to 
or  through  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  instead  be  made  by  or  to  each  Lender  and  each  L/C  Issuer  directly,  until  such  time,  if 
any,  as  the  Required  Lenders  appoint  a  successor  Administrative  Agent  as  provided  for  above.   Upon  the  acceptance  of  a 
successor’s  appointment  as  Administrative  Agent  hereunder,  such  successor  shall  succeed  to  and  become  vested  with  all  of  the 
rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 3.01(g) and 
other  than  any  rights  to  indemnity  payments  or  other  amounts  owed  to  the  retiring  or  removed  Administrative  Agent  as  of  the 
Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall 
be  discharged  from  all  of  its  duties  and  obligations  hereunder  or  under  the  other  Loan  Documents  (if  not  already  discharged 
therefrom as provided above in this Section).  The fees payable by the Company to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the 
same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor.  After the retiring or 
removed  Administrative  Agent’s  resignation  or  removal  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Loan  Documents,  the  provisions  of  this 
Article and Section 11.04  shall  continue  in  effect  for  the  benefit  of  such  retiring  or  removed  Administrative  Agent,  its  sub-agents 
and  their  respective  Related  Parties  in  respect  of  any  actions  taken  or  omitted  to  be  taken  by  any  of  them  (i) while  the  retiring 
Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent and (ii) after such resignation for as long as any of them continues to act 
in  any  capacity  hereunder  or  under  the  other  Loan  Documents,  including,  without  limitation,  (A) acting  as  collateral  agent  or 
otherwise  holding  any  collateral  security  on  behalf  of  any  holder  of  the  Obligations  and  (B) in  respect  of  any  actions  taken  in 
connection with transferring the agency to any successor Administrative Agent. 

Any  resignation  by  or  removal  of  Bank  of  America  as  Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to  this  Section shall  also  constitute  its 
resignation  or  removal  as  L/C  Issuer  and  Swing  Line  Lender.   If  Bank  of  America  resigns  as  L/C  Issuer,  it  shall  retain  all  the  rights, 
powers, privileges and duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all of its Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its 
resignation as an L/C 

106 

  
  
  
  
  
Issuer  and  all  L/C  Obligations  with  respect  thereto,  including  the  right  to  require  the  Lenders  to  make  Base  Rate  Loans  or  fund  risk 
participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c).  If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all 
the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective 
date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing 
Line  Loans  pursuant  to  Section 2.04(c).   Upon  the  appointment  by  the  Company  of  a  successor  L/C  Issuer  or  Swing  Line  Lender 
hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (a) such successor shall succeed to and become 
vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable (b) the retiring L/C 
Issuer  and  Swing  Line  Lender  shall  be  discharged  from  all  of  their  respective  duties  and  obligations  hereunder  or  under  the  other  Loan 
Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the 
time  of  such  succession  or  make  other  arrangements  satisfactory  to  Bank  of  America  to  effectively  assume  the  obligations  of  Bank  of 
America with respect to such Letters of Credit. 

10.07                Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. 

Each Lender and each L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or 
any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own 
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender and each L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently 
and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and 
information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based 
upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. 

10.08                No Other Duties; Etc. 

Anything  herein  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  none  of  the  bookrunners,  arrangers,  syndication  agents,  documentation  agents  or 
co-agents shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, 
as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder. 

10.09                Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. 

In  case  of  the  pendency  of  any  receivership,  insolvency,  liquidation,  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment, 
composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any 
Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the 
Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding 
or otherwise: 

(a)                                to  file  and  prove  a  claim  for  the  whole  amount  of  the  principal  and  interest  owing  and  unpaid  in  respect  of  the 
Loans,  L/C  Obligations  and  all  other  Obligations  (other  than  obligations  under  Swap  Contracts  or  Treasury  Management 
Agreements to which the Administrative Agent is not a party) that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may 
be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any 
claim  for  the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and  advances  of  the  Lenders,  the  L/C  Issuers  and  the 
Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the 

107 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i), 2.09 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and 

(b)                              to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the 

same; 

and  any  custodian,  receiver,  assignee,  trustee,  liquidator,  sequestrator  or  other  similar  official  in  any  such  judicial  proceeding  is  hereby 
authorized  by  each  Lender  and  each  L/C  Issuer  to  make  such  payments  to  the  Administrative  Agent  and,  in  the  event  that  the 
Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative 
Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents 
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04. 

Nothing  contained  herein  shall  be  deemed  to  authorize  the  Administrative  Agent  to  authorize  or  consent  to  or  accept  or  adopt  on 
behalf of any Lender or any L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the 
rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding. 

The holders of the Obligations hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to 
credit  bid  all  or  any  portion  of  the  Obligations  (including  accepting  some  or  all  of  the  Collateral  in  satisfaction  of  some  or  all  of  the 
Obligations  pursuant  to  a  deed  in  lieu  of  foreclosure  or  otherwise)  and  in  such  manner  purchase  (either  directly  or  through  one  or  more 
acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the 
United States, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any similar Laws in any other 
jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or 
with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable 
Law.  In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the holders of the Obligations shall be entitled to be, and 
shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the 
acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of 
the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt 
instruments  of  the  acquisition  vehicle  or  vehicles  that  are  used  to  consummate  such  purchase).   In  connection  with  any  such  bid  (i) the 
Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the 
governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided,  that, any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition 
vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of 
the  Required  Lenders,  irrespective  of  the  termination  of  this  Agreement  and  without  giving  effect  to  the  limitations  on  actions  by  the 
Required  Lenders  contained  in  clauses  (a)(i) through  (iv) of  Section 11.01  of  this  Agreement),  (iii) the  Administrative  Agent  shall  be 
authorized  to  assign  the  relevant  Obligations  to  any  such  acquisition  vehicle  pro  rata  by  the  Lenders,  as  a  result  of  which  each  of  the 
Lenders shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by such an acquisition 
vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any holder of the Obligations or acquisition 
vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire 
Collateral  for  any  reason  (as  a  result  of  another  bid  being  higher  or  better,  because  the  amount  of  Obligations  assigned  to  the  acquisition 
vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to 
the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that 
had  been  assigned  to  the  acquisition  vehicle  shall  automatically  be  cancelled,  without  the  need  for  any  holder  of  the  Obligations  or  any 
acquisition vehicle to take any further action. 

108 

  
  
  
  
  
  
10.10                Collateral and Guaranty Matters. 

Each  Lender  (including  in  its  capacities  as  a  potential  Treasury  Management  Bank  and  a  potential  Swap  Bank)  and  each  L/C 

Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion: 

(a)                               to  release  any  Lien  on  any  Collateral  granted  to  or  held  by  the  Administrative  Agent  under  any  Loan  Document 
(i) upon  termination  of  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  and  payment  in  full  of  all  Obligations  (other  than  contingent 
indemnification obligations)  and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to 
be  sold  or  otherwise  disposed  of  as  part  of  or  in  connection  with  any  sale  or  other  Disposition  permitted  hereunder  or  under  any 
other Loan Document or any Involuntary Disposition, or (iii) as approved in accordance with Section 11.01; 

(b)                              to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document 

to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 8.01(i); and 

(c)                                to  release  any  Guarantor  from  its  obligations  under  the  Guaranty  if  such  Person  ceases  to  be  a  Subsidiary  as  a 

result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents. 

Upon  request  by  the  Administrative  Agent  at  any  time,  the  Required  Lenders  will  confirm  in  writing  the  Administrative 
Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its 
obligations under the Guaranty, pursuant to this Section 10.10. 

The  Administrative  Agent  shall  not  be  responsible  for  or  have  a  duty  to  ascertain  or  inquire  into  any  representation  or 
warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative 
Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be 
responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral. 

10.11                Treasury Management Banks and Swap Banks. 

No Treasury Management Bank or Swap Bank that obtains the benefit of Section 9.03, the Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of 
the provisions hereof or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action 
hereunder  or  under  any  other  Loan  Document  or  otherwise  in  respect  of  the  Collateral  (including  the  release  or  impairment  of  any 
Collateral)  (or  to  notice  of  or  to  consent  to  any  amendment,  waiver  or  modification  of  the  provisions  hereof  or  of  the  Guaranty  or  any 
Collateral  Document)  other  than  in  its  capacity  as  a  Lender  and,  in  such  case,  only  to  the  extent  expressly  provided  in  the  Loan 
Documents.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify 
the  payment  of,  or  that  other  satisfactory  arrangements  have  been  made  with  respect  to,  Obligations  arising  under  Secured  Treasury 
Management  Agreements  and  Secured  Swap  Agreements  except  to  the  extent  expressly  provided  herein  and  unless  the  Administrative 
Agent  has  received  a  Secured  Party  Designation  Notice  of  such  Obligations,  together  with  such  supporting  documentation  as  the 
Administrative  Agent  may  request,  from  the  applicable  Treasury  Management  Bank  or  Swap  Bank,  as  the  case  may  be.   The 
Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect 
to, Obligations arising under Secured Treasury Management Agreements and Secured Swap Agreements. 

109 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.12                Lender ERISA Representations. 

(a)                                Each  Lender  (x) represents  and  warrants,  as  of  the  date  such  Person  became  a  Lender  party  hereto,  to,  and 
(y) covenants,  from  the  date  such  Person  became  a  Lender  party  hereto  to  the  date  such  Person  ceases  being  a  Lender  party 
hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and MLPFS and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, 
to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true: 

(i)                                   such  Lender  is  not  using  “plan  assets”  (within  the  meaning  of  29  CFR  § 2510.3-101,  as  modified  by 
Section 3(42)  of  ERISA)  of  one  or  more  Benefit  Plans  in  connection  with  the  Loans,  the  Letters  of  Credit  or  the 
Commitments, 

(ii)                              the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain 
transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60  (a  class  exemption  for  certain 
transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving 
insurance  company  pooled  separate  accounts),  PTE  91-38  (a  class  exemption  for  certain  transactions  involving  bank 
collective  investment  funds)  or  PTE  96-23  (a  class  exemption  for  certain  transactions  determined  by  in-house  asset 
managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of 
the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, 

(iii)                          (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the 
meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf 
of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and 
this  Agreement,  (C) the  entrance  into,  participation  in,  administration  of  and  performance  of  the  Loans,  the  Letters  of 
Credit,  the  Commitments  and  this  Agreement  satisfies  the  requirements  of  sub-sections  (b) through  (g) of  Part I  of  PTE 
84-14  and  (D) to  the  best  knowledge  of  such  Lender,  the  requirements  of  subsection (a) of Part I  of  PTE  84-14  are 
satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the 
Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or 

(iv)                          such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative 

Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender. 

(b)                              In  addition,  unless  sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding  clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such 
Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding 
clause  (a),  such  Lender  further  (x) represents  and  warrants,  as  of  the  date  such  Person  became  a  Lender  party  hereto,  to,  and 
(y) covenants,  from  the  date  such  Person  became  a  Lender  party  hereto  to  the  date  such  Person  ceases  being  a  Lender  party 
hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and MLPFS and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, 
to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that none of the Administrative Agent or MLPFS or any of their 
respective  Affiliates  is  a  fiduciary  with  respect  to  the  assets  of  such  Lender  (including  in  connection  with  the  reservation  or 
exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto 
or thereto). 

110 

(c)                                The  Administrative  Agent  and  MLPFS  hereby  inform  the  Lenders  that  each  such  Person  is  not  undertaking  to 
provide  impartial  investment  advice,  or  to  give  advice  in  a  fiduciary  capacity,  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated 
hereby,  and  that  such  Person  has  a  financial  interest  in  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  in  that  such  Person  or  an  Affiliate 
thereof  (i) may  receive  interest  or  other  payments  with  respect  to  the  Loans,  the  Letters  of  Credit,  the  Commitments  and  this 
Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than 
the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive 
fees  or  other  payments  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  the  Loan  Documents  or  otherwise,  including 
structuring  fees,  commitment  fees,  arrangement  fees,  facility  fees,  upfront  fees,  underwriting  fees,  ticking  fees,  agency  fees, 
administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or 
alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early 
termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing. 

ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 

11.01                Amendments, Etc. 

(a)                               No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
departure  by  a  Borrower  or  any  other  Loan  Party  therefrom,  shall  be  effective  unless  in  writing  signed  by  the  Required  Lenders 
and the Company or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such 
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, that: 

(i)                                  no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: 

(A)                            extend  or  increase  the  Commitment  of  a  Lender  (or  reinstate  any  Commitment  terminated 
pursuant  to  Section 9.02)  without  the  written  consent  of  such  Lender  whose  Commitment  is  being  extended  or 
increased (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 5.02 or of 
any Default or a mandatory reduction in Commitments is not considered an extension or increase in Commitments 
of any Lender); 

(B)                             postpone  any  date  fixed  by  this  Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document  for  any  payment  of 
principal (excluding mandatory prepayments), interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) 
or  any  scheduled  or  mandatory  reduction  of  the  Commitments  hereunder  or  under  any  other  Loan  Document 
without  the  written  consent  of  each  Lender  entitled  to  receive  such  payment  or  whose  Commitments  are  to  be 
reduced; 

(C)                            reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or 
(subject  to  clause (i) of  the  final  proviso  to  this Section 11.01)  any  fees  or  other  amounts  payable  hereunder  or 
under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to receive such payment of 
principal,  interest,  fees  or  other  amounts;  provided,  that,  only  the  consent  of  the  Required  Lenders  shall  be 
necessary to amend the definition of 

111 

  
  
  
  
  
“Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Company to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default 
Rate; 

(D)                           change Section 2.13 or Section 9.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments 

required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; 

(E)                             change any provision of this  Section 11.01(a) or the definition of “Required Lenders” without the 

written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; 

(F)                              except in connection with a Disposition permitted under Section 8.05, release all or substantially all 

of the Collateral without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; or 

(G)                            release  a  Borrower  or,  except  in  connection  with  a  merger  or  consolidation  permitted  under 
Section 8.04  or  a  Disposition  permitted  under  Section 8.05,  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Guarantors  without  the 
written  consent  of  each  Lender  directly  affected  thereby,  except  to  the  extent  the  release  of  any  Guarantor  is 
permitted pursuant to Section 10.10 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting 
alone); 

(ii)                              unless also signed by the applicable L/C Issuer, no amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or 
duties  of  such  L/C  Issuer  under  this  Agreement  or  any  Issuer  Document  relating  to  any  Letter  of  Credit  issued  or  to  be 
issued by it; 

(iii)                          unless  also  signed  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender,  no  amendment,  waiver  or  consent  shall  affect  the  rights  or 

duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; and 

(iv)                          unless also signed by the Administrative Agent, no amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or 

duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; 

provided,  further, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) each Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges 
thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto, (ii) Schedule 2.03 may be amended from time to time by the 
Company, the Administrative Agent and each L/C Issuer to reflect the L/C Commitments of the L/C Issuers in effect from time to 
time,  (iii) no  Defaulting  Lender  shall  have  any  right  to  approve  or  disapprove  any  amendment,  waiver  or  consent  hereunder  (and 
any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected 
with  the  consent  of  the  applicable  Lenders  other  than  Defaulting  Lenders),  except  that  (x) the  Commitment  of  any  Defaulting 
Lender  may  not  be  increased  or  extended  without  the  consent  of  such  Lender  and  (y) any  waiver,  amendment  or  modification 
requiring  the  consent  of  all  Lenders  or  each  affected  Lender  that  by  its  terms  affects  any  Defaulting  Lender  disproportionately 
adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender, (iv) each Lender is entitled to vote 
as  such  Lender  sees  fit  on  any  bankruptcy  reorganization  plan  that  affects  the  Loans,  and  each  Lender  acknowledges  that  the 
provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth 
herein and (v) the Required Lenders shall determine whether or not to allow a Loan Party to use cash collateral in the context 

112 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding and such determination shall be binding on all of the Lenders. 

(b)                              Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  (x) this  Agreement  may  be  amended  (or  amended  and  restated) 
with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Company, the other Loan Parties and the relevant 
Lenders providing such additional credit facilities (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement, to permit the 
extensions of credit from time to time outstanding hereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in 
the  benefits  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents  with  the  Term  Loans  and  the  Revolving  Loans  and  the  accrued 
interest and fees in respect thereof and to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the 
Required Lenders and (ii) to change, modify or alter Section 2.13 or Section 9.03 or any other provision hereof relating to the pro 
rata  sharing  of  payments  among  the  Lenders  to  the  extent  necessary  to  effectuate  any  of  the  amendments  (or  amendments  and 
restatements) enumerated in this clause (x), (y) in order to implement any additional Commitments in accordance with Section 2.02
(f),  this  Agreement  may  be  amended  for  such  purpose  (but  solely  to  the  extent  necessary  to  implement  such  additional 
Commitments  in  accordance  with  Section 2.02(f))  by  the  Company,  the  other  Loan  Parties,  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the 
relevant  Lenders  providing  such  additional  Commitments  and  (z) if  following  the  Closing  Date,  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the 
Company shall have jointly identified an inconsistency, obvious error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in 
any  provision  of  the  Loan  Documents,  then  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Loan  Parties  shall  be  permitted  to  amend  such 
provision  and  such  amendment  shall  become  effective  without  any  further  action  or  consent  of  any  other  party  to  any  Loan 
Documents  if  the  same  is  not  objected  to  in  writing  by  the  Required  Lenders  within  five  (5) Business  Days  following  receipt  of 
notice thereof. 

(c)                                Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  as  to  any  amendment,  amendment  and  restatement  or  other 
modifications otherwise approved in accordance with this Section, it shall not be necessary to obtain the consent or approval of any 
Lender that, upon giving effect to such amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification, would have no Commitment 
or outstanding Loans so long as such Lender receives payment in full of the principal of and interest accrued on each Loan made 
by,  and  all  other  amounts  owing  to,  such  Lender  or  accrued  for  the  account  of  such  Lender  under  this  Agreement  and  the  other 
Loan Documents at the time such amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification becomes effective. 

11.02                Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies. 

(a)                                Notices Generally.   Except  in  the  case  of  notices  and  other  communications  expressly  permitted  to  be  given  by 
telephone  (and  except  as  provided  in subsection  (b) below),  all  notices  and  other  communications  provided  for  herein  shall  be  in 
writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or e-
mail transmission as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall 
be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows: 

(i)                                  if  to  the  Company  or  any  other  Loan  Party,  the  Administrative  Agent,  an  L/C  Issuer  or  the  Swing  Line 
Lender, to the address, facsimile number, e-mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02; 
and 

(ii)                              if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, e-mail address or telephone number specified in its 
Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its 
Administrative 

113 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Questionnaire  then  in  effect  for  the  delivery  of  notices  that  may  contain  material  non-public  information  relating  to  the 
Borrowers). 

Notices  and  other  communications  sent  by  hand  or  overnight  courier  service,  or  mailed  by  certified  or  registered  mail,  shall  be 
deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile or e-mail transmission shall be deemed to 
have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at 
the  opening  of  business  on  the  next  Business  Day  for  the  recipient).   Notices  and  other  communications  delivered  through  electronic 
communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b). 

(b)                              Electronic Communications.  Notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the 
L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail address and Internet or intranet 
websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided, that, the foregoing shall not apply to notices to 
any  Lender  or  any  L/C  Issuer  pursuant  to  Article II  if  such  Lender  or  such  L/C  Issuer,  as  applicable,  has  notified  the 
Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  The Administrative 
Agent,  the  Swing  Line  Lender,  the  L/C  Issuers  or  the  Borrowers  may  each,  in  its  discretion,  agree  to  accept  notices  and  other 
communications  to  it  hereunder  by  electronic  communications  pursuant  to  procedures  approved  by  it; provided,  that,  approval  of 
such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. 

Unless  the  Administrative  Agent  otherwise  prescribes,  (i) notices  and  other  communications  sent  to  an  e-mail  address  shall  be 
deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” 
function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet 
website  shall  be  deemed  received  upon  the  deemed  receipt  by  the  intended  recipient  at  its  e-mail  address  as  described  in  the  foregoing 
clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided, that, for both 
clauses (i) and (ii), if such notice, e-mail or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice, e-
mail or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient. 

(c)                                The  Platform.   THE  PLATFORM IS  PROVIDED  “AS  IS”  AND  “AS  AVAILABLE.”   THE  AGENT 
PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER 
MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN 
OR  OMISSIONS  FROM  THE  BORROWER  MATERIALS.   NO  WARRANTY  OF  ANY  KIND,  EXPRESS, IMPLIED  OR 
STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, 
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS 
MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM.  In 
no  event  shall  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  of  its  Related  Parties  (collectively,  the “Agent  Parties”) have  any  liability  to  any 
Loan  Party,  any  Lender,  any  L/C  Issuer  or  any  other  Person  for  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  of  any  kind 
(whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of a Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of 
Borrower  Materials  or  any  other  Information  through  the  Internet  or  any  telecommunications,  electronic  or  other  information 
transmission  systems,  except  to  the  extent  that  such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  are  determined  by  a  court  of 
competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross 

114 

  
  
  
  
  
  
negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of  such  Agent  Party;  provided,  that,  in  no  event  shall  any  Agent  Party  have  any  liability  to  a 
Borrower,  any  other  Loan  Party,  any  Lender,  any  L/C  Issuer  or  any  other  Person  for  indirect,  special,  consequential  or  punitive 
damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages). 

(d)                              Change of Address, Etc.  Each Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender 
may  change  its  address,  facsimile  or  telephone  number  for  notices  and  other  communications  hereunder  by  notice  to  the  other 
parties hereto.  Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number or e-mail address for notices and other 
communications  hereunder  by  notice  to  the  Company,  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  L/C  Issuers  and  the  Swing  Line  Lender.   In 
addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on 
record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and e-mail address to which notices and other 
communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.  Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause 
at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or  similar 
designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance 
with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws, to 
make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public  Side  Information” portion of the Platform 
and  that  may  contain  material  non-public  information  with  respect  to  a  Borrower  or  its  securities  for  purposes  of  United  States 
federal or state securities laws. 

(e)                               Reliance  by  Administrative  Agent,  L/C  Issuer  and  Lenders.   The  Administrative  Agent,  the  L/C  Issuers  and  the 
Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic or electronic notices, Loan Notices, Letter of Credit 
Applications,  Notices  of  Loan  Prepayment  and  Swing  Line  Loan  Notices)  purportedly  given  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Loan  Party 
even  if  (i) such  notices  were  not  made  in  a  manner  specified  herein,  were  incomplete  or  were  not  preceded  or  followed  by  any 
other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.  
The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them 
from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on 
behalf  of  a  Loan  Party.   All  telephonic  notices  to  and  other  telephonic  communications  with  the  Administrative  Agent  may  be 
recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording. 

11.03                No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement. 

No failure by any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, 
any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single 
or  partial  exercise  of  any  right,  remedy,  power  or  privilege  hereunder  or  under  any  other  Loan  Document  preclude  any  other  or  further 
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, 
and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by 
law. 

Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein  or  in  any  other  Loan  Document,  the  authority  to  enforce  rights  and 
remedies  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Loan  Documents  against  the  Loan  Parties  or  any  of  them  shall  be  vested  exclusively  in,  and  all 
actions  and  proceedings  at  law  in  connection  with  such  enforcement  shall  be  instituted  and  maintained  exclusively  by,  the  Administrative 
Agent in accordance with Section 10.01 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuers; provided, that, the 

115 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit 
(solely  in  its  capacity  as  Administrative  Agent)  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Loan  Documents,  (b) any  L/C  Issuer  or  the  Swing  Line 
Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as an L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the 
case  may  be)  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Loan  Documents,  (c) any  Lender  from  exercising  setoff  rights  in  accordance  with 
Section 11.08  (subject  to  the  terms  of Section 2.13),  or  (d) any  Lender  from  filing  proofs  of  claim  or  appearing  and  filing  pleadings  on  its 
own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further,  that, if at 
any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders 
shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.01 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in 
clauses (b),  (c) and (d) of  the  preceding  proviso  and  subject  to  Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, 
enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders. 

11.04                Expenses; Indemnity; and Damage Waiver. 

(a)                               Costs and Expenses.  The Loan Parties shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by MLPFS, the 
Administrative  Agent  and  their  respective  Affiliates  (including  the  reasonable  fees,  charges  and  disbursements  of  counsel  for  the 
Administrative  Agent  and  MLPFS)  in  connection  with  the  syndication  of  the  credit  facilities  provided  for  herein,  the  preparation, 
negotiation,  execution,  delivery  and  administration  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents  or  any  amendments, 
modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall 
be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by an L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, 
renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by 
MLPFS, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for 
the  Administrative  Agent,  any  Lender  or  any  L/C  Issuer),  and  shall  pay  all  fees  and  time  charges  for  attorneys  who  may  be 
employees of MLPFS, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer, in connection with the enforcement or protection 
of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in 
connection  with  the  Loans  made  or  Letters  of  Credit  issued  hereunder,  including  all  such  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  during 
any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit. 

(b)                              Indemnification by the Loan Parties.  The Loan Parties shall indemnify MLPFS, the Administrative Agent (and any 
sub-agent thereof), each Lender and each L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person 
being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and 
related  reasonable  expenses  (including  the  reasonable  fees,  charges  and  disbursements  of  any  counsel  for  any  Indemnitee),  and 
shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  each  Indemnitee  from  all  fees  and  time  charges  and  disbursements  for  attorneys  who  may  be 
employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including a Borrower 
or  any  other  Loan  Party)  arising  out  of,  in  connection  with,  or  as  a  result  of  (i) the  execution  or  delivery  of  this  Agreement,  any 
other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of 
their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in 
the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement 
and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including 
any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in 

116 

  
  
  
  
  
connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or 
release  of  Hazardous  Materials  on  or  from  any  property  owned  or  operated  by  a  Loan  Party  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  or  any 
Environmental  Liability  related  in  any  way  to  a  Loan  Party  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  or  (iv) any  actual  or  prospective  claim, 
litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether 
brought  by  a  third  party  or  by  the  Company  or  any  other  Loan  Party,  and  regardless  of  whether  any  Indemnitee  is  a  party 
thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE 
COMPARATIVE,  CONTRIBUTORY  OR  SOLE  NEGLIGENCE  OF  THE  INDEMNITEE;  provided,  that,  such 
indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses 
are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence 
or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or the breach in bad faith by such Indemnitee of its obligations hereunder, if the Company 
or  such  Loan  Party  has  obtained  a  final  and  nonappealable  judgment  in  its  favor  on  such  claim  as  determined  by  a  court  of 
competent jurisdiction.  Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01(c),  this Section 11.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes 
other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. 

(c)                               Reimbursement by Lenders.  To the extent that the Loan Parties for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount 
required  under  subsection  (a) or  (b) of  this  Section to  be  paid  by  them  to  MLPFS,  the  Administrative  Agent  (or  any  sub-agent 
thereof), an L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay 
to MLPFS, the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or such Related Party, as 
the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity 
payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any 
such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), such payment to be made severally among them based on such 
Lenders’  Applicable  Percentages  (determined  as  of  the  time  that  the  applicable  unreimbursed  expense  or  indemnity  payment  is 
sought);  provided,  further,  that,  the  unreimbursed  expense  or  indemnified  loss,  claim,  damage,  liability  or  related  expense,  as  the 
case may be, was incurred by or asserted against MLPFS, the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer or 
the  Swing  Line  Lender  in  its  capacity  as  such,  or  against  any  Related  Party  of  any  of  the  foregoing  acting  for  MLPFS,  the 
Administrative  Agent  (or  any  such  sub-agent),  an  L/C  Issuer  or  the  Swing  Line  Lender  in  connection  with  such  capacity.   The 
obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d). 

(d)                               Waiver  of  Consequential  Damages,  Etc.   To  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  no  Loan  Party  shall 
assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any Indemnitee, 
on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out 
of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated 
hereby,  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  thereby,  any  Loan  or  Letter  of  Credit  or  the  use  of  the  proceeds  thereof.   No 
Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any 
information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in 
connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. 

(e)                                Payments.   All  amounts  due  under  this  Section shall  be  payable  not  later  than  ten  Business  Days  after  demand 

therefor. 

117 

  
  
  
  
  
(f)                                 Survival.   The  agreements  in  this  Section and  the  indemnity  provisions  of  Section 11.02(e) shall  survive  the 
resignation of the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination 
of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. 

11.05                Payments Set Aside. 

To  the  extent  that  any  payment  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Loan  Party  is  made  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  any  L/C  Issuer  or  any 
Lender, or the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such 
setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to 
any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver 
or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, 
the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had 
not  been  made  or  such  setoff  had  not  occurred,  and  (b) each  Lender  and  each  L/C  Issuer  severally  agrees  to  pay  to  the  Administrative 
Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus 
interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from 
time  to  time  in  effect.   The  obligations  of  the  Lenders  and  the  L/C  Issuers  under  clause  (b) of  the  preceding  sentence  shall  survive  the 
payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement. 

11.06                Successors and Assigns. 

(a)                                Successors  and  Assigns  Generally.   The  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents  shall  be 
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, 
except  that  no  Borrower  nor  any  other  Loan  Party  may  assign  or  otherwise  transfer  any  of  its  rights  or  obligations  hereunder  or 
thereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise 
transfer  any  of  its  rights  or  obligations  hereunder  except  (i) to  an  assignee  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of subsection (b) of 
this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge 
or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (e) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment 
or  transfer  by  any  party  hereto  shall  be  null  and  void).   Nothing  in  this  Agreement,  expressed  or  implied,  shall  be  construed  to 
confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the 
extent provided in  subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of 
the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this 
Agreement. 

(b)                              Assignments by Lenders.  Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights 
and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans 
(including  for  purposes  of  this  subsection (b),  participations  in  L/C  Obligations  and  Swing  Line  Loans)  at  the  time  owing  to  it); 
provided, that, any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions: 

(i)                                  Minimum Amounts. 

(A)                            in  the  case  of  an  assignment  of  the  entire  remaining  amount  of  the  assigning  Lender’s 
Commitment and/or the Loans at the time owing to it or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds 
(determined after giving 

118 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
effect  to  such  assignments)  that  equal  at  least  the  amount  specified  in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of  this  Section in  the 
aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum 
amount need be assigned; and 

(B)                             in  any  case  not  described  in  subsection  (b)(i)(A) of  this  Section,  the  aggregate  amount  of  the 
Commitment  (which  for  this  purpose  includes  Loans  outstanding  thereunder)  or,  if  the  applicable  Commitment  is 
not  then  in  effect,  the  principal  outstanding  balance  of  the  Loans  of  the  assigning  Lender  subject  to  each  such 
assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered 
to  the  Administrative  Agent  or,  if “Trade Date”  is  specified  in  the  Assignment  and  Assumption,  as  of  the  Trade 
Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 in the case of an assignment of Revolving Loans and $1,000,000 in the case 
of an assignment of Term Loans unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has 
occurred and is continuing, the Company otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld 
or  delayed);  provided,  that,  this  Section 11.06(b)(i)(B) shall  not  apply  to  assignments  permitted  pursuant  to 
Section 10.09; 

(ii)                              Proportionate Amounts.  Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of 
all  the  assigning  Lender’s  Loans  and  Commitments,  and  rights  and  obligations  with  respect  thereto  assigned,  except  that 
this  clause  (ii) shall  not  (A) apply  to  the  Swing  Line  Lender’s  rights  and  obligations  in  respect  of  Swing  Line  Loans  or 
(B) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations in respect of its Revolving Commitment 
(and the related Revolving Loans thereunder) and its outstanding Term Loans on a non-pro rata basis; 

(iii)                           Required  Consents.   No  consent  shall  be  required  for  any  assignment  except  to  the  extent  required  by 

subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition: 

(A)                           the  consent  of  the  Company  (such  consent  not  to  be  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed)  shall  be 
required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such 
assignment  is  to  a  Lender,  an  Affiliate  of  a  Lender  or  an  Approved  Fund; provided,  that,  the  Company  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  consented  to  any  such  assignment  unless  it  shall  object  thereto  by  written  notice  to  the 
Administrative  Agent  within  ten  (10) Business  Days  after  having  received  notice  thereof;  and  provided,  further, 
that,  the  Company’s  consent  shall  not  be  required  during  the  primary  syndication  of  the  credit  facilities  provided 
herein; 

(B)                            the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) 
shall be required for assignments in respect of (i) any Revolving Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that 
is not a Lender with a Revolving Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to 
such Lender or (ii) any Term Loan to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; 

(C)                            the consent of the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender shall be required for any assignment in 

respect of the Revolving Commitments. 

119 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(iv)                           Assignment  and  Assumption.   The  parties  to  each  assignment  shall  execute  and  deliver  to  the 
Administrative  Agent  an  Assignment  and  Assumption,  together  with  a  processing  and  recordation  fee  in  the  amount  of 
$3,500;  provided,  that, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation 
fee  in  the  case  of  any  assignment;  provided,  further,  that,  such  processing  and  recordation  fee  shall  not  apply  to  any 
assignment  permitted  pursuant  to  Section 10.09.   The  assignee,  if  it  is  not  a  Lender,  shall  deliver  to  the  Administrative 
Agent an Administrative Questionnaire. 

(v)                              No Assignment to Certain Persons.  No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Company or any of the 
Company’s  Affiliates  or  Subsidiaries,  (B) to  any  Defaulting  Lender  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  or  any  Person  who,  upon 
becoming  a  Lender  hereunder,  would  constitute  any  of  the  foregoing  Persons  described  in  this  clause  (B) or  (C) to  a 
natural Person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of a 
natural Person). 

(vi)                           Certain  Additional  Payments.   In  connection  with  any  assignment  of  rights  and  obligations  of  any 
Defaulting  Lender  hereunder,  no  such  assignment  shall  be  effective  unless  and  until,  in  addition  to  the  other  conditions 
thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an 
aggregate  amount  sufficient,  upon  distribution  thereof  as  appropriate  (which  may  be  outright  payment,  purchases  by  the 
assignee  of  participations  or  subparticipations,  or  other  compensating  actions,  including  funding,  with  the  consent  of  the 
Company and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the 
Defaulting  Lender,  to  each  of  which  the  applicable  assignee  and  assignor  hereby  irrevocably  consent),  to  (x) pay  and 
satisfy  in  full  all  payment  liabilities  then  owed  by  such  Defaulting  Lender  to  the  Administrative  Agent,  any  L/C  Issuer  or 
any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all 
Loans  and  participations  in  Letters  of  Credit  and  Swing  Line  Loans  in  accordance  with  its  Applicable  Percentage.  
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in  the  event  that  any  assignment  of  rights  and  obligations  of  any  Defaulting  Lender 
hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the 
assignee  of  such  interest  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  Defaulting  Lender  for  all  purposes  of  this  Agreement  until  such 
compliance occurs. 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after 
the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to 
the  extent  of  the  interest  assigned  by  such  Assignment  and  Assumption,  have  the  rights  and  obligations  of  a  Lender  under  this 
Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, 
be  released  from  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  (and,  in  the  case  of  an  Assignment  and  Assumption  covering  all  of  the 
assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to 
be  entitled  to  the  benefits  of  Sections 3.01,  3.04,  3.05  and 11.04  with  respect  to  facts  and  circumstances  occurring  prior  to  the 
effective  date  of  such  assignment;  provided,  that,  except  to  the  extent  otherwise  expressly  agreed  by  the  affected  parties,  no 
assignment  by  a  Defaulting  Lender  will  constitute  a  waiver  or  release  of  any  claim  of  any  party  hereunder  arising  from  that 
Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.  Upon request, each applicable Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a 
Note to the assignee Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not 
comply  with  this  subsection  shall  be  treated  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement  as  a  sale  by  such  Lender  of  a  participation  in  such 
rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section. 

120 

(c)                               Register.  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers (and such agency 
being  solely  for  tax  purposes),  shall  maintain  at  the  Administrative  Agent’s  Office  a  copy  of  each  Assignment  and  Assumption 
delivered  to  it  (or  the  equivalent  thereof  in  electronic  form)  and  a  register  for  the  recordation  of  the  names  and  addresses  of  the 
Lenders,  and  the  Commitments  of,  and  principal  amounts  (and  stated  interest)  of  the  Loans  and  L/C  Obligations  owing  to,  each 
Lender  pursuant  to  the  terms  hereof  from  time  to  time  (the  “Register”).  The  entries  in  the  Register  shall  be  conclusive  absent 
manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in 
the  Register  pursuant  to  the  terms  hereof  as  a  Lender  hereunder  for  all  purposes  of  this  Agreement.   The  Register  shall  be 
available  for  inspection  by  the  Company  and  any  Lender,  at  any  reasonable  time  and  from  time  to  time  upon  reasonable  prior 
notice. 

(d)                               Participations.   Any  Lender  may  at  any  time,  without  the  consent  of,  or  notice  to,  the  Company  or  the 
Administrative  Agent,  sell  participations  to  any  Person  (other  than  a  natural  Person  (or  a  holding  company,  investment  vehicle  or 
trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person), a Defaulting Lender or a Borrower or any Affiliate or 
Subsidiary of a Borrower) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement 
(including  all  or  a  portion  of  its  Commitment  and/or  the  Loans  (including  such  Lender’s  participations  in  L/C  Obligations  and/or 
Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided,  that, (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such 
Lender  shall  remain  solely  responsible  to  the  other  parties  hereto  for  the  performance  of  such  obligations  and  (iii) the  Borrowers, 
the  Administrative  Agent,  the  other  Lenders  and  the  L/C  Issuers  shall  continue  to  deal  solely  and  directly  with  such  Lender  in 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
connection  with  such  Lender’s  rights  and  obligations  under  this  Agreement.   For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  each  Lender  shall  be 
responsible for the indemnity under Section 11.04(c) without regard to the existence of any participation. 

Any  agreement  or  instrument  pursuant  to  which  a  Lender  sells  such  a  participation  shall  provide  that  such  Lender  shall 
retain  the  sole  right  to  enforce  this  Agreement  and  to  approve  any  amendment,  modification  or  waiver  of  any  provision  of  this 
Agreement;  provided,  that,  such  agreement  or  instrument  may  provide  that  such  Lender  will  not,  without  the  consent  of  the 
Participant,  agree  to  any  amendment,  waiver  or  other  modification  described  in  the  first  proviso  to  Section 11.01(a) that  affects 
such Participant.  Each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the 
same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section (it being 
understood that the documentation required under Section 3.01(e) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation) to the 
same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided, 
that,  such  Participant  (A) agrees  to  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Sections  3.06  and  11.13  as  if  it  were  an  assignee  under 
paragraph (b) of this Section and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04, with respect 
to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation would have been entitled to receive, except 
to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired 
the  applicable  participation.   Each  Lender  that  sells  a  participation  agrees,  at  the  Borrowers’  request  and  expense,  to  use 
reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant.  To 
the  extent  permitted  by  law,  each  Participant  also  shall  be  entitled  to  the  benefits  of  Section 11.08  as  though  it  were  a  Lender; 
provided,  that,  such  Participant  agrees  to  be  subject  to  Section 2.13  as  though  it  were  a  Lender.   Each  Lender  that  sells  a 
participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the 
name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or 
other obligations under 

121 

  
  
the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided, that, no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of 
the  Participant  Register  (including  the  identity  of  any  Participant  or  any  information  relating  to  a  Participant’s  interest  in  any 
commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such 
disclosure  is  necessary  to  establish  that  such  commitment,  loan,  letter  of  credit  or  other  obligation  is  in  registered  form  under 
Section 5f.103-1(c) of  the  United  States  Treasury  Regulations.   The  entries  in  the  Participant  Register  shall  be  conclusive  absent 
manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such 
participation  for  all  purposes  of  this  Agreement  notwithstanding  any  notice  to  the  contrary.   For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  the 
Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. 

(e)                               Certain Pledges.  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights 
under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to 
secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided, that, no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of 
its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. 

(f)                                 Resignation  as  L/C  Issuer  or  Swing  Line  Lender  after  Assignment.   Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary 
contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank 
of America may, (i) upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Company and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon thirty (30) 
days’  notice  to  the  Company,  resign  as  Swing  Line  Lender.   In  the  event  of  any  such  resignation  as  L/C  Issuer  or  Swing  Line 
Lender, the Company shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; 
provided,  that,  no  failure  by  the  Company  to  appoint  any  such  successor  shall  affect  the  resignation  of  Bank  of  America  as  L/C 
Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be.  If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, 
privileges  and  duties  of  an  L/C  Issuer  hereunder  with  respect  to  all  Letters  of  Credit  outstanding  as  of  the  effective  date  of  its 
resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate 
Loans  or  fund  risk  participations  in  Unreimbursed  Amounts  pursuant  to  Section 2.03(c)).   If  Bank  of  America  resigns  as  Swing 
Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made 
by  it  and  outstanding  as  of  the  effective  date  of  such  resignation,  including  the  right  to  require  the  Lenders  to  make  Base  Rate 
Loans  or  fund  risk  participations  in  outstanding  Swing  Line  Loans  pursuant  to  Section 2.04(c).   Upon  the  appointment  of  a 
successor  L/C  Issuer  and/or  Swing  Line  Lender,  (1) such  successor  shall  succeed  to  and  become  vested  with  all  of  the  rights, 
powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (2) the successor L/C Issuer 
shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other 
arrangements  satisfactory  to  Bank  of  America  to  effectively  assume  the  obligations  of  Bank  of  America  with  respect  to  such 
Letters of Credit. 

11.07                Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. 

(a)                                Treatment  of  Confidential  Information.   Each  of  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Lenders  and  each  L/C  Issuer 
agrees  to  maintain  the  confidentiality  of  the  Information  (as  defined  below),  except  that  Information  may  be  disclosed  (i) to  its 
Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the 
confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent required or requested 
by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over 

122 

  
  
  
  
  
  
such  Person  or  its  Related  Parties  (including  any  self-regulatory  authority,  such  as  the  National  Association  of  Insurance 
Commissioners),  (iii) to  the  extent  required  by  applicable  Laws  or  regulations  or  by  any  subpoena  or  similar  legal  process,  (iv) to 
any other party hereto, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any 
action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, 
(vi) subject  to  an  agreement  containing  provisions  substantially  the  same  as  those  of  this  Section,  to  (A) any  assignee  of  or 
Participant  in,  or  any  prospective  assignee  of  or  Participant  in,  any  of  its  rights  and  obligations  under  this  Agreement  or  (B) any 
actual  or  prospective  party  (or  its  Related  Parties)  to  any  swap,  derivative  or  other  transaction  under  which  payments  are  to  be 
made  by  reference  to  a  Loan  Party  and  its  obligations,  this  Agreement  or  payments  hereunder,  (vii) on  a  confidential  basis  to 
(A) any rating agency in connection with rating the a Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder, (B) the 
provider  of  any  Platform  or  other  electronic  delivery  service  used  by  the  Administrative  Agent,  an  L/C  Issuer  and/or  the  Swing 
Line  Lender  to  deliver  Borrower  Materials  or  notices  to  the  Lenders  or  (C) the  CUSIP  Service  Bureau  or  any  similar  agency  in 
connection  with  the  issuance  and  monitoring  of  CUSIP  numbers  or  other  market  identifiers  with  respect  to  the  credit  facilities 
provided  hereunder,  (viii) with  the  consent  of  the  Company  or  (ix) to  the  extent  such  Information  (x) becomes  publicly  available 
other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer 
or  any  of  their  respective  Affiliates  on  a  nonconfidential  basis  from  a  source  other  than  any  Loan  Party.   For  purposes  of  this 
Section,  “Information”  means  all  information  received  from  a  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  relating  to  the  Loan  Parties  or  any 
Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any 
Lender or any L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by such Loan Party or any Subsidiary; provided, that, in the 
case of information received from a Loan Party or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the 
time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall 
be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the 
confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.  In addition, the Administrative 
Agent  and  the  Lenders  may  disclose  the  existence  of  this  Agreement  and  information  about  this  Agreement  to  market  data 
collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with 
the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Commitments. 

(b)                              Non-Public  Information.   Each  of  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Lenders  and  the  L/C  Issuers  acknowledges  that 
(i) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) it 
has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (iii) it will handle such material non-
public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws. 

11.08                Set-off. 

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, each L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates 
is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, to the fullest 
extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  to  set  off  and  apply  any  and  all  deposits  (general  or  special,  time  or  demand,  provisional  or  final,  in 
whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, such L/C Issuer or 
any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of such 
Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing 

123 

  
  
  
  
  
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or such L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether 
or not such Lender, L/C Issuer or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although 
such obligations of such Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch office or Affiliate of such 
Lender or L/C Issuer different from the branch office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided,  that, in 
the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the 
Administrative  Agent  for  further  application  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Section 2.15  and,  pending  such  payment,  shall  be 
segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C 
Issuers  and  the  Lenders  and  (y) the  Defaulting  Lender  shall  provide  promptly  to  the  Administrative  Agent  a  statement  describing  in 
reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.  The rights of each Lender, 
each  L/C  Issuer  and  their  respective  Affiliates  under  this  Section are  in  addition  to  other  rights  and  remedies  (including  other  rights  of 
setoff)  that  such  Lender,  such  L/C  Issuer  or  their  respective  Affiliates  may  have.   Each  Lender  and  L/C  Issuer  agrees  to  notify  the 
Company and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided,  that, the failure to give such notice shall 
not affect the validity of such setoff and application. 

11.09                Interest Rate Limitation. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan 
Documents  shall  not  exceed  the  maximum  rate  of  non-usurious  interest  permitted  by  applicable  Law  (the  “Maximum  Rate”).   If  the 
Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied 
to  the  principal  of  the  Loans  or,  if  it  exceeds  such  unpaid  principal,  refunded  to  the  Borrowers.   In  determining  whether  the  interest 
contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent 
permitted  by  applicable  Law,  (a) characterize  any  payment  that  is  not  principal  as  an  expense,  fee,  or  premium  rather  than  interest, 
(b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total 
amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder. 

11.10                Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. 

This  Agreement  and  each  of  the  other  Loan  Documents  may  be  executed  in  counterparts  (and  by  different  parties  hereto  in 
different  counterparts),  each  of  which  shall  constitute  an  original,  but  all  of  which  when  taken  together  shall  constitute  a  single  contract.  
This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent 
or an L/C Issuer, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous 
agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 5.01, this Agreement 
shall  become  effective  when  it  shall  have  been  executed  by  the  Administrative  Agent  and  when  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have 
received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed 
counterpart  of  a  signature  page of  this  Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document,  or  any  certificate  delivered  thereunder,  by  facsimile  or 
other  electronic  transmission  (e.g.,  “pdf” or “tif”) shall  be  effective  as  delivery  of  a  manually  executed  counterpart  of  this  Agreement  or 
such other Loan Document or certificate.  Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent a manually executed counterpart is not specifically 
required  to  be  delivered  under  the  terms  of  any  Loan  Document,  upon  the  request  of  any  party,  such  facsimile  or  other  electronic 
transmission shall be promptly followed by such manually executed counterpart. 

124 

  
  
  
  
  
  
11.11                Survival of Representations and Warranties. 

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto 
or  thereto  or  in  connection  herewith  or  therewith  shall  survive  the  execution  and  delivery  hereof  and  thereof.   Such  representations  and 
warranties  have  been  or  will  be  relied  upon  by  the  Administrative  Agent  and  each  Lender,  regardless  of  any  investigation  made  by  the 
Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender  or  on  their  behalf  and  notwithstanding  that  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender  may  have  had 
notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or 
any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding. 

11.12                Severability. 

If  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  or  the  other  Loan  Documents  is  held  to  be  illegal,  invalid  or  unenforceable,  (a) the  legality, 
validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired 
thereby  and  (b) the  parties  shall  endeavor  in  good  faith  negotiations  to  replace  the  illegal,  invalid  or  unenforceable  provisions  with  valid 
provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity 
of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  Without limiting 
the  foregoing  provisions  of  this  Section 11.12,  if  and  to  the  extent  that  the  enforceability  of  any  provisions  in  this  Agreement  relating  to 
Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers or the 
Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited. 

11.13                Replacement of Lenders. 

If the Company is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.06, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or 
a  Non-Consenting  Lender,  then  the  Company  may,  at  their  sole  expense  and  effort,  upon  notice  to  such  Lender  and  the  Administrative 
Agent,  require  such  Lender  to  assign  and  delegate,  without  recourse  (in  accordance  with  and  subject  to  the  restrictions  contained  in,  and 
consents required by, Section 11.06), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04) 
and  obligations  under  this  Agreement  and  the  related  Loan  Documents  to  an  Eligible  Assignee  that  shall  assume  such  obligations  (which 
assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided, that: 

(a)                               the Company shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 11.06(b); 

(b)                              such  Lender  shall  have  received  payment  of  an  amount  equal  to  one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of  the  outstanding 
principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and 
under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding 
principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company (in the case of all other amounts); 

(c)                                in  the  case  of  any  such  assignment  resulting  from  a  claim  for  compensation  under  Section 3.04  or  payments 
required  to  be  made  pursuant  to  Section 3.01,  such  assignment  will  result  in  a  reduction  in  such  compensation  or  payments 
thereafter; 

(d)                              such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and 

125 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(e)                                in  the  case  of  any  such  assignment  resulting  from  a  Non-Consenting  Lender’s  failure  to  consent  to  a  proposed 
change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document, the applicable replacement bank, financial institution 
or  Fund  consents  to  the  proposed  change,  waiver,  discharge  or  termination;  provided,  that,  the  failure  by  such  Non-Consenting 
Lender to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption shall not impair the validity of the removal of such Non-Consenting 
Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and outstanding Loans and participations in 
L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 11.13 shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such 
Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Assumption. 

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender 

or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. 

11.14                Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc. 

(a)                                GOVERNING  LAW.   THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  THE  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENTS  (EXCEPT,  AS  TO 
ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT,  AS  EXPRESSLY  SET  FORTH  THEREIN)  AND  ANY  CLAIMS,  CONTROVERSY, 
DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING 
OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER 
LOAN  DOCUMENT,  AS  EXPRESSLY  SET  FORTH  THEREIN)  AND  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED 
HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF 
THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

(b)                              

PARTY  HERETO 

SUBMISSION  TO 

JURISDICTION.   EACH 

IRREVOCABLY  AND 
UNCONDITIONALLY  AGREES  THAT  IT  WILL  NOT  COMMENCE  ANY  ACTION,  LITIGATION  OR  PROCEEDING 
OF  ANY  KIND  OR  DESCRIPTION,  WHETHER  IN  LAW  OR  EQUITY,  WHETHER  IN  CONTRACT  OR  IN  TORT  OR 
OTHERWISE, AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO OR ANY RELATED PARTY OF THE FOREGOING IN ANY 
WAY  RELATING  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  OR  THE  TRANSACTIONS 
RELATING HERETO OR THERETO, IN ANY OTHER FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW 
YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN 
DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES 
HERETO  IRREVOCABLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY  SUBMITS  TO  THE  JURISDICTION  OF  SUCH  COURTS  AND 
AGREES  THAT  ALL  CLAIMS  IN  RESPECT  OF  ANY  SUCH  ACTION,  LITIGATION  OR  PROCEEDING  MAY BE 
HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY 
APPLICABLE  LAW, IN  SUCH  FEDERAL  COURT.   EACH  OF  THE  PARTIES  HERETO  AGREES  THAT  A  FINAL 
JUDGMENT  IN  ANY  SUCH  ACTION,  LITIGATION  OR  PROCEEDING  SHALL  BE  CONCLUSIVE  AND  MAY BE 
ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED 
BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT 
THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING 
ANY  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  RELATING  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT 
AGAINST  A  BORROWER  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  PARTY  OR  ITS  PROPERTIES  IN  THE  COURTS  OF  ANY 
JURISDICTION IN ORDER TO ENFORCE ANY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY COLLATERAL. 

126 

  
  
  
  
  
  
(c)                               WAIVER OF VENUE.  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, 
TO  THE  FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY  APPLICABLE  LAW,  ANY  OBJECTION  THAT  IT  MAY NOW  OR 
HEREAFTER  HAVE  TO  THE  LAYING  OF  VENUE  OF  ANY  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR 
RELATING  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  IN  ANY  COURT  REFERRED  TO  IN 
PARAGRAPH  (b) OF  THIS  SECTION.   EACH  OF  THE  PARTIES  HERETO  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES,  TO 
THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO 
THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT. 

(d)                               SERVICE  OF  PROCESS.   EACH  PARTY  HERETO  IRREVOCABLY  CONSENTS  TO  SERVICE  OF 
PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL 
AFFECT  THE  RIGHT  OF  ANY  PARTY  HERETO  TO  SERVE  PROCESS  IN  ANY  OTHER  MANNER  PERMITTED  BY 
APPLICABLE LAW. 

11.15                Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury. 

EACH  PARTY  HERETO  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES,  TO  THE  FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY 
APPLICABLE  LAW,  ANY  RIGHT  IT  MAY HAVE  TO  A  TRIAL  BY  JURY  IN  ANY  LEGAL  PROCEEDING  DIRECTLY  OR 
INDIRECTLY  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  OR  THE 
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER 
THEORY).   EACH  PARTY  HERETO  (A) CERTIFIES  THAT  NO  REPRESENTATIVE,  AGENT  OR  ATTORNEY  OF  ANY 
OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE 
EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE 
OTHER  PARTIES  HERETO  HAVE  BEEN  INDUCED  TO  ENTER  INTO  THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  THE  OTHER  LOAN 
DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 

11.16                Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. 

The words “delivery”, “execute”, “execution”, “signed”, “signature” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or 
in  any  amendment  or  other  modification  hereof  (including  waivers  and  consents)  shall  be  deemed  to  include  electronic  signatures,  the 
electronic  matching  of  assignment  terms  and  contract  formations  on  electronic  platforms  approved  by  the  Administrative  Agent,  or  the 
keeping  of  records  in  electronic  form,  each  of  which  shall  be  of  the  same  legal  effect,  validity  or  enforceability  as  a  manually  executed 
signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, 
including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records 
Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided,  that, notwithstanding anything contained 
herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format 
unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided,  further,  that,  without  limiting  the 
foregoing, upon the request of any party hereto, any electronic signature shall be promptly followed by such manually executed counterpart. 

127 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
11.17                USA PATRIOT Act. 

Each  Lender  that  is  subject  to  the  Act  (as  hereinafter  defined)  and  the  Administrative  Agent  (for  itself  and  not  on  behalf  of  any 
Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into 
law October 26, 2001)) (the “PATRIOT Act”),  it  is  required  to  obtain,  verify  and  record  information  that  identifies  the  Borrowers,  which 
information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, 
as  applicable,  to  identify  the  Borrowers  in  accordance  with  the  Act.  The  Borrowers  shall,  promptly  following  a  request  by  the 
Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender,  provide  all  documentation  and  other  information  that  the  Administrative  Agent  or  such  Lender 
requests  in  order  to  comply  with  its  ongoing  obligations  under  applicable  “know  your  customer”  and  anti-money  laundering  rules and 
regulations, including the Act. 

11.18                No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. 

In  connection  with  all  aspects  of  each  transaction  contemplated  hereby  (including  in  connection  with  any  amendment,  waiver  or 
other  modification  hereof  or  of  any  other  Loan  Document),  each  Borrower  and  each  other  Loan  Party  acknowledges  and  agrees,  and 
acknowledges  its  Affiliates’  understanding,  that:  (a)(i) the  arranging  and  other  services  regarding  this  Agreement  provided  by  the 
Administrative  Agent  and  any  Affiliate  thereof,  MLPFS,  and  the  Lenders  are  arm’s-length  commercial  transactions  between  the 
Borrowers,  each  other  Loan  Party  and  their  respective  Affiliates,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Administrative  Agent  and,  as  applicable,  its 
Affiliates (including MLPFS) and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this Section, the “Lenders”) 
on the other hand, (ii) each of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors 
to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) each Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and 
accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b)(i) the Administrative 
Agent and its Affiliates (including MLPFS) and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in 
writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrowers, the other Loan 
Parties  or  any  of  their  respective  Affiliates  or  any  other  Person  and  (ii) neither  the  Administrative  Agent,  any  of  its  Affiliates  (including 
MLPFS) nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrowers, the other Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the 
transactions  contemplated  hereby  except  those  obligations  expressly  set  forth  herein  and  in  the  other  Loan  Documents;  and  (c) the 
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including MLPFS) and the Lenders may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve 
interests  that  differ  from  those  of  the  Borrowers,  the  other  Loan  Parties,  and  their  respective  Affiliates,  and  neither  the  Administrative 
Agent,  any  of  its  Affiliates  (including  MLPFS)  nor  any  Lender  has  any  obligation  to  disclose  any  of  such  interests  to  the  Borrowers,  the 
other Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby 
waives and releases, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates (including MLPFS) or any Lender 
with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transactions contemplated 
hereby. 

11.19                Appointment of Company. 

Each of the Guarantors and NY Telecom, in its capacity as a Borrower, hereby appoints the Company to act as its agent for all 
purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  other  Loan  Documents  and  all  other  documents  and  electronic  platforms  entered  into  in  connection 
herewith and agrees that (a) the Company may execute such documents and provide such authorizations on behalf of such Guarantors and 
NY Telecom as the Company deems appropriate in its sole discretion and each Guarantor and NY Telecom shall be obligated by all of the 
terms  of  any  such  document  and/or  authorization  executed  on  its  behalf,  (b) any  notice  of  communication  delivered  by  the  Administrative 
Agent, an L/C Issuer or a Lender to the 

128 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Company shall be deemed delivered to each Loan Party and (c) the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender or the 
Lenders may accept, and be permitted to rely on, any document, authorization, instrument or agreement executed by the Company on behalf 
of each of the Guarantors and NY Telecom. 

11.20                Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers, Etc. 

(a)                                Each  of  the  Borrowers  is  accepting  joint  and  several  liability  hereunder  in  consideration  of  the  financial 
accommodation to be provided by the Lenders under this Agreement and the other documents evidencing the Obligations, for the 
mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each of the Borrowers and in consideration of the undertakings of each of the Borrowers 
to accept joint and several liability for the obligations of each of them. 

(b)                              Each of the Borrowers jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety 
but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrower with respect to the payment and performance of all of the 
Obligations, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each of the 
Borrowers without preferences or distinction among them. 

(c)                               If and to the extent that a Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and 
when due or to perform any obligations under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such event, 
the other Borrower will make such payment with respect to, or perform, such obligation. 

(d)                              The  obligations  of  each  Borrower  under  the  provisions  of  this Section 11.20 constitute full recourse obligations of 
such  Borrower,  enforceable  against  it  to  the  full  extent  of  its  properties  and  assets,  irrespective  of  the  validity,  regularity  or 
enforceability of this Agreement or any other circumstances whatsoever. 

(e)                               Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each Borrower hereby waives notice of acceptance of its joint and 
several liability, notice of occurrence of any Default (except to the extent notice is expressly required to be given pursuant to the 
terms  of  this  Agreement),  or  of  any  demand  for  any  payment  under  this  Agreement,  notice  of  any  action  at  any  time  taken  or 
omitted by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under or in respect of any of the Obligations, any requirement of diligence and, 
generally,  all  demands,  notices  and  other  formalities  of  every  kind  in  connection  with  this  Agreement.   Each  Borrower  hereby 
assents  to,  and  waives  notice  of,  any  extension  or  postponement  of  the  time  for  the  payment  of  any  of  the  Obligations,  the 
acceptance  of  any  partial  payment  thereon,  any  waiver,  consent  or  other  action  or  acquiescence  by  the  Lenders  at  any  time  or 
times in respect of any default by any Borrower in the performance or satisfaction of any term, covenant, condition or provision of 
this  Agreement,  any  and  all  other  indulgences  whatsoever  by  the  Lenders  in  respect  of  any  of  the  Obligations,  and  the  taking, 
addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of such Obligations or the addition, 
substitution or release, in whole or in part, of any Borrower.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower assents 
to any other action or delay in acting or any failure to act on the part of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, including, without 
limitation,  any  failure  strictly  or  diligently  to  assert  any  right  or  to  pursue  any  remedy  or  to  comply  fully  with  applicable  laws  or 
regulations  thereunder  which  might,  but  for  the  provisions  of  this  Section 11.20,  afford  grounds  for  terminating,  discharging  or 
relieving  such  Borrower,  in  whole  or  in  part,  from  any  of  its  obligations  under  this  Section 11.20,  it  being  the  intention  of  each 
Borrower  that,  so  long  as  any  of  the  Obligations  hereunder  remain  unsatisfied,  the  obligations  of  such  Borrower  under  this 
Section 11.20 shall not be discharged except by performance and then only to the extent of such performance.  The obligations of 
each Borrower under this Section 11.20 shall 

129 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
not  be  diminished  or  rendered  unenforceable  by  any  winding  up,  reorganization,  arrangement,  liquidation,  reconstruction  or  similar 
proceeding  with  respect  to  any  reconstruction  or  similar  proceeding  with  respect  to  any  Borrower  or  the  Lenders.   The  joint  and 
several  liability  of  the  Borrowers  hereunder  shall  continue  in  full  force  and  effect  notwithstanding  any  absorption,  merger, 
amalgamation or any other change whatsoever in the name, membership, constitution or place of formation of any Borrower or the 
Lenders. 

(f)                                The provisions of this Section 11.20 are made for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their 
respective  successors  and  assigns,  and  may  be  enforced  by  any  such  Person  from  time  to  time  against  any  of  the  Borrowers  as 
often  as  occasion  therefore  may  arise  and  without  requirement  on  the  part  of  any  Lender  first  to  marshal  any  of  its  claims  or  to 
exercise any of its rights against any other Borrower or to exhaust any remedies available to it against any other Borrower or to 
resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations or to elect any other remedy.  The provisions of 
this  Section 11.20  shall  remain  in  effect  until  all  the  Obligations  shall  have  been  paid  in  full  or  otherwise  fully  satisfied.   If  at  any 
time,  any  payment,  or  any  part  thereof,  made  in  respect  of  any  of  the  Obligations,  is  rescinded  or  must  otherwise  be  restored  or 
returned by the Lenders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any of the Borrowers, or otherwise, the provisions of 
this Section 11.20 will forthwith be reinstated and in effect as though such payment had not been made. 

(g)                                Notwithstanding  any  provision  to  the  contrary  contained  herein  or  in  any  other  of  the  Loan  Documents  or  other 
documents evidencing the Obligations, the obligations of each Borrower hereunder shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to 
the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code 
of the United States or any comparable provisions of any applicable Debtor Relief Law. 

11.21                California Judicial Reference. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any action or proceeding is filed in a court of the State of 
California  by  or  against  any  party  hereto  in  connection  with  any  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or  any  other  Loan 
Document,  (a) the  court  shall,  and  is  hereby  directed  to,  make  a  general  reference  pursuant  to  California  Code  of  Civil  Procedure 
Section 638 to a referee (who shall be a single active or retired judge) to hear and determine all of the issues in such action or proceeding 
(whether  of  fact  or  of  law)  and  to  report  a  statement  of  decision; provided,  that,  at  the  option  of  any  party  to  such  proceeding,  any  such 
issues pertaining to a “provisional remedy” as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.8 shall be heard and determined 
by  the  court,  and  (b) without  limiting  the  generality  of  Section 11.04,  the  Loan  Parties  shall  be  solely  responsible  to  pay  all  fees  and 
expenses of any referee appointed in such action or proceeding. 

11.22                Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among 
any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan 
Document,  to  the  extent  such  liability  is  unsecured,  may  be  subject  to  the  write-down  and  conversion  powers  of  an  EEA  Resolution 
Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by: 

(a)                               the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities 

arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and 

130 

(b)        the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable: 

(i)         a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability; 

(ii)        a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA 
Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and 
that  such  shares  or  other  instruments  of  ownership  will  be  accepted  by  it  in  lieu  of  any  rights  with  respect  to  any  such 
liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or 

(iii)        the  variation  of  the  terms  of  such  liability  in  connection  with  the  exercise  of  the  Write-Down  and 

Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority. 

11.23   Entire Agreement. 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG 
THE  PARTIES  AND  MAY NOT  BE  CONTRADICTED  BY  EVIDENCE  OF  PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR 
SUBSEQUENT  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OF  THE  PARTIES.   THERE  ARE  NO  UNWRITTEN  ORAL  AGREEMENTS 
AMONG THE PARTIES. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW] 

131 

  
  
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written. 

BORROWERS: 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

GUARANTORS: 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer 

ADVANCED WIRELESS GROUP, LLC, 
a Florida limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Manager 

BOINGO BROADBAND LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

CHICAGO CONCOURSE DEVELOPMENT GROUP, LLC, a 
Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Manager 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
CREDIT AGREEMENT 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS BALTIMORE, LLC, a 
Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS CANADA, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Treasurer and Secretary 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Manager 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS ILLINOIS, LLC, 
an Illinois limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS MINNESOTA, LLC, a 
Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS NASHVILLE, LLC, an 
Illinois limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
CREDIT AGREEMENT 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS OTTAWA, LLC, 
an Illinois limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS SSP, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS ST. LOUIS, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

CONCOURSE HOLDING CO., LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Manager 

ELECTRONIC MEDIA SYSTEMS, INC., 
a Florida corporation 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Treasurer, and Secretary 

ENDEKA GROUP, INC., 
a California corporation 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
CREDIT AGREEMENT 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
INGATE HOLDING, LLC, 
an Illinois limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

INGATE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

OPTI-FI NETWORKS, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary 

TEGO COMMUNICATIONS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Treasurer, and Secretary 

BOINGO LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Manager 

BOINGO MDU, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: /s/ Peter Hovenier 
Name: Peter Hovenier 
Title:   Manager 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
CREDIT AGREEMENT 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ADMINISTRATIVE 
AGENT: 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent 

By: /s/ Melissa Mullis 
Name: Melissa Mullis 
Title:   Assistant Vice President 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
CREDIT AGREEMENT 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
LENDERS: 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 
as a Lender, Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer 

By: /s/ Sophia Chen 
Name: Sophia Chen 
Title:   Senior Vice President 

SILICON VALLEY BANK, 
as a Lender and an L/C Issuer 

By: /s/ Ashley Fairon 
Name: Ashley Fairon 
Title:   Vice President 

BANK OF THE WEST, 
as a Lender 

By: /s/ Bonnie Kehe 
Name: Bonnie Kehe 
Title:   Director 

ZIONS BANCORPORATION, N.A. 
dba CALIFORNIA BANK & TRUST, 
as a Lender 

By: /s/ Kevin Kim 
Name: Kevin Kim 
Title:   Vice President 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, 
as a Lender 

By: /s/ Craig Malloy 
Name: Craig Malloy 
Title:   Director 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
CREDIT AGREEMENT 

[*] 

SCHEDULE 1.01 
(EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT) 

*CERTAIN  INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.  CONFIDENTIAL 
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
[*] 

*CERTAIN  INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.  CONFIDENTIAL 
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 

  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE 2.01 
(COMMITMENTS AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES) 

Revolving 
Commitment 

Applicable Percentage of 
Aggregate Revolving 
Commitments 

Term Loan 
Commitment 

Applicable Percentage of Term 
Loan Commitments 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

[*] 

Lender 

Bank of America, N.A. 

Silicon Valley Bank 

Bank of the West 

Zions Bancorporation, 
N.A. dba California 
Bank & Trust 

Barclays Bank PLC 

Total 

$150,000,000.00 

100.000000000% 

$3,500,000.00 

100.000000000% 

*CERTAIN  INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.  CONFIDENTIAL 
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS. 

SCHEDULE 2.03 
(L/C COMMITMENTS) 

L/C Issuer 

L/C Commitment 

Bank of America, N.A. 

Silicon Valley Bank 

[*] 

[*] 

*CERTAIN  INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.  CONFIDENTIAL 
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE 6.10 
(INSURANCE) 

(See Attached) 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
SCHEDULE 6.13 

(SUBSIDIARIES) 

Entity Name 

Parent 

Jurisdiction 
of 
Formation 

Number of 
Shares/Equity 
Interests 
Outstanding 

Number and 
Percentage of 
Outstanding Shares 
of each Class Owned 

Number and 
Effect (if 
Exercised) of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants, 
Rights of 
Conversion or 
Purchase 
N/A 

Advanced Wireless 
Group, LLC 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

FL 

100 Membership 
Units 

10 Membership Units (10%) 

90 Membership Units (90%) 

Boingo Broadband 
LLC 

Boingo Holding 
Participações Ltda 

Boingo Limited 

Boingo LLC 

Electronic Media 
Systems, Inc. 
Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Timeo Participações 
Ltda 
Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 

DE 

Brazil 

100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of equity 
interests 

100% 

N/A 

75% of all equity interests 

N/A 

25% of all equity interests 

England and 
Wales 
DE 

1 Share 

1 share (100%) 

1 Membership Unit  1 Membership Unit (100%) 

N/A 

N/A 

Boingo MDU, LLC  Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

DE 

1 Membership Unit  1 Membership Unit (100%) 

N/A 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Entity Name 

Parent 

Jurisdiction 
of 
Formation 

Number of 
Shares/Equity 
Interests 
Outstanding 

Number and 
Percentage of 
Outstanding Shares 
of each Class Owned 

Chicago Concourse 
Development Group, 
LLC 

Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 

DE 

100% Membership 
Interest 

70% Membership Interest 

Number and 
Effect (if 
Exercised) of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants, 
Rights of 
Conversion or 
Purchase 
N/A 

Concourse 
Communications 
Baltimore, LLC 
Concourse 
Communications 
Canada, Inc. 
Concourse 
Communications 
Detroit, LLC 

Concourse 
Communications 
Group, LLC 
Concourse 
Communications 
Illinois, LLC 

Rico Computer 
Enterprises, Inc. 
Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 

Concourse Holding Co., 
LLC 

Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 

DE 

DE 

DE 

DE 

IL 

100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100 shares 
Common Stock 

70,000 Common 
Units 
30,000 Class A 
Units 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 

30% Membership Interest 

100% 

100 shares Common Stock 
(100%) 

70,000 Common Units (100% 
Common Units) 
30,000 Class A Units (100% 
Class A Units) 
100% 

100% 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

Entity Name 

Parent 

Jurisdiction 
of 
Formation 

Number of 
Shares/Equity 
Interests 
Outstanding 

Number and 
Percentage of 
Outstanding Shares 
of each Class Owned 

Concourse 
Communications 
Minnesota, LLC 
Concourse 
Communications 
Nashville, LLC 
Concourse 
Communications 
Ottawa, LLC 
Concourse 
Communications SSP, 
LLC 
Concourse 
Communications St. 
Louis, LLC 
Concourse 

Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Concourse 

DE 

IL 

IL 

DE 

DE 

England and 

100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
1,000 Ordinary 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

1,000 Ordinary Shares 

Number and 
Effect (if 
Exercised) of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants, 
Rights of 
Conversion or 
Purchase 
N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Communications UK 
Limited 

Communications Group, 
LLC 

Wales 

Shares 

(100%) 

  
Number and 
Effect (if 
Exercised) of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants, 
Rights of 
Conversion or 
Purchase 
Employee Equity Plan 
(652,008 Units) 

Entity Name 

Parent 

Jurisdiction 
of 
Formation 

Number of 
Shares/Equity 
Interests 
Outstanding 

Number and 
Percentage of 
Outstanding Shares 
of each Class Owned 

Concourse Holding 
Co., LLC 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

DE 

10,673.044 Class A 
Units 
3,116.926 Class B 
Units 
14,670,181 
Common Units 

6,466.918 Class A Units 
7,347,129 Common Units 
(Total owned 50.1%) 

4,206.126 Class A Units 
3,116.926 Class B Units 
7,323,052 Common Units 
(Total owned 49.9%) 

Tego 
Communications, Inc. 
Boingo Holding 
Participações Ltda 

Timeo Participações 
Ltda. 
Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Concourse 
Telecomunicações 
Brasil Ltda 

Electronic Media 
Systems, Inc. 

Endeka Group, Inc.  Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Brazil 

100% equity 
interest 

99.999% of equity interest 

N/A 

.001% of equity interest 

FL 

CA 

100 Shares 

100 shares (100%) 

1 share 

1 share (100%) 

N/A 

N/A 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Entity Name 

Parent 

Jurisdiction 
of 
Formation 

Number of 
Shares/Equity 
Interests 
Outstanding 

Number and 
Percentage of 
Outstanding Shares 
of each Class Owned 

InGate Holding, LLC 

InGate Technologies, 
LLC 

New York Telecom 
Partners, LLC 

Opti-Fi Networks, 
LLC 

Tego 
Communications, Inc. 

Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
InGate Holding, LLC 

Concourse 
Communications Group, 
LLC 
Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

IL 

DE 

DE 

DE 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

DE 

100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
100% of 
Membership 
Interests 
60,003 Common 
Stock 
5,323.7 Series A 
Preferred 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

60,003 Common Stock 
(100%) 
5,323.7 Series A Preferred 
(100%) 

SCHEDULE 6.17 
(INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS) 

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS, TRADE NAMES: (VARIOUS OWNERSHIP - SEE BELOW) 

Number and 
Effect (if 
Exercised) of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants, 
Rights of 
Conversion or 
Purchase 
N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, LLC 
REGISTERED MARKS 

CC CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, LLC and Design 
CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS 

Mark 

ADVANCED WIRELESS GROUP, LLC 
REGISTERED MARKS 

Mark 

Mark 

AWG-WIFI 

BOINGO MDU, LLC 
REGISTERED MARKS 

STREAMFAST 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
REGISTERED MARKS 

Registration No. 
2630504 
3650218 

Registration Date 
10/8/02 
7/7/09 

Registration No. 

4364687 

Registration 
Date 
7/9/13 

Registration No. 

4654548 

Registration 
Date 
12/9/14 

Mark 

Registration No. 

Registration 
Date 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
BOINGO 
BOINGO BROADBAND 
BOINGO and Design 
BOINGO WI-FINDER 
DON’T JUST GO. BOINGO. 
CLOUDNINE 9 MEDIA and Design 
CLOUD9 

PENDING APPLICATIONS 

Mark 

BOINGO TV 

2873172 
4745257 
3517731 
4020471 
3473546 
4274673 
4330180 

8/17/04 
5/26/15 
10/14/08 
8/30/11 
7/22/08 
1/15/13 
5/7/13 

Serial No. 
87454789 

Filing Date 
5/18/17 

  
 
  
BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
PATENTS 

TITLE 
INTERNET ACCESS CONTROL USING DEPTH PARAMETERS 
SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MAC ADDRESS TRACKING FOR 
A MOBILE DEVICE 
NETWORK ACCESS POINT DETECTION AND USE 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING WIRELESS 
NETWORK ACCESS 
APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ACCESS SOLUTIONS TO 
WIRELESS AND WIRED NETWORKS 
SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC 
WIRELESS NETWORK DISCOVERY 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING WIRELESS 
NETWORK ACCESS 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING NETWORKS BY A 
MOBILE DEVICE 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING NETWORKS BY A 
MOBILE DEVICE 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
PENDING APPLICATIONS 

PATENT NO. 
9521031 
9501777 

ISSUE DATE 
12/13/16 
11/22/16 

9319967 
9301137 

9264435 

8831660 

8767686 

8234381 

7483984 

04/19/16 
03/29/16 

02/16/16 

09/09/14 

07/01/14 

07/31/12 

01/27/09 

Patent 
SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MAC ADDRESS TRACKING FOR 
A MOBILE DEVICE 

Appl. No. 
15286497 
20170024763 

Filing Date 
10/05/16 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
COPYRIGHTS 

TITLE 
INTRODUCING BOINGO WIRELESS INTERNET SERVICE. 

REG. NO. 
TX0005514024 

REG. DATE 
01/31/02 

nd

Location 
10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suites 2300 and 2400 
Los Angeles, CA  90024 
10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 2300 Storage 
Los Angeles, CA  90024 
10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 2300 2  Storage 
Los Angeles, CA  90024 
2150 S. Central Expressway, Suite 200 
McKinney, TX  75070 
2215 York Road, Suite 415 
Oak Brook, IL  60523 
One Market Street, 36  Floor 
th
San Francisco, CA  94105 
3000 Marcus Avenue, Suite 2E6 
Lake Success, NY  11042 
580 Broadway, Suite 901 

SCHEDULE 6.20(a) 
(LOCATIONS OF REAL PROPERTY) 

Leased/Owned 
Leased 

Lessee 
Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

New York Telecom Partners, LLC 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
New York, NY  10012 
180 Meeting Street, Suite 200 
Charleston, SC  29401 
103 Trade Zone Drive, Suites 30C and a portion of 28C 
Columbia, SC  29170 
103 Trade Zone Drive, warehouse space 
Columbia, SC  29170 
Detroit Metro Airport 
McNamara Terminal, Building-830-#2559 
Detroit, MI  48242 
1080 Entry Drive 
Bensonville, IL  60106 
Olen Pointe 
Three Pointe Drive, Suite 200 
Brea, CA  92821 
80 S.W. 8  Street, Suite 2000 
Miami, FL  33130 

th

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Boingo MDU, LLC 

Boingo MDU, LLC 

Boingo MDU, LLC 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

Electronic Media Systems, Inc. 

  
SCHEDULE 6.20(b) 
(TAXPAYER AND ORGANIZATIONAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS) 

[OMITTED] 

  
  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE 6.20(c) 
(CHANGES IN LEGAL NAME, STATE OF FORMATION, STRUCTURE) 

None. 

  
  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE 7.02(j) 
(NY MTA PROJECT BUDGET REQUIREMENTS) 

With respect to each NY MTA Project: 

Part A 

·                 Budget – Carrier specified/reimbursable expenditures (including capital expenditures) 
·                 Capital expenditures for the Test Period most recently ended 
·                 Total capital expenditures spent with respect to such project (determined as of the last day of the Test Period most recently ended) 
·                 Capital Expenditures anticipated to be spent from the last day of the Test Period most recently ended through project completion 

Part B 

·                 Carrier contract status updates (which can be in form of a customary “management discussion and analysis”) 
·                 Build progress updates (which can be in form of a customary “management discussion and analysis”) 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE 7.15 
(EXCLUDED ACCOUNTS) 

[OMITTED] 

  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE 8.01 
(LIENS EXISTING ON THE CLOSING DATE) 

None. 

  
  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE 8.02 
(INVESTMENTS EXISTING ON THE CLOSING DATE) 

Investments constituting ownership of the Equity Interests in Subsidiaries described on Schedule 6.13. 

  
  
  
  
  
SCHEDULE 8.03 
(INDEBTEDNESS EXISTING ON THE CLOSING DATE) 

None. 

SCHEDULE 11.02 
(CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES) 

LOAN PARTIES: 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 
New York Telecom Partners, LLC (c/o Boingo Wireless, Inc.) 
10960 Wilshire Blvd., 23rd Floor 
Los Angeles, CA  90024 
Attention: [Omitted] 

With copies to: (which shall not constitute notice) 

Boingo Wireless, Inc. 
10960 Wilshire Blvd., 23rd Floor 
Los Angeles, CA  90024 
Attention: [Omitted] 

Chapman and Cutler LLP 
595 Market Street, 26th Floor 
San Francisco, CA  94105 
Attention: [Omitted] 
Email: [Omitted] 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: 

Administrative Agent’s Office 
(for advances, payments and Requests for Credit Extensions): 
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent 
2380 Performance Drive 
Building C, TX2-984-03-23 
Richardson, TX 75082 
Attention:  [Omitted] 
Tel: [Omitted] 
Facsimile: [Omitted] 
Email: [Omitted] 

Remittance Instructions – USD: 
Bank of America, N.A. 
New York, NY 
ABA# [Omitted] 
Account No.:  [Omitted] 
Account Name: [Omitted] 
Ref: [Omitted] 

Other Notices as Administrative Agent: 
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent 
900 W. Trade St., 6  Floor 
NC1-026-06-03 

th

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Charlotte, NC 28255 
Attention:  [Omitted] 
Tel: [Omitted] 
Facsimile: [Omitted] 
Email: [Omitted] 

L/C ISSUERS: 

Bank of America, N.A. 
Trade Operations 
1 Fleet Way 
Mail Code: PA6-580-02-30 
Scranton, Pa. 18507 
Attention:  [Omitted] 
Tel: [Omitted] 
Facsimile: [Omitted] 
Email: [Omitted] 

Remittance Instructions: 
Bank of America, N.A. 
New York, NY 
ABA #: [Omitted] 
Account #: [Omitted] 
Attn: [Omitted] 
Ref: [Omitted] 

Silicon Valley Bank 
1901 Main Street, 3  Floor 
rd
Santa Monica, CA 90405 
Telephone: [Omitted] 
Email: [Omitted] 
Attn: [Omitted] 
[Omitted] 

SWING LINE LENDER: 

Bank of America, N.A., as Swing Line Lender 

Bank of America, N.A. 
2380 Performance Drive 
Building C, TX2-984-03-23 
Richardson, TX 75082 
Attention:  [Omitted] 
Tel: [Omitted] 
Facsimile: [Omitted] 
Email: [Omitted] 

Remittance Instructions – USD: 
Bank of America, N.A. 
New York, NY 
ABA# [Omitted] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Account No.:  [Omitted] 
Account Name: [Omitted] 
Ref: [Omitted] 

EXHIBIT A 

FORM OF LOAN NOTICE 

Date: ___________, _____ 

To:       Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

Reference  is  made  to  that  certain  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  restated,  extended,  supplemented  or 
otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the  “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), 
among  Boingo  Wireless, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the “Company”),  New  York  Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability 
company (“NY Telecom” and together with the Company, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors from time 
to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. 

The undersigned hereby requests (select one): 

o A Borrowing of [Revolving Loans][the Term Loan]

1 

o A conversion or continuation of [Revolving Loans][the Term Loan] 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

On                                              (a Business Day). 

In the amount of $                                               . 

Comprised of                                          . 
[Type of Loan requested] 

For Eurodollar Rate Loans:   with an Interest Period of        months. 

2

[With  respect  to  such  Borrowing,  the  undersigned  Borrower  hereby  represents  and  warrants  that  (i) such  request  complies  with  the 
requirements of Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) each of the conditions set forth in Sections 5.02(a) and (b) [and (e)]  of the 
Credit Agreement has been satisfied on and as of the date of such Borrowing.] 

3

1

 As set forth in Section 2.01(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement, the Company shall be the sole Borrower with respect to Revolving Loans and NY 
Telecom shall be the sole Borrower with respect to the Term Loan. 
 Per the definition of “Interest Period” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months (in each case, subject to 
2
availability). 
 Bracketed language regarding Section 5.02(e) of the Credit Agreement to be included in the first Request for Credit Extension to be submitted after the 
3
Closing Date requesting a Borrowing of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
[BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

By: 
Name: 
Title:] 

[NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: 
Name: 
Title:] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE 

Date: ___________, _____ 

To:       Bank of America, N.A., as Swing Line Lender 

Cc:       Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

Reference  is  made  to  that  certain  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  restated,  extended,  supplemented  or 
otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the  “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), 
among  Boingo  Wireless, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the “Company”),  New  York  Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability 
company (“NY Telecom” and together with the Company, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors from time 
to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. 

The undersigned hereby requests a Swing Line Loan: 

1. 

2. 

On                                              (a Business Day). 

In the amount of $                                               . 

With respect to such Borrowing of Swing Line Loans, the Company hereby represents and warrants that (i) such request complies with the 
requirements  of  Section 2.04(a) of  the  Credit  Agreement  and  (ii) each  of  the  conditions  set  forth  in  Sections  5.02(a) and  (b) [and (e)]  of 
the Credit Agreement has been satisfied on and as of the date of such Borrowing. 

4

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

4

 Bracketed language regarding Section 5.02(e) of the Credit Agreement to be included in the first Request for Credit Extension to be submitted after the 
Closing Date requesting a Borrowing of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE 

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  (the  “Company”),  hereby  promises  to  pay  to  ____________________  or  its 
registered assigns (the “Lender”),  in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount 
of  each  Revolving  Loan  from  time  to  time  made  by  the  Lender  to  the  Company  under  that  certain  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of 
February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  restated,  extended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  in  writing  from  time  to  time,  the  “Credit 
Agreement”; the  terms  defined  therein  being  used  herein  as  therein  defined),  among  the  Company,  as  a  Borrower,  New  York  Telecom 
Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time 
to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. 

The  Company  promises  to  pay  interest  on  the  unpaid  principal  amount  of  each  Revolving  Loan  from  the  date  of  such  Revolving 
Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement.  All payments 
of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at 
the Administrative Agent’s Office.  If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid 
upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum 
rate set forth in the Credit Agreement. 

This Revolving Note is one of the Revolving Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may 
be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein.  Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of 
the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Revolving Note shall become, or may be 
declared  to  be,  immediately  due  and  payable  all  as  provided  in  the  Credit  Agreement.   Revolving  Loans  made  by  the  Lender  shall  be 
evidenced  by  one  or  more  loan  accounts  or  records  maintained  by  the  Lender  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.   The  Lender  may  also 
attach  schedules  to  this  Revolving  Note  and  endorse  thereon  the  date,  amount  and  maturity  of  its  Revolving  Loans  and  payments  with 
respect thereto. 

The  Company,  for  itself,  its  successors  and  assigns,  hereby  waives  diligence,  presentment,  protest  and  demand  and  notice  of 

protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Revolving Note. 

THIS  REVOLVING  NOTE  AND  ANY  CLAIMS,  CONTROVERSY,  DISPUTE  OR  CAUSE  OF  ACTION  (WHETHER  IN 
CONTRACT  OR  TORT  OR  OTHERWISE)  BASED  UPON,  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS  REVOLVING  NOTE 
AND  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN 
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Revolving Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto 

duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above. 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE 

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  (the  “Company”),  hereby  promises  to  pay  to  BANK  OF  AMERICA,  N.A.  or  its 
registered  assigns  (the  “Swing  Line  Lender”),  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Credit  Agreement  (as  hereinafter  defined),  the 
principal  amount  of  each  Swing  Line  Loan  from  time  to  time  made  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender  to  the  Company  under  that  certain  Credit 
Agreement,  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  restated,  extended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  in  writing  from  time  to 
time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Company, as a Borrower, New 
York  Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company,  as  a  Borrower,  the  Guarantors  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the 
Lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. 

The Company promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan from the date of such Swing Line 
Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement.  All payments 
of principal and interest shall be made directly to the Swing Line Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds.  If any amount is not paid 
in  full  when  due  hereunder,  such  unpaid  amount  shall  bear  interest,  to  be  paid  upon  demand,  from  the  due  date  thereof  until  the  date  of 
actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement. 

This Swing Line Note is the Swing Line Note referred to in the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be 
prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein.  Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of 
the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Swing Line Note shall become, or may 
be  declared  to  be,  immediately  due  and  payable  all  as  provided  in  the  Credit  Agreement.   Swing  Line  Loans  made  by  the  Swing  Line 
Lender  shall  be  evidenced  by  one  or  more  loan  accounts  or  records  maintained  by  the  Swing  Line  Lender  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
business.  The Swing Line Lender may also attach schedules to this Swing Line Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of 
its Swing Line Loans and payments with respect thereto. 

The  Company,  for  itself,  its  successors  and  assigns,  hereby  waives  diligence,  presentment,  protest  and  demand  and  notice  of 

protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Swing Line Note. 

THIS  SWING  LINE  NOTE  AND  ANY  CLAIMS,  CONTROVERSY,  DISPUTE  OR  CAUSE  OF  ACTION  (WHETHER  IN 
CONTRACT  OR  TORT  OR  OTHERWISE)  BASED  UPON,  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS  SWING  LINE  NOTE 
AND  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN 
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Swing  Line  Note  to  be  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  its  officer 

thereunto duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above. 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF TERM NOTE 

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  (“NY  Telecom”),  hereby  promises  to  pay  to  ____________________  or  its 
registered assigns (the “Lender”),  in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount 
of the Term Loan made by the Lender to NY Telecom under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2019 (as amended, 
restated,  extended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  in  writing  from  time  to  time,  the  “Credit  Agreement”; the  terms  defined  therein 
being used herein as therein defined), among NY Telecom, as a Borrower, Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as a Borrower, 
the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative 
Agent. 

NY Telecom promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan from the date of such Term Loan until such 
principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement.  All payments of principal and 
interest  shall  be  made  to  the  Administrative  Agent  for  the  account  of  the  Lender  in  Dollars  in  immediately  available  funds  at  the 
Administrative Agent’s  Office.   If  any  amount  is  not  paid  in  full  when  due  hereunder,  such  unpaid  amount  shall  bear  interest,  to  be  paid 
upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum 
rate set forth in the Credit Agreement. 

This  Term  Note  is  one  of  the  Term  Notes  referred  to  in  the  Credit  Agreement,  is  entitled  to  the  benefits  thereof  and  may  be 
prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein.  Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of 
the  Events  of  Default  specified  in  the  Credit  Agreement,  all  amounts  then  remaining  unpaid  on  this  Term  Note  shall  become,  or  may  be 
declared  to  be,  immediately  due  and  payable  all  as  provided  in  the  Credit  Agreement.   The  Term  Loan  made  by  the  Lender  shall  be 
evidenced  by  one  or  more  loan  accounts  or  records  maintained  by  the  Lender  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.   The  Lender  may  also 
attach  schedules  to  this  Term  Note  and  endorse  thereon  the  date,  amount  and  maturity  of  its  Term  Loans  and  payments  with  respect 
thereto. 

NY Telecom, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, 

demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Term Note. 

THIS  TERM  NOTE  AND  ANY  CLAIMS,  CONTROVERSY,  DISPUTE  OR  CAUSE  OF  ACTION  (WHETHER  IN 
CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS TERM NOTE AND THE 
TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH, 
THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NY Telecom has caused this Term Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly 

authorized as of the date and at the place first written above. 

NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

EXHIBIT F 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

For the fiscal [year][quarter] ended _________________, 20___. 

I, ______________________, [Title] of BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby certify 
that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  with  respect  to  that  certain  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended, 
restated,  extended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  in  writing  from  time  to  time,  the  “Credit  Agreement”; the  terms  defined  therein 
being used herein as therein defined), among the Company, as a Borrower, New York Telecom Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company (“NY Telecom” and together with the Company, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors from time 
to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.: 

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements:] 

[1.         Attached  hereto  as  Schedule  1  are  the  year-end  audited  financial  statements  required  by  Section 7.01(a) of  the  Credit 
Agreement for the fiscal year of the Company ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified 
public accountant required by such Section.] 

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements:] 

[1.        Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the unaudited financial statements required by Section 7.01(b) of the Credit Agreement 
for the fiscal quarter of the Company ended as of the above date.  Such financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of 
operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such 
period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.] 

2.         The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Credit Agreement and has made, or has caused to be 
made, a review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period 
covered by the attached financial statements. 

3.          A  review  of  the  activities  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  during  such  fiscal  period  has  been  made  under  the 
supervision  of  the  undersigned  with  a  view  to  determining  whether  during  such  fiscal  period  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  performed 
and observed all their respective obligations under the Loan Documents, and 

[select one:] 

[to  the  knowledge  of  the  undersigned  during  such  fiscal  period,  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  performed  and  observed  each 

covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it.] 

[or:] 

[the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its 

nature and status:] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
4.         The financial covenant analyses and calculation as of the last day of and for the period covered by the financial statements 

enclosed herewith and set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate. 

5.         Attached hereto as Schedule 3 is a calculation of (i) the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for the applicable 

period and (ii) the amount of capital expenditures made during the applicable period with respect to each NY MTA Project. 

6.         Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a budget of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each NY MTA Project, in each case, 

including the budget items set forth on Schedule 7.02(j) to the Credit Agreement. 

[Include paragraph 7 for Compliance Certificates delivered in connection with fiscal-year-end statements] 

7.          Attached  hereto  as Schedule  5  is  a  list  of  all  (a) applications  by  any  Loan  Party  for  Copyrights,  Patents  or  Trademarks 
since [the fiscal period covered by the previous fiscal year-end Compliance Certificate] [the Closing Date], (b) issuances of registrations or 
letters  on  any  such  existing  applications  received  since  [the  fiscal  period  covered  by  the  previous  fiscal  year-end Compliance Certificate] 
[the  Closing  Date]  and  (c) all  Trademark  Licenses,  Patent  Licenses  and  Copyright  Licenses  entered  into  by  any  Loan  Party  since  [the 
fiscal period covered by the previous fiscal year-end Compliance Certificate] [the Closing Date]. 

[Include paragraph 8 for Compliance Certificates delivered in connection with fiscal-year-end statements] 

8.         Attached hereto as Schedule 6 is the insurance binder or other evidence of insurance for any Loan Party or Subsidiary that 

was renewed, replaced, or modified during the fiscal period covered by the financial statements delivered herewith. 

[Include paragraph 9 for any Compliance Certificates for a fiscal period in which material changes were made in GAAP and/or in 
the consistent application thereof] 

[9.        The following is a summary of all material changes in GAAP and in the consistent application thereof since ___________ 

(the date of the last similar certification or, if none, the Closing Date): [insert summary]] 

[signature page follows] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of __________, 20__. 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate 

Financial Statements for [Fiscal Quarter Ending] [Fiscal Year Ending] ______________, 20[__] 

Schedule 2 to Compliance Certificate 

Computation of Financial Covenants 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.  In the event of conflict between the 
provisions and formulas set forth in this Schedule 2 and the provisions and formulas set forth in the Credit Agreement, the provisions and 
formulas of the Credit Agreement shall prevail. 

1.                                    Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio 

(a) 

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of the last day of the applicable period 

(i) 

Funded Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis 
determined in accordance with GAAP (defined as, without duplication, all of the following, 
whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP): 

(A) 

all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including the 
Obligations) and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, 
notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments 

(B) 

all purchase money Indebtedness 

(C) 

(D) 

(E) 

the principal portion of all obligations under conditional sale or other title retention 
agreements relating to property purchased by such Person or any Subsidiary 
thereof (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements 
with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business) 

all obligations arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), 
bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments

5 

all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services 
(other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each 
case, not past due for more than ninety (90) days after the date on which such 
trade account payable was created (unless subject to a bona fide dispute)), 
including, without limitation any Earn Out Obligations (including, for the avoidance 
of doubt, the Elauwit Earn Out Obligations) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5

  For purposes hereof, the amount of any direct obligation arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank 
guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments shall be the maximum amount available to be drawn thereunder. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
(F) 

(G) 

(H) 

(I) 

(J) 

the Attributable Indebtedness of such Person in respect of Capital Leases, 
Securitization Transactions and Synthetic Leases 

all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise 
make any payment in respect of any Equity Interests in such Person or any other 
Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its 
voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends 

all Funded Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such 
Funded Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured 
by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property 
owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby 
have been assumed 

all Guarantees with respect to Funded Indebtedness of the types specified in 
clauses (A) through (H) above of another Person 

all Funded Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (A) through (I) above 
of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a 
corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner 
or joint venturer, except to the extent that such Funded Indebtedness is expressly 
made non-recourse to such Person 

(ii) 

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness 
1.(a)(i)(A) + 1.(a)(i)(B) + 1.(a)(i)(C) + 1.(a)(i)(D) + 1.(a)(i)(E) + 1.(a)(i)(F) + 1.(a)(i)
(G) + 1.(a)(i)(H) + 1.(a)(i)(I) + 1.(a)(i)(J) 

(b) 

Consolidated EBITDA for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the period 
of four fiscal quarters most recently ended

6 

(i) 

Consolidated Net Income for such period 

The following clauses (ii) through (viii) (without duplication) to the extent deducted in calculating 
such Consolidated Net Income, all as determined in accordance with GAAP: 

(ii) 

Consolidated Interest Charges for such period 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

6

  To the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, any non-cash gains or losses from the mark-to-market of Swap Contracts shall be excluded from the 
calculation of Consolidated EBITDA. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
(iii) 

the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by the Company and 
its Subsidiaries for such period 

(iv) 

depreciation and amortization expense for such period 

(v) 

any non-cash stock-based compensation expense for such period 

(vi) 

(vii) 

(viii) 

any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses for such period (excluding write-downs of 
accounts receivable and any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses to the extent 
representing accruals of or reserves for cash items in any future period or an amortization 
of a prepaid cash expense) 

any cash charges for such period that are infrequent and unusual

7 

non-recurring transaction fees and expenses for such period in connection with Convertible 
Bond Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 8.03(n) of the Credit Agreement 

The following clauses (ix) through (xi) (without duplication) to the extent included in calculating 
such Consolidated Net Income: 

(ix) 

all non-cash income or gains for such period 

(x) 

federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
during such period 

(xi) 

cash gains for such period that are infrequent and unusual 

(xii) 

Consolidated EBITDA: 
1.(b)(i) + 1.(b)(ii) +1.(b)(iii) + 1.(b)(iv) + 1.(b)(v) + 1.(b)(vi) + 1.(b)(vii) + 1.(b)(viii) – 1.b.
(ix) – 1.b.(x) – 1.b.(xi): 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(c) 

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio  

1.(a)(ii) / 1.(b)(xii) 

        .     to 1.00 
Maximum Permitted: 4.50 to 1.00 

7

  The aggregate amount added pursuant to clause (vii) shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of Consolidated EBITDA (determined prior to giving effect to 
the add-back in clause (vii)) for such period. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
    
2.                                    Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio 

(a) 

(b) 

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on any property of the Company or 
any Subsidiary (other than any Consolidated Funded Indebtedness that is contractually 
subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations) 

Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended 
[1.(b)(xii) above] 

$ 

$ 

(c) 

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio  

2.(a) / 2.(b) 

        .     to 1.00 
Maximum Permitted: 2.50 to 1.00 

3.                                    Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio 

(a) 

Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended [1.(b)
(xii) above] 

(i) 

(ii) 

Consolidated Cash Taxes for such period 

The lesser of (x) Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period and (y) three percent 
(3%) of Consolidated Revenues for such period 

(iii) 

3.(a) - 3.(a)(i) - 3.(a)(ii) 

(b) 

Consolidated Fixed Charges for the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of the four fiscal 
quarters most recently ended 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

the cash portion of Consolidated Interest Charges for such period

8 

Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments for such period 

the amount of cash Restricted Payments made by the Loan Parties during such period 
(other than the aggregate amount of all 2019 Restricted Stock Unit Settlements made 
during such period) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(iv) 

3.(b)(i) + 3.(b)(ii) + 3.(b)(iii) 

(c) 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio  

3.(a)(iii) / 3.(b)(iv) 

        .     to 1.00 
Minimum Permitted: 1.50 to 1.00 

8

  For any calculation of Consolidated Fixed Charges occurring prior to the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, actual cash Consolidated Interest 
Charges from the Closing Date through the applicable fiscal quarter end shall be annualized for purposes of calculating the cash portion of Consolidated 
Interest Charges for the relevant calculation period of four fiscal quarters. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
4.                                    Cash on Hand

9 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

Cash on Hand as of the last day of the applicable period 

Aggregate amount of all remaining capital expenditures estimated to be made by the Company 
and its Subsidiaries with respect to each NY MTA Project pursuant to the applicable budget 
attached hereto as Schedule 3 

Aggregate amount of all such remaining capital expenditures described in the foregoing 
clause (b) that are to be reimbursed by a third party (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the 
Company or a Subsidiary) pursuant to a written agreement between the Company or any 
Subsidiary and such third party (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company or a 
Subsidiary) 

4.(b) - 4.(c) 

Does 4.(a) exceed 4.(d)? 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

[Yes] / [No] 

9

  To be tested commencing with the period in which the Initial Budgets for all NY MTA Projects are delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(j) of the Credit 
Agreement. 

Schedule 3 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures and NY MTA Project Capital Expenditures 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
Schedule 4 

Budgets for each NY MTA Project 

  
  
  
[Schedule 5 

Intellectual Property] 

  
  
  
[Schedule 6 

Insurance] 

  
  
  
EXHIBIT G 

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT 

THIS  JOINDER  AGREEMENT 

(this  “Agreement”),  dated  as  of  _____________,  20__, 

is  by  and  between 
_____________________,  a  ___________________  (the  “New  Subsidiary”),  and  BANK  OF  AMERICA,  N.A.,  in  its  capacity  as 
Administrative Agent under that certain Credit Agreement (as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, 
the  “Credit  Agreement”),  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019,  by  and  among  BOINGO  WIRELESS, INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the 
“Company”),  NEW  YORK  TELECOM  PARTNERS,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (“NY Telecom” and  together  with  the 
Company, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to 
time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.  All of the defined terms in the Credit Agreement are incorporated 
herein by reference. 

The Loan Parties are required by Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement to cause the New Subsidiary to become a “Guarantor”.  

Accordingly, the New Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations: 

1.                                    The New Subsidiary hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the New 
Subsidiary will be deemed to be a party to the Credit Agreement and a “Guarantor” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, and 
shall have all of the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement.  The New Subsidiary hereby 
ratifies,  as  of  the  date  hereof,  and  agrees  to  be  bound  by,  all  of  the  terms,  provisions  and  conditions  applicable  to  the  Guarantors 
contained in the Credit Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this paragraph 1, the New Subsidiary 
hereby  jointly  and  severally  together  with  the  other  Guarantors,  guarantees  to  each  Lender,  each  Swap  Bank,  each  Treasury 
Management Bank, and the Administrative Agent, as provided in Article IV of the Credit Agreement, the prompt payment of the 
Obligations  in  full  when  due  (whether  at  stated  maturity,  as  a  mandatory  prepayment,  by  acceleration,  as  a  mandatory  Cash 
Collateralization or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. 

2.                                    The New Subsidiary hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the New 
Subsidiary will be deemed to be a party to the Security Agreement, and shall have all the obligations of a “Grantor” (as such term is 
defined in the Security Agreement) thereunder as if it had executed the Security Agreement.  The New Subsidiary hereby ratifies, 
as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Security Agreement.  
Without  limiting  generality  of  the  foregoing  terms  of  this  paragraph  2,  the  New  Subsidiary  hereby  grants  to  the  Administrative 
Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement), a continuing security interest in, 
and  a  right  of  set  off  against,  any  and  all  right,  title  and  interest  of  the  New  Subsidiary  in  and  to  the  Collateral  (as  such  term  is 
defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. 

3.                                    The New Subsidiary hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the New 
Subsidiary will be deemed to be a party to the Pledge Agreement, and shall have all the obligations of a “Pledgor” (as such term is 
defined in the Pledge Agreement) thereunder as if it had executed the Pledge Agreement.  The New Subsidiary hereby ratifies, as 
of  the  date  hereof,  and  agrees  to  be  bound  by,  all  of  the  terms,  provisions  and  conditions  contained  in  the  Pledge  Agreement.  
Without limiting generality of the foregoing terms of this paragraph 3, the New Subsidiary hereby grants, pledges and assigns to the 
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Pledge  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Agreement), a continuing security interest in, and a right of set off against, any and all right, title and interest of the New Subsidiary 
in and to the Pledged Collateral (as such term is defined in the Pledge Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. 

4.                                    The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of 

the Obligations, that: 

(i)                                   The  New  Subsidiary’s  chief  executive  office,  tax  payer  identification  number,  organization  identification 
number,  and  chief  place  of  business  are  (and  for  the  prior  four  months  have  been)  located  at  the  locations  set  forth  on 
Schedule 1 attached hereto and the New Subsidiary keeps its books and records at such locations. 

(ii)                               The  location  of  all  owned  and  leased  real  property  of  the  New  Subsidiary  is  as  shown  on  Schedule  2 

attached hereto. 

(iii)                          The  New  Subsidiary’s  legal  name  and  jurisdiction  of  organization  is  as  shown  in  this  Agreement  and  the 
New Subsidiary has not in the past five (5) years changed its name, been party to a merger, consolidation or other change 
in structure or used any tradename except as set forth in Schedule 3 attached hereto. 

(iv)                           Set  forth  on  Schedule  4  attached  hereto  is  a  complete  and  accurate  list  of  each  Subsidiary  of  the  New 
Subsidiary,  together  with,  with  respect  to  each  such  Subsidiary  of  the  New  Subsidiary,  (a) its  jurisdiction  of  organization, 
(b) the  number  of  shares  of  each  class  of  Equity  Interests  outstanding,  (c) the  number  and  percentage  of  outstanding 
shares  of  each  class  owned  (directly  or  indirectly)  by  such  New  Subsidiary  or  any  Loan  Party  and  (d) the  number  and 
effect,  if  exercised,  of  all  outstanding  options,  warrants,  rights  of  conversion  or  purchase  and  all  other  similar  rights  with 
respect thereto. 

(v)                               The  patents,  copyrights,  and  trademarks  listed  on  Schedule  5  attached  hereto  constitute  all  of  the 

registrations and applications for the patents, copyrights and trademarks owned by the New Subsidiary. 

(vi)                           The  deposit  accounts  and  securities  accounts  listed  on  Schedule  6  attached  hereto  constitute  all  of  the 

deposit accounts and securities accounts owned by the New Subsidiary. 

(vii)                       Schedule 7  attached  hereto  sets  forth  a  complete  and  accurate  list  of  any  Instruments,  Documents  and 
Tangible Chattel Paper constituting Collateral (in each case, as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) owned by 
the  New  Subsidiary  that  are  required  to  be  pledged  and  delivered  to  the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to  the  Security 
Agreement. 

(viii)                  Schedule  8  attached  hereto  sets  forth  a  complete  and  accurate  list  of  (i) any  Pledged  Collateral  (as  such 
term  is  defined  in  the  Pledge  Agreement)  owned  by  the  New  Subsidiary,  including  any  certificates  or  other  instruments 
representing  Pledged  Collateral  that  is  required  to  be  pledged  and  delivered  to  the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to  the 
Pledge Agreement. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
5.                                     The  address  of 

the  New  Subsidiary 

for  purposes  of  all  notices  and  other  communications 

____________________, 
No. ____________). 

____________________________, 

Attention 

of 

______________ 

is 
(Facsimile 

6.                                    The New Subsidiary hereby waives acceptance by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other holder of the 
Obligations of the guaranty by the New Subsidiary under Article IV of the Credit Agreement upon the execution of this Agreement 
by the New Subsidiary. 

7.                                    This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each 
of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  Delivery of an executed 
counterpart  of  a  signature  page of  this  Agreement  by  facsimile  or  other  electronic  imaging  means  (e.g.,  “pdf”  or “tif”)  shall  be 
effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. 

8.                                     THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  ANY  CLAIMS,  CONTROVERSY,  DISPUTE  OR  CAUSE  OF  ACTION 
(WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS 
AGREEMENT  AND  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

[signature pages follow] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer, 

and the Administrative Agent, has caused the same to be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written. 

[NEW SUBSIDIARY] 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

Acknowledged and accepted: 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
[Chief Executive Office, Tax Identification Number, Organization Identification Number and Chief Place of Business of New Subsidiary] 

Schedule 1 

  
  
  
Schedule 2 

[Owned and Leased Real Property] 

Schedule 3 

[Prior Names, Mergers, Consolidations, Changes in Structure and Tradenames] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
Schedule 4 

[Subsidiaries] 

  
  
  
Schedule 5 

[Patents, Copyrights, and Trademarks] 

  
  
  
Schedule 6 

[Deposit and Securities Accounts] 

  
  
  
Schedule 7 

[Instruments, Documents and Chattel Paper] 

  
  
  
Schedule 8 

[Pledged Collateral] 

  
  
  
Exhibit H 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 

This  Assignment  and  Assumption  (this “Assignment  and  Assumption”)  is  dated  as  of  the  Effective  Date  set  forth  below  and  is 
entered  into  by  and  between  [Insert  name  of  Assignor] (the “Assignor”)  and [Insert name of Assignee]  (the “Assignee”).  Capitalized 
terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, 
extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby 
acknowledged  by  the  Assignee.   The  Standard  Terms  and  Conditions  set  forth  in  Annex  1  attached  hereto  are  hereby  agreed  to  and 
incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full. 

For  an  agreed  consideration,  the  Assignor  hereby  irrevocably  sells  and  assigns  to  the  Assignee,  and  the  Assignee  hereby 
irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit 
Agreement,  as  of  the  Effective  Date  inserted  by  the  Administrative  Agent  as  contemplated  below  (i) all  of  the  Assignor’s  rights  and 
obligations  as  a  Lender  under  the  Credit  Agreement  and  any  other  documents  or  instruments  delivered  pursuant  thereto  in  the  amount[s] 
and  equal  to  the  percentage  interest[s]  identified  below  of  all  the  outstanding  rights  and  obligations  of  the  Assignor  under  the  respective 
facilities  identified  below  (including,  without  limitation,  Letters  of  Credit  and  Guarantees  included  in  such  facilities)  and  (ii) to  the  extent 
permitted  to  be  assigned  under  applicable  law,  all  claims,  suits,  causes  of  action  and  any  other  right  of  the  Assignor  (in  its  capacity  as  a 
Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or 
instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, 
including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to 
the  rights  and  obligations  sold  and  assigned  pursuant  to  clause (i) above  (the  rights  and  obligations  sold  and  assigned  pursuant  to clauses 
(i) and  (ii) above  being  referred  to  herein  collectively  as  the  “Assigned Interest”).   Such  sale  and  assignment  is  without  recourse  to  the 
Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

Assignor: 

Assignee: 

Borrowers: 

[Assignor [is][is not] a Defaulting Lender.] 

[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]

10

] 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation and NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, 
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company 

Administrative Agent: 

Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement 

Credit Agreement: 

Credit Agreement dated as of February 26, 2019, among the Borrowers, the Guarantors from time to 
time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent 

10

Select as applicable. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
6. 

Assigned Interest: 

Facility Assigned

11 

Aggregate Amount of 
Commitment/Loans for 
all Lenders

* 

Amount of 
Commitment/Loans 
Assigned

* 

Percentage Assigned of 
12 
Commitment/Loans

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

% 
% 
% 

[7.        Trade Date:                      ______________]

13 

Effective Date:   _____________ ___, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE 
EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] 

[signature pages follow] 

11

Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g. “Revolving 

Commitment”, “Term Loan Commitment”, etc.). 
*
 Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date. 
12
Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder. 
To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date. 

13

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to: 

ASSIGNOR 
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR] 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

ASSIGNEE 
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE] 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

[Consented to and]

14

 Accepted: 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent 

By 
Name: 
Title: 

[Consented to:]

15 

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as [an L/C Issuer][and the Swing Line Lender]] 

By 
Name: 
Title: 

[SILICON VALLEY BANK, as an L/C Issuer] 

By 
Name: 
Title: 

14

15

To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 
To be added only if the consent of the Company and/or other parties (e.g., an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender) is required by the terms of the Credit 

Agreement. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
[BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.], 
a Delaware corporation 

By 
Name: 
Title: 

ANNEX 1 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 

1.         Representations and Warranties. 

1.1       Assignor.   The  Assignor  (a) represents  and  warrants  that  (i) it  is  the  legal  and  beneficial  owner  of  the  Assigned 
Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and 
has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated 
hereby  and  (iv) it  is  [not]  a  Defaulting  Lender,  and  (b) assumes  no  responsibility  with  respect  to  (i) any  statements,  warranties  or 
representations  made  in  or  in  connection  with  the  Credit  Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document,  (ii) the  execution,  legality,  validity, 
enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency  or  value  of  the  Loan  Documents  or  any  collateral  thereunder,  (iii) the  financial  condition  of  the 
Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or 
observance by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan 
Document. 

1.2        Assignee.   The  Assignee  (a) represents  and  warrants  that  (i) it  has  full  power  and  authority,  and  has  taken  all 
action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to 
become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets the requirements to be an assignee under Sections 11.06(b)(iii) and (v) of the 
Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and 
after  the  Effective  Date,  it  shall  be  bound  by  the  provisions  of  the  Credit  Agreement  as  a  Lender  thereunder  and,  to  the  extent  of  the 
Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the 
type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned 
Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been 
accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01 thereof, as applicable, 
and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment 
and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any 
other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter 
into  this  Assignment  and  Assumption  and  to  purchase  the  Assigned  Interest,  (vii) if  it  is  a  Foreign  Lender,  attached  hereto  is  any 
documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee 
and  (viii) as  of  the  Effective  Date,  it  is  not  (A) an  employee  benefit  plan  subject  to  Title I  of  ERISA,  (B) a  plan  or  account  subject  to 
Section 4975  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  (C) an  entity  deemed  to  hold  “plan  assets”  of  any  such  plans  or  accounts  for  purposes  of 
ERISA  or  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  or  (D) a  “governmental  plan”  within  the  meaning  of  ERISA,  and  (b) agrees  that  (i) it  will, 
independently  and  without  reliance  on  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Assignor  or  any  other  Lender,  and  based  on  such  documents  and 
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan 
Documents  and  (ii) it  will  perform  in  accordance  with  their  terms  all  of  the  obligations  which  by  the  terms  of  the  Loan  Documents  are 
required to be performed by it as a Lender. 

2.         Payments.  From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the 
Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but 
excluding the Effective Date and  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
to  the  Assignee  for  amounts  which  have  accrued  from  and  after  the  Effective  Date.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Administrative 
Agent shall make all payments of interest, fees or other amounts paid or payable in kind from and after the Effective Date to the Assignee. 

3.         General Provisions.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties 
hereto  and  their  respective  successors  and  assigns.   This  Assignment  and  Assumption  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of  counterparts, 
which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption 
by  telecopy  or  other  electronic  communication  shall  be  effective  as  delivery  of  a  manually  executed  counterpart  of  this  Assignment  and 
Assumption.   This  Assignment  and  Assumption  and  any  claims,  controversy,  dispute  or  cause  of  action  (whether  in  contract  or  tort  or 
otherwise)  based  upon,  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  this  Assignment  and  Assumption  and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall  be 
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York. 

  
  
  
EXHIBIT I-1 

FORM OF 
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise 
modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”),  among Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),  New York 
Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (“NY  Telecom”  and  together  with  the  Company,  each  a  “Borrower” and 
collectively, the “Borrowers”),  the  Guarantors  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  Lenders  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  and  Bank  of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record 
and  beneficial  owner  of  the  Loan(s) (as  well  as  any  Note(s) evidencing  such  Loan(s))  in  respect  of  which  it  is  providing  this  certificate, 
(ii) it  is  not  a  bank  within  the  meaning  of  Section 881(c)(3)(A) of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  (iii) it  is  not  a  ten  percent  shareholder  of  a 
Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related 
to a Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code. 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Company with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS 
Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on 
this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Company and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall 
have at all times furnished the Company and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either 
the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in 

the Credit Agreement. 

[NAME OF LENDER] 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

Date:                            , 20___ 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT I-2 

FORM OF 
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise 
modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”),  among Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),  New York 
Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (“NY  Telecom”  and  together  with  the  Company,  each  a  “Borrower” and 
collectively, the “Borrowers”),  the  Guarantors  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  Lenders  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  and  Bank  of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record 
and  beneficial  owner  of  the  participation  in  respect  of  which  it  is  providing  this  certificate,  (ii) it  is  not  a  bank  within  the  meaning  of 
Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881
(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to a Borrower as described in Section 881
(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code. 

The  undersigned  has  furnished  its  participating  Lender  with  a  certificate  of  its  non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or 
W-8BEN-E,  as  applicable.   By  executing  this  certificate,  the  undersigned  agrees  that  (1) if  the  information  provided  on  this  certificate 
changes,  the  undersigned  shall  promptly  so  inform  such  Lender  in  writing,  and  (2) the  undersigned  shall  have  at  all  times  furnished  such 
Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the 
undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in 

the Credit Agreement. 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT] 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

Date:                            , 20___ 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT I-3 

FORM OF 
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise 
modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”),  among Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),  New York 
Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (“NY  Telecom”  and  together  with  the  Company,  each  a  “Borrower” and 
collectively, the “Borrowers”),  the  Guarantors  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  Lenders  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  and  Bank  of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record 
owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial 
owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members 
is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of 
Section 881(c)(3)(A) of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  (iv) none  of  its  direct  or  indirect  partners/members  is  a  ten  percent  shareholder  of  a 
Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members 
is a controlled foreign corporation related to a Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code. 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from 
each  of  its  partners/members  that  is  claiming  the  portfolio  interest  exemption:  (i) an  IRS  Form W-8BEN  or  W-8BEN-E,  as  applicable  or 
(ii) an  IRS  Form W-8IMY  accompanied  by  an  IRS  Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E,  as  applicable  from  each  of  such  partner’s/member’s 
beneficial  owners  that  is  claiming  the  portfolio  interest  exemption.   By  executing  this  certificate,  the  undersigned  agrees  that  (1) if  the 
information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at 
all  times  furnished  such  Lender  with  a  properly  completed  and  currently  effective  certificate  in  either  the  calendar  year  in  which  each 
payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in 

the Credit Agreement. 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT] 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

Date:                            , 20___ 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT I-4 

FORM OF 
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise 
modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”),  among Boingo Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),  New York 
Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (“NY  Telecom”  and  together  with  the  Company,  each  a  “Borrower” and 
collectively, the “Borrowers”),  the  Guarantors  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  Lenders  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  and  Bank  of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record 
owner  of  the  Loan(s) (as  well  as  any  Note(s) evidencing  such  Loan(s))  in  respect  of  which  it  is  providing  this  certificate,  (ii) its  direct  or 
indirect  partners/members  are  the  sole  beneficial  owners  of  such  Loan(s) (as  well  as  any  Note(s) evidencing  such  Loan(s)),  (iii) with 
respect  to  the  extension  of  credit  pursuant  to  this  Credit  Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document,  neither  the  undersigned  nor  any  of  its 
direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade 
or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is 
a ten percent shareholder of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code and (v) none of its direct 
or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to a Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal 
Revenue Code. 

The  undersigned  has  furnished  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Company  with  IRS  Form W-8IMY  accompanied  by  one  of  the 
following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-
E,  as  applicable  or  (ii) an  IRS  Form W-8IMY  accompanied  by  an  IRS  Form W-8BEN  or  W-8BEN-E,  as  applicable  from  each  of  such 
partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees 
that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Company and the Administrative 
Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Company and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and 
currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two 
calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in 

the Credit Agreement. 

[NAME OF LENDER] 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

Date:                            , 20___ 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT J 

FORM OF SECURED PARTY DESIGNATION NOTICE 

Date:  _________, _____ 

To:       Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

THIS  SECURED  PARTY  DESIGNATION  NOTICE  is  made  by  _______________________,  a  ______________  (the 
“Designor”),  to  BANK  OF  AMERICA,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent  under  that  certain  Credit  Agreement  referenced  below  (in  such 
capacity,  the  “Administrative  Agent”).   All  capitalized  terms  not  defined  herein  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed  to  them  in  the  Credit 
Agreement. 

W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS,  Boingo  Wireless, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  “Company”),  New  York  Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware 
limited  liability  company  (“NY  Telecom”  and  together  with  the  Company,  each  a  “Borrower”  and  collectively,  the  “Borrowers”),  the 
Guarantors  identified  therein,  the  Lenders  identified  therein  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent  have  entered  into  that 
certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2019 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the 
“Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which certain loans and financial accommodations have been made to the Borrowers; 

WHEREAS,  in  connection  with  the  Credit  Agreement,  a  Lender  or  Affiliate  of  a  Lender  is  permitted  to  designate  its  [Treasury 
Management  Agreement][Swap  Contract]  as  a  [“Secured  Treasury  Management  Agreement”][“Secured  Swap  Agreement”] under  the 
Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents; 

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires that the Designor deliver this Secured Party Designation Notice to the Administrative 

Agent; and 

WHEREAS, the Designor has agreed to execute and deliver this Secured Party Designation Notice: 

1.          Designation.   [_____________]  hereby  designates  the  [Treasury  Management  Agreement][Swap  Contract] 
described  on  Schedule  1  hereto  to  be  a  [“Secured  Treasury  Management  Agreement”][“Secured  Swap  Agreement”]  and  hereby 
represents  and  warrants  to  the  Administrative  Agent  that  such  [Treasury  Management  Agreement][Swap  Contract]  satisfies  all  the 
requirements  under  the  Loan  Documents  to  be  so  designated.   By  executing  and  delivering  this  Secured  Party  Designation  Notice,  the 
Designor,  as  provided  in  the  Credit  Agreement,  hereby  agrees  to  be  bound  by  all  of  the  provisions  of  the  Loan  Documents  which  are 
applicable to it as a provider of a [Secured Treasury Management Agreement][Secured Swap Agreement] and hereby (a) confirms that it 
has  received  a  copy  of  the  Loan  Documents  and  such  other  documents  and  information  as  it  has  deemed  appropriate  to  make  its  own 
decision  to  enter  into  this  Secured  Party  Designation  Notice,  (b) appoints  and  authorizes  the  Administrative  Agent  to  take  such  action  as 
agent  on  its  behalf  and  to  exercise  such  powers  and  discretion  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  the  other  Loan  Documents  or  any  other 
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such 
powers as are incidental thereto (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement), and (c) agrees that 
it  will  be  bound  by  the  provisions  of  the  Loan  Documents  and  will  perform  in  accordance  with  its  terms  all  the  obligations  which  by  the 
terms of the Loan Documents are 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
required to be performed by it as a provider of a [Treasury Management Agreement][Swap Contract].  Without limiting the foregoing, the 
Designor agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent as contemplated by Section 11.04(c) of the Credit Agreement. 

2.          GOVERNING  LAW.   THIS  SECURED  PARTY  DESIGNATION  NOTICE  AND  ANY  CLAIMS, 
CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED 
UPON,  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS  SECURED  PARTY  DESIGNATION  NOTICE  AND  THE 
TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE 
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

[signature page follows] 

  
  
  
  
IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  caused  this  Secured  Party  Designation  Notice  to  be  duly  executed  and 

delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written. 

DESIGNOR: 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Schedule 1 

To Secured Party Designation Notice 

EXHIBIT K 

FORM OF NOTICE OF LOAN PREPAYMENT 

TO:      Bank of America, N.A., as [Administrative Agent][Swing Line Lender] 

RE:                          Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019  (as  amended,  restated,  amended  and  restated,  extended,  supplemented  or 
otherwise  modified  from  time  to  time,  the  “Credit  Agreement”;  the  terms  defined  therein  being  used  herein  as  therein  defined), 
among  Boingo  Wireless, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the “Company”),  New  York  Telecom  Partners,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited 
liability company (“NY Telecom” and together with the Company, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the other 
Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent 

DATE: ___________, 20[__] 

The undersigned Borrower hereby notifies the [Administrative Agent][Swing Line Lender] that on _____________, pursuant to 
the terms of Section 2.05 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned Borrower intends to prepay the following Loans as more specifically set 
forth below: 

o                                   Voluntary prepayment of [Revolving Loans][the Term Loan] in the following amount(s): 

o                                   Eurodollar Rate Loans: $                                            
Applicable Interest Period:                                         

16 

17 

o                                   Base Rate Loans: $                                        

18 

o            Voluntary prepayment of Swing Line Loans in the following amount(s): $                 

19 

Delivery  of  an  executed  counterpart  of  a  signature  page of  this  notice  by  fax  transmission  or  other  electronic  mail  transmission 

(e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this notice. 

[Signature page follows] 

16

17

  Minimum principal prepayment required of $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding). 
  Per the definition of “Interest Period” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months (in each case, subject to 

availability). 
18

  Minimum principal prepayment required of $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding). 
  Minimum principal prepayment required of $500,000 (or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding). 

19

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The undersigned Borrower has caused this Notice of Loan Prepayment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above 

written. 

[BOINGO WIRELESS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation 

By: 
Name: 
Title:] 

[NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: 
Name: 
Title:] 

EXHIBIT L 

TO:                                                                        Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT REPORT 

RE:                                                                          Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February 26,  2019,  by  and  among  Boingo  Wireless, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the 
“Company”), as a Borrower, New York Telecom Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Borrower, the 
Guarantors, the Lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender (as 
amended,  modified,  extended,  restated,  replaced,  or  supplemented  from  time  to  time,  the  “Credit Agreement”; capitalized 
terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement) 

DATE:                                                 [Date] 

The undersigned, [insert name of L/C Issuer] (the “L/C Issuer”) hereby delivers this report to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to 

the terms of Section 2.03(l) of the Credit Agreement. 

The L/C Issuer plans to issue, amend, renew, increase or extend the follow Letter(s) of Credit on [insert date]. 

L/C No. 

Maximum 
Face 
Amount 

Current 
Face 
Amount 

Currency 

Financials or 
Performance 
SBLC 

Beneficiary 
Name 

Issuance 
Date 

Expiry 
Date 

Auto 
Renewal 

Date of 
Amendment 

Amount of 
Amendment 

[The L/C Issuer made a payment, with respect to L/C No. _______, on [insert date] in the amount of [$]_____________]. 

[The  Company  failed  to  reimburse  the  L/C  Issuer  for  a  payment  made  in  the  amount  of  [$][insert  amount  of  such  payment] 

pursuant to L/C No. ______ on [insert date of such failure], with respect to L/C No. _______.] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Set forth in the table below is a description of each Letter of Credit issued by the undersigned and outstanding on the date hereof. 

L/C No. 

Maximum 
Face 
Amount 

Current 
Face 
Amount 

Currency 

Financials or 
Performance 
SBLC 

Beneficiary 
Name 

Issuance 
Date 

Expiry 
Date 

Auto 
Renewal 

Date of 
Amendment 

Amount of 
Amendment 

Delivery  of  an  executed  counterpart  of  a  signature  page of  this  notice  by  fax  transmission  or  other  electronic  mail  transmission 

(e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this notice. 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
[L/C ISSUER], 
as L/C Issuer 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

(Back To Top)  

Section 3: EX-10.33 (EX-10.33) 

Exhibit 10.33 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 
10960 WILSHIRE BLVD., SUITE 800  
LOS ANGELES, CA 90024 

February 21, 2019 

Mike Finley 

Dear Mike: 

Boingo  Wireless, Inc.  (the  “Company”)  is  pleased  to  offer  you  employment  on  the  terms  set  forth  in  this  letter 

agreement (the “Agreement”). 

1.                                    Position.  Commencing on or about March 18, 2019 (your “Start Date”), you will become an executive officer 
of the Company, your title and position will be Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Board of Directors (the “Board”).  This is a full-
time position and your place of employment will be our headquarters in Los Angeles.  While you render services to the Company, you 
will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict 
of interest with the Company.  During your time as Chief Executive Officer, you will continue to serve on the Board, however, effective 
as of your Start Date you will no longer serve on any Board committees.  Subject to the written advance approval from the Chairman of 
the Board (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld), you may serve on the boards of directors of other entities, provided that 
such activity does not violate any Company policy, create a conflict of interest with the Company or otherwise interfere with your ability 
to  perform  your  responsibilities  hereunder.  By  signing  this  Agreement,  you  confirm  to  the  Company  that  you  have  no  contractual 
commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company in your new role. 

2.                                     Cash  Compensation.   The  Company  will  pay  you  an  annual  base  salary  at  the  rate  of  $500,000  per  year, 
payable  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s  standard  payroll  schedule.   This  salary  will  be  subject  to  adjustment  pursuant  to  the 
Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.  In addition, you will be eligible to be considered for a cash-
incentive  bonus  for  each  fiscal  year  of  the  Company.   The  bonus  (if  any)  will  be  awarded  based  on  objective  or  subjective  criteria 
established  and  approved  by  the  Compensation  Committee.   Your  target  bonus  will  be  equal  to  100%  of  your  annual  base  salary, 
measured as of the last day of each fiscal year.  Any bonus for a fiscal year will be paid within 2½ months after the close of that fiscal 
year, but only if you are still employed by the Company at the time of payment.  The determinations of the Compensation Committee 
with respect to your bonus will be final and binding. 

In addition, within 30 days of your Start Date, the Company will pay you a bonus of $300,000, subject to applicable 
withholdings.   If  before  the  second  anniversary  of  your  Start  Date  you  terminate  your  employment  with  the  Company  other  than  as  a 
result of (I) an Involuntary Termination (as defined below) or (II) your death or disability, then you will be required to 

  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 2 

reimburse the Company a portion of this bonus, pro-rated based upon the number of complete months you have been employed since 
your Start Date divided by 24. 

3.                                    Employee Benefits. 

(a)                               As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard employee 
and  executive  benefits  programs,  as  such  are  in  effect  from  time  to  time.   In  addition,  under  current  Company  policy,  as  an  executive 
officer the paid time-off to which you are entitled is unlimited and does not accrue to the extent unused.  The Company will reimburse 
you for your business expenses subject to its corporate expense reimbursement policy. 

(b)                              Relocation.  Although you will travel for Company business from time to time, your primary workplace will be 
at our headquarters in Los Angeles where we will need you to be physically present on a substantially full-time basis.  To facilitate this 
geographic transition for you, the Company offers you the following benefits, taxable to you as required by applicable law: 

(i)                                                                                                                         A temporary housing allowance for the first 18 months of your employment of up to an 
aggregate of $180,000 (the “Housing Allowance”), payable with respect to your securing temporary housing for yourself and your 
family in proximity to the Company’s headquarters, which will paid to you upon your submission of receipts for your temporary housing 
expenses as well as reasonable commuting expenses for you and your spouse during that period; and 

(ii)                                                                                                                     A relocation allowance (the “Relocation Allowance”) of up to $400,000 (inclusive of any 

amount paid to you as Housing Allowance), which amount is available to reimburse you for expenses related to relocating your family 
and household from San Diego to Los Angeles including substantiated expenses such as moving expenses for household goods, storage 
fees, realtor fees, financing and mortgage closing costs and other reasonable expenses typically incurred in connection with relocating to 
a new geography.  For the sake of clarity, the Relocation Allowance (1) shall not cover loss of value on home sale, (2) shall not be used 
to cover the actual cost of a new home, and (3) unless otherwise extended by the Board or its Compensation Committee, shall be 
available to you for a relocation completed within the first two years of your Start Date. 

If before the second anniversary of your Start Date you terminate your employment with the Company other than as a 
result of (I) an Involuntary Termination or (II) your death or disability, then you will be required to reimburse the Company the aggregate 
amount of the Relocation Allowance (including any portion of such allowance that is the Housing Allowance) that has been paid to you, 
pro-rated based upon the number of complete months you have been employed since your Start Date divided by 24. 

4.                                    Equity Grants.  Subject to the approval of the Board or its Compensation Committee, you will be granted two 
equity  compensation  awards  in  connection  with  your  being  hired  as  Chief  Executive  Officer.   Each  equity  award  will  be  for  restricted 
stock units (each, an 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 3 

“RSU  Grant”)  over  a  number  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  with  a  grant  date  aggregate  value  (per  the  Company’s 
standard  award  grant  methodology)  equal  to  $1,000,000  and  each  will  have  a  three-year  vesting  term.    The  first  RSU  Grant  (the 
“Time-Based RSU Grant”) will be subject to annual service vesting based upon your continuous service as Chief Executive Officer.  
The  second  RSU  Grant  (the  “PRSU”) will  be  subject  to  vesting  upon  achievement  of  certain  performance  milestones  applied  to  the 
PRSU grants made to the Company’s other executive officers in fiscal year 2019. 

5.                                     Payments  Upon  Termination.   If  your  employment  with  the  Company  terminates  other  than  as  set  forth  in 
Section 6 below, then (a) all vesting will cease immediately with respect to your then-outstanding RSU Grants (and other equity awards), 
and (b) the only amounts payable to you by the Company will be any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to the date of termination 
of your employment plus any as-yet unpaid benefits that were vested and nonforfeitable prior to termination.  Such payment, if any, will 
be made promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by law.  If your employment terminates for any reason other 
than those specified in Section 6 below, the payment described in this Section 5 will be the only payment to which you are entitled in 
connection with your termination. 

6.                                    Severance Benefits. 

(a)                               General.  If you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, then you will be entitled to the benefits described in 
this  Section 6.   However,  you  will  not  be  entitled  to  any  of  the  benefits  described  in  this  Section 6  unless  you  have  (i) returned  all 
Company property in your possession, (ii) resigned as a member of the Board and of the boards of directors of all of the Company’s 
subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) executed a general release of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons 
affiliated  with  the  Company,  in  the  form  provided  to  you  by  the  Company  at  the  time  of  your  termination,  substantially  in  the  form 
attached as Schedule I (the “Release”).  You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in 
the Release (the “Release Deadline”).  The Release Deadline will in no event be later than fifty (50) days after your Separation.  If you 
fail to return the Release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the Release, then you will not be entitled to the benefits 
described in this Section 6. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may immediately discontinue all benefits or revoke any vesting acceleration 
described in this Section 6 (in addition to pursuing all other legal and equitable remedies) if you breach the Confidentiality Agreement 
(as  defined  below)  that  you  will  be  required  to  sign  in  connection  with  your  employment  or  any  other  material  agreement  with  the 
Company that by its terms continues in force following your Separation. 

(b)                              Termination Not in Connection With Change in Control.  Subject to the requirements set forth in Section 6
(a) above, if you experience an Involuntary Termination before the earlier of three (3) months before or more than eighteen (18) months 
after a Change in Control, then you will be entitled to the following: 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 4 

(i)                                   Cash  Severance.   The  Company  will  pay  you  on  a  quarterly  basis  cash  severance  (the  “Cash 
Severance”) in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) your base salary as in effect at the time of your Separation for a 
period beginning on the day after your Separation and ending on the date eighteen (18) months after your Separation, and (B) an 
amount equal to 150% of your target annual incentive bonus for the year of your Separation. Subject to the Company’s having 
first received an effective Release pursuant to Section 6(a) above, the salary continuation payments will commence within sixty 
(60)  days  after  your  Separation  and,  once  they  commence,  will  include  any  unpaid  amounts  accrued  from  the  date  of  your 
Separation.   However,  if  the  sixty  (60)-day  period  described  in  the  preceding  sentence  spans  two  calendar  years,  then  the 
payments will in any event begin in the second calendar year. 

(ii)                              Pro-Rated Bonus.  The Company will pay you a lump sum cash amount equal to the pro-rated portion 
of your annual incentive bonus (the “Pro-Rated Bonus”) for the year of your Separation, based upon achievement of applicable 
performance objectives as determined by the Board or its Compensation Committee on the same schedule and same basis as 
paid to other Company executives.  Subject to the Company’s having first received an effective Release pursuant to Section 6
(a) above, such payment will be made within seventy-five (75 days after the end of the year of your Separation.  For the sake of 
clarity,  the  pro-ration  calculation  will  be  done  on  a  daily  basis  for  the  portion  of  the  year  during  which  your  employment 
continued prior to the Separation date. 

(iii)                           Additional  Payment  in  Lieu  of  Health  Benefit.   The  Company  will  cover  your  cost  of  medical 
benefits continuation coverage (the “COBRA Benefits”) for you and your eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s 
health  insurance  plans  in  which  you  and  your  dependents  were  participating  as  of  your  Separation  for  a  period  ending  on  the 
earlier of (A) eighteen (18) months following your Separation or (B) the date on which you become eligible for medical benefits 
coverage provided by another employer.  This amount will be made on a tax-free basis, if permitted under applicable law in the 
Company’s sole determination, or on a taxable basis to you if not so permitted. 

(iv)                          Equity Acceleration.  You will receive (A) twenty four (24) months of additional vesting credit under 
the  service-based  vesting  conditions  applicable  to  your  then-outstanding Time-Based  RSU  Grants,  and  (B) pro-rata  monthly 
vesting credit for the period of your continuous service plus an additional twenty-four (24) months with respect to the service-
based vesting conditions applicable to your then-outstanding PRSUs (in accordance with the Company’s standard PRSU award 
agreement); provided, however, that in the event acceleration of the settlement date of an RSU Grant would result in additional 
taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the vesting of such award shall accelerate but settlement of the RSU 
Grant shares (or cash, if applicable) shall occur on the date(s) specified in the agreement governing the RSU Grant. 

(a) above, if you experience an Involuntary Termination 

(c)       Termination in Connection With Change in Control.  Subject to the requirements set forth in Section 6

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 5 

within three (3) months prior to or eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control, then you will be entitled to the Cash Severance, 
the Pro-Rated Bonus and the COBRA Benefits on the same terms and conditions as described above plus you will receive full vesting 
credit  under  the  service-based  vesting  conditions  applicable  to  your  then-outstanding  Time-Based  RSU  Grants  and  PRSUs  (in 
accordance with the Company’s standard PRSU award agreement); provided, however, that in the event acceleration of the settlement 
date of an RSU Grant would result in additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the vesting of such award 
shall  accelerate  but  settlement  of  the  RSU  Grant  shares  (or  cash,  if  applicable)  shall  occur  on  the  date(s) specified  in  the  agreement 
governing the RSU Grant. 

7.                                    Limitation on Payments. 

(a)                                Scope  of  Limitation.  This  Section 7  will  apply  only  if  the  accounting  firm  serving  as  the  Company’s 
independent public accountants immediately prior to a Change in Control (the “Accounting Firm”) determines that the after-tax value of 
all Payments (as defined below) to you under Section 6 of this Agreement, taking into account the effect of all federal, state and local 
income taxes, employment taxes and excise taxes applicable to you (including the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code), will be 
greater  after  the  application  of  this  Section 7  than  it  was  before  the  application  of  this  Section 7.   If  this  Section 7  applies,  it  will 
supersede  any  contrary  provision  of  this  Agreement.   For  purposes  of  this  Section 7,  the  term  “Company” will  also  include  affiliated 
corporations to the extent determined by the Accounting Firm in accordance with Section 280G(d)(5) of the Code. 

(b)                              Basic Rule.  In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that any payment or transfer by the Company to 
or for your benefit (a “Payment”) would be nondeductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes because of the provisions 
concerning “excess  parachute  payments”  in  Section 280G  of  the  Code  and  pursuant  to  the  regulations  thereunder,  then  provided  that 
Subsection (a) results in applicable of this Section 7, the aggregate present value of all Payments will be reduced (but not below zero) to 
the Reduced Amount.  For purposes of this Section 7, the “Reduced Amount” will be the amount, expressed as a present value, which 
maximizes the aggregate present value of the Payments without causing any Payment to be nondeductible by the Company because of 
Section 280G of the Code. 

(c)                               Reduction of Payments.  If the Accounting Firm determines that any Payment would be nondeductible by the 
Company  because  of  Section 280G  of  the  Code,  and  if  none  of  the  Payments  is  subject  to  Section 409A  of  the  Code,  then  the 
reduction will occur in the manner you elect in writing prior to the date of payment; provided, however, that if the manner elected by 
you pursuant to this sentence could in the opinion of the Company result in any of the Payments becoming subject to Section 409A of 
the Code, then the following sentence will instead apply.  If any Payment is subject to Section 409A of the Code, or if you fail to elect an 
order under the preceding sentence, then the reduction will occur in the following order:  (i) cancellation of acceleration of vesting of any 
equity  awards  for  which  the  exercise  price  (if  any)  exceeds  the  then-fair  market  value  of  the  underlying  Company  Common  Stock, 
(ii) reduction of cash payments (with such reduction being applied to the payments in the reverse order in which they would otherwise be 
made (that is, later payments will be reduced before earlier payments)), and (iii) cancellation of acceleration of vesting of equity awards 
not covered under (i) above; 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 6 

provided, however, that in the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be cancelled, such acceleration of vesting will be 
cancelled  in  the  reverse  order  of  the  date  of  grant  of  such  equity  awards  (that  is,  later  equity  awards  will  be  canceled  before  earlier 
awards). 

(d)                              Fees  of  Accounting  Firm  and  Required  Data.   The  Company  will  pay  all  fees,  expenses  and  other  costs 
associated with retaining the Accounting Firm for the purposes described in this Section 7.  You and the Company will provide to the 
Accounting Firm all data in the Company’s possession or under its control that the Accounting Firm reasonably requires for the purposes 
described in this Section 7. 

8.                                    Further Obligations to the Company. 

(a)                                General.   You  acknowledge  your  obligations  under,  and  agree  to  comply  with,  all  applicable  laws  and  all 
Company policies in effect at all times and from time to time during your employment with the Company.  You further acknowledge and 
agree  that  such  applicable  laws  or  policies  may  relate  to  the  general  terms  of  your  employment  with  the  Company  or  to  a  specific 
component  of  your  compensation.  By  way  of  example,  such  applicable  laws  or  policies  may  include  any  Company  recoupment  or 
clawback policy, insider trading policy or code(s) of conduct or other policies adopted under, pursuant to or in light of, or requirements 
imposed by, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. 

(b)                               Confidential  Information.   Like  all  Company  employees,  you  will  be  required,  as  a  condition  of  your 
employment,  to  sign  the  Employee  Inventions  and  Confidentiality  Agreement  and  Mutual  Agreement  to  Arbitrate  Claims  (the 
“Confidentiality Agreement”). 

9.                                     Employment  Relationship.  Employment  with  the  Company  is  for  no  specific  period  of  time.   Your 
employment with the Company remains “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time 
and  for  any  reason,  with  or  without  cause.   Any  contrary  representations  that  may  have  been  made  to  you  are  superseded  by  this 
Agreement.   This  is  the  full  and  complete  agreement  between  you  and  the  Company  on  this  term.   Although  your  job  duties,  title, 
compensation  and  benefits,  as  well  as  the  Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the  “at will” 
nature  of  your  employment  may  only  be  changed  in  an  express  written  agreement  signed  by  you  and  a  duly  authorized  officer  of  the 
Company (other than you). 

10.                            Recoupment Policy.  The Company intends to adopt a clawback policy, as and when required by applicable 
law  and/or  stock  exchange  listing  standards,  governing  the  Company’s  obligation  to  recoup  from  you  incentive  compensation  paid  or 
provided  to  you  by  the  Company  under  specified  events  and  circumstances  including  upon  a  restatement  of  Company  financial 
statements.  The Company anticipates that this policy will apply to you while you continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer and for 
some period following termination of your position as an executive officer of the Company.  You acknowledge that it is a condition of 
your position as Chief Executive Officer that you be subject to the Company’s clawback policy as in effect from time to time. 

February 21, 2019 
Page 7 

11.                            Tax Matters. 

(a)                               All forms of compensation referred to in this Agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding 
and  payroll  taxes  and  other  deductions  required  by  law.  You  are  encouraged  to  obtain  your  own  tax  advice  regarding  your 
compensation from the Company.  You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner 
that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board related to tax liabilities arising from 
your compensation. 

(b)                               Section 409A.   For  purposes  of  Section 409A  of  the  Code,  each  payment  under  Section 6  is  hereby 
designated  as  a  separate  payment  for  purposes  of  Treasury  Regulation  1.409A-2(b)(2).   If  the  Company  determines  that  you  are  a 
“specified  employee”  under  Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of  the  Code  at  the  time  of  your  Separation,  then  (i) any  payments  under  this 
Agreement,  to  the  extent  that  they  are  not  exempt  from  Section 409A  of  the  Code  (including  by  operation  of  the  next  following 
sentence) and otherwise subject to the taxes imposed under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code (a “Deferred Payment”), will commence 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
on  the  first  business  day  following  (A) the  expiration  of  the  six-month  period  measured  from  your  Separation  or  (B) the  date  of  your 
death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum when such payments 
commence.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amount paid under this Agreement that either (1) satisfies the requirements of the “short-
term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4); or (2) (A) qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary 
separation from service pursuant to Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and (B) does not exceed the Section 409A Limit will not 
constitute a Deferred Payment.  The provisions of this Agreement are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of 
Section 409A  of  the  Code  so  that  none  of  the  payments  and  benefits  to  be  provided  under  this  Agreement  will  be  subject  to  the 
additional tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. You 
and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions 
as are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you 
under Section 409A of the Code. In no event will the Company reimburse you for any taxes that may be imposed on you as result of 
Section 409A of the Code. 

12.                            Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement.  This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement between 
you  and  the  Company,  contains  all  of  the  terms  of  your  employment  with  the  Company  and  supersedes  and  replaces  any  prior 
agreements,  representations  or  understandings  (whether  written,  oral,  implied  or  otherwise)  between  you  and  the  Company.    This 
Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer 
of the Company.  The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this 
Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Agreement, your employment with the Company or any other 
relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or 
choice  of  law.   For  purposes  of  obtaining  an  injunction  or  to  enforce  the  arbitration  agreement  you  will  sign,  you  and  the  Company 
submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California, but 

  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 8 

shall arbitrate  any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute in accordance with the arbitration agreement.  By signing this Agreement, 
you acknowledge and agree that you will no longer be eligible for any benefits or payments  except as otherwise expressly provided in 
this Agreement. 

13.                            Successors and Assignment. 

(a)                               Company’s Successors.  Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, 
lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the 
obligations  under  this  Agreement  and  agree  expressly  to  perform  the  obligations  under  this  Agreement  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the 
same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession.  For all purposes under this 
Agreement,  the  term “Company” shall  include  any  such  successor  to  the  Company,  or  to  the  Company’s business and/or assets, that 
executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 13(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement 
by operation of law. 

(b)                              Employee’s Successors.  The terms of this Agreement and all of your rights hereunder will inure to the benefit 
of, and be enforceable by, your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and 
legatees.  All of your obligations under this Agreement are personal to you and may not be transferred or assigned by you at any time. 

14.                            Definitions.  The following terms have the meaning set forth below wherever they are used in this Agreement: 

“Cause” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (a) your conviction by, or entry of a plea of “guilty” 
or nolo  contendere  in,  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  any  crime  which  constitutes  a  felony  in  the  jurisdiction  involved,  (b) your 
commission of an act of theft or fraud, whether prior or subsequent to the date hereof, upon the Company, (c) your gross negligence in 
the  scope  of  your  services  to  the  Company,  (d) your  breach  of  a  material  provision  of  any  written  agreement  between  you  and  the 
Company,  (e) your  continuing  failure  to  perform  assigned  duties  after  receiving  written  notification  of  such  failure  from  the  Board  of 
Directors  with  thirty  (30)  days  to  cure,  unless  a  request  to  cure  would  be  futile  or  (f) your  failure  to  cooperate  in  good  faith  with  a 
governmental  or  internal  investigation  of  the  Company  or  its  directors,  officers  or  employees,  if  the  Company  has  requested  your 
cooperation. 

“Change in Control” means (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) 
becoming  the “beneficial  owner” (as  defined  in  Rule 13d-3  of  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of  the  Company 
representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities; 
(b) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (c) the consummation 
of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the 
voting  securities  of  the  Company  outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by  remaining  outstanding  or  by 
being  converted  into  voting  securities  of  the  surviving  entity  or  its  parent)  more  than  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  total  voting  power 
represented 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 9 

by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; 
or (d) individuals who are members of the Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Board”)  cease for any reason to constitute at least a 
majority of the members of the Board of Directors over a period of 12 months; provided, however, that if the appointment or election 
(or nomination for election) of any new member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent 
Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board. 

A  transaction  will  not  constitute  a  Change  in  Control  if  its  sole  purpose  is  to  change  the  state  of  the  Company’s  incorporation  or  to 
create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities 
immediately  before  such  transaction.   In  addition,  if  a  Change  in  Control  constitutes  a  payment  event  with  respect  to  any  RSU  Grant 
which provides for a deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
in this Agreement, the transaction with respect to such RSU Grant must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury 
Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Involuntary  Termination”  means  either  (a) your  Termination  Without  Cause  (other  than  due  to  your  death  or 

Permanent Disability) or (b) your Resignation for Good Reason. 

“Permanent Disability” means your total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. 

“Resignation for Good Reason” means a Separation as a result of your resignation within 12 months after one of the 

following conditions has initially come into existence without your express written consent: 

(a)                                A  material  reduction  of  your  duties,  authority  and  responsibilities,  relative  to  your  duties, 
authority and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or the assignment to you of such reduced 
duties, authority and responsibilities; 

(b)                              A reduction in your base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction; 

(c)                                A  material  reduction  in  the  kind  or  level  of  employee  benefits  to  which  you  were  entitled 

immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that your overall benefits package is materially reduced; 

(d)                             A relocation to a facility or a location more than thirty-five miles from your then-present location 

that increases your one-way commute; or 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 10 

(e)                               The  Company’s  breach  of  this  Agreement,  including  its  failure  to  obtain  the  assumption  of  this 
Agreement by any successor (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or 
otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets. 

A Resignation for Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred unless you give the Company written notice of the condition within 
90 days after the condition initially comes into existence and the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving 
your written notice. 

“Section 409A Limit” means the lesser of two times: (i) your annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of 
pay  paid  to  you  during  the  taxable  year  preceding  your  taxable  year  in  which  your  termination  of  employment  occurs,  as  determined 
under,  and  with  such  adjustments  as  are  set  forth  in,  Treasury  Regulation   1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and  any  guidance  issued  with 
respect thereto or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the 
Code for the year in which your employment is terminated. 

“Separation” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code. 

“Termination Without Cause” means a Separation as a result of a termination of your employment by the Company 
without Cause, provided you are willing and able to continue performing services within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1
(n)(1). 

* * * * * 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
February 21, 2019 
Page 11 

You  may  indicate  your  agreement  with  these  terms  and  accept  this  offer  by  signing  and  dating  the  enclosed  duplicate 

original of this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement and returning them to me. 

Very truly yours, 

BOINGO WIRELESS, INC. 

By: 

/s/ David Hagan 

Title: Chief Executive Officer 

I have read and accept this employment offer: 

/s/ Mike Finley 

Signature of Mike Finley 

Dated:   2/21/2019 

Attachment 

Exhibit A:                             Confidentiality Agreement 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
February 21, 2019 
Page 12 

SCHEDULE I 

FORM OF RELEASE OF CLAIMS 

(Back To Top)  

Section 4: EX-21.1 (EX-21.1) 

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document 

List of Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018  

Exhibit 21.1  

Name of Subsidiary 
Advanced Wireless Group, LLC
Boingo Broadband, LLC. 
Boingo Holding Participações, Ltda. 
Boingo Limited
Boingo LLC
Boingo MDU, LLC
Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC
Concourse Communications Baltimore, LLC
Concourse Communications Canada, Inc. 
Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC
Concourse Communications Group, LLC
Concourse Communications Illinois, LLC
Concourse Communications Minnesota, LLC
Concourse Communications Nashville, LLC
Concourse Communications Ottawa, LLC
Concourse Communications SSP, LLC
Concourse Communications St. Louis, LLC
Concourse Communications UK, Ltd. 
Concourse Holding Co., LLC. 
Concourse Telecomunicacoes Brasil Ltda
Electronic Media Systems, Inc. 
Endeka Group, Inc. 
InGate Holding, LLC
InGate Technologies, LLC
New York Telecom Partners, LLC
Opti-Fi Networks, LLC
Tego Communications, Inc. 

  Jurisdiction 
  Florida
  California
  Brazil
  England
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Delaware
Illinois
  Delaware
Illinois
Illinois
  Delaware
  Delaware
  England
  Delaware
  Brazil
  Florida
  California
Illinois
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Delaware

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
QuickLinks 

Exhibit 21.1 

List of Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018 
(Back To Top)  

Section 5: EX-23.1 (EX-23.1) 

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Exhibit 23.1  

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-223606, No. 333-216649, No. 333-210108, 
No. 333-203474, No. 333-195248, No. 333-187471, No. 333-181180, and No. 333-174157) of Boingo Wireless, Inc. of our report dated March 1, 2019 relating 
to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.  

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Los Angeles, California 
March 1, 2019  

 
 
 
 
 
QuickLinks 

Exhibit 23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
(Back To Top)  

Section 6: EX-31.1 (EX-31.1) 

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document 

Exhibit 31.1  

I, David Hagan, certify that:  

Certification  

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Boingo Wireless, Inc.;  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the 
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this 
report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15
(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by 
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our 
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the 
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most 
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to 
the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ DAVID HAGAN 

David Hagan 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
QuickLinks 

Exhibit 31.1 

Certification 
(Back To Top)  

Section 7: EX-31.2 (EX-31.2) 

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document 

Exhibit 31.2  

I, Peter Hovenier, certify that:  

Certification  

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Boingo Wireless, Inc.;  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the 
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this 
report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15
(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by 
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our 
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the 
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most 
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to 
the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ PETER HOVENIER 

Peter Hovenier 
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and 
Accounting Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
QuickLinks 

Exhibit 31.2 

Certification 
(Back To Top)  

Section 8: EX-32.1 (EX-32.1) 

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  

Exhibit 32.1  

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Boingo Wireless, Inc. (the 
"Company") hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:  

          (i)  the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2018 (the "Report") fully complies 
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and  

         (ii)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company.  

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ DAVID HAGAN 

David Hagan 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive 
Officer)

        The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of 
Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made 
before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. A signed original of this written statement required by 
Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff 
upon request.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
QuickLinks 

Exhibit 32.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer 
(Back To Top)  

Section 9: EX-32.2 (EX-32.2) 

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  

Exhibit 32.2  

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Boingo Wireless, Inc. (the 
"Company") hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:  

          (i)  the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2018 (the "Report") fully complies 
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and  

         (ii)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company.  

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ PETER HOVENIER 

Peter Hovenier 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

        The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of 
Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made 
before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. A signed original of this written statement required by 
Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff 
upon request.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
QuickLinks 

Exhibit 32.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer 
(Back To Top)